You are on page 1of 604

CT-D-I

Corporate Headquarters
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC.
102 Indiana Highway 212,
P.O. Box 373
Michigan City, IN 46361, U.S.A.
PHONE
219/879-8000
FAX
219/872-9057
United Kingdom
DWYER INSTRUMENTS LTD
Unit 16, The Wye Estate, London Road
High Wycombe, Bucks HP11 1LH-U.K.
PHONE
(+44) (0) 1494 461707
FAX
(+44) (0) 1494 465102
Australia
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, PTY. LTD.
Unit 1, 11 Waverley Drive
Unanderra, NSW 2526 Australia
PHONE
(+61) (0) 2 4272 2055
FAX
(+61) (0) 2 4272 4055
INTERNATIONAL CUSTOMERS
Dwyer has local distributors in over 50 countries. Contact the office of your country or contact the corporate headquarters to find your
local distributor.You can also go to our website at the following address to be contacted by your local distributor:
http://www.dwyer-inst.com/Distributors/DistContactInfo.cfm.
PHONE
In the U.S. call toll free:
800/872-9141
Outside the U.S. call:
219/879-8000
FAX
219/872-9057
EMAIL
orders@dwyer-inst.com
WEBSITE
www.dwyer-inst.com
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
tech@dwyer-inst.com
LITERATURE REQUESTS
lit@dwyer-inst.com
QUOTATION/BID REQUESTS
quotes@dwyer-inst.com
GENERAL INFORMATION
info@dwyer-inst.com

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 I
Dwyer Instruments, Inc. produces a broad range of competitively priced precision instruments for measuring,
transmitting and controlling pressure, temperature, level and flow.
Many of these instruments are widely known by their individual brand names, such as Magnehelic

and
Spirahelic

pressure gages, Photohelic

switch/gages, Rate-Master

, Mini-Master

and Visi-Float

flowmeters,
Slack Tube

and Flex-Tube

manometers, and Dwyer

pressure switches.
Other established Dwyer brands, including Flotect

flow and level switches, Hi-Flow

valves, Self-Tune
temperature controllers and Iso Verter

signal converters/isolators, are the products of companies that are now


divisions of Dwyer Instruments Mercoid, W. E. Anderson, Proximity Controls and Love Controls.
Founded in 1931, Dwyer Instruments, Inc. moved its manufacturing and headquarters from Chicago, Illinois, in
1955, to newly constructed, greatly-expanded facilities in Michigan City, Indiana. The company has since added
three more Indiana facilities in Wakarusa, Kingsbury and Wolcott as well as manufacturing facilities in Anaheim,
California; Fergus Falls, Minnesota; and Kansas City, Missouri.
In addition to making and selling quality precision instruments, Dwyer Instruments, Inc. is committed to a
standard of customer service, including competitive prices and knowledgeable, courteous technical support, that
generates and sustains long-term relationships.
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC.

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
II
PHONE
800/872-9141
EMAIL
orders@dwyer-inst.com
PHONE
800/872-9141
EMAIL
quotes@dwyer-inst.com
REAL PEOPLE
Courteous and professional customer service representatives are
available via phone and email to process and provide assistance with your
order. Dwyer provides industry leading response time to answer your call
quickly without making you wait.
PRICING
Contact us for formal quotes, Dwyer offers bids and project quotes.
Discounts are available for particular customer types based on quantities
purchased.
LARGE INVENTORY LOCATED CENTRALLY IN THE U.S.
Dwyer is committed to get you your order quickly with more than 5,000
line items in stock in our Michigan City, Indiana headquarters and in most
cases lead times less than two weeks for non-stock products.
FAST PROCESSING AND PACKING
Our dedicated shipping staff packs and ships your order the same day on
stock items ordered before 2:00 PM U.S. Central Time.
FLEXIBLE SHIPPING
Dwyer offers blanket orders for OEMs to schedule out your product
shipments to be when you need them. Contact us for details.

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 III
All of our technical sales staff are degreed engineers trained to be product
and industry experts. We listen to your needs and get you the answers you
want quickly.
WE HELP YOU FIND A SOLUTION
Product Selection
Application Assistance
Regulatory and Agency Approval Compliance
Installation Guidance
Maintenance and Repair
Product Customization for OEMs
TO CONTACT A TECHNICAL SUPPORT ENGINEER
PHONE
800/872-9141
FAX
219/872-9057
EMAIL
tech@dwyer-inst.com
At Dwyer it all starts with innovative products designed according to the needs of our customers. We strive to
make products optimized for ease of use, dependability and manufacturability. Through our over 75 years of
manufacturing excellence, Dwyer has found the means to manufacture products cost effectively to offer the best
value to our customers. We supply the highest quality products and stand behind them. Dwyer products are
trusted in applications all over the world in almost every industry.

DWYER DIGITAL CATALOG
Browse the catalog on the web or download to your
computer to have access to it when offline
Search by any word or phrase in the catalog
Print or email pages
Add notes to any page
PRODUCT INFORMATION
We offer more than what is in the Dwyer catalog
more products, more options and more technical details
Instruction manuals and catalog pages in PDF format
for easy viewing and download
Product dimensions viewable in web browser
Product drawings in DWG format for downloading and
using in CAD software
Agency approval certificates CE, FM, UL, CSA and ATEX
PRODUCT SEARCH
Search by model number, keyword or series
PRODUCT CONFIGURATOR
Easy to use graphic interface lets you see all available options and select
what you need for your application
Shows option rules so that you can see what options are not compatible
AND MORE!
Product applications and technical guides
Download product brochures and catalogs in PDF format
Frequently asked questions
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
IV

Special instrument designs can be supplied to meet a wide range of OEM requirements and specific application needs.
Custom scales and private brand identification can easily be furnished. These include: chrome or specially painted bezels,
special membranes, special ranges and calibrations, dual scales, reflective scales, special cleaning and OEM identification.
For specific information please contact our customer service department at 219-879-8000.
Offered in a wide variety of designs, features and scales.
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879-8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494-461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 V
V_ShippingOEM.P:Layout 2 2/15/11 2:57 PM Page 1
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
VI
Terms and Conditions of Sale
1. Prices and Specifications are subject to change without notice.
2. Shipping dates are approximate. They are dependent upon credit approval and subject to delays beyond our control.
3. Terms: Net 30 days to companies with established credit rating. In the event Buyer fails to fulfill previous terms of payment, or
in case Seller shall have any doubt at any time as to Buyers financial responsibility, Seller may decline to make further deliveries
except upon receipt of cash in advance or other special arrangements.
4. Liability Point and Title: All material is sold EXW Ex Works Dwyer Instruments, Inc. Title to all material sold shall pass to buyer
upon delivery by Seller to carrier at shipping point.
5. State and Local Taxes: Any taxes which the Seller may be required to pay or collect upon or with respect to the sale, purchase,
delivery, use or consumption of any of the material covered hereby shall be for the account of the Buyer and shall be added to the
purchase price.
6. Special tooling, dies, silk screens and molds acquired specially to produce goods for Buyer remain the property of Dwyer In-
struments, Inc., and may not be removed. They will be maintained in good condition for a minimum period of three years from the
date of the original purchase order.
7. Export Orders: Terms, discounts and conditions of sale for purchase orders originating or for shipment to final destinations out-
side the U.S.A. will be furnished upon request.
8. Limited Warranty: The Seller warrants all Dwyer instruments and equipment to be free from defects in workmanship or mate-
rial under normal use and service for a period of one year from date of shipment. Liability under this warranty is limited to repair or
replacement EXW Ex Works Dwyer Instruments, Inc of any parts which prove to be defective within that time or repayment of the
purchase price at the Sellers option provided the instruments have been returned, transportation prepaid, within one year from
date of purchase. All technical advice, recommendations and services are based on technical data and information which the Sell-
er believes to be reliable and are intended for use by persons having skill and knowledge of the business, at their own discretion.
In no case is Seller liable beyond replacement of equipment EXW Ex Works Dwyer Instruments, Inc or the full purchase price. This
warranty does not apply if the maximum ratings label is removed or if the instrument or equipment is abused, altered, used at rat-
ings above the maximum specified, or otherwise misused in any way.
THIS EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS MADE BY ADVER-
TISEMENTS OR BY AGENTS AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, BOTH EXPRESS AND IMPLIED. THERE ARE NO IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE FOR GOODS COVERED HERE-
UNDER.
9. Buyers Remedies: THE BUYERS EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY ON ACCOUNT OF OR IN RESPECT TO THE FUR-
NISHING OF NON-CONFORMING OR DEFECTIVE MATERIAL SHALL BE TO SECURE REPLACEMENT THEREOF AS
AFORESAID. THE SELLER SHALL NOT IN ANY EVENT BE LIABLE FOR THE COST OF ANY LABOR EXPENDED ON ANY
SUCH MATERIAL OR FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES TO ANYONE
BY REASON OF THE FACT THAT IT SHALL HAVE BEEN NON-CONFORMING OR DEFECTIVE.
10. Acceptance: All orders shall be subject to the terms and conditions contained or referred to in the Sellers quotation, ac-
knowledgment, and to those listed here and to no others whatsoever. No waiver, alteration or modification of these terms and con-
ditions shall be binding unless in writing and signed by an executive officer of the Seller. All orders are subject to written acceptance
by Dwyer Instruments, Inc., Michigan City, Indiana, U.S.A.
Discount Schedule and Conditions of Sale

1-112
113-150
151-236
237-312
313-362
363-404
405-420
421-464
465-536
537-562
563-568
569-586
Differential Pressure Gages, Differential Pressure Gages/Switches (Digital & Dial), Manometers (Stationary), Differential Pressure Switches,
Differential Pressure Transmitters, Single Pressure Gages (Dial & Digital), Single Pressure/Temperature Gages, Single Pressure
Gages/Switches/Transmitters (Digital), Single Pressure Switches, Single Pressure Transmitters
Flow Sensors, Pitot Tubes, Air Flow Switches, Fume Hood Monitors, Air Velocity Transmitters, Humidity Switches, Humidity/Temperature
Switches, Humidity/Temperature Transmitters, Carbon Monoxide Transmitters, Carbon Dioxide Transmitters, Occupancy Sensors, Damper
Actuators
Flowmeters (Variable Area, In-Line, Orifice Plate & Totalizing), Flow Sensors (In-Line), Sight Flow Indicators, Flowmeters with Switch, Flow
Switches (Paddle, Shuttle/Piston, Thermal & Piezo), Flow Transmitters (In-Line, Paddlewheel, Turbine & Ultrasonic), Mass
Flowmeters/Controllers
Thermometers (Dial, Glass & Digital Solar), Thermometers with Switch, Thermometers with Transmitter, Temperature Labels/Strips, Temperature
Crayons, Temperature Indicators (Digital), Temperature/Process Controllers, Weatherproof Enclosures, Temperature Switches (Digital, DIN Rail
& Mechanical), Temperature Transmitters, Temperature Sensors, Thermostat Covers
Level Indicators, Water Leak Detectors, Level Switches (Float, Ultrasonic, Optical, Displacer, Conductivity, Capacitive, Tuning Fork, Paddle,
Diaphragm & Tilt), Proximity Sensors, Level Transmitters (Ultrasonic, Submersible, Capacitive & Float), Level/Pump Controllers, Pump Leak
Detectors, Bin Vibrators/Aerators
Panel Meters/Indicators, Annunciators/Alarm Modules, Fan Speed Controls, Signal Conditioners/Isolating Transmitters, Relays, Current
Transformers/Switches, SSR Monitors, Signal Converters, Intrinsically Safe Barriers, Power Supplies, Timers, Timer Controllers,
Ground/Continuity Controls, Particulate (Dust or Broken Bag) Transmitters, Particulate (Dust or Broken Bag) Sensors, Speed Switches,
Belt Alignment Switches, Cable Pull Switches
Data Loggers (Indicating, Miniature, Stainless Steel, USB, Surface Mount & Level), Data Acquisition Software, Recorders (Paper)
Manometers (Portable & Air Velocity), Air Velocity Meters, Thermo-Anemometers, Air Flow Hoods, Wind Meters, Vane Anemometers,
Thermohygrometers, Thermometers (Thermocouple, Immersion & Infrared), Thermocouple Calibrators, Hand Held Thermocouples, pH/ORP
Temperature Meters, pH Testers, Switch Testers, Total Dissolved Solids Testers, Conductivity Testers, Gas Leak Detectors, Gas Analyzers/Kits,
Signal Generators/Multimeters, Calibration Pumps, Pressure Calibrators, Tachometers
Valves (Globe, Needle, Angle Seat, Plug, Ball, Check, Butterfly, Shuttle, Zone, Diaphragm Pulse & Solenoid), Manual Gear Operators, Bulk Head
Connectors, Steam Traps, Current to Pressure Transducers, Electro-Pneumatic Controllers, Positioners, Position
Indicators/Switches/Transmitters
Reference Books, Filters, Regulators, Lubricators, Shut-Off Valves, Cooling Extensions, Pressure Snubbers, Gage Guards, Strap Wrenches,
Fittings (Stainless Steel & Nylon), Static Pressure Sensors, Gage Connectors, Pressure Connectors and Fittings, Mounting Brackets and
Accessories, Pumps, Product Carrying Cases, Psychrometers, Slide Charts, Air Filter Kits, Gage Fluids, Pressure Tubing
PRESSURE
AIR QUALITY
FLOW
TEMPERATURE
LEVEL
PROCESS CONTROL
DATA LOGGERS & RECORDERS
TEST EQUIPMENT
VALVES
ACCESSORIES & BOOKS
TECH GUIDE
INDEX
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 VII
See page 569 for a detailed product index by Series or Model Number and Category.

NEW! PRODUCTS
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
VIII
SERIES DM-1200
DigiMag

Digital Differential
Pressure and Air Flow Gage
Air velocity or air flow operation
24 Volt, battery powered or
battery as back-up
Fits Magnehelic

gage cut-out
page 12
SERIES EDPS
H.V.A.C. Differential
Pressure Switch
Approved to standard UL-508
Housing materials UL94 V0 rated
Field-adjustable set-point knob
page 29
SERIES BYDS
Bypass Damper Switch
Solid state differential pressure control
of motorized by-pass dampers
Solid state operation can handle the
high cycle rates of by-pass damper
actuation
Solid state output prolongs life of
switch and motor
Field adjustable set-point knob
page 30
SERIES CMT
Carbon Monoxide Transmitter
Models for wall or duct installations
High accuracy electrochemical sensor
Internal display standard on all models
page 146

NEW! PRODUCTS
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 IX
SERIES 628CR
Pressure Transmitter
Robust ceramic sensor
Compact design
1% F.S. accuracy
page 104
SERIES 3100
Explosion-proof Differential
Pressure Transmitter
Completely configurable using
zero/span buttons
(no calibrator required)
Rangeability (100:1)
High accuracy (0.075%)
Automatic ambient temperature
compensation
Fail-mode process function
page 56
SERIES 3200
Explosion-proof
Pressure Transmitter
Completely configurable using
zero/span buttons
(no calibrator required)
Rangeability (100:1)
High accuracy (0.075%)
Automatic ambient temperature
compensation
Fail-mode process function
page 111
SERIES SVT
Solenoid Valve Enclosure
with Timer
Timer and solenoids in one
enclosure
90 to 240 VAC power supply
Adjustable on-time and off-time
settings
Downtime cleaning
page 398

NEW! PRODUCTS
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
X
SERIES TE
Temperature Sensors
Available in duct or immersion
configurations
Integral terminal block
Optional enclosure with
multiple conduit knock outs
page 302-303 SERIES TS3
Temperature Switch
Field selectable
engineering units
Intelligent defrost
Real time clock with
HACCP alarm monitoring
page 276
SERIES V7
Flotect

Vane Operated
Flow Switch
Magnetic linkage with no mechanical
linkages or seals to wear or break
Rated to 250 psi and 250F and is
UL353 approved making it perfect for
boiler use
Weatherproof enclosure standard
page 202
SERIES PFT
Paddlewheel Flow Sensor
Insertion style with one model
that fits 1/2 to 40 pipe
Non-magnetic sensor
technology so no concern
with magnetic material in the flow
Weatherproof and submersible
rated for irrigation applications
page 220

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879-8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494-461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 XI
N
E
W
!

P
R
O
D
U
C
T
S
Model A-286
Magnehelic

Gage
Panel Mounting Flange
Flange for Panel Mounting
4-1/2 Diameter Gages
page 6
Series PTGD
Differential Pressure
Piston-Type Gage
Excellent Accuracy and
Over-Pressure Ratings
page 13
Series SGC2
Spiral Tube Pressure Gage
Compact Size, 1 Dial
page 62
Series DPGAB & DPGWB
Digital Pressure Gage
with Rubber Boot
0.5% Full Scale Accuracy,
Selectable Engineering Units
page 85
Model 670
Fume Hood Monitor
Ensures Proper Fume
Hood Performance
page 131
Model RHRS
Outside Air Humidity
Radiation Shield
6 Plate Design,
Integral Pipe Mounting Kit
page 140
Series WHP
Wireless Humidity/Temperature
Sensors
Transmits up to 100 Feet,
Battery Operated
page 141
Wireless Temperature/Humidity
Product Accessories
Accessories To Be Used
With WTP & WHP
page 142-143
Model OSC-200
Omnidirectional Occupancy Sensor
300 Detection Pattern, Energy Efficient
page 148
Model OSW-100
Wall Mount Occupancy Sensor
Wide Viewing Angle, Easy Install
page 148
Model WTI-100
Wall Plate Digital LCD
Temperature Indicator
Battery Operated, Less Than 1 Deep
page 254
Model 4V-3
1/4 DIN Valve
Temperature Controller
Valve Position Feedback,
RS-485 Communications
page 265
XI_NewProducts.P:Layout 2 2/15/11 3:02 PM Page 1
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
XII
N
E
W
!

P
R
O
D
U
C
T
S
Series SCD-8
Multi-Loop DIN Rail Mount
Temperature Controller
Up to 8 Control Loops,
Optional Display
page 270
Series 40T
Digital Thermocouple/RTD
Temperature Switch
3 1/2 Digit Display,
Programming Configuration Key
page 275
Series TSX3
Digital Refrigeration
Temperature Switch
Intelligent Defrost,
HACCP Alarm Logging
page 276
Series TE-W
Wall Mount Temperature Sensor
Discrete Wall Mount Housing
page 304
Series WTP-W
Wireless Wall Mount
Temperature Sensors
Transmits up to 100 Feet,
with Manual Override
page 304
Series WTP-R
Wireless Remote Probe
Temperature Sensors
Transmits up to 100 Feet,
Up to 25 Capillary
page 305
Series WTP
Wireless Temperature Sensors
Transmits up to 100 Feet,
NEMA 4X Enclosure
page 306
Series WD2
Water Leak Detector
Visual & Audible Alarm,
Drain Pan Level Switch
page 319
Model FD
Fluidizer Disk
Self Cleaning
page 357
Model MFD
Micro Fluidizer Disk
Compact Design
page 357
Series EBV
Electric Bin Vibrator
Adjustable Vibration Intensity
page 362
Series EMR
Electromechanical Relay
30 Amp, SPDT and DPDT Operation
page 383

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 XIII
N
E
W
!

P
R
O
D
U
C
T
S
Model BPS-015
Low Cost DC Power Supply
1.5A, Fuse Protection
page 391
Model CBAS
Belt Alignment Switch
Adjustable Activation Angles,
Two Micro Switches
page 404
Model CPS
Cable Pull Switch
For Emergency or Normal Shut Off
page 404
Series DLP
Pressure/Temperature Data Logger
1/4 NPT Fitting, Up to 5000 PSIA
page 409
Series ISDL
Temperature/Humidity
Data Logger
Submersible, Measures Humidity
and Temperature
page 413
Model AFH2
Air Flow Hood
Measures Volumetric Flow Rate with
Highly Accurate Digital Manometer
page 438
Model 89088
Pocket Wind Meter
Measures Wind Speed,
Wind Chill and Temperature
page 440
Model 1207A
Handheld Flue Gas
Combustion Analyzer
Rotary Dial Selection, Display 4
Parameters Simultaneously
page 455
Model LPTK
Gas Pressure Test Kit
Convenient Kit Perfect For Testing
LP and Natural Gas Controls
page 456
Series TAC3
Pocket Tachometer
Multi Function, NIST Certified
page 464
Model TNV
PTFE Needle Valve
All PTFE and PCTFE Wetted Parts
page 477
Series PGV
Compact Plug Valve
One Piece Body,
Low Operating Torque
page 482

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
XIV
N
E
W
!

P
R
O
D
U
C
T
S
Series MSV
Compact Two Way Ball Valve
Blowout Proof Ball & Stem
page 483
Series SMV
Mini Stainless Steel Ball Valve
Economical, Compact
page 484
Series SVB
Stainless Steel V-Ball Valve
Control Valve,
ISO 5211 Mounting Pad
page 490
Series HBV
NI-Alloy C Ball Valve
Corrosion Resistant, Full Port
page 490
Series 3MSV
Compact 3-Way Ball Valve
3 Way Blow Out Proof Ball & Stem
page 491
Series ZV2
Two-Way Detachable Zone Valves
Floating or Modulating
page 517
Series 3ZV2
Three-Way Detachable Zone Valves
Floating or Modulating
page 517
Series VPI
Valve Position Indicator
Low Cost, Mechanical or
Proximity Limit Switches
page 530
Pneumatic Shut-Off Valves with
Quick-Connect Connection
page 546
Series A-1012
Stainless Steel Fitting Line
page 552
Stainless Steel
Static Pressure Tips
page 557

PRESSURE
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 1
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
pages 2 3
Differential Pressure Gages
pages 4 13
Differential Pressure
Gages/Switches, Digital
pages 14 18
Differential Pressure
Gages/Switches, Dial
pages 19 23
Differential Pressure
Switches
pages 27 39
Differential Pressure
Transmitters
pages 40 56
Single Pressure Gages,
Dial
pages 57 75, 77 82
Manometers, Stationary
pages 24 26
Single Pressure Gages,
Digital
pages 83 86
Single Pressure
Gages/Switches/Transmitters,
Digital
pages 87 89
Single Pressure Switches
pages 90 101
Single Pressure/Temperature
Gages
pages 75 76
Single Pressure Transmitters
pages 102 112

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
2
T
y
p
c
a

A
p
p
c
a
t
o
n
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Differential pressure
gage assists
operator in
adjusting venturi
pressure drop in
dust scrubber.
Air Supply
Magnehelic

Gages
HI
LO
2
1
B
A
A zero-center Dwyer

Magnehelic

differential pressure gage with


an 0.25 wc range either side of zero makes an effective monitor
for proper operation of room pressurization systems. In the
example, differential gage B has its high pressure port open to
room 2 and its low pressure port to room 1; gage A has its high
pressure port open to room 1 and its low pressure port open to the
atmosphere. With the makeup air supply damper adjusted
properly, room 2 will be a higher pressure than room 1 which is at
higher than atmospheric pressure; both gages will read positive.
Should the air supply to room 2 be obstructed, gage B will read
negative. If the air supply fails entirely, both gages will read zero.
For even better security, a Photohelic

switch/gage will provide


automatic alarm or start-up of a backup system.
Dwyer

gages indicate pressurization of


special rooms.
The Dwyer

Series DPG with oxygen cleaning and 5000 psi range


is used in gas blending applications for filling scuba diver's air
tanks. The DPG is the master mixing gage in this manifold
apparatus. Two or three gases may be blended with the manifold
to produce the appropriate blend of breathable gas depending on
the diver and the depths they will reach. With the flow adjustment
knobs and the 0.25% full scale accuracy DPG, precise tank
charging rates are maintained.
Series DPG-100
Digital Pressure Gage
Diving
Tanks
Large
Tank
Large
Tank
Filling scuba divers air tanks.
This scrubber design
removes unwanted dust or
particulate matter from air
or gas using an adjustable
throat venturi. To adjust
the pressure drop across
the venturi, a jack-screw-
actuated sliding vane
varies the slot width. A
permanently mounted
Dwyer

Magnehelic

differential pressure gage


indicates the venturi
pressure drop while the
operator adjusts to the desired or design setting. Where water may
possibly enter the gage sensing lines, as in this application, drop
legs with drain valves are needed to permit draining the lines at
their lowest point. Good engineering practice dictates that the
Magnehelic

gage always be mounted above the sensing tap


when possible to prevent moisture accumulation in the lines and
gage. At minimum, mount the gage above the lowest point in the
sensing lines.
Magnehelic

Gage
Clean
Gas
Drain
Drop Legs
HI
LO
Dirty Gas
Water Supply
Nozzles
Venturi Slot
Gasoline vapor recovery system.
Some area pollution control agencies require that 90% or more of
gasoline vapor vented at service stations when fuel is dispensed
must be prevented from venting to atmosphere. Using a dual hose
dispenser, this vapor recovery system is a vacuum assist, vapor
burnoff type. The blower creates a low vacuum at the nozzle,
routing vapor from the automobile tank to underground storage
tanks. As uncondensed vapor pressure reaches 2 to 3 w.c.
pressure, a Dwyer 1950 Series explosion-proof differential
pressure switch activates a rooftop burnoff unit, which ignites
excess vapor. The Magnehelic

differential pressure gage


mounted on the station wall monitors tank pressure to verify
system operation. The gage is calibrated in inches of gasoline,
from +6 to -2. This allows the operator to determine the necessary
level correction due to tank pressure prior to dipsticking the tanks
through the fill pipe.
Processing
Unit
Dispensing
Pump
Vapor
Collection
Line
Fill
Pipe
Gasoline
Line
Underground Tank
Condensate
Drain Lines
Relief
Valve
HI
1950
Explosion-Proof
Differential
Pressure Switch
Magnehelic

Gage

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 3
T
y
p
c
a

A
p
p
c
a
t
o
n
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
This portable pressure monitor alarm utilizes a Dwyer

Mini-
Photohelic

differential pressure switch/gage to monitor either


positive pressure, as in a clean room, or negative pressure, as in
a fume or paint spray hood. It sounds an alarm, both audible and
visual, when pressure exceeds either a preset high or low limit.
The unit can be used temporarily to verify proper operation after
initial installation. Or it can be mounted permanently for continuous
monitoring. In applications where a single fixed alarm pressure
level is sufficient, a differential pressure switch can be used
instead.
Compact switch/gage monitors pressure,
actuates alarm.
Blower
and Air
Filter
Pressurized
Clean Room
Fume Hood
Portable Monitor
and Alarm Units
Exhaust
Mini-Photohelic
HI
LO
A controlled inert atmosphere glove-box is used in the fields of
physical chemistry and metallurgy for handling and welding special
or hazardous materials. A Dwyer

Photohelic

differential pressure
switch/gage serves as an automatic and readily adjustable
pressure control for the helium, argon or nitrogen gas used in the
system. The box is first evacuated, then pressurized with the
required gas. Therefore, a zero-center Photohelic

switch/gage is
used, permitting both pressure and vacuum to be read and
controlled by a single gage. Use of the low pressure gage
connection (rear chamber of gage) and a Buna-N diaphragm is
suggested to minimize leaks from or to the atmosphere.
Zero-center switch/gage controls the inert atmosphere
in glove box.
Glove
Box
LO
Solenoid
Valve
Pressure
Relief
Valve
Regulator
Gas Supply
Vent to
Atomosphere
in Safe Area
Photohelic

Switch Gage
Demand for compressed gas varies in this gas line. So a Mercoid

Series DA adjustable deadband pressure switch is included to turn


the compressor on at low pressure and off when the maximum
pressure is reached.
Mercoid

Series DA pressure switch maintains desired


gas pressure in tank.
Mercoid

Series DA
Pressure Switch
Receiver
Pressurized
Gas Out
Compressor
Gas
Supply
Overpressure
Relief Valve
When using differential pressure transmitters in fluid applications,
it is essential to periodically make sure that there is no air in the
system, as this can cause erroneous readings. Unfortunately, the
necessary three-valve bleed system is often expensive and large,
making installation difficult and bulky. For this reason, Dwyer
Instruments, Inc. offers the 3V option on all 629 Wet/Wet
Differential Pressure Transmitters. This compact, lightweight, and
economical bleed manifold is shipped factory-installed on the 629,
eliminating the hassle of constructing a custom apparatus. The
629, when combined with the three-valve option, makes for an
ideal setup to monitor hydraulic filter clogging or other fluid
pressure sensing applications.
Three-valve manifold simplifies installation of wet/wet
differential pressure transmitter.
Series 629
Wet/Wet
Differential
Pressure
Transmitter
Liquid Flow

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
4
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Mounting
A single case size is used for most models of Magnehelic

gages. They can be flush or surface mounted with standard


hardware supplied. With the optional A-610 Pipe Mounting
Kit they may be conveniently installed on horizontal or
vertical 1-1/4 - 2 pipe. Although calibrated for vertical
position, many ranges above 1 may be used at any angle
by simply re-zeroing. However, for maximum accuracy, they
must be calibrated in the same position in which they are
used. These characteristics make Magnehelic

gages ideal
for both stationary and portable applications. A 4-9/16 hole
is required for flush panel mounting. Complete mounting
and connection fittings plus instructions are furnished with
each instrument.
Vent Valves
In applications where pressure is continuous and the
Magnehelic

gage is connected by metal or plastic tubing


which cannot be easily removed, we suggest using Dwyer
A-310A vent valves to connect gage. Pressure can then
be removed to check or re-zero the gage.
High and Medium Pressure Models
Installation is similar to standard gages except that a 4-
13/16 hole is needed for flush mounting. The medium
pressure construction is rated for internal pressures up to
35 psig and the high pressure up to 80 psig. Available for all
models. Because of larger case, the medium pressure and
high pressure models will not fit in a portable case size.
Installation of the A-321 safety relief valve on standard
Magnehelic

gages often provides adequate protection


against infrequent overpressure.
See Note.
Select the Dwyer

rr Magnehelic

gage for high accuracy guaranteed within 2% of full


scale and for the wide choice of 81 models available to suit your needs precisely. Using
Dwyer's simple, frictionless Magnehelic

gage movement, it quickly indicates low air or non-


corrosive gas pressures either positive, negative (vacuum) or differential. The design
resists shock, vibration and over-pressures. No manometer fluid to evaporate, freeze or
cause toxic or leveling problems. It's inexpensive, too.
The Magnehelic

gage is the industry standard to measure fan and blower pressures,


filter resistance, air velocity, furnace draft, pressure drop across orifice plates, liquid
levels with bubbler systems and pressures in fluid amplifier or fluidic systems. It also
checks gas-air ratio controls and automatic valves, and monitors blood and respiratory
pressures in medical care equipment.
Note: May be used with hydrogen. Order a Buna-N diaphragm. Pressures must be
less than 35 psi.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases (natural gas option available).
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Housing: Die cast aluminum case and bezel, with acrylic cover. Exterior finish is
coated gray to withstand 168 hour salt spray corrosion test.
Accuracy: 2% of full scale (3% on - 0, -100 Pa, -125 Pa, 10MM and 4% on - 00,
-60 Pa, -6MM ranges), throughout range at 70F (21.1C).
Pressure Limits: -20 Hg to 15 psig (-0.677 to 1.034 bar); MP option: 35 psig
(2.41 bar); HP option: 80 psig (5.52 bar).
Overpressure: Relief plug opens at approximately 25 psig (1.72 bar), standard
gages only. See Overpressure Protection Note on next page.
Temperature Limits: 20 to 140F* (-6.67 to 60C).
Size: 4 (101.6 mm) diameter dial face.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other
position orientations.
Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT duplicate high and low pressure taps - one
pair side and one pair back.
Weight: 1 lb 2 oz (510 g), MP & HP 2 lb 2 oz (963 g).
Standard Accessories: Two 1/8 NPT plugs for duplicate pressure taps, two 1/8
pipe thread to rubber tubing adapter and three flush mounting adapters with screws.
(Mounting and snap ring retainer substituted for 3 adapters in MP & HP gage
accessories.)
*Low temperature models available as special option.
For applications with high cycle rate within gage total pressure rating, next higher rating
is recommended. See Medium and High pressure options at lower left.
Series
2000
Magnehelic

Differential Pressure Gages


Indicate Positive, Negative or Differential, Accurate within 2%
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
Flush, Surface or
Pipe Mounted
1/8 FEMALE NPT
HIGH PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1-3/4
(44.45)
1/2
(12.70)
1/8 FEMALE
NPT LOW
PRESSURE
CONNECTION
11/16
(17.46)
17/32
(13.49)
4-3/4 (120.65) PANEL CUTOUT
5
(127)
4-47/64
(120.27)
3/16
(4.76)
2-17/32
(64.29)
15/32
(11.91)
4-1/2
(114.3)
1-1/4
(31.75)
5-1/2
(139.70)
MOUNTING RING
RUBBER PRESSURE RELIEF
PLUG WILL UNSEAT ITSELF
WHEN GAGE IS
OVERPRESSURIZED
(3) 6-32 X 3/16 (4.76) DEEP HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED ON A 4-1/8
(104.78) BOLT CIRCLE FOR
PANEL MOUNTING
1/8 FEMALE NPT
HIGH PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1-3/4
(44.45)
1/2
(12.70)
1/8 FEMALE NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
11/16
(17.46)
15/32
(11.91)
1-11/16
(42.86)
4-1/2
(114.3)
1-1/4
(31.75)
17/32
(13.49)
.025 (.64) SPACE CREATED BY 3
SPACER PADS WHEN SURFACE
MOUNTED. DO NOT OBSTRUCT.
PROVIDES PATH FOR RELIEF OF
OVERPRESSURE.
1/8 FEMALE
NPT HIGH
PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1/8 FEMALE
NPT LOW
PRESSURE
CONNECTION
7/16
(11.11)
4-3/4
(120.65)
Transparent Overlays
Furnished in red and green to highlight and emphasize critical
pressures.
Adjustable Signal Flag
Integral with plastic gage cover. Available for most models
except those with medium or high pressure construction. Can
be ordered with gage or separate.
Add suffix -ASF to end of gage model number
LED Setpoint Indicator
Bright red LED on right of scale shows when setpoint is
reached. Field adjustable from gage face, unit operates on 12-
24 VDC. Requires MP or HP style cover and bezel.
See Note.
Add suffix -SP to end of gage model number
004.P.N:Layout 2 2/15/11 3:14 PM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 5
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Quality design and construction features
O-ring seal for cover assures pressure integrity of case.
OVERPRESSURE PROTECTION
Blowout plug is comprised of a rubber plug on the rear which
functions as a relief valve by unseating and venting the gage
interior when over pressure reaches approximately 25 psig
(1.7 bar). To provide a free path for pressure relief, there are
four spacer pads which maintain 0.023 inch clearance when
gage is surface mounted. Do not obstruct the gap created by
these pads.
The blowout plug is not used on models above 180 inches of
water pressure, medium or high pressure models, or on gages
which require an elastomer other than silicone for the
diaphragm.
The blowout plug should not be used as a system overpressure
control. High supply pressures may still cause the gage to fail
due to over pressurization, resulting in property damage or
serious injury. Good engineering practices should be utilized to
prevent your system from exceeding the ratings or any
component.
Die cast aluminum case is precision made and iridite-dipped
to withstand 168 hour salt spray corrosion test. Exterior
finished in baked dark gray hammerloid. One case size is used
for all standard pressure options, and for both surface and
flush mounting.
Silicone rubber diaphragm with integrally molded O-ring is
supported by front and rear plates. It is locked and sealed in
position with a sealing plate and retaining ring. Diaphragm
motion is restricted to prevent damage due to overpressures.
Samarium Cobalt magnet mounted at one end of range spring
rotates helix without mechanical linkages.
Bezel provides flange for flush mounting in panel.
Clear plastic face is highly resistant to breakage. Provides
undistorted viewing of pointer and scale.
Precision litho-printed scale is accurate and easy to read.
Red tipped pointer of heat treated aluminum tubing is easy
to see. It is rigidly mounted on the helix shaft.
Pointer stops of molded rubber prevent pointer over-travel
without damage.
Wishbone assembly provides mounting for helix, helix
bearings and pointer shaft.
Jeweled bearings are shock-resistant mounted; provide
virtually friction-free motion for helix. Motion damped with
high viscosity silicone fluid.
Zero adjustment screw is conveniently located in the plastic
cover, and is accessible without removing cover. O-ring seal
provides pressure tightness.
Helix is precision made from an alloy of high magnetic
permeability. Mounted in jeweled bearings, it turns
freely, following the magnetic field to move the
pointer across the scale.
Calibrated range spring is flat spring steel. Small amplitude of
motion assures consistency and long life. It reacts to pressure
on diaphragm. Live length adjustable for calibration.
Series 2000 Magnehelic

Gage Models and Ranges
Page VI shows examples of special models built for OEM customers. For special scales furnished in ounces per square inch, inches of mercury, metric units, square root scales
for volumetric flow, etc., contact the factory.
3 0 3
5 0 5
10 0 10
Range, Pa
10 0 50
0 60
0 100
0 125
0 250
0 300
0 500
0 750
0 100 x 10
Range MM
of Water
0 6
0 10
0 15
0 25
0 30
0 50
0 80
0 100
0 125
0 150
0 200
0 250
0 300
Range in W.C./
Velocity F.P.M.
0 .25/300 2000
0 .50/500 2800
0 1.0/500 4000
0 2.0/1000 5600
0 5.0/2000 8800
0 10/2000 12500
Range,
kPa
0 0.5
0 1
0 1.5
0 2
0 2.5
0 3
0 4
0 5
0 8
0 10
0 15
0 20
0 25
0 30
.5 0 .5
1 0 1
1.25 0 1.25
1.5 0 1.5
Range,
Pa or kPa
0 62 Pa
0 125 Pa
0 250 Pa
0 500 Pa
0 750 Pa
0 1.0 kPa
0 1.25 kPa
0 1.5 kPa
0 2.0 kPa
0 2.5 kPa
0 3.7 kPa
0 5 kPa
0 6.2 kPa
0 12.4 kPa
0 15 kPa
Range, Pa
30 0 30
50 0 50
60 0 60
100 0 100
125 0 125
150 0 150
250 0 250
500 0 500
Range Inches
of Water
.05 0 .2
0 .25
0 .50
0 1.0
0 2.0
0 3.0
0 4.0
0 5.0
0 6.0
0 8.0
0 10
0 12
0 15
0 20
0 25
0 30
0 40
0 50
0 60
0 80
0 100
0 120
0 150
0 160
0 180
0 250
Range
PSI
0 1
0 2
0 3
0 4
0 5
0 10
0 15
0 20
0 30
0.125 0 0.125
.25 0 .25
.5 0 .5
1 0 1
2 0 2
5 0 5
10 0 10
15 0 15
Range,
CM of
Water
0 15
0 20
0 25
0 50
0 80
0 100
0 150
0 200
0 250
0 300
2 0 2
5 0 5
15 0 15
ACCESSORIES
A-299, Surface Mounting Bracket
A-300, Flat Flush Mounting Bracket
A-310A, 3 Way Vent Valve
A-321, Safety Relief Valve
A-432, Portable Kit
A-448, 3 piece magnet kit for mounting Magnehelic

gage directly to magnetic surface


A-605, Air Filter Kit
A-610, Pipe Mount Kit
OPTIONS To order, add suffix: I.E. 2001 ASF
ASF, Adjustable Signal Flag
HP, High Pressure Option
LT, Low Temperatures to 20F
MP, Med. Pressure Option
SP, Setpoint Indicator
Scale Overlays, Red, Green, Mirrored or
Combination, Specify Locations
These ranges calibrated
for vertical scale position.
Accuracy +/ 3%
Accuracy +/ 4%
*MP option standard
**HP option standard
2300-00
2300-0
2301
2302
2304
2310
2320
2330
Model
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2210*
2215*
2220*
2230**
Dual Scale Air Velocity Units
For use with pitot tube
Zero Center Ranges
Zero Center Ranges
2300-6MM
2300-10MM
2300-20MM
Model
2000-00AV
2000-0AV
2001AV
2002AV
2005AV
2010AV
Model
2000-15CM
2000-20CM
2000-25CM
2000-50CM
2000-80CM
2000-100CM
2000-150CM
2000-200CM
2000-250CM
2000-300CM
Model
2000-60NPA
2000-60PA
2000-100PA
2000-125PA
2000-250PA
2000-300PA
2000-500PA
2000-750PA
2000-1000PA
Model
2000-6MM
2000-10MM
2000-15MM
2000-25MM
2000-30MM
2000-50MM
2000-80MM
2000-100MM
2000-125MM
2000-150MM
2000-200MM
2000-250MM
2000-300MM
Model
2000-0.5KPA
2000-1KPA
2000-1.5KPA
2000-2KPA
2000-2.5KPA
2000-3KPA
2000-4KPA
2000-5KPA
2000-8KPA
2000-10KPA
2000-15KPA
2000-20KPA
2000-25KPA
2000-30KPA
2300-4CM
2300-10CM
2300-30CM
2300-1KPA
2300-2KPA
2300-2.5KPA
2300-3KPA
Model
2300-60PA
2300-100PA
2300-120PA
2300-200PA
2300-250PA
2300-300PA
2300-500PA
2300-1000PA
Model
2000-00N
2000-00
2000-0
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2008
2010
2012
2015
2020
2025
2030
2040
2050
2060
2080
2100
2120
2150
2160
2180
*
2250
*
Dual Scale English/Metric Models
Model
2000-OOD
2000-OD
2001D
2002D
2003D
2004D
2005D
2006D
2008D
2010D
2015D
2020D
2025D
2050D
2060D
Range,
In. W.C.
0 .25
0 0.5
0 1.0
0 2.0
0 3.0
0 4.0
0 5.0
0 6.0
0 8.0
0 10
0 15
0 20
0 25
0 50
0 60
Zero Center Ranges
Zero Center Ranges
Zero Center Ranges

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
6
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Pressure
Reference
Port
03/16
[4.8]
1/4
[6.4]
3/4
[19.1]
6-1/2
[165.1]
5-3/8
[136.5]
5-3/8
[136.5]
6-1/2
[165.1]
04-33/64
[114.7]
SPECIFICATIONS
Material: White ABS plastic.
The A-464 Mounting Kit provides a flush mounting solution for Magnehelic

gage
installations for applications such as clean rooms and mechanical equipment rooms. The A-
464 can also be used as an alternative means to flush mount Magnehelic

gages on control
panel enclosures. The space pressure reference port eliminates the need to drill separate
holes and run tubing long distances. Utilizing the A-464 for Magnehelic

gage installations
reduces installation time while also producing an aesthetically pleasing result.
Flush Mount Kit for Magnehelic

Gages
Ideal for Clean Rooms & Control Panels
Model
A-464
Magnehelic

Accessories
A-432 A-605
A-610
Flush ...Surface...or Pipe Mounted
A-464 Back View
Shown with A-465
Model A-464
Model A-432 Portable Kit
Combine carrying case with any Magnehelic

gage of standard range, except high


pressure connection. Includes 9 ft (2.7 m) of 3/16 I.D. rubber tubing, standhang
bracket and terminal tube with holder.
Model A-605 Air Filter Gage Accessory Kit
Adapts any standard Magnehelic

gage for use as an air filter gage. Includes


aluminum surface mounting bracket with screws, two 5 ft (1.5 m) lengths of 1/4
aluminum tubing two static pressure tips and two molded plastic vent valves, integral
compression fittings on both tips and valves.
Model A-610 Pipe Mounting Kit
With the optional A-610 Pipe Mounting Kit Magnehelic

Gages may be conveniently


installed on horizontal or vertical 1-1/4 - 2 pipe. Although calibrated for vertical
position, many ranges above 1 may be used at any angle by simply re-zeroing.
However, for maximum accuracy, they must be calibrated in the same position in
which they are used. These characteristics make Magnehelic

gages ideal for both


stationary and portable applications. A 4-9/16 hole is required for flush panel
mounting. Complete mounting and connection fittings plus instructions are furnished
with each instrument.
The new mounting flange can be used on any Dwyer Instruments, Inc. gage that possesses
a 4-1/2 (115 mm) diameter housing. The flange is secured to the gage behind its bezel with
three set screws. The set screws hold the gage tight in place. The gage/flange can then be
quickly attached to a surface or panel with a drill and the supplied mounting screws. The
flanges three mounting holes follow the industry standard mounting pattern. The flange is
made of a robust plastic composite and comes with three pre-installed set screws, an allen
wrench for tightening and three flange mounting screws.
SPECIFICATIONS
Flange Materials: Plastic.
Weight: 2.3 oz (65 g).
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
3 Pre-installed metal set screws
3 Mounting screws
1 Allen wrench
1 Instruction manual with mounting template
Magnehelic

Gage Panel Mounting Flange


Flange for Panel Mounting 4-1/2 Diameter Gages
Model
A-286
11/16
[17.46]
1/2
[12.70]
(3) #6-32 X 3/16 [4.76] OP HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED ON A 4-1/8 [104.78]
BOLT CIRCLE FOR PANEL MOUNTING
(3) 11/32 [8.73] X 82 COUNTERSINK
3/16 [4.76] X THRU ON A 5-17/32 [140.49]
BOLT CIRCLE FOR PANEL MOUNTING WITH FLANGE
1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH
PRESSURE CONNECTION
1-3/4
[44.45]
17/32
[13.49]
4-31/64
[113.89]
15/32
[11.91]
1019/32
[40.48]
15/32
[11.91] 4-3/4
[120.65]
6-9/32
[120.65]
5/8
[15.88]
1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH
PRESSURE CONNECTION
1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW
PRESSURE CONNECTION
1-1/4
[31.75]
1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW
PRESSURE CONNECTION
(3) #8-32 X 1/4 [6.35] LG
SET SCREWS EQUALLY SPACED
Model A-286
006.P.N:Layout 2 2/15/11 3:19 PM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879-8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494-461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 7
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Venturi Flowmeter with Magnehelic

Gage
2.5% Accuracy, Dual Scale in SCFM & w.c.
The Venturi Flow Meter with Magnehelic

Gage is fabricated from


aluminum and has a gradual Venturi profile to reduce pressure losses through
the meter. Flexible connections enable the meter to be used in vertical or
horizontal applications. The Magnehelic

gage provides a large, clear and


accurate display of your differential pressure reading. Each meter is calibrated
at standard atmospheric conditions. The dual scale reads in SCFM and in w.c.
The meter is supplied with easy to read reference charts for various flow
conditions. It is available in line sizes from 1 to 4 and can handle vacuum and
pressure applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. (Natural gas
option available).
Wetted Materials: Aluminum, silicone, acrylic, polycarbonate, high
carbon steel, low carbon steel, brass, paper, acrylic paint, enamel paint,
alkyd coating, nickel plate, zinc plate, helsel FC, 300 series stainless
steel, PTFE, Loctite

AV sealant, commercial black rubber, neoprene,


samarium cobalt, nickel alloy steel cover, beryllium copper.
Housing: Die cast aluminum case and bezel, with acrylic cover. Exterior
finish is coated gray to withstand 168 hour salt spray corrosion test.
Accuracy: 2.5% FS.
Pressure Limits: -20 Hg to 15 psig (-0.677 bar to 1.034 bar); MP
option: 35 psig (2.41 bar). For applications with high cycle rate within
gage total pressure rating, next higher rating is recommended.
Overpressure: Relief plug opens at approximately 25 psig (1.72 kPa).
Temperature Limits: 20 to 140F (-6.67 to 60C).
Size: 4 (101.6 mm) diameter dial face.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory
for other position orientations.
Process Connection: Female NPT of nominal line size. (See chart).
Weight: Gage only: 1 lb 2 oz (510 g), MP & HP 2 lb 2 oz (963 g).
Venturi: see chart.
[A]
[F]
[E]
FLOW
[C]
[B]
[4.750]
[D]
90 APPROX.
[G] [H]
[.500]
[1.250]
[.687]
SIDE PORTS
PLUGGED
GAGE ASSEMBLY IS SHOWN
TO ILLUSTRATE MOUNTING
ORIENTATION WITH THE
VF KIT.
VFLO Kit
VF1
VF2
VF3
VF4
VF5
Line Size
1 FNPT
1.5 FNPT
2 FNPT
3 FNPT
4 FNPT
A
4.500
6
7.750
11
14.500
B
2.687
2.562
2.562
2.734
2.734
C
2
2.500
3
4
5.000
D
2.015
2.625
3.312
4.625
5.172
E
2.125
2.375
2.875
4
5.000
F
3.125
3.375
3.875
5.500
6.500
G
1.359
2
2.703
4
5.328
H
1.125
1.375
1.750
2.375
3.000
J
4.625
5.250
5.750
7
9.250
K
6.375
7.125
7.875
9.625
11.500
Option
Number
2000-10VF1
2000-20VF1
2000-40VF1
2000-10VF2
2000-20VF2
2000-40VF2
2000-10VF3
2000-20VF3
2000-40VF3
2000-10VF4
2000-20VF4
2000-40VF4
2000-10VF5
2000-20VF5
2000-40VF5
Range
0-10 in w.c. & 0-20 SCFM air
0-20 in w.c. & 0-30 SCFM air
0-40 in w.c. & 0-40 SCFM air
0-10 in w.c. & 0-50 SCFM air
0-20 in w.c. & 0-70 SCFM air
0-40 in w.c. & 0-100 SCFM air
0-10 in w.c. & 0-85 SCFM air
0-20 in w.c. & 0-120 SCFM air
0-40 in w.c. & 0-160 SCFM air
0-10 in w.c. & 0-200 SCFM air
0-20 in w.c. & 0-290 SCFM air
0-40 in w.c. & 0-395 SCFM air
0-10 in w.c. & 0-350 SCFM air
0-20 in w.c. & 0-500 SCFM air
0-40 in w.c. & 0-675 SCFM air
Line
Size
1
1
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
Loctite

is a registered trademark of Henkel Corporation
Series 2000, Magnehelic

Differential Pressure Gage


To Create Venturi Model, add option from chart to end of 2000.
Ex: 2000-10VF1 for 10 in w.c. & 20 SCFM of Air Scale with 1
Venturi Flow Tube
Weight (Not Including Gage)
lb (kg)
3 (1.36)
3 (1.36)
3 (1.36) ( )
4.5 (2.04)
4.5 (2.04)
4.5 (2.04) ( )
6 (2.72)
6 (2.72)
6 (2.72) ( )
11 (4.99)
11 (4.99)
11 (4.99) ( )
18 (8.16)
18 (8.16)
18 (8.16)
ACCESSORIES
MV4-LM1, Mini brass ball valve with lever handle.
1/8 F X 1/8 MNPT
MV4-LM2, Mini brass valve with tee handle.
1/8 M X 1/8 FNPT
MV5-WM1, Mini brass ball valve with wedge handle.
1/8 M X 1/8 FNPT
007.P.N:Layout 2 2/16/11 9:36 AM Page 1
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
8
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Combining clean design, small size and low cost with enough accuracy for
all but the most demanding applications our Minihelic

II gage offers the latest


in design features for a dial type differential pressure gage. It is our most
compact gage but is easy to read and can safely operate at total pressures up to
30 psig. The Minihelic

II is designed for panel mounting in a single 2-5/8


diameter hole. Standard pressure connections are barbed fittings for 3/16 I.D.
tubing; optional 1/8 male NPT connections are also available. Over-pressure
protection is built into the Minihelic II

gage by means of a blow-out membrane


molded in conjunction with the diaphragm. Accidental over-ranging up to the
rated total pressure will not damage the gage. With removable lens and rear
housing, the gage may be easily serviced at minimum cost.
With the housing molded from mineral and glass filled nylon and the lens
molded from acrylic, the gage will withstand rough use and exposure as well
as high total pressure. The 5% accuracy and low cost of the Minihelic

II gage
make it well-suited for a wide variety of OEM and user applications. OEM
applications include cabinet air purging, medical respiratory therapy
equipment, air samplers, laminar flow hoods, and electronic air cooling
systems. As an air filter gage, the Minihelic

II gage finds many end use


applications on large stationary engines, compressors, ventilators, and air
handling units. The Minihelic

II gage is suitable for many of the same


applications as the Magnehelic

gage where the greater accuracy, sensitivity,


and higher and lower differential pressure ranges of the Magnehelic

gage are
not required.
PRESSURE CONNECTIONS
B A
LOW PRESSURE PORT
7/16 [11.11] HOLE IN
PANEL FOR SURFACE MOUNT
(2) 5/32 HOLES
IN PANEL FOR SURFACE
MOUNT
HIGH PRESSURE PORT
7/16 [11.11] HOLE IN
PANEL FOR SURFACE MOUNT 2-21/64 [59.18]
SURFACE
MOUNT HOLES
1
[25.40]
3-1/16
[77.79]
2-19/32
[65.88]
2-3/8
[60.33]
9/32
[7.14]
1-7/16
[36.51]
Minihelic

II Differential Pressure Gages


Combining High Accuracy, Compactness, Dependability, and Low Cost
Series
2-5000
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Housing: Glass filled nylon; acrylic lens.
Accuracy: 5% of full scale at 70F (21.1C).
Pressure Limits: 30 psig (2.067 bar) continuous to either pressure
connection.
Temperature Limits: 20 to 120F (-6.67 to 48.9C).
Size: 2-1/16 (52.39 mm) diameter dial face.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory
for other position orientations.
Process Connections: Barbed, for 3/16 I.D. tubing (standard); 1/8
male NPT (optional).
Weight: 6 oz (170.1g).
Agency Approvals: RoHS.
A. The standard Minihelic

II gage is supplied with


two barbed pressure taps molded into the rear
housing of the gage. These connections allow easy,
fast connection to the gage using 3/16 I.D. rubber or
plastic tubing.
B. For applications in systems having higher total
operating pressures, optional male 1/8 NPT
pressure connections can be supplied.
Note: the oblong over-pressure vent hole on the
back of the gage at the right of the connections. This
vent is sealed by a membrane molded in conjunction
with the diaphragm and will blow out at
approximately 75 psi.
CAUTION: For use only with air or compatible gases.
RoHS
008.P.N:Layout 2 2/11/11 9:07 AM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 9
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Housing is molded from strong mineral and glass
filled nylon.
Pointer stops of molded rubber prevent pointer
over travel without damage.
Full view lens is removable and molded of acrylic.
Aluminum scale litho printed black on white,
enhances readability.
Red tipped aluminum pointer, rigidly mounted to
helix is easy to see.
Wishbone assembly provides mounting for helix,
helix bearings, and pointer shaft.
Jewel bearings provide virtually friction free helix
motion.
Helix is free to rotate in jewel bearings. It aligns
with magnetic field of magnet to transmit pressure
indications to pointer.
Zero adjustment screw, located behind the
removable lens, eliminates tampering.
Range spring calibration clamp fixes live length
of spring for proper gage calibration and is factory
set and sealed.
Silicone rubber diaphragm allows accurate
response to a broad range of temperatures and at
extremely low pressure. Incorporates blow out area
for overpressure protection.
Diaphragm support plates of lightweight
aluminum on each side of the diaphragm minimize
position or attitude sensitivity and help define
pressure area.
Flat leaf range spring reacts to pressure on the
diaphragm. Live length is adjustable for calibration.
Small amplitude of motion minimizes inaccuracies
and assures long life.
Low pressure tap connects to rear chamber.
Coil spring link provides a resilient connection
between the diaphragm and the range spring.
Ceramic magnet mounted on a molded bracket at
the end of the range spring rotates the helix without
direct mechanical linkage.
High pressure tap connects with the front
chamber through passageway in the plastic case
and a sealing ring molded into the edge of the
diaphragm.
Simplicity of Design Ensures Reliable Operation
Mounting hardware is supplied with the Minihelic

II gage for panel


mounting through a single hole, 2 5/8 (67 mm) in diameter. Panel
thickness up to 1/2 (13 mm) can be accommodated with the
hardware supplied. If necessary, surface mounting of the gage can
be accomplished by means of two 4 40 screws into the tapped
mounting bracket stud holes in the rear of the gage. Surface
mounting requires clearance holes in the panel for the two pressure
taps.
PANEL MOUNTING
Model
2-5000-0
2-5001
2-5002
2-5003
2-5005
2-5010
2-5020
2-5040
2-5060
2-5100
Model
2-5000-25MM
2-5000-50MM
2-5000-100MM
Model
2-5000-125PA
2-5000-250PA
2-5000-500PA
Model
2-5000-1KPA
2-5000-3KPA
Model
2-5205
2-5210
2-5215
Range,
Inches of
Water
0 0.5
0 1.0
0 2.0
0 3.0
0 5.0
0 10
0 20
0 40
0 60
0 100
Range,
PSI
0 5
0 10
0 15
Range,
MM of
Water
0 25
0 50
0 100
Range,
Pascals
0 125
0 250
0 500
Range,
kPa
0 1
0 3
ACCESSORIES
A-434, Portable Kit
A-497, Surface Mtg. Brkt
A-609, Air Filter Kit
For optional 1/8 male NPT connections, add suffix NPT to model numbers listed above.
Example: 2 5001 NPT.

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
10
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
The Capsuhelic

gage is designed to give fast, accurate indication of differential


pressures. The gage may be used as a readout device when measuring flowing fluids,
pressure drop across filters, liquid levels in storage tanks and many other applications
involving pressure, vacuum or differential pressure.
Using the basic design of Dwyers time-proven Magnehelic

gage, the Capsuhelic



gage
contains a simple, frictionless movement that permits full scale readings as low as 0.5 inch
water column. The pressure being measured is held within a capsule which is an integral
part of the gage. This containment of the pressure permits the use of the gage on system
pressures of up to 500 psig, even when differentials to be read are less than 0.1 inch w.c.
The diaphragm-actuated Capsuhelic

gage requires no filling liquid which might limit its


outdoor applications. Zero and range adjustments are made from outside the gage, and
there is no need to disassemble the gage in normal service.
Note: May be used with hydrogen where pressures are less than 35 psi. Order with
a Buna-N diaphragm.
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES
Series
4000
Capsuhelic

Pressure Gage has a large, easy-to-read 4" (102 mm) dial. Dimensions, Series 4000 Capsuhelic

Pressure Gages.
Flush mounted
in panel.
Back view shows flush
mounting adapters.
Back view for
surface mounting.
MOUNTING
Capsuhelic

gages may be flush mounted in a panel or surface mounted.


Hardware is included for either. For flush mounting, a 4-13/16 diameter cutout in
panel is required. Where high shock or vibration are problems, order optional A-
496 Heavy Duty flush mount bracket. Optional A-610 kit provides simple means of
attaching gage to 1-1/4-2" horizontal or vertical pipe. Installation is same as
Magnehelic

gage shown on page 4. All standard models are calibrated for vertical
mounting. Gages with ranges above 5 in. w.c. can be factory calibrated for horizontal
or inclined mounting on special order.
Capsuhelic

Differential Pressure Gages


Measures Pressure, Vacuum or Differential, Suitable for Internal Pressures to 500 psig
1/4 FEMALE NPT LOW
PRESSURE CONNECTION
(AIR OR GAS)
35 TYP
13/32
[10.32] TYPE
2-19/32
[65.86]
1/2
[12.70]
5
[127.00]
4-45/64
[119.46]
3/4 [19.05] TYP
1/4 FEMALE NPT HIGH
PRESSURE CONNECTION
(AIR OR GAS)
(4) #6-32 X 3/8 [9.53] DP
HOLE ON A 4-11/32 [110.33]
BOLT CIRCLE
1/4 FEMALE NPT HIGH
PRESSURE CONNECTION
(LIQUID)
1/4 FEMALE NPT LOW
PRESSURE CONNECTION
(LIQUID)
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Aluminum case: Air and compatible gases and oil based liquids;
Brass case: Air and compatible gases and water based liquids.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Housing: Die cast aluminum with impregnated hard coating, standard. Optional
forged brass housing is required for water or water based fluids. Special material
diaphragms available, contact factory.
Accuracy: 3% of full scale at 70F (21.1C). (2% on 4000S models, 4% on
4200, 4210, 4215, 4220, 4300, 4400, and 4500).
Pressure Limits: -20 Hg to 500 psig. (-0.677 bar to 34.4 bar).
Temperature Limits: 20 to 200F (-6.67 to 93.3C).
Size: 4 (101.6 mm) diameter dial face.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other
position orientations.
Process Connections: 1/4 female NPT high and low pressure taps, duplicated -
one pair top for air and gas, and one pair bottom for liquids.
Weight: 3 lb, 3 oz (1.45 kg) aluminum case; 7 lb, 13 oz (3.54 kg) brass case.
Standard Accessories: Two 1/4 NPT plugs for duplicate pressure taps, four flush
mounting adapters with screws and four surface mounting screws.
Adjustable Signal Flag
Integral with plastic gage cover; has external reset screw.
May be ordered factory installed on gage or separately for
field installation. Specify ASF suffix after model number.
A-314 Bleed Fitting
For easier, safer purging of trapped air when using gage with
liquids. Also useful for draining condensate when installed
in lower ports. To open, simply loosen hex nut. Solid brass.
Forged Brass Case
For applications involving water or water based liquids. To
order, add suffix B after model number. Example: 4205B.
Transparent Scale Overlays
Available in bright red, green or yellow to accent critical
pressure zones. Specify which color and portion of scale
to be covered with each.
A-471 Portable Kit
Includes plastic case, mounting bracket, A-309 3-way
manifold valve, (2) A-230 high pressure hoses and all
necessary fittings. Assembly required. Gage not included.
010.P.N:Layout 2 2/15/11 3:24 PM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 11
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
*These ranges available for vertical scale position only.
These ranges use Spirahelic

gage movement.
Straightforward design assures maintenance-free performance
Series 4000 Capsuhelic

Gage
Scales reading directly in flow, heights, etc., are also available.
Bezel provides flange for flush mounting in panel.
O-ring seal for cover assures dust tight integrity of
case.
Clear plastic front cover is highly resistant to
breakage. Provides undistorted viewing of pointer
and scale.
Precision scale, screen printed on aluminum, is
accurate and easy to read.
Samarium cobalt magnet mounted at end of range
spring rotates helix without mechanical linkages.
Wishbone assembly provides mounting for helix,
helix bearings and pointer shaft.
Thin wall magnetic window is well braced and of
minimum area for maximum pressure capability.
Jeweled bearings for helix are shock resistant
mounted. They provide virtually friction free rotation
for helix. Rotation is damped with high viscosity
silicone fluid.
Helix is precision milled from an alloy of high
magnetic permeability, mounted in jeweled bearings,
and rotates to align with magnetic field of magnet
and transmit pressure indication to pointer.
Zero adjustment screw is conveniently located in
plastic cover, accessible without removing cover. O
ring seal provides dust seal.
Top low pressure connection (for Air or Gas)
connects to chamber in back of diaphragm. High
pressure air or gas port (cut away; not shown)
connects with chamber in front of diaphragm through
passageways in case.
Precision made case is offered in two materials.
Standard is die cast aluminum coated inside for
resistance to most oils and similar fluids. Optional
forged brass case is recommended when using water
or water based liquids. One case size for all pressure
ranges can be either surface or flush mounted.
Silicone rubber diaphragm with integrally molded O
ring is sealed between the case and backplate.
Diaphragm motion is restricted to prevent damage due
to over pressure.
Diaphragm support plate of stainless steel minimizes
position or attitude sensitivity.
Calibrated range spring is a flat leaf of nickel plated
spring steel. Small amplitude of motion assures
consistency and long life. It reacts to pressure on
diaphragm. Live length factory adjusted for calibration.
Bottom high pressure connection (for Liquids)
connects to chamber in front of diaphragm. Low
pressure liquid connection (not visible) connects with
chamber in back of diaphragm through
passageways in case.
Range spring calibration is set by custom
camlock. Rate adjust and rate adjust lock are
coaxial and are factory set and sealed.
Model
*4000-0
*4001
*4002
*4003
*4004
*4005
*4006
*4008
*4010
*4015
*4020
*4025
*4030
*4040
*4050
*4060
*4080
*4100
*4150
*4200
*4300
*4400
*4500
Model
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4210
4215
4220
4230S
4260S
42100S
42300S
Model
*4302
*4304
4310
4320
4330
Range,
Inches
of
Water
0 .50
0 1.0
0 2.0
0 3.0
0 4.0
0 5.0
0 6.0
0 8.0
0 10
0 15
0 20
0 25
0 30
0 40
0 50
0 60
0 80
0 100
0 150
0 200
0 300
0 400
0 500
Range
Zero Center
Inches of
Water
1 0 1
2 0 2
5 0 5
10 0 10
15 0 15
Range
PSID
0 1
0 2
0 3
0 4
0 5
0 10
0 15
0 20
0 30
0 60
0 100
0 300
ACCESSORIES
A-298, Flat Flush Mounting Bracket
A-309, 3 way Manifold Valve
A-314, Bleed Fitting
A-370, Mounting Bracket
A-471, Portable Kit
A-496, Flush Mount Bracket
A-610, Pipe Mount Kit
OPTIONS
Add Options as Suffix, Example 4001 ASF
ASF (Adjustable Signal Flag)
B (Brass Case)
Scale Overlays Red, Green, Mirrored or combination. Specify Locations

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
12
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
DM-1000
DigiMag

Digital Differential Pressure


and Flow Gages
24 Volt or Battery Powered, Fits in Magnehelic

Gage Cut-Out
The Digi-Mag

Series DM-1000 Digital Differential Pressure and Flow Gages


monitor the pressure of air and compatible gases just as its famous analog predecessor the
Magnehelic

Differential Pressure Gage. All models are factory calibrated to specific ranges
as listed in the chart below. The 4-digit LCD can display readings in common English and
metric units so conversions are not necessary. The simplified four button operation reduces
set up time and simplifies calibration with its digital push button zero and span.
The DigiMag

Digital Gages are more versatile than analog gages with their ability to be
field-programmed to select pressure, air velocity or flow operation depending on model.
The DigiMag

Digital Gages have an added feature for filter applications where a set point
can be input where the display will blink when the filter is dirty, alerting the user that a
maintenance action needs to occur.
Programming the Series DM-1000 is easy using the menu key to access 4 simplified menus
which provide access to depending on model: Security level; engineering units; K-factor for
use with various Pitot tubes and flow sensors, circular or rectangular duct size for
volumetric flow operation; filter set point; view peak and valley process readings; digital
damping for smoothing erratic process applications; display update to conserve battery life;
zero and span field calibration.
The Series DM-1000 DigiMag

Digital Differential Pressure and Air Flow Gages possess a


full-scale accuracy of 1% on ranges down to 2 w.c. and 2% accuracy down to the very low
ranges of 1 to 0.25 w.c. DigiMag

Digital Differential Pressure Gages offer power


versatility by working with 9-24 VDC line power or simply 9V battery power. If using line
power and connecting the 9V battery, the battery will act as a back-up if line power is lost
or interrupted.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible, compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Housing Materials: Glass filled plastic.
Accuracy: 1% F.S. including linearity, hysteresis and repeatability; 2% F.S. for
ranges 1 in w.c. and below.
Temperature Limits: 0 to 140F ( 18 to 60C).
Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C).
Long Term Stability: 1% F.S. per year.
Thermal Effect: 0.05% F.S./F typ.; 0.10% F.S./F for ranges 1 in w.c. and
below.
Display: 4 digit LCD (digits: 0.60H x 0.33W).
Display Update: Selectable for 1 second to 10 minutes or update only from button
push.
Pressure Limits: Normal and bi directional ranges 5 w.c. and lower = 2 psi (13.7
kPa); Normal and bi directional ranges 10 w.c. and higher = 11 psi (75 KPa).
Selectable Engineering Units: in w.c., psi, kPa, Pa, mm w.c., mBar, in Hg, mm
Hg, FS (0 100%).
Power Requirements: 9V battery or external power supply 9 24 VDC. Battery
included but not connected.
Type of Battery: 9V alkaline battery (Duracell

PC 1604 or equivalent).
Battery Service Life: Battery life depending on the display update setting: 150
hours (typical) if display update = 1 second; 9 month (typical) if display update =
10 minutes; 1.5 years (typical) if display update is disabled. Battery may last up to
four times longer when using lithium based battery ULTRALIFE U9VL J.
Current Consumption: 5 mA maximum.
Electrical Connections: Removable terminal block for 16 to 26 AWG.
Electrical Entry: Cable gland for 0.114 to 0.250 (2.9 to 6.4 mm) diameter cable.
Process Connections: 1/8 (3 mm) I.D. tubing.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Weight: 1.18 lb (535 g).
Size: 5 (127 mm) O.D. front face.
Agency Approvals: CE.
Model
DM-1102
DM-1103
DM-1104
DM-1105
DM-1107
DM-1108
DM-1109
DM-1110
DM-1111
DM-1112
(in w.c.)
0.250
0.500
1.000
2.000
5.000
10.00
15.00
25.00
50.00
100.0
psi
0.181
0.361
0.543
0.903
1.806
3.613
kPa
0.062
0.124
0.249
0.498
1.245
2.491
3.738
6.227
12.45
24.91
Pa
62.20
124.5
249.1
498.2
1245
2491
3738
6227
mbar
0.622
1.245
2.492
4.982
12.45
24.91
37.38
62.27
124.5
249.1
mm w.c.
6.35
12.70
25.40
50.80
127.0
254.0
381.0
635.0
1270
2540
in Hg
0.368
0.736
1.104
1.839
3.678
7.355
mm Hg
0.467
0.934
1.868
3.736
9.34
18.68
28.02
46.71
93.42
186.8
NEW PRODUCT!
% of FS
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
5.00
2.33

MENU
WAKE
DigiMag
E
Contact the factory for available bi directional ranges from 0.25 w.c. to 10 w.c.
Range
ACCESSORIES
A-299, Surface Mounting Braket
A-300, Flat Flush Mounting Braket
A-286, 4 1/2 Gage Panel Mounting Flange
A-310A, 3 Way Vent Valve
A-480, Plastic Static Pressure Tip
A-481, Installer kit. Includes 2 plastic static pressure tips
and 7 ft (2.1 m) of PVC tubing
Resolution
(in w.c.)
0.001
0.001
0.001
0.001
0.002
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.020
0.100
Note: For air flow models change 11XX to 12XX.

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 13
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
The Series PTGD Differential Pressure Piston-Type Gage can be used
to measure the pressure drop across filters, strainers, pump performance
testing, and heat exchanger pressure drop monitoring. Its simple, rugged
design possesses weather and corrosion resistant gage front with a shatter
resistant lens. The Series PTGD contains a piston-sensing element which
provides different differential pressure ranges with full-scale accuracies of
2%. Constructed with aluminum or 316SS and available with two 1/4 female
NPT end connections, the Series PTGD provides over-range protection rated
to 3000 psig (200 bar) or 6000 psig (400 bar) depending on model. Standard
models come with in-line connections. Back or bottom connections are also
available.
Series
PTGD
Differential Pressure Piston-Type Gage
Excellent Accuracy and Over-Pressure Ratings
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Gage body: Aluminum or 316 SS; Piston: Aluminum or
316 SS; Spring: 302 SS; Seals: Buna N (standard); PTFE, Ceramic
magnet; Dial case: Nylon 6 30% glass filled gage case.
Window: Acrylic.
Accuracy: 2% FS ascending.
Temperature Limit: 176F (80C).
Pressure Limits: 3000 psi (206 bar) for aluminum body; 6000 psi (413
bar) for SS body.
Size: 2.5 (63 mm) or 4.5 (115 mm).
Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position.
Process Connections: 1/4 female NPT end connections standard; 1/4
female NPT back or bottom connections available. All styles available
with 1/4 BSP.
Weight: Aluminum: 2.5 0.88 lb (399 g); 4.5 1.35 lb (612 g); Stainless
steel: 2.5 1.75 lb (794 g); 4.5 2.3 lb (1.04 kg).
1-9/32
[32.20]
1-4
[6.50]
6-7/32
[157.93]
1/4 NPT
BOTH ENDS
1-13/16
[46.00]
3 [76.00]
3-31/32
[101.00]
5-1/4
[133.30]
1-3/32 [28.10]
2-1/8
[54.00]
1 [25.20]
1/2 [12.60]
7-9/32
[32.20]
1-31/32
[50.00]
4X 3/16 [5.16]
EQUALLY SPACED
ON A 5-5/8 [142.85]
BOLT CIRCLE
5-9/32 [133.97]
PANEL CUTOUT
1-31/32
[50.00]
2X 1/4 UNC
1/2 [12.60]
1 [25.20]
1-7/8
[47.60]
7/8 [22.00]
3-31/32
[101.00]
3[76.00]
1-13/16
[46.00]
1/4 NPT
BOTH ENDS
4X 3/16 [5.16]
EQUALLY SPACED ON A
3-1/2 [88.90] BOLT CIRCLE
3-1/32 [76.99]
PANEL CUTOUT
HIGH LOW
HIGH LOW
3
[76.20]
3-3/32
[83.00]
Model
PTGD-AA01A
PTGD-AA02A
PTGD-AA03A
PTGD-AA04A
PTGD-AA05A
PTGD-AA06A
PTGD-AA07A
PTGD-AA08A
PTGD-AA09A
PTGD-AA10A
PTGD-AA11A
PTGD-AA12A
PTGD-SA01A
PTGD-SA02A
PTGD-SA03A
PTGD-SA04A
PTGD-SA05A
PTGD-SA06A
PTGD-SA07A
PTGD-SA08A
PTGD-SA09A
PTGD-SA10A
PTGD-SA11A
PTGD-SA12A
Description
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Stainless Steel
2.5 Stainless Steel
2.5 Stainless Steel
2.5 Stainless Steel
2.5 Stainless Steel
2.5 Stainless Steel
2.5 Stainless Steel
2.5 Stainless Steel
2.5 Stainless Steel
2.5 Stainless Steel
2.5 Stainless Steel
2.5 Stainless Steel
NEW PRODUCT!
OPTIONS
-V, FKM fluoroelastomer seals
-N, EPDM seals
-PY, Glycerine fill
-PF, Pointer follower
-RP, Reverse port
-SP1, 0.5A SPST with DIN plug
-SP2, 0.25A SPDT with DIN plug
Note: For 4.5 dial face, change AA to AC for Aluminum and
SA to SC for Stainless Steel
For back or bottom connections as well as female BSP threads,
contact the factory
Range
0 5 psid (0.25 bar)
0 10 psid (0.75 bar)
0 15 psid (1 bar)
0 20 psid (1.6 bar)
0 25 psid (1.6 bar)
0 30 psid (2 bar)
0 40 psid (3 bar)
0 50 psid (3.5 bar)
0 60 psid (4 bar)
0 80 psid (5.5 bar)
0 100 psid (7 bar)
0 150 psid (10 bar)
0 5 psid (0.25 bar)
0 10 psid (0.75 bar)
0 15 psid (1 bar)
0 20 psid (1.6 bar)
0 25 psid (1.6 bar)
0 30 psid (2 bar)
0 40 psid (3 bar)
0 50 psid (3.5 bar)
0 60 psid (4 bar)
0 80 psid (5.5 bar)
0 100 psid (7 bar)
0 150 psid (10 bar)

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
14
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
/
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,

D
g
t
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Digihelic

Differential Pressure Controller


Digihelic

Controller in Photohelic

Gage, Square Root Output for Flow


Series
DH3
(4) 6-32 HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED ON A
5-1/8 [130.18] B.C.
PANEL MOUNTING
1/8 FEMALE NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1/8 FEMALE NPT
HIGH PRESSURE
CONNECTION
2-1/16
[52.39]
2
[50.80]
1-1/4
[31.75]
4-47/64
[120.25]
5
[127.00]
4 [101.60]
FACE
5-1/2 [139.70] O.D.
MOUNTING RING
5/8 [15.88]
PANEL MAX
2-1/2
[63.50]
3/16
[4.76]
1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH
PRESSURE CONNECTION
1/2
[12.70]
1-9/32
[32.54]
11/16
[17.46]
30
1-3/4
[44.45]
1/2 [12.70]
11/16
[17.46]
1/8 FEMALE NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
(3) 3/16 [4.77] HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED ON A
4-1/8 [104.78] B.C.
SURFACE MOUNTING
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible, compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Housing Material: Die cast aluminum case and bezel.
Accuracy: < 5 w.c. (except 2.5 w.c.) : 1%; All other ranges: 0.5%
at 77F (25C) including hysteresis and repeatability (after 1 hour warm
up).
Stability: < 1% per year.
Pressure Limits: Ranges 2.5 w.c.: 25 psi; 2.5, 5 w.c.: 5 psi; 10
w.c.: 5 psi; 25 w.c.: 5 psi; 50 w.c.: 5 psi; 100 w.c.: 9 psi.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 140F (0 to 60C).
Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 140F (0 to 60C).
Thermal Effects: 0.020%/F (0.036/C) from 77F (25C).
Power Requirements: 12 28 VDC, 12 28 VAC 50 to 400 Hz.
Power Consumption: 3 VA max.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA DC into 900 ohms max.
Zero & Span Adjustments: Accessible via menus.
Response Time: 250 ms (damping set to 1).
Display: Backlit 4 digit LCD 0.4 height LED indicators for set point and
alarm status.
Electrical Connections: 15 pin male high density D sub connection.
18 (46 cm) cable with 10 conductors included. 4 and 10 cables
available.
Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT. Side or back connections.
Mounting Orientation: Mount unit in vertical plane.
Size: 5 (127 mm) O.D. x 3 1/8 (79.38 mm).
Weight: 1.75 lbs. (794 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Switch Type: 2 SPDT relays.
Electrical Rating: 1 amp @ 30 VAC/VDC.
Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable via keypad on face.
Model
DH3-002
DH3-003
DH3-004
DH3-005
DH3-006
DH3-007
DH3-009
DH3-010
DH3-011
DH3-013
DH3-014
DH3-015
DH3-016
DH3-017
DH3-018
The Series DH3 Digihelic

Differential Pressure Controller is a 3 in 1


instrument possessing a digital display gage, control relay switches, and a
transmitter with current output all packed in the popular Photohelic

gage style
housing. Combining these 3 features allows the reduction of several instruments
with one product, saving inventory, installation time and money. The Digihelic

controller is the ideal instrument for pressure, velocity and flow applications,
achieving a 1% full scale accuracy on ranges down to the extremely low 0.25 w.c.
to 2.5 w.c. full scale. Ranges of 5 w.c. and greater maintain 0.5% F.S. accuracy.
Bi-directional ranges are also available.
The Series DH3 Digihelic

controller allows the selection of pressure, velocity


or volumetric flow operation in several commonly used engineering units. 2
SPDT control relays with adjustable deadbands are provided along with a
scalable 4-20 mA process output.
Programming is easy using the menu key to access 5 simplified menus which
provide access to: security level; selection of pressure, velocity or flow operation;
selection of engineering units; K-factor for use with flow sensors; rectangular or
circular duct for inputting area in flow applications; set point control or set point
and alarm operation; alarm operation as a high, low or high/low alarm;
automatic or manual alarm reset; alarm delay; view peak and valley process
reading; digital damping for smoothing erratic process applications; scaling the
4-20 mA process output to fit your applications range and field calibration. See
applications below for some popular uses.
APPLICATIONS
SCFM flow in ducts
Filter status
Static pressures in ducts or buildings
Damper control
Fan control
ACCESSORIES
A-298, Flat Aluminum Bracket for flush mounting.
A-370, Mounting Bracket flush mount bracket. Bracket is then
surface mounted. Steel with gray hammertone epoxy finish.
Ranges
0 0.25 w.c.
0 0.5 w.c.
0 1 w.c.
0 2.5 w.c.
0 5 w.c.
0 10 w.c.
0 25 w.c.
0 50 w.c.
0 100 w.c.
0.25 0 0.25 w.c.
0.5 0 0.5 w.c.
1 0 1 w.c.
2.5 0 2.5 w.c.
5 0 5 w.c.
10 0 10 w.c.

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 15
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
/
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,

D
g
t
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Digihelic

II Differential Pressure Controller


NEMA 4 (IP66) Housing With Large, Bright LCD, Square Root Output for Flow
Series
DHII
The Digihelic

II Controller just got better with the New Series DHII
Differential Pressure Controller. The DHII takes all the fabulous features
of the standard Digihelic

Pressure Controller and packages them in a robust


NEMA 4 (IP66) housing.
The Digihelic

II Pressure Controller combines the 2 SPDT control relays, 4-20


mA process output and Modbus

communications with a large, brightly backlit


4 digit LCD display that can easily be seen from long distances. The electrical
wiring has also been enhanced in the DHII with its detachable terminal blocks.
The removable terminals allow the installer to easily wire the terminal block
outside the housing and then attach to the circuit board, reducing wiring
difficulties and installation time in the process.
The Digihelic

II Differential Pressure Control in the new NEMA 4 (IP66)


enclosure enables this product to be the perfect choice when mounting pressure
controls outdoors in such applications as rooftop air handlers. This housing also
makes it the ideal solution for surface mounting in clean rooms or facilities
where water or a cleaning solution is utilized in maintaining plant cleanliness.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible,
compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Housing Material: Aluminum,
glass.
Accuracy: 0.5% at 77F (25C)
including hysteresis and
repeatability (after 1 hour warm
up).
Stability: < 1% per year.
Pressure Limits: Ranges 2.5
in. w.c. = 2 psi; 5: 5 psi; 10: 5
psi; 25: 5 psi; 50: 5 psi, 100: 9
psi.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 140F
(0 to 60C).
Compensated Temperature
Limits: 32 to 140F (0 to 60C).
Thermal Effects: 0.020%/F
(0.036/C) from 77F (25C).
Power Requirements:
High voltage power = 100 to 240
VAC, 50 to 400 Hz or 132 to 240
VDC; Low voltage power = 24
VDC 20%.
Power Consumption:
Low voltage power = 24 VDC
130 mA max; High voltage power
= 100 to 240 VAC, 132 to 240
VDC 7VA max.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA DC into
900 ohms max.
Zero & Span Adjustments:
Accessible via menus.
Response Time: 250 ms
(dampening set to 1).
Display: 4 digit backlit LCD 0.6
height. LED indicators for set point
and alarm status.
Electrical Connections: Euro
type removable terminal blocks
with watertight conduit fittings for
1/2 watertight conduit.
Process Connections: 1/8
female NPT.
Enclosure Rating: Designed to
meet NEMA 4 (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Mount
unit in horizontal plane.
Size: 4.73 x 4.73 x 3.43 (120
mm x 120 mm x 87.1 mm).
Weight: 2 lb 10 oz (1.19 kg).
Serial Communications:
Modbus

RTU, RS485, 9600


baud.
Agency Approvals: CE, UL.
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Switch Type: 2 SPDT relays.
Electrical Rating: 8 amps at 240
VAC resistive.
Set Point Adjustment:
Adjustable via keypad on face.
1-1/2
[38.35]
1-45/64
[43.18]
2-23/64
[59.94]
1-31/64
[37.62]
4-23/32
[120]
4-23/32
[120]
3-7/16
[87.12]
1-5/16
[33]
1-17/32
[38.61]
45/64
[17.78]
1-1/16
[26.97]
1-7/8
[47.5]
1-45/64
[43.18]
MOUNTING HOLE
PATTERN
4X 3/16 [4.76]
CLEARANCE HOLES FOR
MOUNTING
3-17/64
[83]
4-1/8
[105]
*Velocity and volumetric flow not available on bi directional range units and models DHII 009 & DHII 010.
Modbus

is a registered trademark of Schnieder Automation, Inc.
in wc
.2500
1.000
5.000
10.00
25.00
50.00
100.0
ft wc
.4167
.8333
2.083
4.167
8.333
mm wc
6.350
25.40
127.0
254.0
635.0
1270
2540
cm wc
0.635
2.540
12.70
25.40
63.50
127.0
254.0
psi
.1806
.3613
.9032
1.806
3.613
in Hg
.3678
.7356
1.839
3.678
7.356
mm Hg
0.467
1.868
9.342
18.68
46.71
93.42
186.8
mbar
0.623
2.491
12.45
24.91
62.27
124.5
249.1
Pa
62.28
249.1
1245
2491
6227
kPa
0.249
1.245
2.491
6.227
12.45
24.91
hPa
0.623
2.491
12.45
24.91
62.27
124.5
249.1
oz/in
2
0.144
0.578
2.890
5.780
14.45
28.90
57.80
Available Pressure Engineering Units
Model
DHII-002
DHII-004
DHII-006
DHII-007
DHII-008
DHII-009*
DHII-010*
Bi-Directional* Ranges also available: DHII-012, Range: 0.25 0 0.25 w.c.
DHII-014, Range: 1.0 0 1.0 w.c.
DHII-015, Range: 2.5 0 2.5 w.c.
DHII-016, Range: 5 0 5 w.c.
DHII-017, Range: 10 0 10 w.c.
ACCESSORIES
351-9, Mother Node

silver RS 232 to RS 485 Converter with DB9F


Connector. Includes 120 VAC to 12 VDC adapter
MN-1, Mini Node

USB/RS 485 converter


A-438, Surface Mounting Brackets
DigihelicLinks

, Communications Software

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
16
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
/
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,

D
g
t
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Digihelic

Differential Pressure Controller


3-in-1 Instrument: Gage, Switch and Transmitter, Square Root Extractor for Air Flow
Series
DH
The Series DH Digihelic

Differential Pressure Controller is a 3-in-1


instrument possessing a digital display gage, control relay switches, and a
transmitter with current output. Combining these three features allows the
reduction of several instruments with one product, saving inventory, installation
time and money. The Digihelic

Controller is the ideal instrument for pressure,


velocity and flow applications, achieving a 0.5% full scale accuracy on ranges
from 5 to 100 in. w.c.
The Digihelic

Controller allows the selection of pressure, velocity or volumetric


flow operation in several commonly used engineering units. Two SPDT control
relays with adjustable dead bands are provided along with a scalable 4-20 mA
process output. The Series DH provides extreme flexibility in power usage by
allowing 120/220 VAC and also 24 VDC power which is often used in control
panels.
Programming is easy using the menu key to access five simplified menus which
provide access to: security level; selection of pressure, velocity or flow operation;
selection of engineering units; K-factor for use with flow sensors; rectangular or
circular duct for inputting area in flow applications; set point control or set point
and alarm operation; alarm operation as a high, low or high/low alarm;
automatic or manual alarm reset; alarm delay; view peak and valley process
readings; digital damping for smoothing erratic process applications; scaling
the 4-20 mA process output to fit your applications range; Modbus

communications; and field calibration.


With all this packed into one product it is easy to see why the Digihelic

Controller is the only instrument you will need for all your pressure applications.
APPLICATIONS
Dust collection bag filters
SCFM flow in ducts
Air flow for industrial ovens
Filter status
Clean room pressure
Fume hood air flow
Pharmaceutical or bio medical glove box pressures
Static pressures in ducts or buildings
Damper control
Fan control
1-3/4
[44.45]
4-1/2
[114.30]
1/2
[12.70]
4-1/2
[114.30]
3-19/32
[91.28]
1-15/16
[49.21]
3-25/32
[96.04]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible, compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Housing Material: ABS plastic, UL approved 94 V 0.
Accuracy: 0.5% at 77F (25C) including hysteresis and repeatability.
Stability: < 1% per year.
Pressure Limits: Ranges 2.5 in. w.c. = 2 psi; 5: 5 psi; 10: 5 psi; 25:
5 psi; 50: 5 psi, 100: 9 psi.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 140F (0 to 60C).
Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 140F (0 to 60C).
Thermal Effects: 0.020%/F (0.036/C) from 77F (25C).
Power Requirements: High voltage power = 100 to 240 VAC, 50 to 400
Hz or 132 to 240 VDC. Low voltage power = 24 VDC 20%.
Power Consumption:
Low voltage power = 24 VDC 130 mA max;
High voltage power = 100 to 240 VAC, 132 to 240 VDC 7VA max.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA DC into 900 ohms max.
Zero & Span Adjustments: Accessible via menus.
Response Time: 250 ms.
Display: 4 digit LCD 0.4 height. LED indicators for set point and alarm
status.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminals.
Process Connections: Compression fitting for use with 1/8 ID X 1/4 OD
tubing (3.175 mm ID x 6.35 mm OD).
Enclosure Rating: Face designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Mount unit in horizontal plane.
Size: 1/8 DIN.
Panel Cutout: 1.772 x 3.620 in (45 x 92 mm).
Weight: 14.4 oz (408 g).
Serial Communications: Modbus

RTU, RS485, 9600 baud.


Agency Approvals: CE, UL.
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Switch Type: 2 SPDT relays.
Electrical Rating: 8 amps at 240 VAC resistive.
Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable via keypad on face.
Modbus

is a registered trademark of Schnieder Automation, Inc.

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 17
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
/
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,

D
g
t
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
*Velocity and volumetric flow not available on bi directional range units and models DH 009 & DH 010.
One Control for all your Pressure Applications
Reduces Instruments, Inventory, Installation Time and Cost
ACCESSORIES
The Mother Node

and Mini Node

converters are an easy solution for utilizing the Digihelic

Controllers RS 485
serial communication and connecting to virtually any PC.
Available Pressure Engineering Units
in wc
.2500
1.000
5.000
10.00
25.00
50.00
100.0
ft wc
.4167
.8333
2.083
4.167
8.333
mm wc
6.350
25.40
127.0
254.0
635.0
1270
2540
cm wc
0.635
2.540
12.70
25.40
63.50
127.0
254.0
psi
.1806
.3613
.9032
1.806
3.613
in Hg
.3678
.7356
1.839
3.678
7.356
mm Hg
0.467
1.868
9.342
18.68
46.71
93.42
186.8
mbar
0.623
2.491
12.45
24.91
62.27
124.5
249.1
Pa
62.28
249.1
1245
2491
6227
kPa
0.249
1.245
2.491
6.227
12.45
24.91
hPa
0.623
2.491
12.45
24.91
62.27
124.5
249.1
oz/in
2
0.144
0.578
2.890
5.780
14.45
28.90
57.80
Compact 1/8 DIN housing reduces
panel space.
Set Point Status LED Indicators display
set point activation. Allows user to view
process status from a distance.
Hot Key saves time by allowing
instant access to set point and alarms.
Set points/alarms can be easily
adjusted with arrow keys.
Menu Key Scrolls through menus to
adjust settings. 5 simple menus allow
for quick set up and reduced installation
time.
Adjustable clip for panel mounting.
Set point 2 or alarm output (SPDT).
Selectable direct acting control relay
with adjustable deadband or high, low
or high low alarm.
4-20 mA process output. View process
remotely or send signal to PLC.
Alleviates purchase of a separate
transmitter.
24 VDC power supply. Universal power
supply eliminates options, inventory and
ordering mistakes.
Selectable Engineering Units in
Pressure, Velocity or Flow, programmed
on one unit. Alleviates time consuming
conversions and flow charts.
Alarm LED Indicator shows alarm
activation status. View alarm status
from a distance.
Reset button for clearing an alarm
when alarm is set for manual operation.
Enter a menu or store a value. From
home display press to view full scale
range.
120-240 VAC power supply.
Reduce inventory and eliminate lead
times with universal power supply.
Set point 1 output (SPDT).
Direct or reverse acting control relay
with adjustable deadband.
Durable compression fittings for 1/4
O.D. x 1/8 I.D. plastic tubing. Secures
tubing in harsh applications where
vibration & temperature fluctuations
occur.
RS-485 serial communications
View, record, and adjust control settings
remotely from a computer with Modbus

protocol.
Remote reset switch for alarm.
Acknowledge alarm from remote
location. For users that need quick
alarm reset from a distance.
MN-1, Mini Node

USB/RS 485 converter


351-9, Mother Node

silver RS 232 to RS 485 Converter with DB9F Connector.


Includes 120 VAC to 12 VDC adapter
A-266, Digihelic

surface mounting bracket


A-203, 1/8 I.D. x 1/4 O.D. PVC tubing
DigihelicLinks

, Communication Software
Model
DH-002
DH-004
DH-006
DH-007
DH-008
DH-009*
DH-010*
Bi-Directional* Ranges also available: DH-012, Range: 0.25 0 0.25 w.c.
DH-014, Range: 1.0 0 1.0 w.c.
DH-015, Range: 2.5 0 2.5 w.c.
DH-016, Range: 5 0 5 w.c.
DH-017, Range: 10 0 10 w.c.

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
18
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
/
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,

D
g
t
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Data Acquisition and Logging Software
Designed for Communication with Series DH & DHII
Digihelic

Differential Pressure Controllers


Model
Digihelic Links

The Digihelic Links

Communications Software is an easy to use


Windows

based program. Data logging and graphing can be set up by the


individual control with varying logging periods. Event logging, live instrument
status, remote calibration as well as uploading pre-saved configuration files are
some of the higher end capabilities the Digihelic Links

Communications
Software provides. The Digihelic Links

Communications Software is
compatible with all Series DH and DHII Digihelic

Differential Pressure
Controllers.
FEATURES
Log and graph data up to 10 units simultaneously. View up to
40 units
Easy to use Windows

based operator interface


Data logging at individually adjustable rates
On screen graphing of process values
Upload and download saved control configuration profiles
Remote calibration of controls
Required Equipment Computer Requirements
The Digihelic Links

Communications Software application will run on


Windows

95/98 and Windows

NT Workstation 4.0 (Service Pack 3


recommended), Windows

2000 and Windows

XP software. The
hardware requirements for each of these operating systems can be found
in the documentation provided with that operating system. One available
RS 485 port is needed to communicate with the control(s). A minimum of
4 MB of hard disk space is needed for the Digihelic Links
Communications Software application files, and additional hard disk space
is needed to store data log files. Log file size will vary depending on the
duration and rate selected for the controls and the number of controls on
line.
Communication Requirements
To communicate with the Digihelic

Differential Pressure Controller from


a PC with an RS 232 Serial Communications Port, an RS 485 to RS 232
converter is required to convert the signal from the Digihelic

controller
RS 485 format to the RS 232 input of the PC. Recommended converters
are the Models 351 9 RS 485 to RS 232 converter or Model MN 21 RS
485 to USB converter. For RS 485 systems a 120 ohm resistor is also
needed to terminate the last control on the control network. Shielded
twisted pair cable is recommended for wiring the controls together.
Windows

is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation
Model Digihelic Links, Communications Software CD
ACCESSORIES
351-9N, Mother Node

silver RS 232/RS 485 converter


with DB9F connector
351-9, Mother Node

silver RS 232/RS 485 converter


with DB9F connector (includes 120 VAC to 12 VDC adapter)
MN-1, Mini Node

USB/RS 485 converter



CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 19
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
/
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,

D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Mini-Photohelic

Differential Pressure Switch/Gage


Compact, Low Cost Switch Gage
Series
MP
LOW PRESSURE PORT
HIGH PRESSURE PORT
3-1/32 [77.00]
1 [25.4]
SPECIFICATIONS
GAGE SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible, compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Accuracy: 5% of full scale @ 70F (21.1C). Gage face mounted in
vertical position.
Pressure Limits: 30 psig (2.067 bar).
Temperature Limits: 20 to 120F ( 6.7 to 49C).
Process Connections: Barbed for 3/16 I.D. tubing (STD); 1/8 male
NPT (optional).
Size: 4 1/8 (104.78 mm) depth x 3 1/16 (77.79 mm) diameter.
Weight: 23 oz (652 g).
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Switch Type: (2) SPDT relays.
Electrical Rating: 5A @ 120/240 VAC resistive; 5A @ 30 VDC.
Electrical Connections: Screw type terminal block. Accepts 22 12
AWG wire.
Power Requirements: 24 VDC / 24 VAC 50/60 Hz 4 watts.
Mounting Orientation: Gage face in vertical position.
Set Point Adjustment: Push buttons.
Standard Accessories: (2) mounting screws, (1) .050 hex allen
wrench.
Agency Approvals: UL, cUL, CE.
The Series MP Mini-Photohelic

differential pressure switch/gage combines


the time proven Minihelic

II differential pressure gage with two SPDT


switching setpoints. The Mini-Photohelic

gage is designed to measure and


control positive, negative, or differential pressures consisting of non-combustible
and non-corrosive gases. Gage reading is independent of switch operation.
Switching status is visible by LED indicators located on the front and rear of the
gage. Set points are adjusted with push buttons on back of unit. This extremely
compact switch/gage is ideal for fume hoods, dust collection, pneumatic
conveying and clean room applications.
3-1/16
[77.79]
2-19/32
[65.88]
3-13/16 [96.84]
3-1/32 [77.00]
9/32 [7.134]
Model
MP-000
MP-001
MP-002
MP-003
MP-005
MP-010
MP-020
MP-040
MP-060
MP-100
Model
MP-5PSI
MP-10PSI
MP-15PSI
Model
MP-25MM
MP-50MM
MP-100MM
Model
MP-125PA
MP-250PA
MP-500PA
Model
MP-1KPA
MP-3KPA
Range,
Inches of
Water
0 0.5
0 1.0
0 2.0
0 3.0
0 5.0
0 10
0 20
0 40
0 60
0 100
Range, PSI
0 5
0 10
0 15
Range,
MM of
Water
0 25
0 50
0 100
Range, Pa
0 125
0 250
0 500
Range, kPa
0 1
0 3
For optional 1/8 male NPT connections, add suffix NPT to model
numbers listed above.
Example: MP 000 NPT. Allow additional lead time.

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
20
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
/
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,

D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
A3000
Photohelic

Pressure Switch/Gages
3-in-One Indicating Gage, Lo-Limit and Hi-Limit Control
2-1/2 [63.50]
2-1/16 [52.39]
2 [50.80]
1-1/4
[31.75]
(4) 6-32 HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED ON
A 5-1/8 [130.18] B.C.
4-47/64
[120.25]
5
[127.00]
4 [101.60]
FACE
5-1/2 [139.70]
O.D.
MOUNTING
RING
5/8 [15.88]
5/8 [15.88] PANEL
MAX
3/16 [4.76]
3-7/8 [98.43]
5-1/8 [130.18]
6-3/8 [161.93]
(7-5/8 [193.68]) 4-3/8 [111.13]
HOUSING REMOVAL
3/4 CONDUIT
CONNECTION
4-3/4
[120.65]
3-7/8 SQ
[98.43]
1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH
PRESSURE CONNECTION
1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW
PRESSURE CONNECTION
Set points are instantly
adjusted with front knobs.
SPECIFICATIONS
GAGE SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible, compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Accuracy: 2% of full scale at 70F (21.1C). 3% on 0 and 4% on 00
models.
Pressure Limits: 20 Hg. to 25 psig ( 0.677 to 1.72 bar). MP option; 35 psig
(2.41 bar), HP option; 80 psig (5.52 bar). A36003S 36010S; 150 psig (10.34
bar). A36020S and higher; 1.2 x full scale pressure.
Temperature Limits: 20 to 120F ( 6.67 to 48.9C). Low temperature option
available.
Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT.
Size: 4 (101.6 mm) dial face, 5 (127 mm) O.D. x 8 1/4 (209.55 mm).
Weight: 4 lb (1.81 kg).
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Switch Type: Each setpoint has 2 form C relays (DPDT).
Repeatability: 1% of full scale.
Electrical Rating: 10A @ 28 VDC, 10A @ 120, 240 VAC.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminals. Use 167F (75C) copper
conductors only.
Power Requirements: 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz; 240 VAC & 24 VAC power
optional.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for
other position orientations.
Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable knobs on face.
Agency Approvals: UL, CSA, CE. Optional EXPL explosion proof
enclosure does not possess any agency approvals.
OPTIONS
Single contact, right set point, for actuation on increasing or decreasing
pressure.
OEM Model, less relay and transformer components and housing but including
infrared diodes and phototransistor(s), light shutter and set pointer(s). For single
or double contact.
Remote-Mounted Relay, relay pack may be mounted remotely from gage.
Standard length is 5 ft. For other lengths, specify cable length required.
Tamper-proof knobs, low temperature option, special scales, voltages and
other features and modifications are available.
Special Housings available include Weatherproof (NEMA 4) and Explosion
proof (NEMA 7 CD, 9 EFG; NEC Class I, DIV. 1 & 2, Groups C, D, Class II, Div.
1 & 2, Groups E, F, G, Class III.) Contact Customer Service for detailed
dimension drawings.
Photohelic

Switch/Gages function as versatile, highly repeatable pressure


switches combined with a precise pressure gage employing the time-proven
Magnehelic

gage design. The Photohelic

gage measures and controls positive,


negative or differential pressures of air and compatible gases. Standard models are
rated to 25 psig (1.7 bar) with options to 35 (2.4) or 80 (5.5 bar) psig. Single pressure
36000S models measure to 6000 psig (413 bar) with a 9000 psig (620 bar) rating.
Two phototransistor actuated, DPDT relays are included for low/high limit control.
Easy to adjust setpoint indicators are controlled by knobs located on the gage face.
Individual setpoint deadband is one pointer width less than 1% of full scale.
Setpoints can be interlocked to provide variable deadband ideal for control of fans,
dampers, etc. Gage reading is continuous and unaffected by switch operation, even
during loss of electrical power. Choose from full scale pressure ranges from a low 0-
.25" (0-6 mm) w.c. up to 30 psi (21 bar); single positive pressure to 6000 psig (413 bar).
Photohelic Sensing - How It Works
In typical applications, these Dwyer switch/gages control between high and
low pressure set points. When pressure changes, reaching either set point
pressure, the infrared light to the limiting phototransistor is cut off by the helix
driven light shutter. The resulting phototransistor signal is electronically
amplified to actuate its DPDT slave relay and switching occurs. Dead band
between make and break is 1% of full scale or less just enough to assure
positive, chatter free operation.
Relay - Transformer Features
A plastic housing protects all electronic components. Solid state and integrated
circuit electronics are on glass epoxy printed circuit boards and self
extinguishing terminal boards.
APPLICATIONS - PHOTOHELIC

SWITCH/GAGES
In both series of pressure switch/gages, you get the convenience of a visual
indication plus high low limit switching. For both OEM and in plant applications,
the Photohelic

switch/gage is used to control pressures in air conditioning


systems, clean rooms, fluidic and pneumatic control systems, materials
handling equipment, alarm or control fume exhaust systems, control pressure
in air structures, and monitor respiratory and blood pressures.
Standard Model
Two phototransistor actuated circuits and two DPDT relays permit both high
and low alarms or limit controls. Relays are de energized when gage pointer
is to the left of respective set points; relays are energized as pointer passes to
the right of set points. Loss of electrical power or loss of pressure provide fail
safe protection.
High and Low Latching Circuits
Dwyer Photohelic

switch/gages can be wired for high-latching, low-latching


or combination high-low latching circuits. That is, the equipment will hold in
these respective positions once activated and until manually reset. This can
be particularly useful for alarm and signal applications where control is
accomplished by another Photohelic

switch/gage or other means. Complete


wiring and operational instructions are included. Where manual reset is
required a dry circuit push button such as Dwyer Part A 601 should be used.


CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 21
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
/
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,

D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Bezel and front cover (with set point
knobs and zero adjustment screw)
removed to expose Photohelic

gage set
point mechanism. Cover is clear
polycarbonate plastic.
Gage pointer and light shutter are
mounted on helix and balancing
counterweight. Shutter passes through
slot in optical limit switch to expose
phototransistors to integral infrared light
source or mask them depending on
applied pressure.
Light shield effectively protects
phototransistors from strong outside light
sources yet allows free pointer
movement. It also gives interior a clean
finished look.
Optical limit switches are used for
reliability and long service life. Attached
directly to set pointers, they are
individually aligned to assure precise
switching accuracy.
Semi-Flexible drive shaft connects to
set point knobs.
Zero adjustment screw connects to
screw in cover to adjust zero pressure
reading.
Plastic enclosure protects electronic
components and electrical connections.
Polycarbonate connection or terminal
board is self extinguishing.
Glass-epoxy printed circuit boards for
durability and performance.
Load relays are DPDT with latching
feature for maximum application
versatility.
Electronics are designed to operate on
50/60 Hz, 120 volt current with 10% over
or under voltage. Special units for other
voltages are available.
Switch set pointers show switch
settings at all times.
Spring loaded friction clutch prevents
operator damage of set point
mechanism.
Check these features for dependable control
Models and Ranges - Series A3000 Photohelic

Switch/Gages
Note: Special models can be built to OEM customers' specifications with scales reading in special pressure units like ounces per square inch,
inches of mercury, etc. Square Root Scales reading in FPM or SCFM are also available. Custom logos and special graduations can also be included.
Contact factory for minimum quantities and pricing.
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES - Add options as a suffix. Example: A3001 LT
Model
A3000-00
A3000-0
A3001
A3002
A3003
A3004
A3005
A3006
A3008
A3010
A3015
A3020
A3025
A3030
A3040
A3050
A3060
A3080
A3100
A3150
Model
A3000-00AV
A3000-0AV
A3001AV
A3002AV
A3010AV
Zero Center Ranges
Zero Center Ranges
Zero Center Ranges
Zero Center Ranges Zero Center Ranges
Pitot tube required
Model
A3000-6MM
A3000-10MM
A3000-25MM
A3000-50MM
A3000-80MM
A3000-100MM
Model
A3000-60PA
A3000-125PA
A3000-250PA
A3000-500PA
A3000-750PA
Bi-Directional Range
A3000-00N
Model
A3300-0
A3301
A3302
A3304
A3310
A3320
A3330
A3300-20MM
A3300-30MM
Model
A3000-1KPA
A3000-1.5KPA
A3000-2KPA
A3000-3KPA
A3000-4KPA
A3000-5KPA
A3000-8KPA
A3000-10KPA
A3000-15KPA
A3000-20KPA
A3000-25KPA
A3000-30KPA
Model
A3300-250PA
A3300-500PA
A3300-4CM
A3300-10CM
A3300-30CM
A3300-1KPA
A3300-3KPA

-SRH, Single Relay Activates on Increase


-SRL, Single Relay Activates on Decrease
-OLS, OEM model
-RMR, Remote mounted relay
-TAMP, Tamper proof knobs
-MP, Medium pressure
-HP, High pressure
-LT, Low temperature ( 20F)
A-298, Flat Flush Mounting Bracket
A-601, Manual reset switch net
10 0 10
15 0 15
2 0 2
5 0 5
15 0 15
Range,
In W.C.
0 .25
0 .50
0 1.0
0 2.0
0 3.0
0 4.0
0 5.0
0 6.0
0 8.0
0 10
0 15
0 20
0 25
0 30
0 40
0 50
0 60
0 80
0 100
0 150
Range In W.C.
/Air Velocity,
F.P.M.
0 .25/300 2000
0 .50/500 2800
0 1.0/500 4000
0 2.0/1000 5600
0 10/2000 12500
Range,
Pascals
0 60
0 125
0 250
0 500
0 750
Range,
MM W.C.
0 6
0 10
0 25
0 50
0 80
0 100
.05 .20
Range,
In W.C.
.25 0 .25
.5 0 .5
1 0 1
2 0 2
5 0 5
10 0 10
15 0 15
Range,
Kilopascals
0 1
0 1.5
0 2
0 3
0 4
0 5
0 8
0 10
0 15
0 20
0 25
0 30
Range,
Pascals
125 0 125
250 0 250
.5 0 .5
1.5 0 1.5

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
22
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
/
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
,

D
i
a
l
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Using solid state technology, the Series 3000MR and 3000MRS Photohelic

switch/gages combine the functions of a precise, highly repeatable differential pressure


switch with a large easy-to-read analog pressure gage employing the durable, time-proven
Magnehelic

gage design. Switch setting is easy to adjust with large external knobs on the
gage face. Gage reading is unaffected by switch operation will indicate accurately even
if power is interrupted. Solid state design now results in greatly reduced size and weight.
Units can be flush mounted in 4-13/16 (122 mm) hole or surface mounted with hardware
supplied. 3000MR models employ versatile electromechanical relays with gold over silver
contacts ideal for dry circuits. For applications requiring high cycle rates, choose
3000MRS models with SPST (N.O.) solid state relays. All models provide both low and high
limit control and include 18-inch (45 cm) cable assemblies for electrical connections.
Gage accuracy is 2% of full scale and switch repeatability is 1%. Switch deadband is one
pointer width less than 1% of full scale. Compatible with air and other non-combustible,
non-corrosive gases, they can be used in systems with pressures to 25 psig (1.725 bar).
Optional construction is available for use to either 35 psig (2.42 bar) or 80 psig (5.51 bar).
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
Mounting ring, snap ring (4) 6-32 x 1-1/4 RH machine screws
18 (45 cm) cable assembly (panel mounting)
(2) 3/16 tubing to 1/8 NPT adapters (3) 6-32 x 5/16 RH machine screws
(2) 1/8 NPT pipe plugs (surface mounting)
Series
3000MR
3000MRS
Photohelic

Switch/Gages
Combines Differential Pressure Gage with Low/High Set-points
Series 3000MR, 3000MRS Photohelic

SPECIFICATIONS
GAGE SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non-combustible,
compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Accuracy: 2% of full scale (3000-0
3% of full scale). (3000-00 4% of full
scale).
Pressure Limit: -20 Hg. to 25 psig
(-0.677 bar to 1.72 bar). MP option;
35 psig (2.41 bar), HP option; 80 psig
(5.52 bar).
Temperature Limits: 20 to 120F
(-6.67 to 48.9C).
Process Connections: 1/8 female
NPT (duplicated side and back).
Size: 4 (101.6 mm) dial face, 5
(127 mm) O.D. x 3-1/8 (79.38 mm).
Weight: 1.8 Ib (816 g).
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS 3000MR
Switch Type: Each setpoint has 1
form C relays (SPDT).
Relay Contacts: (Resistive load) 1
form C rated 1.0A @ 30 VDC, 0.3A
@ 110 VDC or 0.5A @ 125 VAC.
Gold over clad silver - suitable for dry
circuits.
Electrical Connections: 18 (46 cm)
cable assembly with 8 conductors.
Optional lengths to 100 (30.5 m).
Power Requirements: 24 VDC,
regulated 10%.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in
vertical position. Consult factory for
other position orientations.
Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable
knobs on face.
Agency Approvals: CE.
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS 3000MRS
Switch Type: Each setpoint has a
solid state relay.
Switching Voltage: 20-280 VAC
(47-63 Hz).
Switching Current: 1.0 amp (AC)
max., 0.01 mA (AC) min., (2) SPST
N.O.
Electrical Connections: 18 (46 cm)
cable assembly with 6 conductors,
optional lengths to 100 (30.5 m).
Power Requirements: 24 VDC,
regulated 10%.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in
vertical position. Consult factory for
other position orientations.
Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable
knobs on face.
Agency Approvals: CE.
(4) 6-32 HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED ON A
5-1/8 [130.18] B.C.
4 [101.60]
FACE
5-1/2 [139.70] O.D.
MOUNTING RING
2-1/2
[63.50]
3/16
[4.76]
5/8 [15.88]
PANEL MAX
5/8
[15.88]
5
[127.00]
4-47/64
[120.25]
2-1/16
[52.39]
2
[50.80]
1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH
PRESSURE CONNECTION
1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW
PRESSURE CONNECTION
1-1/4
[31.75]
Model
3000(MR)(MRS)**-00
3000(MR)(MRS)*-0
3001(MR)(MRS)
3002(MR)(MRS)
3003(MR)(MRS)
3005(MR)(MRS)
3010(MR)(MRS)
3015(MR)(MRS)
3020(MR)(MRS)
3030(MR)(MRS)
3050(MR)(MRS)
3100(MR)(MRS)
Model
3000(MR)(MRS)-60PA*
3000(MR)(MRS)-125PA
3000(MR)(MRS)-250PA
3000(MR)(MRS)-500PA
Model
3000(MR)(MRS)-1KPA
3000(MR)(MRS)-3KPA
3000(MR)(MRS)-4KPA
Model
3000(MR)(MRS)-6MM*
3000(MR)(MRS)-10MM
3000(MR)(MRS)-25MM
3000(MR)(MRS)-50MM
3000(MR)(MRS)-100MM
Model
3000(MR)(MRS)-20CM
Range,
Kilopascals p
0-1.0
0-3.0
0-4.0
Range,
MM W.C.
0-6
0-10
0-25
0-50
0-100
Range,
CM W.C.
0-20
Minor
Divs.
.02
.10
.10
Minor
Divs.
.20
.50
.50
1.0
2.0
Minor
Divs
.50
Range,
Inches w.c.
0-0.25
0-0.5
0-1.0
0-2.0
0-3.0
0-5.0
0-10
0-15
0-20
0-30
0-50
0-100
Range,
Pascals
0-60
0-125
0-250
0-500
Minor
Divs.
.005
.01
.02
.05
.10
.10
.20
.50
.50
1.0
1.0
2.0
Minor
Divs.
2.0
5.0
5.0
10.0
When ordering, select either MR or MRS
suffix to Series 3000 number.
Examples: 3001MR or 3001MRS
( )( )
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES
Tamper-proof Knobs, require spanner type key (supplied) to change
setpoints. Add suffix -TAMP
Low Temperature Option for use under 20F (-6.7C).
Add suffix -LT
Medium Pressure increases maximum rated pressure to 35 psig
(2.41 bar). Add suffix -MP
High Pressure increases maximum rated pressure to 80 psig
(5.5 bar). Add suffix -HP
Weatherproof Housing Option.
Add Suffix -WP
A-298, Flat Aluminum Bracket for flush mounting 3000MR/MRS
A-370, Mounting Bracket flush mount 3000MR/MRS bracket. Bracket
is then surface mounted. Steel with gray hammertone epoxy finish
A-600, R/C Snubber recommended for inductive loads like a
solenoid or contactor
022.P.N:Layout 2 2/11/11 8:55 AM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879-8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494-461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 23
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
/
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
,

D
i
a
l
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
43000
Capsu-Photohelic

Pressure Switch/Gages
Lo-Limit and Hi-Limit Control, Aluminum or Brass Case Available
Series 43000
Capsu-Photohelic

Switch/Gage.
Set points are instantly
adjusted with front knobs.
SPECIFICATIONS
GAGE SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and
liquids. Brass case option required
for water based liquids.
Wetted Materials: Consult
factory.
Accuracy: 3% of full scale at
70F (21.1C). 2% on 43000S
models; 4% on 43215, 43220
and 43500.
Pressure Limits: -20 Hg to 500
psig (-0.677 to 34.5 bar).
Temperature Limits: 20 to 120F
(-6.67 to 48.9C). Low
temperature option available.
Process Connections: 1/4
female NPT.
Size: 4 (101.6 mm) dial face, 5
(127 mm) O.D. x 9-3/16 (233.36
mm).
Weight: 5 lb, 8 oz (2.49 kg).
Brass 11 lb, 2 oz (5.05 kg).
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Switch Type: Each setpoint has 2
form C relays (DPDT).
Repeatability: 1% of full scale.
Electrical Rating: 10A @ 120
VAC, 6A @ 240 VAC, 60 Hz res.
10A @ 28 VDC.
Electrical Connections: Screw
terminals.
Power Requirements: 120 VAC,
50/60 Hz; 240 VAC & 24 VAC
power optional.
Mounting Orientation:
Diaphragm in vertical position.
Consult factory for other position
orientations.
Set Point Adjustment:
Adjustable knobs on face.
Capsu-Photohelic

Switch/Gages function as versatile, highly repeatable


pressure switches combined with a precise pressure gage employing the time-
proven Magnehelic

gage design. The Capsu-Photohelic

gage employs an
encapsulated sensing element for use with both liquids and gases at pressures
to 500 psig (34 bar). Optional cast brass case is available for water or water
based liquids.
Two phototransistor actuated, DPDT relays are included for low/high limit
control. Easy to adjust setpoint indicators are controlled by knobs located on
the gage face. Individual setpoint deadband is one pointer width less than 1%
of full scale. Setpoints can be interlocked to provide variable deadband ideal
for control of pumps, etc.
(4) 6-32 HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED ON A
5-1/8 [130.18] B.C.
1/4 FEMALE NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
(AIR OR GAS)
1/4 FEMALE NPT
HIGH PRESSURE
CONNECTION (AIR OR GAS)
1/4 FEMALE NPT
HIGH PRESSURE
CONNECTION
(LIQUID)
3/4 [19.05] TYP
[101.60]
FACE
5-1/2 [139.70] O.D.
MOUNTING RING
1/4 FEMALE
NPT LOW
PRESSURE
CONNECTION
(LIQUID)
5
[127.00]
4-47/64
[120.25]
5/8 [15.88]
5/8 [15.88]
PANEL MAX
3/16 [4.76]
3-7/8 [98.43]
5-1/8 [130.18]
7-5/16 [185.74]
8-9/16 [217.49] 4-3/8 [111.13]
HOUSING REMOVAL
3/4 CONDUIT
CONNECTION
4-3/4
[120.65]
3-7/8 SQ
[98.43]
3-1/16 [77.79] TYP
Series 43000
Capsu-Photohelic

Switch/Gage with
Brass Body
Model
43000-0
43001
43002
43003
43004
43005
43006
43008
43010
43015
43020
43025
43030
43040
43050
Model
43060
43080
43100
43150
43200
43300
43400
43500
43302
43304
43310
43320
43330
OPTIONS
Single Contact, right set point, for actuation on increasing or
decreasing pressure.
Power Supply, 24 VAC or 220 VAC powered relay pack.
Remote-Mounted Relay, relay pack may be mounted remotely
from gage. Specify cable length required.
Tamper-proof Knobs, low temperature option, special scales,
voltages and other features and modifications are available.
Special Housings available include Weatherproof (NEMA 4) and
Explosion-proof (NEMA 7 CD, 9 EFG; NEC Class I, DIV. 1 & 2,
Groups C, D, Class II, Div. 1 & 2, Groups E, F, G, Class III.
Contact Customer Service for detailed dimension drawings.
Brass Body, for water based liquids order optional brass case
by adding B to the end of the model number.
Example: 43001B
ACCESSORY
A-298, Flat Aluminum Bracket for Flush Mounting
Range,
in w.c.
0-.5
0-1.0
0-2.0
0-3.0
0-4.0
0-5.0
0-6.0
0-8.0
0-10
0-15
0-20
0-25
0-30
0-40
0-50
Range,
in w.c.
0-60
0-80
0-100
0-150
0-200
0-300
0-400
0-500
1-0-1
2-0-2
5-0-5
10-0-10
15-0-15
023.P.N:Layout 2 2/15/11 3:27 PM Page 1
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
24
M
a
n
o
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

S
t
a
t
i
o
n
a
r
y
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Model
250-AF
250.5-AF
251-AF
252-AF
209-AF
260-AF
350-AF*
451-AF
452-AF
Range:
Water
Column
.10-0-1.0
.10-0-1.0
.05-0-.50
.20-0-2.0
.20-0-3.0
0-1.5
0-4
0-1
0-2
Minor
Divisions
.02
.01
.01
.02
.02
.02
.10
.01
.02
Scale
Length
Inclined)
(Inches)
5-1/2
8
5-1/2
8
8
5-1/2
4-1/2*
8
8
Overall
Size
(Inches)
8-1/2 x 4-1/8 x 1
11-3/8 x 4 x 1
8-1/4 x 3-3/8 x 1
11-1/8 x 6-1/2 x 1
11-1/4 x 6-7/8 x 1
8-3/8 x 5-7/8 x 1
3 x 8-1/4 x 1
11 x 2-1/2 x 5/8
11 x 4 x 5/8
*Vertical Scale 2 PSI Maximum Working Pressure
FEATURES
Highly accurate and easy to use yet almost indestructible, Dwyer

Series 250-AF
Inclined Air Filter Gages are foolproof and dependable. There are no moving parts
no mechanical linkages nothing to wear out, jam or deteriorate from vibration.
They never need calibration.
The mirror polished inclined scale allows the operator to easily read minute
differences in differential pressure across the filter accurately without parallax error.
The only servicing required is occasional zeroing. If cleaning is necessary, it is easily
done with soap and water.
Construction
Dwyer

DURABLOCK

Series 250-AF Gages are precision machined 1" thick solid


acrylic plastic, virtually unbreakable and free of distortion. The fluid bore is precision
drilled to .0002 to assure life long accuracy. A glass spirit level is built into the body
and encapsulated to prevent damage or tampering. The scale is mirror polished
chrome plated brass to assure parallax free reading by alignment of the meniscus
with its reflection. Safety traps are incorporated in the body to prevent loss of fluid
due to pressure surges. Red and green signal flags indicate clearly when a filter
change is necessary. Gages are suitable for use in ambient temperatures of -20 to
150F. Connection fittings are positively sealed by O rings but easily removed for
zeroing or addition of fluid. Furnished complete with instructions.
Inclined Manometer Air Filter Gages
Precision Machined, Solid Acrylic Plastic Gages, Accurate To 1% Of Full Scale
Model 250.5-AF Model 451-AF
Series
250-AF
Economy Models 451-AF and 452-AF are similar to the 250 Series except they are
not equipped with over pressure traps. Two A-324 14 compression fittings are
included with each gage but not shown. Bodies are of 5/8 thick acrylic and scales are
mirror polished, epoxy coated aluminum.
Exclusive Dwyer

over pressure safety traps assure that over range


pressures whether gradual or a sudden surge will not force the liquid
out of the gage. Over pressures simply raises the float, force the O-
ring over the opening and seal the fluid in the gage. When pressure
is reduced, float drops down releasing the O-ring safety trap opens
and the gage continues in operation.
Over-Pressure Safety Traps Prevent Fluid Loss
310 solid plastic vertical style stationary gage. 200.5 solid plastic inclined style stationary gage. Dimensions, Inches
Model
200.5
201
202.5
209
215
244
246
300
306
308
310
A
7
7
9
9
7
11
13-1/2
7
7
7
7
B
13
10
13
13
10
16-1/2
23
10
16
16
16
C
3-15/16
3-15/16
5-5/8
7
3-1/16
3-1/8
11
D
11-3/8
8-1/4
12
11-1/4
9-1/2
15-5/8
22
E
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
2
4
4
4
F
4-1/2
3
4-1/2
4-1/2
3
8-1/2
15
3
4
4
4
G
8-1/4
10-7/8
13-1/16
15-1/4
Note: Model 200.5 replaces Model 200. Model 202.5 replaces model 202.
Dwyer

solid plastic stationary gages or draft gages are offered in inclined and vertical
(well-type) styles for highly accurate laboratory or general industrial service, for measurement
of low range gas and air pressures, positive, negative or differential. To assure the accuracy
required in instruments of this type, all machining of bores and wells is to the highest
standards of precision backed by Dwyers years of experience in the fabrication of
acrylic instruments.
Durablock

Solid Plastic Stationary Gages


Suitable for Total Pressures Up to 100 psig, Temperatures Up to 150F.
Accuracy 2% of Full Scale (1% on Models 215, 244, 246 Only)
Incline Type
Vertical or Well-Type
Series
200 &
300
Model
200.5
201
202.5
209
215
244
246
Range Inches
of Water
.10-0-1.0
.05-0-.50
.20-0-2.0
.20-0-3.0
.05-0-.25
0-4
0-6
Minor Scale
Divisions
.01
.01
.01
.02
.005
.02
.02
Scale
Length
8-1/4
5-1/2
8-3/4
8-3/4
6
13-1/4
20
300
306
308
310
0- 4
0- 6
0- 8
0-10
.10
.10
.10
.10
4-1/2
7-3/4
9
11-1/8
Weight
Ibs-oz.
3-11
2-12
4-7
4-11
2-14
9-11
13-14
2-5
3-3
3-7
3-10
024.P.N:Layout 2 3/1/11 9:13 AM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879-8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494-461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 25
M
a
n
o
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

S
t
a
t
i
o
n
a
r
y
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Durablock

Inclined-Vertical Manometers
Accuracy To 1/4 Of 1%
STANDARD ACCESSORIES
Include two 3/4 oz bottles of .826 red gage oil (1.91 blue gage oil for models 421-23
and 422-23), rapid shut-off type a connections, two 3 ft lengths of clear plastic
tubing and two 1/8 NPT tubing adapters two sets for double column models.
Dwyer

Model 424 inclined-vertical manometers are extremely accurate instruments


designed and made especially for precision measurement of low differential pressures in
laboratory and test applications. The inclined range bore has a length of 20 to provide
ample multiplication of indicating fluid movement in this critical lower part of the range.
424-10 Inclined-Vertical
Manometer.
Series 420 Inclined-Vertical Manometers Accurate To 1%
Ranges And Dimensions Suitable for Total Pressure up to 100 psig, Temperatures up to 150F
Typical of Series 420 Inclined-Vertical Manometers is Model 422-10
double column manometer with a total range of 0 to 10 of water. Single
column models are also furnished. Design features are essentially the
same as for the Series 424. They are accurate to 1% and are
particularly suited for use with pitot tubes and in flow measurement or
similar applications.
Model
424-5
424-10
421-5
421-10
421-23
422-5
422-10
422-23
D
o
u
b
l
e
S
i
n
g
l
e
C
o
l
u
m
n
C
o
l
u
m
n
Inclined
Range
Inches
of Water
0-2.0
0-2.0
0-1.0
0-1.0
0-2.2
0-1.0
0-1.0
0-2.2
Inclined
Minor
Div.
.01
.01
.01
.01
.02
.01
.01
.02
Length
of
Inclined
Scale
20
20
6-1/2
6-1/2
6-1/8
6-1/2
6-1/2
6-1/8
Vertical
Range
Inches
of Water
2.1- 5
2.1-10
1.1- 5
1.1 -10
2.4-23.0
1.1 -5
1.1-10
2.4-23.0
Vertical
Minor
Div.
.10
.10
.10
.10
.20
.10
.10
.20
Length
of
Vertical
Scale
3-1/4
9
4-5/8
10-1/8
10-1/4
4-5/8
10-1/8
10-1/4
A
10-1/2
16-1/2
9-7/8
15-1/2
15-1/2
10-1/2
16-1/8
16-1/8
B
25-1/4
25-1/4
9-5/8
9-5/8
9-5/8
11-1/2
11-1/2
11-1/2
C
12-5/8
12-5/8
4-7/8
4-7/8
4-7/8
5-1/8
5-1/8
5-1/8
D
1
1
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
E
10-1/2
10-1/2
6-1/2
6-1/2
6-1/2
6-1/2
6-1/2
6-1/2
F
5-3/8
5-3/8
3-1/4
3-1/4
3-1/4
3-1/4
3-1/4
3-1/4
G
10
16
9-7/8
15-1/2
15-1/2
10-1/2
16-1/8
16-1/8
Weight
lb-oz
14-8
22-12
4-12
6-10
6-10
6-10
10-13
10-12
Dimensions
*Single column metric-ranges and divisions in millimeters.
Series
424
Flex-Tube

Well-Type Manometers
1230 Series Wall Mounting
1235 Series Panel Mounting
Model
1230-8
1230-12
1230-16
1230-20
1230-24
1230-36
Scale in
Inches
of Water or
Mercury
0- 8
0-12
0-16
0-20
0-24
0-36
Dimensions
B
A
2-3/4
2-3/4
2-3/4
2-3/4
2-3/4
2-3/4
W/M
15-13/16
19-3/8
23-1/2
27-9/16
32-7/8
43-1/8
D
16-3/4
21-7/8
27
32-1/8
37-3/16
51-1/4
C
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
Mercury
Req'd
to Fill
(Wt.)
12 oz
14 oz
16 oz
18 oz
20 oz
26 oz
Note: Water/Mercury models. For 0.826 S.P.
Gage Oil models change -W/M to a -D.
Dwyer

Flex-Tube

Well Type Manometers are designed to meet the need for a direct
reading single column instrument providing highly accurate pressure readings; positive,
negative or differential. Unlike other makes, Dwyer

manometers have no hidden wells or


packing glands. These instruments are constructed of shatterproof clear plastic tubing
permanently bonded to well assemblies with leakproof glued joints. Well assemblies are
precisely machined from solid acrylic plastic. Overpressure safety traps assure protection
against loss of fluid. Heavy pure white acrylic plastic scales have sharp black silk screened
figures and graduations sealed with clear mylar coating. Scales are adjusted with quick-
acting positive mechanism. Heavy heat treated aluminum back plates have durable gray
hammerloid finish. These manometers are rated to 100 psig (6.89 bar). Not recommended
for vacuum service beyond 5 in. Hg (68 in w.c.).
STANDARD ACCESSORIES
Include one set of type a connections, .826 sp. gr. red gage oil for D style or
fluorescein green dye concentrate with wetting agent for W/M styles, two 3 ft
lengths of clear vinyl tubing and two 1/8 NPT tubing adapters.
Series
1230
&
1235
Model
1235-8
1235-20
1235-36
Scale in
Inches
of Water
or Mercury
0- 8
0-20
0-36
Dimensions
B
A
2-3/4
2-3/4
2-3/4
W/M
17-3/8
29-5/16
45-1/16
D
18-1/2
33-9/16
51-15/16
C
2-1/2
2-1/2
2-1/2
Mercury
Req'd
to Fill (Wt.)
12 oz
18 oz
26 oz
Model Model
1230-8-W/M 1230-20-W/M
1230-12-W/M 1230-24-W/M
1230-16-W/M 1230-36-W/M
Model
1235-8-W/M
1235-20-W/M
1235-36-W/M
025.P.N:Layout 2 3/1/11 9:20 AM Page 1
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
26
M
a
n
o
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

S
t
a
t
o
n
a
r
y
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Mark II Model No. 40-1 inclined manometer
Mark II Molded Plastic Manometers
3% Accuracy For Stationary And Portable Applications At Minimum Cost
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: 3% full scale.
Maximum Working Temperature: 140F (60C).
Maximum Internal Working Pressure: 10 psi (70 kPa).
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: 3% full scale.
Maximum Working Temperature: 130F (54C).
Maximum Internal Working Pressure: 15 psi (100 kPa).
Scale Length: Approx. 8 1/4 (21 centimeters).
1-7/16
[35.53]
1-1/4
[31.75]
1-1/8
[28.58]
2-1/4
[57.15] MAX
7/32 [5.56] HOLE
5-29/32
[150.02]
4-23/32
[119.86]
3-11/16
[93.66]
5/8
[15.88]
7-13/32 [188.12]
25/32 [19.84]
4-25/32
[121.44]
25/32
[19.84]
7/32 X 13/32
[5.56 X 10.32]
MOUNTING SLOT
15/64 [5.95] x 13/32 [10.32]
MOUNTING SLOT
10-5/8 [269.88]
5-5/16
[134.95]
MAX
4-5/8
[117.48]
2-31/32
[75.41]
25/32
[19.84]
15/64 [5.95] MOUNTING HOLE
1-1/4
[31.75]
2-1/4 [57.15]
MAX
4 [101.60]
Mark II Model No. 25 inclined-vertical manometer.
(shown with optional A-612 portable stand)
Model
Mark II 25
Mark II 26
Mark II 27*
Mark II 28*
Mark II MM-80
Mark II MM-180
Mark II M-700PA
Range
0 3 in w.c
0 7 in. w.c.
0 7000 fpm
0 10,500 fpm
0 80 mm w.c.
0 180 mm w.c.
10 0 700 Pa
Model
Mark II 40-1
Mark II 40-25MM
Mark II 40-250PA
Mark II 41-2
Mark II 41-60MM
Mark II 41-600PA
Mark II 40-1-AV*
Mark II 40-250PA-AV*
Mark II 41-2-AV*
Range
.1 0 1.0 in. w.c.
0 26 mm w.c.
10 0 250 Pa
.2 0 2.4 in. w.c.
0 60 mm w.c.
20 0 600 Pa
0 1.1 in. w.c. & 0 4200 fpm
0 260 Pa & 0 21 mps
0 2.5 in. w.c. & 0 6300 fpm
Series
Mark II
Dwyer

Mark II series molded manometers are of the inclined and inclined-vertical types. The
curved inclined-vertical tube of the Model 25 gage provides higher ranges with more easily read
increments at low readings. The Model 25 is excellent for general purpose work. The Model 40
inclined gage provides linear calibration and excellent resolution throughout its range. The Model
40 is ideally suited for air velocity and air filter gage applications. Both gage types are capable of
pressure measurements above and below atmospheric as well as differential pressure
measurements.
Construction
Mark II manometers are economically priced, compact and available in both stationary
and portable configurations. Portable stand is standard on Model 40, available as
optional A 612 stand for Model 25. Construction is simple with virtually indestructible
molded white styrene acrylonitrile housing, indicating tube and fluid wells, molded ABS
knobs and zero adjust plunger, shock mounted glass level vial and leak proof O ring
seals. Moderate overpressures are accommodated by an overflow tank incorporated In
the Model 25. Greater protection is provided by float operated overflow traps in the
Model 40. Scales are lithograph printed on aluminum and epoxy coated.
Installation
Mark II manometers can be mounted on any vertical surface with the two mounting
screws provided. A built in spirit level simplifies leveling before mounting screws are
tightened. Simply fill the reservoir, adjust fluid level to zero, connect the tubing, and the
gage is ready for operation.
ACCESSORIES
Included with each Mark II manometer are two tubing connectors for 1/8" pipe or sheet
metal ducts, two mounting screws, 3/4 ounce bottle of indicating fluid, red and green
pointer flags and complete instructions.
The Model 25 also includes 8 feet of flexible double column plastic tubing. Portable
operation of the Model 25 is made possible by the use of the optional A 612 portable
stand. A short piece of tubing can be slipped over the Model 25 pressure connections
to contain the gage oil in transit.
The Model 40 contains two 4 1/2 foot lengths of clear plastic tubing, a plastic swing out
stand and leveling screw for portable operation. It also features convenient rapid shutoff
pressure connections and integral overpressure safety traps.
OEM Specials
All Dwyer

Mark II molded plastic manometers can be supplied in OEM quantities with


your name or special graphics and scales.
*Require Pitot tube at additional cost. See Air Quality section.
*Require Pitot tube at additional cost. See Air Quality section
A-612, Portable Stand
A-606, Air Filter Kit
Fluid Used
Red oil, .826 s.g.
Blue oil, 1.91 s.g.
Red oil, .826 s.g.
Blue oil, 1.91 s.g.
Red oil, .826 s.g.
Blue oil, 1.91 s.g.
Red oil, .826 s.g.
Fluid Used
Red oil, .826 s.g.
Red oil, .826 s.g.
Red oil, .826 s.g.
Blue oil, 1.91 s.g.
Blue oil, 1.91 s.g.
Blue oil, 1.91 s.g.
Red oil, .826 s.g.
Red oil, .826 s.g.
Blue oil, 1.91 s g.

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 27
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
PDPS
Compact Economic Differential Pressure Switch
Low Pressures down to 0.07 in w.c.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Polyphenylene
oxide styrene housing, florosilicon
diaphragm, stainless steel spring.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 185F ( 40
to 85C).
Operating Pressure: 0.07 w.c. to 1.0
w.c.
Repeatability: 0.02 of w.c.
Burst Pressure: 3.5 psi (0.241 bar).
Proof Pressure: 1.0 psi (0.069 bar).
Switch Type: Conventional snap
action switch.
Electrical Rating: 5 A @ 125/250
VAC.
Process Connections: Multi barb port
connections for 1/4 and 3/8 I.O.
tubing.
Mounting Orientation: Mount switch
with diaphragm in a vertical position
unless customer has specified
otherwise.
Set Point Adjustment: Set point
adjusted at factory.
Agency Approvals: UL 508 industrial
controls; UL 353 pilot duty
requirements; BS EN 1854: 1997.
Weight: 2.7 oz (76.5 g).
The Series PDPSs large diameter diaphragm and snap action switch make it dependable
and ideal for OEM applications. The Series PDPS Pressure Switches are available for
pressure, vacuum, and differential applications and are factory preset for pressures from
0.07 of w.c. to 1.0 of w.c. with full-scale repeatability of 0.02 of w.c. Other features of
the PDPS pressure switch include standard multi-barb port connections, inherent mounting
and quick disconnect terminals, which make the Series PDPS perfect for many OEM
applications.
1-17/64 [32.15]
2x 3/16
[4.76]
1-45/64
[43.26]
3-5/32
[80.17]
9/64
[3.57]
5/16
[7.94]
3/4
[19.05]
3x 1/4
[6.35]
19/64
[7.54]
27/64
[10.72]
1-17/32
[38.89]
61/64
[24.21]
9/64
[3.57]
27/64
[10.72]
29/32
[23.02]
1-1/32
[26.19]
8x 1/8
[3.18]
2
[50.8]
1-39/64
[40.88]
1-39/64
[40.88]
2
[50.8]
1-57/64
[48.02]
1-9/16
[39.69]
1-19/64
[32.94]
PDPS - - -
Model
Number
Pressure Range
1 0.07 to 0.14 w.c.
2 0.14 to 0.32 w.c.
3 0.32 to 0.64 w.c.
4 0.64 to 1.0 w.c.
Switch Direction
I Activate on Increase
D Activate on Decrease
Factory Preset Set Point
Example: 007 for 0.07 w.c.
or 100 for 1 w.c.
Note: All purchases must be of 50 units or more.
Series 1700 Differential Pressure Switches were specifically designed to satisfy the
demands of high volume original equipment manufacturers for a tough, dependable limit switch
at a very low price. The Model 1710 uses Dwyers simple, time-proven method of mechanically
coupling a sensitive 3 diameter silicone rubber diaphragm to a versatile SPDT snap switch.
The switch housing is precision molded of a high strength glass filled PPO which has excellent
dimensional and thermal stability. This unique combination of existing and new technologies
enables Dwyer to offer a limit switch priced less than comparable units without sacrificing
performance. Installation is fast and simple with twist and tighten mounting screw slots, 1/4
quick connect electrical terminals and dual size barbed pressure ports for 1/8 and 3/16 ID
vinyl or rubber tubing.
For use with air and other non-combustible, non-corrosive gases, switches are UL and CSA
recognized. Two models are offered with field adjustable ranges from .15 to .55 and .50 to 7.5
in. w.c. Units are rated for 2 PSIG maximum system pressure, temperature limit is 190F and
weight is only 4 oz.
APPLICATIONS
High efficiency furnaces
Duct pressure monitor
Laboratory fume hoods
Monitor air filter condition
Engine diagnostic equipment
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible non combustible
gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Temperature Limit: 190F (88C).
Pressure Limit: 2 psig (13.79 kPa).
Switch Type: SPDT.
Electrical Rating: 5 amps, 125, 250,
277 VAC, 1/10 HP 250 VAC, 150 VA.
Consult factory for low current
applications.
Electrical Connections: (3) 1/4 quick
connect.
Process Connections: Dual size for
1/8 and 3/16 ID vinal or rubber tubing.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm
vertical.
Set Point Adjustment: External slotted
head screw.
Housing: Glass filled PBT
(polybutylene terephthalate).
Weight: 4 oz (113.4 g).
Agency Approvals: CSA, UL.
Model
1710-0
1710-5
Range,
in w.c. (mm w.c.)
.15 .55 (3.81 13.97)
.50 7.5 (12.71 190.5)
Low Differential Pressure Switches Designed
for OEM Products
Competitively priced limit switch combines fast, simple installation with quality construction and materials. U.L. and C.S.A. recognized
Series
1700
Operating Ranges and Dead Bands
3-9/16
[90.49]
12 TYP
LOW
PRESSURE
COM
N.O.
N.C.
SET POINT
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
1-9/16
[39.69]
HIGH
PRESSURE
5/16 [7.94]
4-11/16
[119.06]
3/16 [4.78] TYP
STANDARD
CONNECTORS ARE
1/4 [6.35] WIDE
GOLD CONTACT
CONNECTORS ARE
3/16 [4.76] WIDE
11/32 [8.73]
TYP 2 PLACES
4-1/8
[104.78]
BOLT CIRCLE
15/32
[11.90]
13/32
[10.32]
29/32 [23.02]

Note: All purchases must be 50 units or more.


At Maximum
Set Point
.06 (1.53)
.50 (12.71)
At Minimum
Set Point
.03 (.77)
.10 (2.55)
Approximate Dead Band

Note: Models that include installer kit add C to the end of the model number
Installer kit includes two static tips and 7 ft or PVC tubing.
For optional 1/2 NPT conduit connection, change 2 N to 1 N.
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
28
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
H.V.A.C. Differential Pressure Switch
With Dual Scale Field Adjustable Set Point Knob
Series
ADPS
The Series ADPS Adjustable Differential Pressure Switch is designed
for pressure, vacuum, and differential pressures. The dual scaled adjustment
knob in inches water column and pascals allows changes to the switching
pressure to be made without a pressure gage. The ADPS is available with
settings from 0.08 w.c. (20 Pa) up to 16 w.c. (4000 Pa). The silicone diaphragm
and PA 6.6 body make the series ADPS ideal for use with air and other
noncombustible gases. The compact size, adjustment knob and low cost make the
ADPS the perfect choice for H.V.A.C. applications.
APPLICATIONS
Monitoring air filters and ventilators
Monitoring industrial cooling air circuits
Overheating protection for fan heaters
Monitoring flows in ventilation ducts
Controlling air and fire protection dampers
Frost protection for heat exchanges
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible, compatible gases.
Wetted Materials:
Diaphragm material: silicone; Housing material: POM switch body: PA
6.6; Cover: Polystyrene.
Temperature Limits: Process and ambient temperature from 4 to 185F
( 20 to 85C).
Pressure Limits: Max. operating pressure: 40 w.c. (10 kPa) for all
pressure ranges.
Switch Type: Single pole double throw (SPDT).
Electrical Rating: Standard: max., 1.5A/250 VAC, max. switching rate: 6
cycles/min.; Gold contact option: 0.4 A/ 250 VAC.
Electrical Connections: Push on screw terminals. M20x1.5 with cable
strain relief or optional 1/2 NPT connection.
Process Connections: 5/16 (7.94 mm) outside diameter tubing, 1/4
(6.0 mm) inside diameter tubing.
Mounting Orientation: Vertically, with pressure connections pointing
downwards.
Mechanical Working Life: Over 10
6
switching operations.
Weight: 5.6 oz (160 g).
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 13, IP54.
Agency Approvals: CE, RoHS.
Model
ADPS-01-2-N
ADPS-04-2-N
ADPS-03-2-N
ADPS-05-2-N
ADPS-06-2-N
ADPS-07-2-N
11/64
[4.5]
21/64
[8.5]
2-17/64
[57.5]
7/8
[22]
2-21/64
[59]
19/64
[7.5]
51/64
[18]
-
(P2)
+
(P1)
15/64
[6]
2-9/16
[65]
1-31/32
[50]
Approx. Dead Band @ Min
Set Point in w.c. (Pa)
0.04 (10)
0.06 (15)
0.08 (20)
0.4 (100)
0.6 (150)
1.0 (250)
Set Point Range
in w.c. (Pa)
0.08 to 0.80 (20 200)
0.12 to 1.60 (30 400)
0.20 to 2.00 (50 500)
0.80 to 4.00 (200 1000)
2.00 to 10.00 (500 2500)
4.00 to 16.00 (1000 4000)
Dual Scale
Field Adjustable
Set Point Knob
A-480
RoHS
ACCESSORIES
A-288, L type metal mounting bracket with screws
A-289, S type metal mounting bracket with screws
A-480, Plastic static pressure tip
A-481, Installer kit. Includes 2 plastic static pressure tips
and 7 ft (2.1 m) of PVC tubing
Approx. Dead Band @ Max
Set Point in w.c. (Pa)
0.05 (12)
0.09 (22)
0.09 (23)
0.5 (130)
0.8 (200)
1.4 (350)

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 29
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
H.V.A.C. Differential Pressure Switch
Meets Standard UL508, Housing Materials UL94 V0 Rated
Series
EDPS
The Series EDPS Adjustable Differential Pressure Switch is designed
for pressure, vacuum, and differential pressures. The dual scaled adjustment
knob in inches water column and pascals allows changes to the switching
pressure to be made without a pressure gage. The EDPS is available with
settings from 0.08 w.c. (20 Pa) up to 16 w.c. (4000 Pa). The silicone diaphragm
and PA 6.6 body make the series EDPS ideal for use with air and other
noncombustible gases. The compact size, adjustment knob and meeting the
UL508 standard make the EDPS the perfect choice for H.V.A.C. applications.
APPLICATIONS
Monitoring air filters and ventilators
Monitoring industrial cooling air circuits
Overheating protection for fan heaters
Monitoring flows in ventilation ducts
Controlling air and fire protection dampers
Frost protection for heat exchanges
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and noncombustible, compatible gases.
Materials: Diaphragm material: Silicone; Housing material: Switch
body: PA 6.6; Cover: Polystyrene; Materials UL94 V0 rated.
Temperature Limits: Process and ambient temperature from 4 to
140F ( 20 to 60C).
Pressure Limits: Max. operating pressure: 40 w.c. (10 kPa) for all
pressure ranges.
Switch Type: Single pole double throw (SPDT).
Electrical Rating: Max.1.0 A/250 VAC, 50 60 Hz, max switching rate: 6
cycles/min.
Electrical Connections: Push on screw terminals. 1/2 NPT
connection. M20x1.5 with cable strain relief optional.
Process Connections: 5/16 (7.94 mm) outside diameter tubing, 1/4
(6.0 mm) inside diameter tubing.
Mounting Orientation: Vertically, with pressure connections pointing
downwards.
Mechanical Working Life: Over 10
6
switching operations.
Weight: 5.6 oz (160 g).
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 13 (IP54).
Agency Approvals: CE; ETL approved to UL508 and CSA C22.2#14,
RoHS.
Model
EDPS-08-1-N
EDPS-04-1-N
EDPS-03-1-N
EDPS-05-1-N
EDPS-06-1-N
EDPS-07-1-N
11/64
[4.5]
21/64
[8.5]
2-17/64
[57.5]
7/8
[22]
2-21/64
[59]
19/64
[7.5]
51/64
[18]
-
(P2)
+
(P1)
15/64
[6]
2-9/16
[65]
1-31/32
[50]
Approx. Dead Band @ Min
Set Point IN W.C. (Pa)
0.04 (10)
0.06 (15)
0.08 (20)
0.4 (100)
0.6 (150)
1.0 (250)
Set Point Range
IN W.C. (Pa)
0.08 to 1.20 (20 300)
0.12 to 1.60 (30 400)
0.20 to 2.00 (50 500)
0.80 to 4.00 (200 1000)
2.00 to 10.00 (500 2500)
4.00 to 16.00 (1000 4000)
A-480
Dual Scale
Field Adjustable
Set Point Knob
RoHS
NEW PRODUCT!
Note: Models that include installer kit add C to the end of the model number
Installer kit includes two static tips and 7 ft of PVC tubing.
For optional M20 cable gland connection, change 1 N to 2 N.
ACCESSORIES
A-288, L type metal mounting bracket with screws
A-289, S type metal mounting bracket with screws
A-480, Plastic static pressure tip
A-481, Installer kit. Includes 2 plastic static pressure tips
and 7 ft (2.1 m) of PVC tubing
Approx. Dead Band @ Max
Set Point IN W.C. (Pa)
0.05 (12)
0.09 (23)
0.09 (23)
0.5 (130)
0.8 (200)
1.4 (350)

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
30
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
BYDS
Bypass Damper Switch
Controls Zone Static by Modulating Motorized Damper
The Series BYDS Bypass Damper Switch is designed to control motorized
bypass dampers. As individual zone dampers open and close, the system static
pressure will rise and fall. In order to maintain proper airflow and static
pressure through the HVAC system, a bypass system incorporating a floating
type motorized damper and a static pressure control should be incorporated. A
typical on/off pressure switch cannot operate in this application due to the high
cycle rate that would result, eventually causing contact burn-out. The BYDS
static pressure control is equipped with a solid-state switching and timing circuit
to enhance operation and improve long-term reliability in this demanding
application.
CONTROL OPERATION
The BYDS Bypass Damper Switch is designed for use with a three wire
floating point damper actuator used to control the static pressure on zone
control systems requiring motorized bypass dampers. A bypass damper,
bypasses air from the discharge air side of the HVAC unit back in the
return air side. The air flow is modulated in order to maintain a constant
static pressure in the system as individual zone dampers open and close.
The static pressure control is equipped with solid state switching which
dramatically increases the life of the control. On an increase in static
pressure the BYDS will send 24 volts out and start the actuator to drive
open. When the static pressure reaches set point the actuator will stop.
After a ten second delay the actuator will start to drive the damper closed
if there has not been an increase in static pressure. A green LED indicates
when the damper is in the open position or being driven open. A 24 VAC
transformer is required to power the BYDS control and damper actuator.
The unit includes tubing and two static pressure probes.
INSTALLING THE BYPASS DAMPER AND STATIC PRESSURE
CONTROL ASSEMBLY
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible, compatible gases.
Materials:
Diaphragm material: Silicone;
Housing material: Switch body: PA 6.6 and POM;
Cover: Polystyrene.
Temperature Limits: Process and ambient temperature from 4 to
185F ( 20 to 85C).
Pressure Limits: Max. operating pressure: 40 w.c. (10 kPa) for all
pressure ranges.
Switch Type: Single pole double throw (SPDT).
Electrical Rating: 1A @ 24 VAC.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminal block. M20 x 1.5 with cable
strain relief or 1/2 NPT connection.
Process Connections: 5/16 (7.94 mm) outside diameter tubing, 1/4
(6.0 mm) inside diameter tubing.
Mounting Orientation: Vertically, with pressure connections pointing
downwards.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 13 (IP54).
Mechanical Working Life: Over 10
6
switching operations.
Weight: 5.6 oz (160 g).
21/64
[8.5]
11/64
[4.5]
2-17/64
[57.5]
15/64
[6]
2-9/16 [65]
1-31/32 [50]
2-21/64
[59]
7/8
[22]
19/64
[7.5]
+
(P1)
-
(P2)
51/64
[18]
ADJUSTMENT KNOB
LOCATION
REMOVABLE CONNECTOR
1/2 NPT OR M20 x 1.50
ADJUSTMENT KNOB
SCALE 2:1
BYDS-01-1, Bypass Damper Switch, .08 .8 w.c.,
1/2 NPT connection
BYDS-01-2, Bypass Damper Switch, .08 .8 w.c.,
cable gland connection
Note: For alternate ranges contact the factory.

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 31
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
MDS
Miniature Pressure Switch
Shock and Vibration Resistant, Lightweight and Compact, Gold Contacts
SPECIFICATIONS
Switch Type: SPST normally open.
Switching Media: Air or compatible fluids on high side.
Pressure Limits: Set point <3.0 in w.c.: 8 psi; Set point >3.0 in w.c.: 15
psi.
Current Rating: Gold contact switch providing maximum 40 mA
resistive load allowing for life in excess of 20 million cycles.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 150F (4 to 66C).
Electrical Connections: Brass tab type for use with quick
disconnections.
Pressure Connections: Two barbed ports for use with 1/8 3/16 ID
tubing.
Housing: Polycarbonate.
Diaphragm Material: Polyurethane.
Weight: Less than 0.353 oz (10 g).
Agency Approval: UL.
3/32 4
PLACES
[2.54]
25/64
[9.92]
25/64
[9.92] 1 SQ
[25.4 SQ]
1/2
[12.7]
2x 5/16
[7.94]
2x 47/64
[18.65]
3/8
[9.53]
3/16
[4.52]
Series
MDA
Miniature Adjustable Pressure Switch
Adjustable Set Points from 0.1 to 100 in w.c.
Sense differential pressure with the Series MDA Miniature Adjustable
Pressure Switch. The switch features field adjustable set point and gold inlay
contacts. Air or other compatible fluids can be used on the high side. The
lightweight and compact size make the MDA ideal for any application with space
constraints. Applications include industrial, HVAC, pump and motor control,
medical, automotive, pools and spas.
SPECIFICATIONS
Switch Type: SPST normally open.
Switching Media: Air or compatible fluids on high side.
Pressure Limits: MDA 011: 8 psi; MDA 111: 8 psi; MDA 211: 8 psi;
MDA 311: 15 psi. MDA 411: 25 psi.
Current Rating: 40 mA resistive for life in excess of 20 million cycles.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 150F (4 to 66C).
Contacts: 18K gold inlay.
Electrical Connections: Terminals 0.187 x 0.20: spade (recessed)
for use with quick disconnects.
Pressure Connections: Smooth port 5/32 diameter for 1/8 ID tubing.
Housing: Polycarbonate.
Diaphragm Material: Polyurethane.
Operating Voltage: AC/DC 30V or less with resistive load.
Mounting: Use #4 screws through mounting lugs or #2 screws through
eyelets.
Weight: Less than 0.353 oz (10 g).
Agency Approval: UL.
7/32
[5.59]
HIGH
PRESSURE
PORT
1/8 4 PLACES
[3.18]
High
23/32
[18.29]
1 SQ
[25.40]
13/64 TYP
[5.08]
25/32
[19.81]
5/16 TYP
[7.87]
LOW
PRESSURE
PORT
5/32 TYP
[3.96]
31/64
[12.19]
23/32 TYP
[18.29]
Series MDA
Low
19/32
[15.24]
1 5/32
[29.21]
23/32
[18.29]
Model
MDS-0
MDS-1
MDS-2
MDS-3
MDS-4
MDS-6
Set Point
0.5 in w.c.
1.0 in w.c.
1.5 in w.c.
2.0 in w.c.
3.0 in w.c.
6.0 in w.c.
Model
MDS-7
MDS-8
MDS-10
MDS-12
MDS-14
Set Point
8.0 in w.c.
10.0 in w.c.
15.0 in w.c.
30.0 in w.c.
50.0 in w.c.
Model
MDA-011
MDA-111
MDA-211
MDA-311
MDA-411
Minimum
0.1 (0.25)
0.5 (1.25)
2.0 (4.98)
15 (37.37)
60 (149.3)
Maximum
0.5 (1.25)
2.0 (4.98)
15 (37.37)
60 (149.3)
100 (249.10)
Set Point in w.c. (mbar)
The Series MDS Pressure Switch is designed with a double diaphragm to
protect false actuation due to shock and vibration. This low cost pressure switch
has a minimum 20 million cycle life expectancy, and an extremely fast response
time, making this an ideal device for OEM orders.

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
32
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
CAUTION: For use only with air or compatible gases.
Low Differential Pressure Switches
for General Industrial Service
Set Points from 0.07 to 85 w.c. Repetitive Accuracy within 2%
3-39/64
[91.68]
7/8 [22.23]
CONDUIT
CONNECTION
3-1/8
[79.38]
4
[101.60]
1-27/32
[46.83]
1-1/8
[28.57]
1/8 FEMALE NPT
HIGH PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1/2 MALE NPT
MOUNTING SPUD
1/8 FEMALE NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
3-27/32
[97.63]
2-3/32
[53.18]
2-1/8
[53.98]
CLEARANCE FOR
COVER REMOVAL
3/4
[19.05]
Essential for industrial environments, the Series 1800 combines small size and
low price with 2% repeatability for enough accuracy for all but the most demanding
applications. Set point adjustment inside the mounting stud permits mounting switch on
one side of a wall or panel with adjustment easily accessible on the opposite side. UL and
CSA listed, FM approved.
Series 1823 Switches
Operating Ranges & Deadbands
Series
1800
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible,
compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Temperature Limits: 30 to 180F ( 34
to 82.2C). 1823 00, 20 to 180F
( 28.9 to 82.2C).
Pressure Limits: 10 psig (68.95 kPa)
continuous, 25 psig (172.4 kPa) surge.
Switch Type: Single pole double throw
(SPDT).
Repeatability: 2%.
Electrical Rating: 15 A @ 120 480
VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive 1/8 HP @125
VAC, 1/4 HP @ 250 VAC, 60 Hz. De
rate to 10 A for operation at high cycle
rates.
Electrical Connections: 3 screw type,
common, normally open and normally
closed.
Process Connections: 1/8 female
NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in
vertical position. Consult factory for
other position orientations.
Set Point Adjustment: Screw type
inside mounting spud.
Weight: 1 lb, 5 oz (595 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL, CSA and
FM approved. Optional EXPL
explosion proof enclosure does not
possess any agency approvals.
1/8 FEMALE NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1-1/2 [38.10]
1-1/4 [31.75]
3/32 [2.38]
1-1/2 [38.10] TYP
1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH
PRESSURE CONNECTION
1-7/16
[36.53]
4-1/16
[103.19]
3/4 [19.05]
CLEARANCE
FOR COVER
REMOVAL
5/16 [7.94]
MOUNTING
HOLES
TYP 4 PLACES
6 [152.40]
SQ
4 [101.60
TYP
1/2 FEMALE NPT
CONDUIT
CONNECTION
3
[76.20]
6-3/4
[171.45] TYP
7-1/2
[190.50]
Model
1823-00
1823-0
1823-1
1823-2
1823-5
1823-10
1823-20
1823-40
1823-80
Operating
Range,
Inches W.C.
0.07 to 0.22
0.15 to 0.5
0.3 to 1.0
0.5 to 2.0
1.5 to 5.0
2.0 to10
3 to 22
5 to 44
9 to 85

1/8 FEMALE NPT


HIGH PRESSURE
CONNECTION
5/16 [7.94]
TYP 4 PLACES
1/8 FEMALE NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
4-1/4
[107.95]
TYP
5-7/8
[149.23]
TYP
6-3/8
[161.93]
4-1/4
[107.95] TYP
7/16
[11.11]
3-3/4
[95.25]
CLEARANCE
FOR COVER
REMOVAL
6-15/16
[176.21]
2-3/4
[70.61]
1/2 FEMALE NPT
CONDUIT
CONNECTION
1-1/16
[26.99]
MIL Environmental Construction Unlisted Model 1820 can be furnished with a
special sealed snap switch for protection against high humidity, fungus and/or
military applications. Similar to Model 1823 except dead band is slightly greater and
some lower setpoints may not be possible. To order, add suffix MIL.
Example: 1820 2 MIL.
No. A-389 Mounting Bracket is 16 ga. steel, zinc plated and dichromate dipped
for corrosion resistance. Provides rugged, permanent mounting and speeds
installation.
Explosion-Proof Housing:
Cast iron base with aluminum cover. Rated Class I, Div. 1 & 2, Group D; Class II,
Div. 1 & 2, Groups E, F, G; Class III and NEMA 7 CD, 9 EFG. Wt. 7 1/2 Ibs
(3.4kg). Switch must be factory installed. Change base number to 1824 and add
EXPL suffix.
Example: 1824 1 EXPL
Weatherproof Housing:
16 ga. steel enclosure with gasketed cover (NEMA 4, IP66) for wet or oily
conditions. Withstands 200 hour salt spray test. Wt. 5 1/2 Ibs. (2.5 kg). Switch
must be factory installed. Change 1823 base number to 1824 and add WP suffix.
Example: 1824 1 WP
Approximate
Dead Band
At Min.
Set Point
0.05
0.06
0.08
0.10
0.14
0.18
0.35
0.56
1.30
At Max.
Set Point
0.05
0.06
0.08
0.12
0.28
0.45
0.70
1.10
3.0

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 33
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
4 [101.6] SQ.
7/8
[22.23]
3/4
[19.05] 3/4 [19.05]
4-3/4
[120.65]
5-1/2
[139.7]
HIGH PRESS.
CONN. 1/8 NPT
2

[
5
0
.
8
]
3

[
7
6
.
2
]
(4) 5-16 [7.94] DIA.
MTG. HOLES
WEATHERPROOF ELECTRIC
CONNECTION HUB
1/2 NPT FEMALE
1-1/8
[28.58]
1-1/4 [31.75] 3/32
[2.38]
3 [76.2]
3-1/8 [79.38]
LOW PRESS.
CONN. 1/8 NPT
CAUTION: For use only with air or compatible gases.
Compact LowDifferential Pressure Switches
Set Points from 0.07" to 20" W.C. Repetitive Accuracy within 3%
Series 1910 switch with conduit
enclosure off. Shows electric
switch and set point adjustment
screw located on same side for
easy installation.
The Dwyer-engineered force-motion amplifier increases the
leverage of diaphragm movement and results in a switch with
excellent sensitivity and repeatability.
41/64
[16.27] 1-19/32
[40.48]
2-11/32
[59.53]
7/8 [22.23]
CONDUIT
CONNECTION
1-3/4 [44.45]
CLEARANCE
FOR COVER
REMOVAL
3
[76.20]
3-1/2
[88.90]
60 TYP
1/8 FEMALE NPT
HIGH PRESS.
CONNECTION
1-5/16
[33.32]
TYP
2-7/16 [61.90]
2-9/32
[57.94]
1-7/8
[47.63]
(2) 3/16 [4.76]
MOUNTING HOLES
ON A 4-3/16 [106.36] B.C.
1/8 FEMALE NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
51/64
[20.24]
Series
1900
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible, compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Temperature Limits: 30 to 180F ( 34 to 82.2C).
Pressure Limits: 45 w.c. (11.2 kPa) continuous, 10 psig (68.95 kPa) surge.
Switch Type: Single pole double throw (SPDT).
Repeatability: 3%.
Electrical Rating: 15 A @ 120 480 VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive 1/8 HP @125 VAC, 1/4
HP @ 250 VAC, 60 Hz. Derate to 10 A for operation at high cycle rates.
Electrical Connections: 3 screw type, common, normally open and normally
closed.
Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other
position orientations.
Set Point Adjustment: Screw type inside conduit enclosure.
Weight: 1lb, 4.5 oz (581 g).
Agency Approvals: CE , UL, CSA, and FM. Optional EXPL explosion proof
enclosure does not possess any agency approvals.
Our most popular series combines advanced design and precision construction to make
these switches able to perform many of the tasks of larger, costlier units. Designed for air
conditioning service, they also serve many fluidics, refrigeration, oven and dryer
applications. For air and non combustible compatible gases, Series 1900 switches have set
points from 0.07 to 20 (1.8 to 508 mm) w.c. Set point adjustment is easy with range screw
located inside conduit enclosure. Internal location helps prevent tampering. UL, CE, CSA
listed, and FM approved.
Model
1910-00
1910-0
1910-1
1910-5
1910-10
1910-20
Operating
Range,
Inches W.C.
0.07 to 0.15
0.15 to 0.55
0.40 to 1.6
1.40 to 5.5
3.0 to 11.75
4.0 to 20.0

4-1/4
[107.95]
5-3/4
[146.05]
1/8 NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONN.
TAPPED FOR
1/2 ELECTRICAL
CONDUIT CONN.
1/16
[1.59]
1/8 NPT LOW
PRESSURE CONN.
4-5/16 [10.54]
5-13/32 [137.32]
1-1/16
[26.99]
2-3/4
[69.85]
4-1/4
[107.95]
5-3/4
[146.05]
Series 1910 Switches
Operating Ranges, Deadbands
SPECIAL MODELS & ACCESSORIES
Manual reset Model 1900 MR includes special snap switch which latches on
pressure increase above the setpoint. Switch must be manually reset after pressure
drops below the setpoint. To order, change base model to 1900 and add MR suffix
after range number. Example: 1900 10 MR. Available on 1, 5, 10 or 20 ranges
only. Option is not UL, CSA or FM listed
Note: Manual Reset (MR) Option for use only in single positive pressure applications.
A-399, Duct Pressure Monitor Kit For use with standard or manual reset model
switches. Includes mounting flange, tubing and adapters.
A-329, Street Ell Brass adapter for applications requiring right angle connections.
Two required for differential pressures.
Approximate
Dead Band
At Min.
Set Point
0.04
0.10
0.15
0.30
0.40
0.40
At Max.
Set Point
0.04
0.10
0.16
0.30
0.40
0.50
Weatherproof Housing
16 ga. steel enclosure with gasketed cover (NEMA 4, IP66) for wet or oily
conditions. Withstands 200 hour salt spray test. Wt. 5 Ibs. (2.3 kg). Switch must be
factory installed. Change 1910 base number to 1911 and add WP suffix. Example:
1911 1 WP.
Explosion-Proof Housing
Cast iron base with brass cover. Rated Class I, Groups D; Class II, Div. 2, Groups
E, F, G; Class III and NEMA 7, 9 NEMA 3. (7 lbs). Switch must be factory installed.
Change model to 1911 and add EXPL suffix. Example: 1911 1 EXPL

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
34
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Our highest precision conventional large diaphragm pressure switch provides maximum
dependability. In addition, it incorporates a visible set point indicator for maximum
convenience. UL and CSA listed, FM approved for general service, these switches are suitable
for most applications in air conditioning and industrial service. Electrical capability of 15 amps
handles most small electrical loads.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible,
compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Temperature Limits: 30 to 110F
( 34.4 to 43.3C).
Pressure Limits: 10 psig (68.95 kPa)
continuous, 25 (172.4 kPa) psig surge.
Switch Type: Single pole double throw
(SPDT).
Repeatability: 1%.
Electrical Rating: 15 A @ 120 480
VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive 1/8 HP @ 125
VAC, 1/4 HP @ 250 VAC, 60 Hz.
Electrical Connections: 3 screw type,
common, normally open and normally
closed.
Process Connections: 1/8 female
NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in
vertical position. Consult factory for
other position orientations.
Set Point Adjustment: Screw type
with enclosed scale.
Weight: 4 Ib, 14 oz (2.21 kg).
Agency Approvals: UL, CSA and FM.
Model
1638-0
1638-1
1638-2
1638-5
1638-10
Operating
Range,
Inches, W.C.
0.05 to 0.25
0.20 to 1.0
1.0 to 3.0
2.0 to 6.0
3.0 to 12
At Max.
Set Point
0.05
0.06
0.08
0.25
0.30
At Min.
Set Point
0.04
0.04
0.06
0.07
0.11
Approximate Dead Band
Large Diaphragm Pressure Switches
Visual Set Point Adjustment in 5 Standard Ranges,
0.05 to 12 w.c. Repetitive Accuracy within
+
1%
CAUTION: For use only with air or compatible gases.
Environmental (MIL) Construction. Unlisted Model 1635 can be furnished with a
special snap switch sealed against the environment for high humidity, exposure to
fungus, and/or for military applications. Similar to Model 1638 except dead band is
slightly greater and some lower set points may not be available. Specify Model 1635
(Range No.) MIL and required set point in ordering.
Special Models Available
9/32 [7.14]
MOUNTING HOLE
TYP 4 PLACES
1-1/4
[31.75]
3-3/32
[78.58]
4
[101.60]
3
[76.20]
TYP
1/2 [12.70]
TYP
2 [50.80]
TYP
3/4 [19.05]
3
[76.20]
5-7/8
[149.23]
6-1/2
[165.10]
2-1/4 [57.15]
CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL
SCREW TYPE ELECTRICAL
TERMINAL TYPE 3 PLACES
1/8 FEMALE NPT
HIGH PRESSURE
CONNECTION
7/8 [22.23]
CONDUIT CONNECTION
22.5
1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW
PRESSURE CONNECTION
R 4-5/16 [109.54]
TYP 2 PLACES
7-3/4
[196.85]
3-39/64
[91.68]
Series
1630


CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 35
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Our old faithful switch design is still best where highest precision combined with
diaphragm sealed leak proof construction and mounting simplicity are required. Model 1626
and 1627 differential pressure switches are identical in design and construction except that
Model 1626 has a single electric switch and Model 1627 has dual electric switches. Model
1627 can therefore provide dual control when required. It can be set to open or close two
independent electrical circuits, each preset for its own actuation pressure. Both units have
diaphragm sealed motion take outs providing maximum protection against leakage.
CAUTION: For use only with air or compatible gases.
Model
(1626 shown,
1627 similar)
1626-10
1626-20
Operating Range
Inches, w.c.
2.0 to 11
8.0 to 24
Adj. Diff. Between Set
Points (1627 Only)
2.3
5.0
Approx.
Dead Band
Min. Max.
.25 .65
.50 1.20
Single and Dual Pressure Switches
High Reliability . . . Repetitive Accuracy within
+
1%
9/32 [7.14]
MOUNTING HOLE
TYP 2 PLACES
1-1/2
[38.10]
5-7/8
[149.23]
8-7/8
[225.43]
8-1/4
[209.55]
7-3/4
[196.85]
45 TYP
22.5
1/8 FEMALE NPT
HIGH PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1/8 FEMALE NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
R 4-5/16 [109.54]
TYP 2 PLACES
3 [76.20]
4-11/16 [119.06]
3-1/16
[77.79]
1-5/16 [33.34]
3/4 [19.05]
1/2 CONDUIT
CONNECTION
Series
1620
Floating Contact Null Switch for
High and Low Actuation
Visual Set Point Adjustment...Adjustable Null Zone

Series
1640
The unique electric switch design in the 1640 is another Dwyer Instruments, Inc.
innovation. The Dwyer

Model 1640 Differential Pressure Switch resembles the Series


1630 switches described on the previous page. The Model 1640, however, is equipped with
a single pole, double throw floating contact switch (not snap acting) so it functions as a null
switch.
Drawing shows the switching action schematically. As the diaphragm moves in response to
pressure changes, it moves the floating contact to cause switching action at two preset
points with no switching action between these points. The high circuit will be closed when
rising pressure differential reaches the preset level. The low circuit will be closed when
falling pressure differential reaches the preset level.
9/32 [7.14]
MOUNTING HOLE
TYP 4 PLACES
1-1/4
[31.75]
3-3/32
[78.58]
4
[101.60]
3 [76.20]
TYP
1/2 [12.70]
TYP
2 [50.80]
TYP
3/4 [19.05]
3
[76.20]
5-7/8
[149.23]
6-1/2
[165.10]
2-1/4 [57.15]
CLEARANCE FOR
COVER REMOVAL
SCREW TYPE ELECTRICAL
TERMINAL TYPE 3 PLACES
1/8 FEMALE NPT
HIGH PRESSURE
CONNECTION
7/8 [22.23]
CONDUIT
CONNECTION
22.5
1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW
PRESSURE CONNECTION
R 4-5/16 [109.54]
TYP 2 PLACES
7-3/4
[196.85]
3-39/64
[91.68]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible, compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Temperature Limits: 30 to 110F ( 34.4 to 43.3C).
Pressure Limits: 10 psig (68.95 kPa) continuous, 25 psig (172.4 kPa) surge.
Switch Type: Single pole double throw (SPDT) floating contact (not snap action).
Electrical Rating: Non inductive 2.5 A @ 110 VAC; 1.5 A @ 220 VAC; 1 A @
24 VDC; 0.5 A @ 110 VAC; Inductive 1 A @ 110 VAC; 0.5 A @ 220 VAC; 0.5 A
@ 24 VDC (de rate 70 80% for very slow pressure changes).
Electrical Connections: 3 screw type, common, normally open and normally
closed.
Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other
position orientations.
Set Point Adjustment: Screw type.
Weight: 4 Ib 13 oz (2.18 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Adjustable Null Span
Model
1640-0
1640-1
1640-2
1640-5
1640-10
Ranges
Inches, w.c.
.01 to 0.2
0.2 to 1.0
1.0 to 4.0
2.0 to 6.0
3.0 to 12.0
Min. Set
.01
.02
.03
.03
.04
Max. Set
.03
.06
.12
.18
.20
CAUTION: For use only with air or compatible gases.
Model
(1626 shown,
1627 similar)
1626-1
1626-5
Operating Range
Inches, w.c.
.15 to 1.5
.5 to 6.0
Adj. Diff. Between Set
Points (1627 Only)
0.5
1.2
Approx.
Dead Band
Min. Max.
.10 .20
.15 .35
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible,
compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Temperature Limits: 30 to 130F
( 34.4 to 54.4C).
Pressure Limits: Max. 50 in. w.c.
(12.44 kPa) continuous, 2 psig (13.79
kPa) surge.
Switch Type: 1626, single pole double
throw (SPDT); 1627, two single pole
double throw (SPDT) .
Repeatability: 1%.
Electrical Rating: 15 A @ 120 480
VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive, 1/8 HP @ 125
VAC,1/4 HP @ 250 VAC, 60 Hz.
Electrical Connections: 3 screw type,
common, normally open and normally
closed.
Process Connections: 1/8 female
NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in
vertical position. Consult factory for
other position orientations.
Set Point Adjustment: Screw
adjustment.
Weight: Model 1626, 3 Ib, 9.8 oz (1.64
kg); Model 1627, 3 Ib, 11.8 oz (1.69 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.

Gas Pressure/Differential Pressure Switches
External Adjustment, Visible Dial, Hermetically Sealed Snap or Mercury Switch
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
36
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
* SPST switches shown are close on increase of pressure. For open on increase of pressure
replace 3 in middle of model number with 2. Example: PG-2-P1.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air, natural & manufactured gas, LP gas.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 110F (0 to 43.3C). -30 to 110F (-34.4 to 43.3C) for
dry gas or dry air.
Pressure Limits: 45 w.c. (11.2 kPa) continuous; 10 psig (68.95 kPa) surge.
Switch Type: Single-pole double-throw (SPDT).
Electrical Rating: 15A @ 120-480 VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive 1/8 H.P. @ 125 VAC, 1/4
H.P. @ 250 VAC 60 Hz.
Electrical Connections: 3 screw type, common, normally open, normally closed.
Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT or 1/4 male NPT.
Vent Connection: 1/8 female NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in horizontal position. Consult factory for other
position orientations.
Set Point Adjustment: Screw type with visible indicator, inside conduit enclosure.
Weight: 1 lb 2.3 oz (349 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL, CSA, FM.
Reliable and convenient, the 1996-5 and the 1996-20 Gas Pressure Switches serve as a
compact, low cost switch for gas fired furnaces and equipment. Pressure ranges for both
models are ideal for high or low gas pressure interlock. Visible set point and on-off
indicators add convenience in servicing. Use either NO or NC contacts on SPDT switch.
Bottom connection has both 1/8 female and 1/4 male threads for pipe nipple or coupling.
Top connection vents diaphragm chamber to outside or to furnace combustion chamber.
Mount switch with diaphragm in a horizontal position and gas pressure connection at
bottom. Used with natural, manufactured or LP gas. Also see Model 1950G.
Series
1996
3-1/8
[79.38]
3-1/2
[88.90]
1/8 (F) GAS
PRESSURE CONNECTION
1/4 NPT EXTERNAL THREAD
(ALTERNATE GAS CONNECTION
VENT CONNECTION
ON OPPOSITE SIDE
WINDOW AND VISIBLE
ON-OFF INDICATOR
7/8 [22.23] OPENING FOR
1/2 CONDUIT CONNECTION
REMOVABLE CONDUIT
ENCLOSURE COVER
Model 1996-20 gas-air
pressure switch.
Connections,
dimensions and visible
on-off indicator are
shown.
Gas Pressure Switches
Compact, Low Cost, 4" - 20" w.c. Range
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Materials: Fairprene, brass, steel, and aluminum.
Temperature Limits: -10 to 180F (-23 to 82C).
Pressure Limit:
Single pressure use on high side:
Sustained pressure: 15 psig (1.0 bar).
Surge limit: 20 psig (1.4 bar).
Differential pressure use:
Sustained pressure, range P1: 2 psig (.14 bar).
Sustained pressure, range P2: 10 psig (0.7 bar).
Enclosure Rating: General purpose. Weatherproof and explosion-proof
optional.
Repeatability: 1% of full range.
Switch Type: SPST mercury switch, SPDT mercury switch, SPDT snap
switch, or SPDT hermetically sealed snap switch. Optional DPDT.
Electrical Rating: SPDT Mercury: 4A @ 120 VAC/VDC, 2A @ 240
VAC/VDC. SPST Mercury: 6A @ 120 VAC/VDC, 3A @ 240 VAC/VDC.
SPDT Snap: 15A @ 120 VAC, 8A @ 240 VAC, 0.5A @ 120 VDC, 0.25A @
240 VDC. SPDT H.S. Silver Snap: 5A @ 125/250 VAC, 30 VDC resistive.
SPDT H.S. Gold Snap: 1A @ 125 VAC, 30 VDC resistive.
Electrical Connections: Screw type.
Conduit Connection: 7/8 (22.23 mm) hole for 1/2 (12.7 mm) conduit hub.
Process Connection: 1/2 male NPT and 1/8 female NPT used for single
positive pressure or high differential pressure, 1/8 female NPT used for
single vacuum or low differential pressure.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical.
Set Point Adjustment: External screw.
Weight: 4.5 lb (2 kg).
Deadband: See model chart.
Agency Approvals: UL, CSA, FM for mercury switch models. UL only on
snap switch models.
Series
PG
Large diaphragm sensitivity and time proven dependable design are combined in model PG
differential pressure switches. Visible dial reduces start up time and helps prevent calibration errors.
External adjustment allows set point change without removal of cover. Unit is listed by UL, FM and CSA.
Range g
1-30 wc (.25-7.47 kPa)
0.5-5 psid (0.3-.345 bar)
1-30 wc (.25-7.47 kPa)
0.5-5 psid (.03-.345 bar)
1-30 wc (.25-7.45 kPa)
0.5-5 psid (.03-.345 bar)
1-30 wc (.25-7.47 kPa)
1-30 wc (.25-7.47 kPa)
Maximum
Deadband
1.9 wc (0.47 kPa)
0.4 psid (0.38 bar)
1.3 wc (0.32 kPa)
0.3 psid (0.21 kPa)
4 wc (1.0 kPa)
.5 psid (.035 bar)
4 wc (1.0 kPa)
4 wc (1.0 kPa)
Model
PG-153-P1
PG-153-P2
PG-3-P1
PG-3-P2
PG-7000-153-P1
PG-7000-153-P2
PG-7000-153HS-P1
1-30 w PG-7000-153HG-P1
Model
1996-5
1996-20
MERCOID
CONTROL
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
7/8 [22.23]
CONDUIT
CONNECTION
45 30
1/2 MALE NPT X
1/8 FEMALE NPT
PROCESS
CONN.
1/8 FEMALE
NPT PRESS.
CONN.
4
[101.6]
1/4
[6.35]
3/4 [19.05]
CLEARANCE
FOR COVER
REMOVAL
1-3/16
[30.16]
1-27/64
[36.12]
17/32
[13.49]
8-1/4
[209.55]
(3) 13/64 [5.16]
MOUNTING
HOLES EQUALLY
SPACED ON
6-1/2 [165.10] B.C.
7
[177.80]
6-1/64
[152.78]
Switch Type y
SPDT Mercury
SPDT Mercury
SPST Mercury*
SPST Mercury*
SPDT Snap
SPDT Snap
SPDT Hermetically
Sealed Silver Snap
SPDT Hermetically
Sealed Gold Snap
Range g
1.4 - 5.5 w.c.
4 - 20 w.c.
036.P.N:Layout 2 2/16/11 9:47 AM Page 1
Explosion-proof Differential Pressure Switches
Compact, Low Cost, Explosion-proof and Weatherproof
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879-8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494-461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 37
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
1950
CAUTION: For use only with air or compatible gases.
Applications with hazardous atmospheres and a single positive
pressure may require special venting. *P=PSID range models
EXTERNAL
GROUND
(2) 17/64 [6.75]
MOUNTING HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED
ON A 4-7/8 [123.83] B.C.
RANGE
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW 5-7/16
[138.13] 1/2 FEMALE
NPT
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION
VENT DRAIN
PLUG
CAPTIVE
SCREW
1/8 FEMALE NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1-15/32
[37.30]
3/8
[9.53]
27/32
[21.43]
27/32
[21.43]
3-1/2
[88.90]
1-23/32
[43.64]
3/8
[9.53]
1/8 FEMALE NPT
HIGH PRESSURE
CONNECTION
Model 1950 Explosion-Proof Differential Pressure Switch combines the best features of the popular Dwyer

Series 1900 Pressure Switch with an integral explosion-proof and weatherproof housing, making it an exceptional value
for either application. It is CE, UL and CSA listed, FM approved for use in Class I, Div 1, Groups C and D, Class II Groups
E, F, and G and Class III hazardous atmospheres (NEMA 7 & 9), Raintight NEMA 3 (IP54). Weatherproof features
include a drain plug and O-ring seal in cover. Electrical connections are easily made by removing front cover. For
convenience the set point adjustment screw is located on the outside of the housing. Twelve models offer set points from
.03 to 20 in w.c. (7.5 to 5 kPa) and from .5 to 50 psi (0.035 to 3.5 bar). The unit is very light and compact about half the
weight and bulk of other explosion-proof or weather-proof switches with separate enclosures.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Temperature Limits: -40 to 140F (-40 to 60C);
0 to 140F (-17.8 to 60C) for 1950P-8, 15, 25,
and 50. -30 to 130F (-34.4 to 54.4C) for 1950-02.
Pressure Limits: Continuous: 1950s - 45 in w.c.
(0.11 bar); 1950Ps - 35 psi (2.41 bar); 1950P-50
only - 70 psi (4.83 bar). Surge: 1950s - 10 psi
(0.69 bar), 1950Ps - 50 psi (3.45 bar), 1950P-50
only - 90 psi (6.21 bar).
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP54), NEMA 7 & 9.
Switch Type: Single-pole double-throw (SPDT).
Electrical Rating: 15 A @, 125, 250, 480 VAC, 60
Hz. Resistive 1/8 HP @ 125 VAC, 1/4 HP @ 250
VAC, 60 Hz.
Electrical Connections: 3 screw type, common,
normally open and normally closed.
Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical
position. Consult factory for other position
orientations.
Set Point Adjustment: Screw type on top of housing.
Weight: 3.25 Ib (1.5 kg); 1950-02 model, 4.4 lb
(2 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL, CSA, FM.
Series 1950 Switches - Operating Ranges and Dead Bands
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and compatible
combustible gases.
Wetted Materials: Contact factory.
Temperature Limits: 0 to 140F (-17
to 60C).
Note: Set point drift may occur with
ambient temperature changes.
Pressure Limits: 45 in w.c. (11.2 kPa)
continuous; 10 psig (68.95 kPa) surge.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP54),
NEMA 7 & 9.
Switch Type: 1 Form C relay (SPDT).
Electrical Rating: 10A, 120/240 VAC,
28 VDC. Resistive 50 mA, 125 VDC.
Power Requirements: 24 VDC 10%.
120 or 240 VAC 10% optional.
Electrical Connections: Internal
terminal block.
Process Connections: 1/8 female
NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in
vertical position. Consult factory for
other position orientations.
Set Point Adjustment: Screw type on
top of housing.
Weight: 2 lb, 15.7 oz (1.35 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL, CSA,
FM, ATEX, IECEx.
The Model 1950G Explosion-Proof Switch combines the best features of the popular
Dwyer

Series 1950 Pressure Switch with the benefit of natural gas compatibility. Units are
rain-tight for outdoor installations, and are UL listed for use in Class I, Groups A, B, C, &
D; Class II, Groups E, F, & G and Class III atmospheres, Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
Compliant for II 2G Exd IIB + H
2
T6, CSA & FM approved for Class I, Div 1,
Groups B, C, D; Class II, Div 1, Groups E, F, G and Class III atmospheres IECEx Exd IIB
+ H
2
T6 (-40C < Ta < +60C). The 1950G is very compact, about half the weight and bulk
of equivalent conventional explosion-proof switches.
Easy access to the SPDT relay and power supply terminals is provided by removing the top
plate of the aluminum housing. A supply voltage of 24 VDC, 120 or 240 VAC is required.
A captive screw allows the cover to swing aside while remaining attached to the unit.
Adjustment to the set point of the switch can be made without disassembly of the housing.
Series
1950G
Explosion-proof Differential Pressure Switch
Explosion-proof, Weatherproof, Compatible with Natural Gases
EXTERNAL
GROUND
(2) 17/64 [6.75]
MOUNTING HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED
ON A 4-7/8 [123.83] B.C.
RANGE
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW 5-7/16
[138.13] 1/2 FEMALE
NPT
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION
VENT DRAIN
PLUG
CAPTIVE
SCREW
1/8 FEMALE NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1-15/32
[37.30]
3/8
[9.53]
27/32
[21.43]
27/32
[21.43]
3-1/2
[88.90]
1-23/32
[43.64]
3/8
[9.53]
1/8 FEMALE NPT
HIGH PRESSURE
CONNECTION
Model
1950-02-2S
1950-00-2F
1950-0-2F
1950-1-2F
1950-5-2F
1950-10-2F
1950-20-2F
Range,
Inches W.C.
.03 to .10
.07 to .15
.15 to .50
.4 to 1.6
1.4 to 5.5
3 to 11
4 to 20
Model*
1950P-2-2F
1950P-8-2F
1950P-15-2F
1950P-25-2F
1950P-50-2F
Range,
PSID
0.5 to 2
1.5 to 8
3 to 15
4 to 25
15 to 50
UL, CSA, FM
Model
1950G-00-B-24-NA
1950G-0-B-24-NA
1950G-1-B-24-NA
1950G-5-B-24-NA
1950G-10-B-24-NA
1950G-20-B-24-NA
Range,
Inches W.C.
.07 to .15
.15 to .50
.4 to 1.6
1.4 to 5.5
3 to 11
4 to 20



Model
1950G-00-B-24
1950G-0-B-24
1950G-1-B-24
1950G-5-B-24
1950G-10-B-24
1950G-20-B-24
Approximate Dead
Band at
Min.
Set Point
.04
.06
.11
.4
.9
1.2
Max.
Set Point
.06
.11
.29
.9
1.8
3.0
Approximate Dead Band at
Max. Set Point
.05
.05
.15
.20
.40
.50
.60
Min. Set Point
.025
.04
.10
.15
.30
.40
.40
Approximate Dead Band at
Min. Set Point
.3
1.0
.9
.7
1.0
Max. Set Point
.3
1.0
.9
.7
1.5
037.P.N:Layout 2 2/10/11 3:33 PM Page 1
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
38
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Explosion-proof, heavy duty, industrial unit has a unique new design which provides
sensitivity to differential pressures as low as 10 inches of water (254 mm w.c.), yet handles
total pressure of 1500 psi (103 bar). Unlike common differential pressure switches that use
a piston-type motion transfer, the Series H3 utilizes a rotary motion transfer shaft that
prevents a change in total pressure from causing a setpoint shift. Unit yields deadbands
approximately 5% of range, with zero setpoint shift due to variation in working pressures.
Friction is minimized and repeatability increased by allowing range spring to act directly
on diaphragm plate. Rolling diaphragm design maintains constant effective area to further
reduce friction. Diaphragm is allowed to seat, allowing application of full rated pressure,
up to 1500 psi (103 bar), on either high or low pressure port, without damage. Special
overtravel feature prevents overtightening of range adjust screw. Choose optional 316SS
chamber for water and water-based fluids or harsher applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Materials: See pressure
chamber and diaphragm material in
model chart.
Temperature Limit: -4 to 220F
(-20 to 104C), ATEX: -20 to 90C
(-4 to 194F).
Pressure Limit: 1500 psig (103 bar).
Enclosure Rating: Standard meets
NEMA 4X (IP56), drain option meets
NEMA 3 (IP54). For hazardous use
see the hazardous location ratings
chart.
Switch Type: SPDT or DPDT snap
switch.
Electrical Rating: 5A @ 125/250 VAC,
30 VDC.
Electrical Connections: See model
chart.
Conduit Connection: 3/4 female
NPT.
Process Connection: 1/8 female
NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical.
Set Point Adjustment: Internal screw.
Weight: 4 lb, 2 oz (2 kg).
Deadband: Approximately 5% of
range.
Agency Approvals: UL, CSA, CE, and
ATEX see ratings chart.
Note: Shown without housing and cover.
Internal terminal blocks for
conductors up to 18 gauge are
optional.
Optional NEMA 3 (lP 54) housing
includes explosion-proof drain.
Standard NEMA 4X (IP 56) version is
without drain.
External Ground Connection
Standard Internal ground
connection also standard use
either one.
Explosion-Proof Differential Pressure Switches
Setpoints from 10 w.c. to 200 psid Rated 1500 psig, Weatherproof
Series
H3
11/64 [4.37]
MOUNTING HOLES
IN MTG BRACKET
1/8 NPT
HIGH PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1/8 NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
17/32
[13.5]
3
[762]
1-3/4
[44.45]
COVER
COVER
SET SCREW
3/4 NPT
CONDUIT
CONNECTION
5-3/8
[136.53]
2-13/32
[61.12]
31/32
[24.61]
OPTIONAL DRAIN
PROCESS
CONNECTION
CENTERLINE
1-25/32
[45.24]
3-9/16
[90.49]
4
[101.6]
Hazardous Location Ratings
Model
H3 _ _ _ C
H3 _ _ _ L
H3 _ _ _ T
H3 _ _ _ C-DRAIN
H3 _ _ _ L-DRAIN
UL

CI. I, Gr.B, C & D


CI. II, Gr.E, F & G

CI. I, Gr.B, C & D


CI. II, Gr.E, F & G
CSA

CI. I, Gr.B, C & D


CI. II, Gr.E, F & G

Directive 94/9/EC ATEX


Compliant p
0344
II 2 G EEx d IIB
-20C T amb 75C T6
EC-Type Certificate No.
KEMA 03ATEX 2584

0344
II 2 G EEx d IIB
-20C T amb 75C T6
EC-Type Certificate No.
KEMA 03ATEX 2584

Example
Construction
Pressure
Chamber &
Diaphragm
Material
(Wetted)
Adjustable
Operating
Range
Circuit
(Switch)
Options
Electrical
Connection
Options
H3
H3
S
A
S
2
1
2
3
4
S
S
D
C
L
T
C
MV
DRAIN
MV
VIT
H3S-2SC-MV Differential Pressure Control;
316 SS pressure chamber and
Fluoroelastomer diaphragm; weatherproof and
ATEX; SPDT snap action switch with gold
contacts; fixed deadband, automatic reset;
adjustable range 0.5-15 psid
Series designator, weatherproof and
explosion-proof
Aluminum chamber with Nitrile diaphragm
316 SS chamber with Fluoroelastomer
diaphragm
Adjustable range 10-180 in. w.c.
(2.48-44.78 kPa)
Adjustable range 0.5-15 psid
(0.03-1 bar)
Adjustable range 5-70 psid
(.34-4.8 bar)
Adjustable range 10-200 psid
(.7-13.8 bar)
SPDT snap action switch rated 5A @ 125/250
VAC, 30 VDC
DPDT snap action switch rated 5A @ 125/250
VAC, 30 VDC
18 AWG x 18 inch lead wires
UL, CSA approved internal terminal block
ATEX approved internal terminal block
Housing with drain - allows condensate to be
drained from inside enclosure (meets NEMA 3
instead of 4X)
Gold contacts on snap switch for dry circuits
rated 1A @ 125 VAC, 1A resistive or 0.5 A
inductive @ 30 VDC
Fluoroelastomer diaphragm option where
not standard
038.P.N:Layout 2 2/16/11 10:20 AM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 39
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Materials: Brass on ranges 61,
62, 63 or 316 SS on ranges 62E, 64E,
65E.
Temperature Limits: 10 to 180F
( 23 to 82C).
Pressure Limit: Maximum pressure of
the operating range.
Enclosure Rating: General purpose.
Weatherproof or explosion proof
optional.
Switch Type: Snap switch. (Contact
factory for mercury switch)
Electrical Rating: See model chart.
Electrical Connection: Screw
terminal.
Conduit Connection: General
purpose: 1/2 hole for conduit hub;
Weatherproof: 1/2 conduit hub;
Explosion proof: 3/4 female NPT.
Process Connection: General
purpose and weatherproof: 1/8 female
NPT, explosion proof: 1/4 male NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical.
Set Point Adjustment: Thumbscrew.
Weight: General purpose: 5 lb (2.3 kg),
weatherproof: 7 lb (3 kg), explosion
proof: 25 lb (11 kg).
Deadband: See model chart.
Agency Approvals: CE, UL, cUL.
Double Bellows Differential Pressure Switches
Visible Setpoints, Adjustable or Fixed Deadband . . . High Pressure Ranges
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Body, piston, and fittings: anodized aluminum; spring: steel.
Temperature Limits: 65 to 225F ( 54 to 107C).
Pressure Limits: 2000 psid (138 bar), 6000 psig (413 bar).
Repeatability: See table.
Switch Type: SPDT.
Electrical Rating: AC: 3 VA, 0.25A @ 120 VAC; DC: 5 VA, 0.25A @ 175 VDC.
Electrical Connection: 24 AWG X 12 (30.5 cm) wire leads.
Process Connection: 1/4 female NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Any.
Set Point Adjustment: See table.
Weight: 8.5 oz (241 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Rugged Series A4 Differential Pressure Switch offers field adjustments and can handle
system pressures up to 6000 psig. Piston design allows mounting in any orientation. The
switch is capable of carrying moderate shock and vibratory loads.
Series
A4
Differential Pressure Switch
Adjustable Set Point, High Overpressure
1/4 NPT
1.000 HEX
[25.40]
1-1/4
[31.75]
3-3/4
95.25]
1-1/2
[38.10]
Two opposing bellows combine maximum sensitivity and vibration resistance with
moderate cost in the Series DP differential pressure switches. Both set and reset points are
easily adjustable through non-interactive, externally accessible controls. Visible set-point
indicators simplify changes. SPDT snap action switch, 316 stainless steel or brass bellows,
flanged steel housing. Rated pressures to 600 psig.
Series
DP
13/64 [5.16] MOUNTING
HOLES EQUALLY SPACED
ON A 6-1/2 [165.10] B.C.
1/8 FEMALE
NPT LOW
PRESSURE
CONNECTION
OPERATING
ADJUSTMENT
OR RESET
45
7/8 [22.23]
CONDUIT
CONNECTION
6
[152.40]
1/8 FEMALE
NPT HIGH
PRESSURE
CONNECTION
3/4 [19.05] CLEARANCE
FOR COVER REMOVAL
4-1/4
[107.95]
2-3/4
[69.85]
1-7/32
[30.94]
7
[177.80]
Adjustable Deadband
Snap Action Switch
SPDT, 15A @ 120/240 VAC
Fixed Deadband
Snap Action Switch
SPDT, 15A @ 120/240 VAC
Bellows
Material
Brass
Brass
Brass
316SS
316SS
316SS
Range
psid (bar)
0 10 (0 0.7)
0 20 (0 1.4)
0 30 (0 2.1)
0 20 (0 1.4)
0 30 (0 2.1)
0 80 (0 5.5)
Max. Press
psig (bar)
50 (3.5)
100 (6.9)
300 (20.7)
100 (6.9)
300 (20.7)
600 (41.4)
Model
A4-1
A4-2
A4-3
A4-4
A4-5
Repeatabilty
psi (bar)
2 (.14)
4 (.28)
8 (.55)
16 (1.1)
32 (2.2)
Optional Enclosures
Weatherproof Housing to order add W suffix after DPA.
Example: D P A W 7033 153 61
Explosion-Proof Housing to order add E suffix after DPA.
Example: D P A E 7033 153 61
Model
DPA-7033-153-61
DPA-7033-153-62
DPA-7033-153-64
DPA-7043-153-62E
DPA-7043-153-64E
DPA-7043-153-65E
Model
DPS-7233-153-61
DPS-7233-153-62
DPS-7233-153-64
DPS-7243-153-62E
DPS-7243-153-64E
DPS-7243-153-65E
Min.D.B.
psid (bar)
1.5 (.10)
2.5 (.17)
6.0 (.41)
3.0 (.21)
6.0 (.41)
20(1.4)
Fixed D.B.
psid (bar)
0.5 (.03)
1.0 (.07)
1.5 (.10)
1.5 (.10)
2.0 (.14)
6.0 (.41)
Decreasing
2 7 (.14 .48)
5 16 (.34 1.1)
10 21 (.68 1.5)
20 80 (1.4 5.5)
35 120 (2.4 8.3)
Set Point psid (bar)
Increasing
7 13 (.48 .89)
13 25 (.89 1.7)
25 45 (1.7 3.1)
35 160 (2.4 11.0)
120 250 (8.3 17.2)

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
40
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Magnesense

Differential Pressure Transmitter


Monitors Pressure & Air Velocity
Series
MS
3-7/16
[87.31]
2-41/64
[67.07]
1/2 NPT
21/32
[16/67]
21/32
[16/67]
29/32
[23.02]
1/2
[12.70]
57/64
[22.62]
(3) 3/16 (4.76) HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED ON A
4.115 (104.52) BC
2-11/64
[55.17]
2-9/16
[65.09]
8-1/8
[206.38]
35/84 [13.87]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible, compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Accuracy: 1% for 0.25 (50 Pa), 0.5 (100 Pa), 2 (500 Pa), 5 (1250
Pa), 10 (2 kPa), 15 (3 kPa), 25 (5 kPa) 2% for 0.1 (25 Pa), 1 (250
Pa) and all bi directional ranges.
Stability: 1% / year F.S.O.
Temperature Limits: 0 to 150F ( 18 to 66C).
Pressure Limits: 1 psi maximum, operation; 10 psi, burst.
Power Requirements: 10 to 35 VDC (2 wire); 17 to 36 VDC or isolated
21.6 to 33 VAC (3 wire).
Output Signals: 4 to 20 mA (2 wire); 0 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V (3 wire).
Response Time: Adjustable 0.5 to 15 sec. time constant. Provides a
95% response time of 1.5 to 45 seconds.
Zero & Span Adjustments: Digital push button.
Loop Resistance: Current output: 0 1250 max; Voltage output: min.
load resistance 1 k.
Current Consumption: 40 mA max.
Display (optional): 4 digit LCD.
Electrical Connections:
4 20 mA, 2 Wire: European style terminal block for 16 to 26 AWG.
0 10 V, 3 Wire: European style terminal block for 16 to 22 AWG.
Electrical Entry: 1/2 NPS thread
Accessory (A 151): Cable gland for 5 to 10 mm diameter cable.
Process Connections: 3/16 ID tubing (5 mm ID). Maximum OD 9 mm.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65).
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position.
Weight: 8.0 oz (230 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
The Series MS Magnesense

Differential Pressure Transmitter is an


extremely versatile transmitter for monitoring pressure and air velocity. This
compact package is loaded with features such as:
Field selectable English or Metric ranges
Field upgradeable LCD display
Adjustable damping of output signal (with optional display)
Ability to select a square root output for use with pitot tubes and other
similar flow sensors
Along with these features, the patented magnetic sensing technology provides
exceptional long term performance and enables the Magnesense

Differential
Pressure Transmitter to be the single solution for your pressure and flow
applications.
Output
4 20 mA
0 10 V
4 20 mA
0 10 V
4 20 mA
4 20 mA
4 20 mA
0 5 V
0 5 V
0 5 V
0 10 V
0 10 V
0 10 V
4 20 mA
0 10 V
Model
MS-121*
MS-321*
MS-111*
MS-311*
MS-131
MS-141
MS-151
MS-721*
MS-711*
MS-621
MS-331
MS-341
MS-351
MS-021
MS-221
Standard MS with optional LCD
MS with optional LCD and static probe
Selectable Ranges
0.1, 0.25, 0.5 w.c. (25, 50, 100 Pa)
0.1, 0.25, 0.5 w.c. (25, 50, 100 Pa)
1, 2, 5 w.c. (250, 500, 1250 Pa)
1, 2, 5 w.c. (250, 500, 1250 Pa)
10 w.c. (2 kPa)
15 w.c. (3 kPa)
25 w.c. (5 kPa)
0.1, 0.25, 0.5 w.c. (25, 50, 100 Pa)
1, 2, 5 w.c. (250, 500, 1250 Pa)
0.1, 0.25,0.5 w.c. (25, 50, 100 Pa)
10 w.c. (2 kPa)
15 w.c. (3 kPa)
25 w.c. (5 kPa)
0.1, 0.25,0.5 w.c. (25, 50, 100 Pa)
0.1, 0.25,0.5 w.c. (25, 50, 100 Pa)
ACCESSORIES
A-435, Field Upgradeable LCD
A-480, Plastic Static Pressure Tip
A-481, Installer kit. Includes 2 plastic static pressure tips and 7 ft (2.1 m)
of PVC tubing
Note: Add LCD to end of model for units with display.
*Models available with duct mount static pressure probe. Change last
digit from 1 to 2. Ex. MS 122

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 41
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
One Unit for all your Building Pressure Applications
The Industry Standard for Building Automation
Field Selectable Ranges in metric or English. Lowers
stock and inventory requirements. Youll always have
the right transmitter for every job.
Field Upgradable LCD. No need to order
two separate transmitters. Simply stock a
transmitter and display and you can satisfy
any customers requests. Simply remove
cover and snap the LCD onto the board.
Digital Push Button Zero and
Span. Reduces calibration time
significantly over other transmitters
that utilize potentiometers. Lowers
maintenance time and costs.
Field Selectable Air Velocity Mode for fan
and blower applications. Unit provides square
root output that accurately tracks fpm or m/s flow
rate. No need for a smart programmable
indicator or PLC to convert pressure to air flow.
Reduces components and installation time
lowering overall costs.
Adjustable Digital Dampening smooths out
unstable pressure fluctuations common in air flow
applications.
Fan
Velocity
Building
Pressure
Duct
Pressure

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
42
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Differential Pressure Transmitter
Cost Effective for B.A.S. Applications, Digital Push-Button Calibration
with One-Touch

Transmitter Technology
Series
616K
&
616OT
2-27/64
[61.52]
3-19/64
[83.74]
2x 3/16
[4.76]
3-7/8
[98.43]
1-1/8
[28.58]
4-3/8
[111.13]
1/8
[3.175]
3-21/64
[84.53]
The Series 616K & 616OT Differential Pressure Transmitters with One-Touch

technology are designed for simplicity making them the ideal choice for installers
and maintenance professionals.
The One Touch

Differential Pressure Transmitters are cost effective, compact


transmitters that reduce up front costs as well as expenses over the life of the
product. These instruments not only alleviate cumbersome turn pots typically found
in most transmitters, but eliminate entirely the need to span the instrument during
calibration. With a single digital push button, both ZERO AND SPAN are calibrated
properly, nothing else is required. No additional reference pressure sources and
separate calibration devices are necessary; no need to remove from service and
send to a lab. All that is required of the installer or user is to let the unit sit at zero
reference pressure, then push a button. That is it! The transmitter is now ready for
operation. Time savings are enormous over the life of the product compared to
traditional transmitters which require time to annually remove the product from
service plus the additional time to actually perform a complete full span calibration.
Mounting is simple with integral mounting holes on the 616K or mounting tabs on the
616OT that are inherent to the molded housing. The Series 616K has easy to wire
open screw terminals at the top of the housing while the Series 616OT possesses a
convenient removable terminal block that allows the installer to wire externally, then
snap the wired block back onto the board inside the enclosure. The Series 616OT
provides an enhanced NEMA 4X (IP66) enclosure.
The One Touch

family of Differential Pressure Transmitters are ideal for building


automation applications such as air handlers, duct pressure, variable air volume and
filter monitoring. Available models include ranges from 1 w.c. to 20 w.c. depending
on series.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible, compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Accuracy: 616K: 2% F.S.; 616OT: 1% F.S.
Stability: 1% F.S. / year.
Temperature Limits: 616K: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C); 616OT: 0 to 140F
( 18 to 60C).
Pressure Limits: 616K: 2 psi (13.8 kPa); 616OT: 1 psi maximum operation; 10 psi
burst.
Thermal Effect: 616OT: 0.05%/F (0.03%/C).
Thermal Effect on Span: 0.11% F.S./F (+0.19% F.S./C) typ.
Thermal Effect on Zero: 616K: 616K X0: 0.6%/F (1%/C); 616K X1: 0.3%/F
(0.5%/C); 616K X2: 0.2%/F (0.33%/C); 616K X3: 0.12%/F (0.2%/C);
616K X4: 0.06%/F (0.1%/C) F.S. max.
Power Requirements: 616K: 16 35 VDC (2 or 3 wire), 20 28 VAC (3 wire);
616OT: 10 35 VDC (2 wire).
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
Zero and Span Adjustments: Pushbutton.
Loop Resistance: 616K: DC=1000 ohms maximum, AC=1200 ohms maximum;
616OT: 1250 ohms maximum.
Current Consumption: 616K: 21 mA maximum; 616OT: 40 mA maximum.
Electrical Connections: 616K: Screw type terminal block; 616OT: Removable
European style terminal block for 16 to 26 AWG.
Electrical Entry: 616 OT: Cable gland for 0.114 to 0.250 (2.9 to 6.4 mm)
diameter cable.
Process Connections: Barbed, dual size to fit 1/8 (3 mm) and 3/16 (5 mm) I.D.
rubber or vinyl tubing.
Enclosure Rating: 616K: NEMA1 (IP20); 616OT: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Position insensitive.
Weight: 616K: 1.8 oz (51 g); 616OT: 4.0 oz (115 g).
Agency Approval: CE.
One Touch

Digital
Push Button sets
both zero & span
7/8
[22.23]
1/2
[12.70]
2-13/32
[61.12]
3-21/64
[84.53]
5/16
[7.94]
5/32 [3.97]
MOUNTING HOLE
2 PLACES
2-1/4
[57.15]
1-1/2
[38.10]
1/2
[12.70]
Model
616K-00
616K-01
616K-02
616K-03
616K-04
Model
616K-10
616K-11
616K-12
616K-13
616K-14
Model
616OT-10
616OT-15
616OT-20
616OT-2 KPA
616OT-3 KPA
616OT-5 KPA
Series 616K
General Purpose Housing
Series 616OT
NEMA 4X (IP66) Housing
Range
0 1 w.c.
0 2 w.c.
0 3 w.c.
0 5 w.c.
0 10 w.c.
Range
0 250 Pa
0 500 Pa
0 750 Pa
0 1250 Pa
0 2500 Pa
Range
10 w.c.
15 w.c.
20 w.c.
2 kPa
3 kPa
5 kPa
ACCESSORY
A-480, Plastic Static Pressure Tip

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 43
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
616
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible,
compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Accuracy: 0.25% F.S.
Stability: 1% F.S./yr.
Temperature Limits: 0 to 140F
( 17.8 to 60C).
Compensated Temperature Limits:
20 to 120F ( 6.67 to 48.9C).
Pressure Limits: See chart.
Thermal Effect: 0.02% F.S./F
(0.0012% F.S./C).
Power Requirements: 10 35 VDC
(2 wire).
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
Zero and Span Adjustments:
Potentiometers for zero and span.
Loop Resistance: DC; 0 1250 ohms
maximum.
Current Consumption: DC; 38 mA
maximum.
Electrical Connections: Screw type
terminal block.
Process Connections: Barbed, dual
size to fit 1/8 and 3/16 (3.12 mm and
4.76 mm) I.D. rubber or vinyl tubing.
Weight: 1.8 oz (51 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
5/32 [3.97]
MOUNTING HOLE
TYP 2 PLACES
1/2
[12.7]
1-1/2
[38.1]
2-1/4
[57.15]
1-13/32
[35.74]
5/16
[7.95]
15/32
[11.91]
3-21/64
[84.53]
2-13/32
[61.12]
1/2
[12.7]
7/16
[11.11]
7/8
[22.23]
Differential Pressure Transmitter
Ranges from 0-1 in. w.c. to 0-100 psid, Accuracy 0.25%
Model
616-00
616-0
616-1
616-2
616-3
616-4
616-5
616-6
616-7
Range
0 1 in w.c.
0 2 in w.c.
0 3 in w.c.
0 6 in w.c.
0 10 in w.c.
0 20 in w.c.
0 40 in w.c.
0 100 in w.c.
0 200 in w.c.
Max. Press.
2 psig
2 psig
2 psig
5 psig
5 psig
11 psig
11 psig
29 psig
29 psig
Model
616-8
616-9
616-10
616-11
616-12
616-3B
616-6B
616-10B
616-20B
Range
0 10 psid
0 20 psid
0 30 psid
0 50 psid
0 100 psid
1.5 0 1.5 in w.c.
3 0 3 in w.c.
5 0 5 in w.c.
10 0 10 in w.c.
Max. Press.
29 psig
58 psig
58 psig
150 psig
150 psig
2 psig
5 psig
5 psig
11 psig
Series 616 Transmitter features an exceptional 0.25% accuracy in several factory
calibrated ranges. Choose the one just right for your application. Span and Zero controls
included for fine tuning and minor re-calibration in the field.
Series 616, models 0.25% accuracy
Series
616C
5/32 [3.97]
MOUNTING HOLE
TYP 2 PLACES
1/2
[12.7]
1-1/2
[38.1]
2-1/4
[57.15]
1-13/32
[35.74]
5/16
[7.95]
15/32
[11.91]
3-21/64
[84.53]
2-13/32
[61.12]
1/2
[12.7]
7/16
[11.11]
7/8
[22.23]
Differential Pressure Transmitter
Ranges from 0-1 in. w.c. to 0-100 psid, Accuracy 1% F.S.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible,
compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Accuracy: 1% F.S.
Stability: 1% F.S./yr.
Temperature Limits: 0 to 140F
( 17.8 to 60C).
Compensated Temperature Limits:
20 to 120F ( 6.67 to 48.9C).
Pressure Limits: See chart.
Thermal Effect: 0.02% F.S./F
(0.0012% F.S./C).
Power Requirements: 10 35 VDC
(2 wire).
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
Zero and Span Adjustments:
Potentiometers for zero and span.
Loop Resistance: DC; 0 1250 ohms
maximum.
Current Consumption: DC; 38 mA
maximum.
Electrical Connections: Screw type
terminal block.
Process Connections: Barbed, dual
size to fit 1/8 and 3/16 (3.12 mm and
4.76 mm) I.D. rubber or vinyl tubing.
Weight: 1.8 oz (51 g).
Model
616C-00
616C-0
616C-1
616C-2
616C-3
616C-4
616C-5
616C-6
616C-7
Range
0 1 in w.c.
0 2 in w.c.
0 3 in w.c.
0 6 in w.c.
0 10 in w.c.
0 20 in w.c.
0 40 in w.c.
0 100 in w.c.
0 200 in w.c.
Max. Press.
2 psig
2 psig
2 psig
5 psig
5 psig
11 psig
11 psig
29 psig
29 psig
Model
616C-8
616C-9
616C-10
616C-11
616C-12
616C-3B
616C-6B
616C-10B
616C-20B
Range
0 10 psid
0 20 psid
0 30 psid
0 50 psid
0 100 psid
1.5 0 1.5 in w.c.
3 0 3 in w.c.
5 0 5 in w.c.
10 0 10 in w.c.
Max. Press.
29 psig
58 psig
58 psig
150 psig
150 psig
2 psig
5 psig
5 psig
11 psig
Series 616C Transmitter features an exceptional 1% accuracy in several factory
calibrated ranges. Choose the one just right for your application. Span and Zero controls
included for fine tuning and minor re-calibration in the field.
Series 616C, models 1% accuracy

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
44
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
DIN Rail Differential Pressure Transmitter
Mounts on 35 mm DIN Rail
2-57/64
[73.42]
2-3/8
[60.33]
1-1/2
[38.10]
2-3/8
[60.33]
13/16
[20.64]
3/4
[19.05]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible, compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Accuracy: 0.25% F.S. at 70F.
Stability: 1% F.S./yr.
Temperature Limits: 20 to 120F ( 6.67 to 48.9C).
Pressure Limits: See chart.
Thermal Effect: 0.02% F.S./F (0.0012% F.S./C).
Power Requirements: 10 35 VDC (2 wire).
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
Zero and Span Adjustments: Potentiometers for zero and span.
Loop Resistance: DC: 0 1250 ohms max.
Current Consumption: DC: 38 mA max.
Electrical Connections: Screw type terminal block.
Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT. Accessories included are
2 barbed fittings for 1/8 (3.12 mm) and 3/16 (4.77 mm) I.D. rubber
or vinyl tubing.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical, on a 1.378 (35 mm) DIN rail.
Weight: 4.8 oz (136 g).
The Series 616D Differential Pressure Transmitter senses the pressure of air and compatible gases
and sends a standard 4-20 mA output signal. The 616D housing is specifically designed to mount on a 35
mm DIN rail in a panel. This mounting style allows for several units to be mounted closely together reducing
required space. A wide range of models are available factory calibrated to specific ranges as listed in the
chart below. The span and zero controls are for use when checking calibration. They are not intended for
re-ranging to a significantly different span. Versatile circuit design enables operation in 2-wire current
loops.
Series
616D
Model
616D-1
616D-2
616D-3
616D-4
616D-5
616D-6
616D-7
616D-8
616D-9
Range
0 3 in w.c.
0 6 in w.c.
0 10 in w.c.
0 20 in w.c.
0 40 in w.c.
0 100 in w.c.
0 200 in w.c.
0 10 psid
0 20 psid
Model
616D-10
616D-11
616D-12
616D-13
616D-14
616D-3B
616D-6B
616D-10B
616D-20B
Range
0 30 psid
0 50 psid
0 100 psid
0 12 ft w.c.
0 20 ft w.c.
1.5 0 1.5 in w.c.
3 0 3 in w.c.
5 0 5 in w.c.
10 0 10 in w.c.
Differential Pressure Transmitter
Same Size as Standard Magnehelic

Differential Pressure Gage


Series
DM-2000
The Dwyer Series DM-2000 Differential Pressure Transmitter senses the pressure of air and
compatible gases and sends a standard 4-20 mA output signal. The DM-2000 housing is specifically designed
to mount in the same diameter cutout as a standard Magnehelic

gage. A wide range of models are available


factory calibrated to specific ranges.
Pressure connections are inherent to the glass filled plastic molded housing making installation quick and
easy. Digital push-button zero simplifies calibration over typical turn-potentiometers. An optional 3.5 digit
LCD shows process and engineering units. A single push button allows field selection of 4 to 6 engineering
units depending on range LCD models.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non
combustible, compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult
factory.
Accuracy: 1% F.S. at 70F.
Stability: 1% F.S./yr.
Temperature Limits: 20 to
120F ( 6.67 to 48.9C).
Pressure Limits: 10 psig
(0.69 bar).
Thermal Effect: 0.055%
F.S./F (0.099% F.S./C).
Power Requirements: 10 35
VDC (2 wire).
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
Zero and Span Adjustments:
Digital push button zero and
span.
Loop Resistance: DC: 0 1250
ohms maximum.
Current Consumption: DC: 38
mA maximum.
Electrical Connections:
Screw type terminal block.
Display: 3.5 digit LCD, 0.7
height.
Process Connections: 1/8
I.D. tubing.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical.
Weight: 4.8 oz (136 g).
Model
DM-2001-LCD
DM-2002-LCD
DM-2003-LCD
DM-2004-LCD
DM-2005-LCD
DM-2006-LCD
DM-2007-LCD
DM-2012-LCD
DM-2013-LCD
DM-2019-LCD
HIGH PRESSURE PORT
1-1/4
[31.75]
7/16
[11.11]
17/32
[13.50]
1-11/16
[42.86]
5/32
[3.97]
4-3/4
[120.65]
LOW PRESSURE PORT
Range
.100 in wc
.250 in wc
.500 in wc
1.000 in wc
2.00 in wc
3.00 in wc
5.00 in wc
.250-0-.250 in wc
.500-0-.500 in wc
-0.05-0-.200 in wc
Pa
24.9
62.2
124.3
249
497
746
1243
62.2-0-62.2
124.3-0-124.3
49.8
mm wc
2.54
6.35
12.70
25.4
50.8
76.2
127-0
3.65-0-6.35
12.70-0-12.70
5.08
mBar
.249
.622
1.243
2.49
4.97
7.46
12.43
.622-0-.622
1.243-0-1.243
.498
Note: Remove LCD from the end of the model number if not needing the display.
APPLICATION
Differential pressure across filters.
Max. Press.
2 psig
5 psig
5 psig
11 psig
11 psig
29 psig
29 psig
29 psig
58 psig
Max. Press.
58 psig
150 psig
150 psig
29 psig
29 psig
2 psig
5 psig
5 psig
11 psig
psi
.108
.180
kPa
.124
.249
.497
.746
1.243
ACCESSORIES
A-299, Surface Mounting Bracket
A-300, Flat Flush Mounting Bracket
A-480, Plastic Static Pressure Tip

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 45
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
616W
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible,
compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Accuracy: 0.25% F.S., display
accuracy 0.5%.
Stability: 1% F.S./yr.
Temperature Limits: 0 to 140F
( 17.8 to 60C).
Compensated Temperature Limits:
20 to 120F ( 6.67 to 48.9C).
Pressure Limits: See chart.
Thermal Effect: 0.02% F.S./F
(0.0012% F.S./C).
Power Requirements: 10 35 VDC
(2 wire).
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
Zero and Span Adjustments:
Potentiometers for zero and span.
Loop Resistance: DC; 0 1250 ohms
maximum.
Current Consumption: DC; 38 mA
maximum.
Electrical Connections: Screw type
terminal block.
Process Connections: Barbed, dual
size to fit 1/8 and 3/16 (3.12 and 4.76
mm) I.D. rubber or vinyl tubing.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Vertical,
consult factory for other position
orientations.
Weight: Without LCD 8.8 oz. (249 g);
with LCD 9.6 oz (272 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Differential Pressure Transmitter
NEMA 4X Enclosure, 0.25% F.S. Accuracy, Ranges from 0-1 in. w.c. to 0-100 psid
Positive, negative and differential pressures can be measured within a full span
accuracy of 0.25% with the Series 616W Differential Pressure Transmitter. Units are
enclosed in a polycarbonate case, rated NEMA 4X (IP66) and operate by sensing the
pressure of air and compatible gases then sending a standard 4-20 mA output signal.
Design enables operation in 2-wire current loops. A wide range of models are available
factory calibrated to specific ranges. The span and zero controls are for use when checking
calibration. They are not intended for re-ranging to a significantly different span. The LCD
(as shown above) allows local indication of pressure. (If LCD is not needed, drop from model
number).
3-1/8
[79.38]
1-1/4
[31.75]
1-3/16
[30.18] 3-3/4
[95.25]
4-1/2
[114.30]
5-1/8
[130.18]
3/16 [4.76]
MOUNTING HOLES
TYP 4 PLACES
1-5/16
[33.32] TYP
2-1/8
[53.98]
3/4 [19.05] TYP
7/16 OR 5/8
[11.13 OR 15.88] TYP
1/8 AND 3/16
[3.18 AND 4.76] I.D. TUBING 3-1/8
[79.38]
4-17/32
[115.09]
Note: Units with M in the model number are metric units. Remove LCD for models without display.
Series
616WL
Differential Pressure Transmitter
Low Ranges Down to 0.25 w.c. (60 Pa), NEMA 4X Housing
The Series 616WL Differential Pressure Transmitter senses very low pressures of air
and non-combustible, compatible gases and sends a standard 4-20 mA output signal. All
models, including those featuring the 3 digit LCD digital read-out, are factory calibrated to
specific ranges as listed in the chart below.
Positive, negative and differential pressures can be measured within a full span accuracy
of 0.50%. This weatherproof unit is enclosed in a polycarbonate case, designed to meet
(IP66/NEMA 4X). Internal digital push button zero and span allow for quick and simple
field calibration.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non-combustible,
compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Accuracy: 0.50% F.S., display
accuracy 0.5%.
Stability: 1% F.S./yr.
Temperature Limits: 0 to 140F
(-17.8 to 60C).
Compensated Temperature Limits: 20
to 120F (-6.67 to 48.9C).
Pressure Limits: See chart.
Thermal Effect: 0.02% F.S./F
(0.036% F.S./C).
Power Requirements: 12-30 VDC
(2-wire).
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
Zero and Span Adjustments: Digital,
push button adj.
Loop Resistance: DC; 0-900 ohms
maximum.
Current Consumption: DC; 38 mA
maximum.
Electrical Connections: Screw-type
terminal block.
Process Connections: Barbed, dual
size to fit 1/8 and 3/16 (3.12 and 4.76
mm) I.D. rubber or vinyl tubing.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Vertical, consult
factory for other position orientations.
Weight: Without LCD 17 oz (482 g);
with LCD 18 oz (510 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
3-1/8
[79.38]
4-17/32
[115.09]
5-1/8
[130.18]
63/61
[25.00]
47/64
[18.65]
FITTING TO
ACCOMODATE
CABLE DIAMETERS
OF .100 - .260
1/8 AND 3/16
[3.18 AND 4.76] I.D. TUBING
2-21/32
[67.47]
3-45/64
[94.06]
49/64
[19.45]
1-1/8
[28.58]
2-37/64
[65.48]
3/16 [4.76]
MOUNTING HOLES TYP 4 PLCS
4-17/32
[115.09]
3-1/8
[79.38]
Model
616WL-2
616WL-4
616WL-12
616WL-14
616WL-22
616WL-32
616WL-25
616WL-35
Pressure Range
0 0.25 in. w.c.
0 1 in. w.c.
0.25 0 0.25 in. w.c.
1 0 1 in. w.c.
0 60 Pa
60 0 60 Pa
0 250 Pa
250 0 250 Pa
Model
616WL-2-LCD
616WL-4-LCD
616WL-12-LCD
616WL-14-LCD
616WL-22-LCD
616WL-32-LCD
616WL-25-LCD
616WL-35-LCD
Pressure Range
0 0.25 in. w.c.
0 1 in. w.c.
0.25 0 0.25 in. w.c.
1 0 1 in. w.c.
0 60 Pa
60 0 60 Pa
0 250 Pa
250 0 250 Pa
Model
616W-00-LCD
616W-0-LCD
616W-1-LCD
616W-2-LCD
616W-3-LCD
616W-4-LCD
616W-5-LCD
616W-6-LCD
Range
0 1 in.w.c.
0 2 in.w.c.
0 3 in.w.c.
0 6 in.w.c.
0 10 in.w.c.
0 20 in.w.c.
0 40 in.w.c.
0 100 in.w.c.
Model
616W-7-LCD
616W-8-LCD
616W-9-LCD
616W-10-LCD
616W-11-LCD
616W-12-LCD
616W-3B-LCD
616W-6B-LCD
Range
0 200 in.w.c.
0 10 psid
0 20 psid
0 30 psid
0 50 psid
0 100 psid
1.5 0 1.5 in.w.c.
3 0 3 in.w.c.
Model
616W-10B-LCD
616W-20B-LCD
616W-0M-LCD
616W-1M-LCD
616W-2M-LCD
616W-3M-LCD
616W-4M-LCD
616W-5M-LCD
Range
5 0 5 in.w.c.
10 0 10 in.w.c.
0 500 Pa
0 750 Pa
0 1.5 kPa
0 2.5 kPa
0 5.0 kPa
0 25.0 kPa
Max. Press.
2 psig
4 psig
2 psig
4 psig
13.8 kPa
13.8 kPa
4 psig
4 psig
Max. Press.
2 psig
4 psig
2 psig
4 psig
13.8 psig
13.8 psig
4 psig
4 psig
Max. Press.
2 psig
2 psig
2 psig
5 psig
5 psig
11 psig
11 psig
29 psig
Max. Press.
29 psig
29 psig
58 psig
58 psig
150 psig
150 psig
2 psig
5 psig
Max. Press.
5 psig
11 psig
13.8 kPa
13.8 kPa
34.5 kPa
34.5 kPa
75.8 kPa
200 kPa

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
46
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
i
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
SPECIFICATIONS
GAGE SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Accuracy: See chart.
Stability: 1% F.S./yr.
Pressure Limits: See chart.
Temperature Limits: 20 to 120F (-6.67 to 48.9C).
Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT.
Size: 4 (101.6 mm) dial face, 5 (127 mm) O.D. x 2-11/16 (68.3 mm).
Weight: 1 lb, 12.6 oz (811 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: See chart (includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability).
Temperature Limits: 20 to 120F (-6.67 to 48.9C).
Compensated Temperature Range: 32 to 120F (0 to 48.9C).
Thermal Effect: 0.025% F.S./F (0.045% F.S./C).
Power Requirements: 10-35 VDC (2-wire).
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
Zero and Span Adjustments: Protected potentiometers.
Loop Resistance: DC; 0-1250 ohms maximum.
Current Consumption: DC; 38 mA maximum.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminal block.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other
position orientations.
23/32
[18.26]
1
[25.40]
30
1-1/8
[28.58]
(3) #6-32 x 3/16 [4.76]
DP HOLES EQUALLY SPACED
ON A 4-1/8 [104.78] B.C.
FOR PANEL MOUNTING
11/16
[17.46]
1/8 FEMALE NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1/2 [12.70]
1-3/4
[44.45]
1/8 FEMALE
NPT HIGH
PRESSURE
CONNECTION
2-1/16
[52.39]
2
[50.80]
1-1/4
[31.75]
2-1/2
[63.50] 3/16
[4.76]
5/8 [15.88]
PANEL MAX
5
[127.00]
4-47/64
[ 120.25]
(4) 6-32 HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED ON
A 5-1/8 [130.18] B.C.
FOR FLUSH MOUNTING
4 [101.60]
FACE
5-1/2 [139.70]
O.D. MOUNTING
RING
Series
605
Magnehelic

Differential Pressure
Indicating Transmitter
The Series 605 Magnehelic

Indicating Transmitter provides for both visual


monitoring and electronic control of very low differential pressure. The Series 605 is ideal
for control applications in building HVAC systems where local indication is desired during
routine maintenance checks or necessary when trouble shooting the system. The easily
read dial gage is complimented by the two-wire, 4-20 mA control signal utilizing the time-
proven Dwyer

Magnehelic

gage mechanical design and Series 600 transmitter


technology. The 2-wire design with terminal strip on the rear simplifies connection in any
4-20 mA control loop powered by a 10-35 VDC supply.
Model
605-00N
605-11
605-0
605-1
605-2
605-3
605-6
605-10
Range
in w.c.
.05-0-.20
.25-0-.25
0-.50
0-1.0
0-2.0
0-3.0
0-6.0
0-10
Maximum
Pressure
25 psi (1.7 bar)
25 psi (1.7 bar)
25 psi (1.7 bar)
25 psi (1.7 bar)
2 psi (13.79 kPa)
2 psi (13.79 kPa)
2 psi (13.79 kPa)
2 psi (13.79 kPa)
Electrical
Accuracy +/-%
2
2
2
2
0.5
0.5
0 5
0.5
Model
Range
in w.c.
605-20
605-30
605-50
605-60PA
605-125PA
605-250PA
605-500PA
0-20.0
0-30
0-50
Range in Pa g
0-60
0-125
0-250
0-500
Maximum
Pressure
11 psi (75.8 kPa)
11 psi (75.8 kPa)
11 psi (75.8 kPa) p ( )
25 psi (1.7 bar)
25 psi (1.7 bar)
25 psi (1.7 bar)
2 psi (13.79 kPa)
Electrical
Accuracy +/-%
0.5
0.5
0.5
2
2
2
0.5
ACCESSORIES
A-298, Flat Aluminum Bracket for flush mounting
A-370, Mounting Bracket flush mount Series 605 Transmitter in bracket. Bracket
is then surface mounted. Steel with gray hammertone epoxy finish.
Mechanical
Accuracy +/-%
4
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
Mechanical
Accuracy +/-%
2
2
2
4
3
2
2
046.P.N:Layout 2 2/11/11 8:30 AM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 47
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and nonconductive,
noncorrosive gases.
Wetted Materials: Contact factory.
Accuracy: 0.5% or 0.25% F.S.
Stability: 0.5% F.S.O./yr.
Temperature Limits: 20 to 160F
( 29 to 71C), 10 to 95% RH.
Pressure Limits: 10 psig (0.69 bar).
Compensated Temp. Range: 35 to
135F (2 to 57C).
Thermal Effects: 0.015% FS/F (zero
and span).
Power Requirements: 12 36 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA DC, 2 wire.
Zero & Span Adjustments: Externally
accessible potentiometers, non
interactive, 10% F.S. adjustment.
Response Time: 250 msec max.
Loop Resistance: 0 to 1045 ohms
V
min
=12V+[(.22A)(R
L
)].
Current Consumption: 3.6 mA (min).
Electrical Connection: Screw
terminals.
Process Connection: Barbed
stainless steel for 3/16 I.D. tubing.
Housing: 300 Series SS (NEMA 2).
Weight: 1.04 lb (472 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Series
607
Series 607 Differential Pressure Transmitter combines very low ranges with
exceptional stability, reliability and either 0.25% or 0.5% accuracy for the most
demanding applications. Ranges from 0-0.1 to 0-25 w.c. Ultra thin glass clad
silicon diaphragm design resists shock and vibration, practically eliminates drift.
Certification to NIST standards is included with each unit. Tough stainless steel
housing is NEMA-2 rated to protect against moisture and dirt. Use with air and
other compatible gases.
Low Range Differential Pressure Transmitter
0.25% or 0.5% F.S. Accuracy, Ranges from 0-0.1 w.c.
3-5/16 [84.12]
3-59/64 [99.62]
4-9/16 [115.9]
1-21/32
[42.06] 7/32 [5.556]
3-13/32
[86.52]
3-7/8
[98.43]
4-3/8
[111.1]
1-53/64 [46.53]
1-19/64 [32.94]
* Models have a 0.25% F.S. accuracy.
Series
668
Compact Differential Pressure Transmitter
Ranges from 0 to 0.25 in. w.c., Overpressure Protection to 10 psig, 1% Accuracy
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non conductive
gases.
Accuracy: 1% of full scale (RSS)
(includes non linearity, hysteresis, and
non repeatability).
Temperature Limits:
Operating: 0 to 150F ( 18 to 65C);
Storage: 40 to 185F ( 40 to 85C).
Pressure Limits: 10 psig (0.69 bar).
Compensated Temperature
Range: 0 to 150F ( 18 to 65C).
Thermal Effects: 0.033% FS/F
(0.018% FS/C).
Supply Voltage: 12 30 VDC.
Output: 4 to 20 mA, 2 wire.
Zero and Span Adjust: 1 mA,
non interactive.
Response Time: <60 msec.
Loop Resistance: 0 800 ohms.
Electrical Connection: Terminal strip.
Pressure Connection: 3/16 O.D.
fitting for 1/4 I.D. tubing.
Housing: Fire retardant glass filled
polyester.
Weight: 3 oz (85 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Our low cost Series 668 Differential Pressure Transmitter is capable of measuring
low pressures with a 1% accuracy ideally suited for proper building pressurization and
air flow control. Transmitters can withstand up to 10 psig overpressure with no damage
to the unit. Variable capacitance sensor design provides excellent sensitivity and long-term
stability. Compact, lightweight design makes installation simple and easy. Units also feature
reverse-polarity protection.
5/32 [3.97]
MOUNTING HOLE
TYP 2 PLACES
3-5/32
[80.16]
3/8
[9.53]
1-7/8
[47.63]
6-32 SCREW
W/TERMINAL WASHER

2-3/4
[69.85]
1
[25.40]
3/16 [4.76]
FITTING
3-1/2
[88.90]
1-41/64
[41.67]
LOW
HIGH

COM
+
EXC OUT
Bi-Directional
Model*
668-1
668-2
668-3
668-4
668-5
Model*
668-6
668-7
668-8
668-9
Model*
668-10
668-11
668-12
668-13
668-14
Model*
668-15
668-16
668-17
668-18
Range
0 to 0.25 in w.c.
0 to 0.5 in w.c.
0 to 1 in w.c.
0 to 2.5 in w.c.
0 to 5.0 in w.c.
Range
0 to 10 in w.c.
0 to 25 in w.c.
0 to 50 in w.c.
0 to 100 in w.c.
Range
0 to 0.1 in w.c.
0 to 0.25 in w.c.
0 to 0.5 in w.c.
0 to 1 in w.c.
0 to 2.5 in w.c.
Range
0 to 5 in w.c.
0 to 10 in w.c.
0 to 25 in w.c.
0 to 50 in w.c.
Model
607-0
607-01*
607-1
607-11*
607-2
607-21*
607-3
607-4
607-7
Model
607-71*
607-8
607-0B
607-1B
607-2B
607-9
607-3B
607-4B
607-7B
*Also available with optional conduit cover. To order add C to part number, i.e.
668C 1. Consult factory for additional information.
Range (in w.c.)
0 .10
0 .10
0 .25
0 .25
0 .50
0 .50
0 1.0
0 2.0
0 5.0
Range (in w.c.)
0 5.0
0 10
.10 0 .10
.25 0 .25
.50 0 .50
0 25
1.0 0 1.0
2.0 0 2.0
5.0 0 5.0

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
48
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Precision Low Differential Pressure Transmitter
Ideal for Clean Rooms, Easy to Field Calibrate with Security Key
The Series 610 Low Differential Pressure Transmitters are capable of
measuring the pressures and flow of air or non-conducting gases at high
resolutions. Designed specifically for clean rooms, isolation rooms, and other
critical environments, the Series 610 uses an improved all stainless steel micro-
tig welded sensor to detect differential pressure and convert this pressure into
a linear DC electrical signal by a unique electrical circuit. This unit is ideal for
situations when accurate and reliable pressure monitoring is essential. Easy
access pressure ports and electrical connections, removable process heads, and
detachable terminal blocks make for fast and easy installation. The Series 610
transmitters are available for air pressure ranges as low as 0.1 W.C. full scale.
Standard accuracy is 0.25% full scale (terminal-based) in normal ambient
temperature environments. The tensioned sensor allows up to 2 psi
overpressure in either direction with absolutely no damage to the unit. The
Series 610 transmitters can be ordered as either a base mount or a din rail
mount and the option of a digital read out display. In addition, a calibration key
can be ordered that allows the user to set zero and span. One key will work on
multiple transmitters.
FEATURES
Ranges down to 0.1 w.c. with 0.25% or 0.5% F.S. accuracy
Removeable process head for simplified installation
Secure operation ensured with calibration only possible via separate
calibration key
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air or similar non conducting gases.
Accuracy: 0.25% or 0.5% F.S.
Stability: 0.5%/yr.
Temperature Limits: 20 to 160F ( 29 to 71C).
Pressure Limits: 100 psi (6.8 bar).
Thermal Effect: 0.5% FS.
Power Requirements: 13.5 to 30 VDC.
Output: 4 to 20 mA.
Loop Resistance: 800 ohms max.
Current Consumption: 25 mA.
Zero and Span Adjustments: External security key pendant.
Response Time: 0.02 to 0.04 seconds.
Electrical Connections: Detachable screw terminal connector.
Process Connections: 3/16 O.D. barbed brass fittings on removeable
process head.
Enclosure Rating: Fire retardant ABS.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical.
Weight: 9 oz (255 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
DIN RAIL MOUNT
3-13/32
[86.52]
FOR 35mm DIN RAIL MOUNTING
2-29/32
[73.82]
CALIBRATION KEY
A-165
31/64
[12.3]
3/4
[19.05]
3-29/32
[99.22]
3-29/32
[99.22]
3/4
[19.05]
31/64
[12.3]
CALIBRATION KEY
A-165
5-41/64
[143.27]
2-29/32
[73.82]
BASE MOUNT VERSION
With Display
0.25% Accuracy
With Display
0.5% Accuracy
Without Display
Without Display
Model
610-01D-BDV
610-25D-BDV
610-05D-BDV
610-01A-BDV
610-25A-BDV
610-05A-BDV
610-10A-BDV
610-01C-BDV
610-25C-BDV
Model
610-01D-BNV
610-25D-BNV
610-05D-BNV
610-01A-BNV
610-25A-BNV
610-05A-BNV
610-10A-BNV
610-01C-BNV
610-25C-BNV
Model
610-01D-BDE
610-25D-BDE
610-05D-BDE
610-01A-BDE
610-25A-BDE
610-05A-BDE
610-10A-BDE
610-01C-BDE
610-25C-BDE
Model
610-01D-BNE
610-25D-BNE
610-05D-BNE
610-01A-BNE
610-25A-BNE
610-05A-BNE
610-10A-BNE
610-01C-BNE
610-25C-BNE
Series
610
Note: For Din Rail Mount use a D instead of the B in the model number (ex. 610 XXX DXX).
ACCESSORIES
A-165, Security Key
A-616, Process Head without display
A-617, Process Head with LCD display
Range
0 .1
0 .25
0 .5
0 1
0 2.5
0 5
0 10
.1
.25
Range
0 .1
0 .25
0 .5
0 1
0 2.5
0 5
0 10
.1
.25
Range
0 .1
0 .25
0 .5
0 1
0 2.5
0 5
0 10
.1
.25
Range
0 .1
0 .25
0 .5
0 1
0 2.5
0 5
0 10
.1
.25

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 49
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Room Status Monitor
For Sensing Low Pressure Using High Accuracy
Series
RSM
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air or nonconductive, nonexplosive gases.
Accuracy: 0.5% F.S.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 120F (0 to 50C).
Humidity Limits: 5 to 95% relative humidity (non condensing).
Altitude: 2000 meters (max).
Thermal Effects: 0.03% F.S./F ( 0.05% F.S./C).
Pressure Limits: 1 psi.
Power Requirements:
Order code A (24 VAC): 18 32 VAC, 50 60 Hz;
Order code B (120 VAC): 85 265 VAC, 50 60 Hz;
Mains supply voltage fluctuations up to 10%.
Power Consumption (Voltage output): 5 W.
Output Signal: Selectable 4 20 mA (2 wire), 0 5 VDC (3 wire), or 0 10
VDC (3 wire).
Loop Resistance (4-20 mA output): 0 510 .
Electrical Connection: Removable terminal block.
Process Connections: Barbed fittings for 1/4 I.D. tubing.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 1 (IP20).
Housing: Fire retardant plastic.
Mounting: 4 x 4 plaster ring (mounts to double gang electrical box).
Weight: 1.5 lb (680 g).
Agency Approval: CE, CSA.
The Series RSM Room Status Monitor is designed for critical low
differential pressure applications that require stringent pressure monitoring
and alarming. The Series RSM can be configured to monitor positive or negative
pressure in protected environments and hospital isolation rooms per CDC
guidelines. The RSM is a complete system that includes a backlit RGB LCD
display with a graphic user interface which enables access to pressure, security,
calibration, and alarm setup. The touch-screen displays menus that guide the
user through setup, as well as setting up password protection. Red and green
LED's and a local audible alarm (with time delay feature) alert personnel to
system status. The RSM has a NEMA 1 (IP20) rated fire retardant plastic for
indoor applications. True differential pressure is displayed with a resolution of
0.001 w.c.
APPLICATIONS
Hospital isolation wards
Pharmaceutical
Manufacturing
Clean rooms
Research labs
Animal facilities
Excitation/Ouput
24VAC/4 20 mA or 0 5 or 0 10 VDC
120VAC/4 20 mA or 0 5 or 0 10 VDC
Operating Range
0.05 w.c.
0.1 w.c.
0.25 w.c.
0.5 w.c.
1 w.c.
2.5 w.c.
5 w.c.
0.05 w.c.
0.1 w.c.
0.25 w.c.
0.5 w.c.
1 w.c.
2.5 w.c.
5 w.c.
Model
RSM-1-A
RSM-2-A
RSM-3-A
RSM-4-A
RSM-5-A
RSM-6-A
RSM-7-A
RSM-1-B
RSM-2-B
RSM-3-B
RSM-4-B
RSM-5-B
RSM-6-B
RSM-7-B
5-13/32
[137.16]
8
[203.20]
2-5/32
[55.12]
4-5/8
[117.09]
TUBING HEADER PORT
1-5/8
[41.66]
ROOM STATUS MONITOR
A-285 REMOTE
ANNUNCIATOR
ALARM
ACKNOWLEDGE
BUTTON
SPEAKER
LED
INDICATORS
ACCESSORY
A-285, Remote Alarm Annunciator with Visible/Audible Alarm
and Acknowledge Switch

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
50
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
ISDP
Intrinsically Safe Differential
Pressure Transmitter
For Hazardous Zone Pressure and Flow Applications
25/32
[21.18]
1-15/16
[48.97]
1-5/16
[33]
1-17/32
[38.61] 45/64
[17.78]
5-7/32
[132.54]
4-23/32
[120]
3-7/16
[87.12]
BRACKETS
ARE OPTIONAL
4X 3/16 [4.76] CLEARANCE
HOLES FOR MOUNTING
3-17/64
[83]
MOUNTING HOLE
PATTERN
4-1/8
[105]
1-5/32
[29.59]
1-45/64
[43.18]
2-31/32
[75.39]
4-23/32
[120]
4-9/64
[105.17]
Shown with Optional A-438 Mounting Bracket
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non corrosive gases.
Wetted Materials: Ranges 5 and greater: glass, PVC, silicon, alumina ceramic,
epoxy, RTV, gold, aluminum, stainless steel and nickel; Ranges 1 and lower:
stainless steel, silicone, gold and ceramic.
Housing Materials: Aluminum, glass.
Accuracy: 0.5% at 77F (25C) including hysteresis and repeatability (after 1
hour warm up).
Stability: < 1% per year.
Pressure Limits: Ranges 2.5 in. w.c. = 2 psi; 5: 5 psi; 10: 5 psi; 25: 5 psi; 50:
5 psi; 100: 9 psi.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 160F ( 40 to 71.1C).
Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 140F (0 to 60C).
Thermal Effects: 0.020%/F (0.036/C) from 77F (25C).
Power Requirements: 10 35 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA DC.
Zero & Span Adjustments: Accessible via menus.
Response Time: 250 ms (damping set to 1).
Display: 4 digit LCD 0.6 height.
Electrical Connections: M 12 4 PIN Connector.
Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT.
Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Mount unit in horizontal plane.
Weight: 2 lb 10 oz (1.19 kg).
Agency Approvals: FM Intrinsically Safe CLI Div I GR: A, B, C, D; CLII Div I GR:
E, F, G; CLIII Div I. CE: CENELEC EN 61326/55024: 2003; IEC 61000 4 2/3/4/6:
2001/2006/2004/2005; CENELEC EN 55011: 2006; 2004/108/EC EMC Directive.
The ISDP Differential Pressure Transmitter provides a 4-20 mA process output, a
robust NEMA 4X enclosure, plus a large LCD display that can be programmed to read in
pressure, velocity or flow. The ISDP offers simplified programming via a Menu key that
enables the user to select: security level; English or Metric engineering units; pressure,
velocity or flow operation, K-factor for use with various Pitot tubes and flow sensors,
circular or rectangular duct size for volumetric flow operation plus many more. The Series
ISDP Differential Pressure Transmitter is powered on its two wire loop with 10-35 VDC
via its integral M-12 four pin male connector. The ISDP provides a 0.5% full scale accuracy
on ranges from 0.25 w.c. to 100 w.c. as well as bi-directional models up to 10 w.c. These
features make the Series ISDP Differential Pressure Transmitter the ideal instrument for
monitoring pressures or air flows in hazardous zones having a Class I Div. I Groups A, B,
C, D; Class II Div. I Groups E, F, G; Class III Div. I ratings.
Model
ISDP-002
ISDP-004
ISDP-006
ISDP-007
ISDP-008
ISDP-009
ISDP-010
ISDP-012
ISDP-014
ISDP-015
ISDP-016
ISDP-017
Range
0 0.25 w.c.
0 1 w.c.
0 5 w.c.
0 10 w.c.
0 25 w.c.
0 50 w.c.
0 100 w.c.
0.25 / +0.25 w.c.
1.0 / +1.0 w.c.
2.5 / +2.5 w.c.
5.0 / +5.0 w.c.
10 / +10 w.c.
ACCESSORIES
A-231, 16 (5 m) Shielded Cable with 4 Pin Female M 12 Connection
A-486, 4.9 (1 m) Shielded Cable with 4 Pin Female M 12 Connection
A-487, 9.8 (3 m) Shielded Cable with 4 Pin Female M 12 Connection
A-488, 33 (10 m) Shielded Cable with 4 Pin Female M 12 Connection
A-295, Female 4 Pin M 12 to Cable Gland Connector
MTL5041, Intrinsically Safe Galvanic Isolator
MTL7706, Intrinsically Safe Zener Barrier
A-438, Surface Mounting Brackets

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 51
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
608
Intrinsically Safe Differential
Pressure Transmitter
Ranges Down to 0.1 w.c., FM Approved, NEMA 4X
The Series 608 Differential Pressure Transmitters convert positive,
negative (vacuum), or differential pressures of clean, dry air or other non-
conductive, non-corrosive gases into a standard two wire, 4-20 mA output signal.
The use of an ultra thin silicon diaphragm enables precision measurement of
differential pressures as low as 0.1 of w.c. while withstanding high static
working pressures up to 100 psig (6.89 bar). The Series 608 transmitters are FM
approved intrinsically safe for use in the specified hazardous locations when
used with an approved intrinsic safety barrier. The rugged NEMA 4X, stainless
steel housing makes this transmitter ideal for use in industrial and process plant
environments.
APPLICATIONS
Lab fume hood control
Clean room applications
Flow measurements and control
Filter monitoring
Furnace draft measurement
Process control
*Models have a 0.25% F.S. accuracy.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean/dry air and compatible, combustible gases. (see Agency
Approvals for FM ratings).
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Accuracy: 0.5% or 0.25% full scale.
Stability: 0.5% F.S./year.
Pressure Limits: 100 psig (6.89 bar); 15 psid (1.03 bar).
Temperature Limits: 20 to 185F ( 28 to 85C).
Compensated Temperature Range: 0 to 160F ( 18 to 71C).
Thermal Effect: 0.5% Accuracy: 0.02% F.S./F; 0.25% Accuracy:
0.01% F.S./F.
Power Requirements: 12 to 36 VDC (2 wire).
Output Signal: 4 20 mA DC.
Zero and Span Adjustments: Potentiometers for zero and span.
Response Time: 250 ms.
Loop Resistance: DC: 0 1045 ohms maximum.
Current Consumption: 4 20 mA.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminal: Two 1/2 female NPT conduit.
Process Connections: Two 1/4 female NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Not position sensitive.
Weight: 2 lb (0.9 kg).
Agency Approvals: FM approved intrinsically safe for use in Class I,
Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D; Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G; Class III, Div.
1 when wired with approved intrinsically safe barrier. Entity parameters:
Vmax= 36 VDC; Imax= 250 mA; CI=12 nF; LI=0 mH.
1/4
[6.35]
3
[76.20]
2-11/16
[68.26]
4-1/2
[107.95]
3-1/4
[82.55]
5-1/32
[127.79]
1/2 NPT
TYP 2 PLACES
5/8
[15.88]
1-1/2
[38.10]
1/4 NPT
TYP 2 PLACES
Model
608-00
608-10*
608-01
608-11*
608-02
608-12*
608-03
608-13*
608-04
608-14*
608-05
608-15*
608-06
608-16*
Model
608-07
608-17*
608-00B
608-10B*
608-01B
608-11B*
608-02B
608-12B*
608-03B
608-13B*
608-04B
608-14B*
608-05B
608-15B*
ACCESSORIES
MTL5041, Intrinsically Safe Galvanic Isolator
MTL7706, Intrinsically Safe Zener Barrier
Range
(in. w.c.)
0 0.1
0 0.1
0 0.25
0 0.25
0 0.5
0 0.5
0 1.0
0 1.0
0 2.0
0 2.0
0 5.0
0 5.0
0 10.0
0 10.0
Range
(in. w.c.)
0 25.0
0 25.0
0.1 0 0.1
0.1 0 0.1
0.25 0 0.25
0.25 0 0.25
0.5 0 0.5
0.5 0 0.5
1.0 0 1.0
1.0 0 1.0
2.0 0 2.0
2.0 0 2.0
5.0 0 5.0
5.0 0 5.0

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
52
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
i
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
WWDP
Differential Pressure Transmitter
Selectable Ranges of Uni-Directional or Bi-Directional, Selectable Outputs
The Series WWDP Wet-to-Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter offers everything
in one package by having 30 field selectable variations in just 3 models. The WWDP
provides field selectable unidirectional and bidirectional pressure ranges, configurable 0-5,
1-5, 0-10 VDC, and 4 to 20 mA output. It also provides an auto-zero capability. The field
selectable port swap feature eliminates costly replumbing if the unit is improperly installed
or if the transmitter is simply replaced. An optional LCD display is available for on-sight
indication of line and differential pressure. The all cast aluminum housing is rated NEMA
4 (IP66). These features make the WWDP transmitter an ideal instrument for measuring
the flow of various liquids and gases, pressure drop across filters, measurement of liquid
level or pressurized vessels, and for use in energy management and process control systems.
6
[152.4]
5-9/16
[141.29]
R7/64
[R2.78]
11/32
[8.73]
2
[50.8]
1-15/64
[31.35]
1-43/64
[42.47]
1-9/16
[39.69]
5-11/64
[131.37]
61/64
[24.21]
1/8 NPT
1/2 CONDUIT
OPENING
2
[50.5]
4-39/64
[117.08]
4-53/64
[122.63]
4
[101.6]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Gases or liquids compatible
with 17-4 PH stainless steel.
Accuracy: All pressure ranges have
1% full scale accuracy except the
lowest selectable range of each unit is
2% full scale.
Stability: 0.5% per year.
Temperature Limits: Compensated
temperature range: 32 to 130F
(0 to 54C); Operating temperature
range: -4 to 185F (-20 to 85C).
Pressure Limits: Max working
pressure: WWDP-1: 50 psi; WWDP-2:
100 psi; WWDP-3: 250 psi; Proof
pressure: 2.2X of full scale; Burst
pressure: 40X of full scale.
Thermal Effect: 2% FS/100F (50C)
includes zero and span.
Power Requirements: 12 to 30 VDC/18
to 28 VAC (reverse excitation protected).
Note: 4-20 mA output cannot be
powered with AC voltage.
Output Signal: Selectable 0-5, 0-10 and
1-5 VDC; 4 to 20 mA.
Zero & Span: Digital re zero button
(should be used when changing ranges).
Span can be adjusted by changing
between field selectable ranges.
Response Time: 1 to 5 sec (selectable).
Loop Resistance: 1000 ohms.
Current Consumption: VDC power: 0-
5, 1-5 VDC output 4 mA (typ);
0-10 VDC output 5 mA (typ); 4-20 mA
output 20 mA max. Current consumption
will equal the transmitter output in
current mode. VAC power: 0-5, 1-5, 0-10
VDC output 40 mA (typ).
Electrical Connections: 1/2 conduit.
Process Connections: 1/8 female
NPT internal.
Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet
NEMA 4 (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Vertical; mount
the pressure ports down (keeps debris
from building up inside the pressure
port).
Weight: 1.5 lb (680.4 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Description
Selectable 5, 10, 25, 50 psid
Selectable 10, 20, 50,100 psid
Selectable 25, 50,125, 250 psid
Model
WWDP-1
WWDP-2
WWDP-3
The Series 631B Differential Pressure Transmitter monitors differential pressure of
air and compatible gases and liquids with accuracy. The design employs converting pressure
changes into a standard 4-20 mA output signal for two wire circuits. Digital push-button,
zero and span adjustments are easily accessed on the front cover. The Series 631B
Differential Pressure Transmitter is designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66) construction.
Robust housing offers 500 psi static pressure rating on ranges down to 0.5 w.c.
Series
631B
Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter
Ranges Down to 0.5 w.c. with 500 psi Static Pressure Rating
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass, silicone, 300
SS.
Accuracy: Transmitter output: 2%
F.S. (includes linearity, hysteresis and
repeatability). Gage: 3% of full scale
at 70F (21.1C).
Stability: 1% F.S./yr.
Temperature Limits: 20 to 120F
(-6.67 to 48.9C).
Pressure Limits: -20 Hg to 500 psig
(-0.677 bar to 34.4 bar).
Thermal Effect: 0.025%/F
(0.045%/C) includes zero & span.
Power Requirements: 10-35 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
Response Time: 50 msec.
Loop Resistance: 0-1250 ohms
maximum.
Electrical Connections: M-12 circular
4 pin connector.
Process Connections: 1/4 female
NPT high and low pressure taps,
duplicated - one pair top for air and
gas, and one pair bottom for liquids.
Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet
NEMA 4X (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in
vertical position. Consult factory for
other position orientations.
Weight: 8 lb, 4 oz (3.74 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
5
[127.00]
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. MICHIGAN CITY, IN 46360, USA.
4-45/64
[119.46]
3-13/32
[86.52]
13/32
[10.32] TYP 3/16
[4.76]
1/4 FEMALE NPT LOW
PRESSURE CONNECTION (LIQUID)
(4) #6-32 X 3/8 (9.53) DP
HOLE ON A 4-11/32 [110.33]
BOLT CIRCLE
1/4 FEMALE NPT HIGH
PRESSURE CONNECTION (LIQUID)
1/4 FEMALE NPT LOW
PRESSURE CONNECTION
(AIR OR GAS)
1/4 FEMALE NPT HIGH
PRESSURE CONNECTION (AIR OR GAS)
3/4 [19.05]
DWYER INST. INC
MICH CITY, IND
46360 U.S.A.
35 TYP

Model
631B-0
631B-1
631B-2
631B-3
631B-5
Description
Selectable 5, 10, 25, 50 psid
Selectable 10, 20, 50,100 psid
Selectable 25, 50,125, 250 psid
Model
WWDP-1-LCD
WWDP-2-LCD
WWDP-3-LCD
Max. Working
Pressure
50 psi
100 psi
250 psi
ACCESSORY
A-164, 16.4 (5 m) cable with M-12 4-pin female connector
Range g
0-0.5 w.c.
0-1 w.c.
0-2 w.c.
0-5 w.c.
0-25 w.c.
Max. Working
Pressure
50 psi
100 psi
250 psi
052.P.N:Layout 2 2/10/11 3:40 PM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 53
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter
0.5% Accuracy, NEMA 4X Enclosure
Series
629
The Series 629 Differential Pressure Transmitter monitors differential
pressure of air and compatible gases and liquids with 0.5% accuracy. The design
employs dual pressure sensors converting pressure changes into a standard 4-
20 mA output signal for two wire circuits. Small internal volume and minimum
moving parts result in exceptional response and reliability. Terminal block, zero
and span adjustments are easily accessed under the top cover. The Series 629
Differential Pressure Transmitter is designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66)
construction.
APPLICATIONS
Monitor differential pressures across:
Flow elements
Heat exchangers
Filters
Pumps
Coils
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials: Without value: 316, 316L SS. Additional wetted parts
with 3 way valve option: Buna N, silicone grease, PTFE, brass 360,
copper, reinforced acetal copolymer.
Accuracy: 0.5% F.S. (includes linearity, hysteresis & repeatability).
Temperature Limits: 0 to 200F ( 18 to 93C).
Compensated Temperature Limits: 0 to 175F ( 18 to 79C).
Pressure Limits: See chart.
Thermal Effect: 0.02%/F (0.036%/C) includes zero & span.
Power Requirements: 13 30 VDC (2 wire).
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA. Optional 0 5, 0 10 VDC.
Response Time: 50 msec.
Loop Resistance: 0 1300 ohms maximum for current output. For
voltage outputs, minimum load resistance: 2000 ohms.
Electrical Connections: Terminal block; 1/2 female NPT conduit.
Process Connections: 1/4 female NPT.
Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Not position sensitive.
Weight: 10.1 oz (286 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
1/4 NPT
6-59/64 [175.82]
OPTIONAL 1/4 NPT
MALE FITTING
5-25/32 [146.84]
1/4 NPT FEMALE FITTING
1-5/8
[41.28]
3-9/32
[83.34]
1-11/32
[34.13]
43/64
[17.07]
LIQUID TIGHT FITTING
CORD DIAMETER RANGE:
.200 TO .350 [5.06 TO 8.89]
Series 629 shown with optional cable gland.
Range
(psid)
10
25
50
100
Working*
Pressure (psid)
20
50
100
200
Over
Pressure (psi)
100
250
250
500
* Pressures exceeding the working pressure limit may cause a
calibration shift of up to 3% of full scale.
Model
629-02-CH-P2-E5-S1
629-03-CH-P2-E5-S1
629-04-CH-P2-E5-S1
629-05-CH-P2-E5-S1
Model
629-02-CH-P2-E5-S1-3V
629-03-CH-P2-E5-S1-3V
629-04-CH-P2-E5-S1-3V
629-05-CH-P2-E5-S1-3V
Range
(psid)
10
25
50
100
Working*
Pressure
(psid)
20
50
100
100
Over
Pressure (psi)
100
100
100
100
Pressure Limits
Pressure Limits
3-way valve package with bleed screw
Bleed Screw
Standard
3-Way Valve Manifold
629 shown with optional Red
LED and cable gland.
OPTIONS
-LED, 4.5 Digit LED Display
ACCESSORIES
A-228, Stainless steel flex hose, 12 (30.48 cm)
long, 1/8 male NPT connections.
A-229, Stainless steel flex hose, 18 (45.72 cm)
long, 1/8 male NPT connections.
A-332, Brass adapter, 1/8 female NPT
to 1/4 male NPT.

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
54
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
ESeries
647
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids
on both pressure and reference sides.
Wetted Materials: Brass, vinyl, glass
filled polyester, silicon, and
florosilicone.
Accuracy: 1.0% FS.
Stability: 1.5% FS output/year.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 122F (0 to
50C).
Pressure Limits: Ranges 1 w.c. to 5
psi: 20 psi, 15 psi range: 45 psi, 30 psi
range: 60 psi.
Thermal Effects: Zero: 0.05% FS/F,
Span: 0.05% rdg/F.
Power Requirements: 18 to 30 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA, 2 wire.
Zero and Span Adjustments:
Adjustable, 10%.
Loop Resistance: 400 @ 18 VDC,
600 @ 24 VDC, 1000 @ 30 VDC.
Electrical Connection: Screw
terminals, reverse polarity protected.
Process Connections: Two 1/8
female NPT.
Housing: Gasketed steel epoxy
painted, NEMA 4 (IP66).
Weight: 14 oz (397 g).
Monitor differential pressure in air/liquid flow systems, HVAC automation, pneumatic
systems and process control with the Series 647 Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter.
Units are temperature compensated and provide a 4 to 20 mA output signal which can be
interfaced with chart recorders, data loggers and computerized monitoring and control
systems.
(4) 1/4 [6.35] LONG X 7/32 [5.56]
WIDE MOUNTING HOLES
1-1/16 [26.97] TYP
3-5/16
[84.15]
1-1/8
[28.58] 2-7/8
[73.03]
2-15/16
[74.63]
1/8 FEMALE NPT
HIGH PRESSURE
CONNECTION
5-9/16
[141.30]
7/8 [22.23]
CONDUIT
CONNECTION
1/8 FEMALE NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1-17/64
[32.15]
2-1/2
[63.50]
5 [127.00]
Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter
Ranges from 0 to 1 w.c., 1.0% Accuracy, NEMA 4 Enclosure, 2-Wire
Series
645
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids
on both pressure and reference sides.
Wetted Materials: 17 4 PH stainless
steel, 300 Series stainless steel,
fluoroelastomer and silicone o rings
and bleed screw seals.
Accuracy: 0.25% FS (RSS).
Temperature Limits: Operating: 0 to
175F ( 22 to 80C); Storage: 65 to
260F ( 54 to 126C).
Pressure Limits: (High side) 1 to 5
psi: 20 x FS, 10 to 25 psi: 10 x FS, 50
psi: 5 x FS, 100 psi: 2.5 x FS; (low
side) 2.5 x FS.
Thermal Effects: (includes zero and
span) 0.02% FS/F, 30 to 150F
( 1 to 65C).
Power Requirements: 11 to 30 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA, 2 wire.
Zero and Span Adjustments:
Adjustable, 1 mA, non interactive.
Response Time: 30 to 50 msec.
Loop Resistance: 0 to 1000.
Electrical Connection: Barrier strip
terminal block with conduit enclosure
and .875 (22 mm) diameter conduit
opening.
Process Connection: 1/4 18 female
NPT.
Housing: Stainless steel/aluminum,
NEMA 4X (IP66).
Weight: 14.4 oz (0.4 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
3-Valve Manifold Assembly
Manifold: Brass.
Valve Type: 90 on/off.
Process Connection: 1/4 18 female
NPT.
Series 645 Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitters are designed for use with
compatible gases and liquids which can be applied to both the pressure and reference ports.
Quick response capacitance sensor delivers a 4 to 20 mA output signal proportional to
differential pressure with .25% accuracy. The Series 645 transmitters are ideal for process
control, filter condition monitoring, refrigeration equipment, pump speed control, HVAC
equipment, and liquid level measurement. For ease of installation and maintenance, order
optional 3-valve manifold assembly. Bleed ports allow for total elimination of air in the line
and pressure cavities.
1-15/16
[49.35]
LOW PRESSURE
PORT
3-1/16
[77.59]
1 [25.44]
1/4 NPT
BOTH SIDES
1-3/32
[27.98]
1-63/64
[50.50]
1-1/2
[38.16]
1 [25.44]
BLEED
SCREWS
2-7/16
[62.01]
HIGH PRESSURE
PORT
7/8 KNOCKOUT INTENDED FOR
A 1/2 I.D. CONDUIT CONNECTION
Optional 3-Valve Manifold Assembly
Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter
0.25% Accuracy, Quick Response, 2-Wire Design
DW
Y
R N
TRUM
E
TS
NC
M
H
G
N C
TY N
U
S
A
2 5/32
[54.61]
3 1/64
[76.45]
Model
647-0
647-1
647-2
647-3
647-4
Model
647-5
647-6
647-7
647-8
Model*
645-0
645-1
645-2
645-3
645-4
645-5
645-6
Model
645-10
645-11
645-12
645-13
645-14
645-15
645-16
Range
0 to 1 psid
0 to 2 psid
0 to 5 psid
0 to 10 psid
0 to 25 psid
0 to 50 psid
0 to 100 psid
Range
0.5 psid
1 psid
2.5 psid
5 psid
10 psid
25 psid
50 psid
* For optional 3 Valve Manifold Assembly, specify 3V as suffix
Range
0 to 1 w.c.
0 to 3 w.c.
0 to 25 w.c.
0 to 5 w.c.
0 to 10 w.c.
Range
0 to 1 psid
0 to 5 psid
0 to 15 psid
0 to 30 psid

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 55
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Fixed Range Differential Pressure Transmitter
Explosion-proof, 0.5% Accuracy
Series
636D
#22 AWG SHIELDED CABLE
24 INCHES LONG
3/4-14 FEMALE NPT
CONDUIT THREAD
1-3/4
[44.45]
1-4/33
[105.41]
1 HEX TYPICAL
SS TAG
1/2-14 FEMALE NPT
PROCESS CONNECTION
1-1/4 HEX
1-4/33
[28.45]
4-1/8
1-8/22
[33.2]
1-3/4

The Series 636D Differential Pressure Transmitter can be used for measuring
pressures of liquids, gases, and vapors. All available ranges have an excellent 0.5% F.S.
accuracy with a 4-20 mA output standard or optional 1-5 VDC output. The NEMA 4 housing
is an all 316 welded construction that is designed to withstand the harshest environmental
conditions. With all 316L wetted materials this transmitter is compatible with most media.
These units are CSA approved explosion-proof for use in the specified hazardous locations
and meet NACE standards for off-shore applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases, liquids, or
vapors.
Wetted Materials: Types 316L SS.
Accuracy: BFSL: 0.5% F.S. (includes
linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability).
Stability: 1.0 F.S./yr.
Pressure Limits: 3 x full scale
differential pressure; Burst: 2500 psig.
Temperature Limits: Ambient
operating: 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C);
Process interface: 40 to 212F ( 40 to
100C); Storage: 40 to 212F ( 40 to
100C).
Compensated Temperature Range:
20 to 160F ( 29 to 71C).
Thermal Effect: 2% F.S./50F
(reference to 77F).
Power Requirements: 12 30 VDC for
4 20 mA outputs; 8 14 VDC for 1 5
VDC outputs, both with reverse polarity
protection.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA DC or 1 5
VDC.
Zero and Span Adjustment: Fixed.
Response Time: 20 ms.
Loop Resistance: 900 ohms max @
30 VDC for current outputs. For voltage
outputs, minimum lead resistance 50k
ohms.
Current Consumption: 4 20 mA for
current output models; 3 mA for voltage
output models.
Electrical Connections: 2 ft, 22 AWG
cable; 3/4 female NPT conduit.
Process Connections: Two 1/2
female NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4 (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: 0.05 psi/90
rotation from horizontal.
Weight: 1.8 lb (0.82 kg).
Agency Approvals: CSA approved
explosion proof for Class I, Division 1,
Groups B, C, and D; Class II, Groups
E, F, and G; Class III.
Model
4-20 mA Out
636D-0
636D-1
636D-2
636D-3
636D-4
636D-5
636D-6
636D-7
636D-8
Model
1-5 VDC Out
636D-0-LP
636D-1-LP
636D-2-LP
636D-3-LP
636D-4-LP
636D-5-LP
636D-6-LP
636D-7-LP
636D-8-LP
Range
0 6 psid
0 15 psid
0 30 psid
0 60 psid
0 100 psid
0 150 psid
0 200 psid
0 300 psid
0 500 psid
Range
0 6 psid
0 15 psid
0 30 psid
0 60 psid
0 100 psid
0 150 psid
0 200 psid
0 300 psid
0 500 psid
Series
655A
316 Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter
Ranges Down to 3 w.c., 6-Point N.I.S.T. Certificate Included
Series 655A Differential Pressure Transmitters are designed for high static/low DP
applications designed especially for the End Users and OEMs where extreme overpressure
and high performance of 0.25% accuracy and stability are required at ranges down to 3 w.c.
Each unit includes a 6-point N.I.S.T certificate of calibration which demonstrates the units
high level of performance.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gasses or liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316L SS.
Accuracy: 0.25% BFSL, RSS
(combined effect of non linearity,
hysteresis, and repeatability).
Stability: 0.25% FSO/yr.
Temperature Limits: 20 to 200F
( 29 to 93C).
Compensated Temperature Limits:
0 to 170F ( 17.8 to 76.7C).
Pressure Limits: 1000 psi (68.95 bar)
continuous; 3000 psi (206.8 bar) burst.
Thermal Effects: 1.5% F.S. oven
comp. temperature range.
Power Requirements: 8 to 38 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
Static Pressure Effects: on zero:
0.25% FSO per 1000 psi; on span:
0.5% of reading per 1000 psi.
Response Time: < 10 mS.
Loop Resistance: 1500 ohms.
Electrical Connections: Cable exit
with 24 cable; optional 6 pin
connector.
Process Connections: 1/4 NPT
female.
Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet
NEMA 4X (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Mount in
vertical position: zero shifts up to
1 w.c. depending on orientation.
Weight: 18 oz (510 g).
Agency Approval: CE.
Model
655A-00-C
655A-01-C
655A-02-C
655A-03-C
655A-04-C
655A-05-C
655A-06-C
655A-07-C
A-232 CONNECTOR END
OPPOSITE END IS SIX WIRES
COLORS: RED, BLACK, GREEN,
WHITE, BLUE AND BROWN
655A-XX-P MODELS
4-3/4
[120.65]
2
[50.80]
655A-XX-C MODELS
4 WIRE CABLE
1/4 FEMALE
NPT
1-1/4
[31.75]
2-35/64
[64.77]
Model
655A-00-P
655A-01-P
655A-02-P
655A-03-P
655A-04-P
655A-05-P
655A-06-P
655A-07-P
ACCESSORY
A-232, Connection with cable (3) For 6 pin connection models
Note: Change C to P for optional 6 pin male connection.
Range
0 to 3 w.c.
0 to 5 w.c.
0 to 8 w.c.
0 to 10 w.c.
0 to 15 w.c.
0 to 20 w.c.
0 to 1 psid
0 to 2 psid
Range
0 to 3 w.c.
0 to 5 w.c.
0 to 8 w.c.
0 to 10 w.c.
0 to 15 w.c.
0 to 20 w.c.
0 to 1 psid
0 to 2 psid

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
56
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
30 w.c.
150 w.c.
750 w.c.
100 psi
300 psi
30 w.c.
150 w.c.
750 w.c.
100 psi
300 psi
7.5 kPa
37.3 kPa
186.5 kPa
690 kPa
2068 kPa
7.5 kPa
37.3 kPa
186.5 kPa
690 kPa
2068 kPa
30 w.c.
150 w.c.
750 w.c.
100 psi
300 psi
30 w.c.
150 w.c.
750 w.c.
100 psi
300 psi
7.5 kPa
37.3 kPa
186.5 kPa
690 kPa
2068 kPa
7.5 kPa
37.3 kPa
186.5 kPa
690 kPa
2068 kPa
0.6 to 30 w.c.
1.5 to 150 w.c.
7.5 to 750 w.c.
1 to 100 psi
3 to 300 psi
0.6 to 30 w.c.
1.5 to 150 w.c.
7.5 to 750 w.c.
1 to 100 psi
3 to 300 psi
0.15 to 7.5 kPa
0.373 to 37.3 kPa
1.865 to 186.5 kPa
6.9 to 690 kPa
20.68 to 2068 kPa
0.15 to 7.5 kPa
0.373 to 37.3 kPa
1.865 to 186.5 kPa
6.9 to 690 kPa
20.68 to 2068 kPa
Series
3100
Explosion-proof Differential Pressure Transmitter
HART

, Push Button Configuration, Rangeability (100:1)


The Mercoid

Series 3100 Smart Pressure Transmitter is a


microprocessor-based high performance transmitter, which has flexible
pressure calibration, push button configuration, and programmable using
HART

Communication. The Series 3100 is capable of being configured for


differential pressure or level applications with the zero and span buttons. A
field calibrator is not required for configuration. The transmitter software
compensates for thermal effects, improving performance. EEPROM stores
configuration settings and stores sensor correction coefficients in the event of
shutdowns or power loss. The Series 3100 is FM approved for use in hazardous
(classified) locations. The 100:1 rangeability allows the smart transmitter to
be configured to fit any application.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases, steam, liquids or vapors.
Wetted Materials: 316L SS.
Accuracy: 0.075% FS (@ 20C).
Rangeability: 100:1 turn down.
Stability: 0.125% FSO/yr.
Temperature Limits:
Process: 40 to 248F ( 40 to 120C);
Ambient: Without LCD: 40 to 185F ( 40 to 85C);
With LCD: 22 to 176F ( 30 to 80C).
Pressure Limits: Max. pressure: Range: 14.5 to 2000 psi; Burst
pressure: 10000 psi.
Thermal Effect: 0.125% span/32C.
Power Requirements: 11.9 to 45 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA/HART

Communication.
Response Time: 0.12 seconds.
Damping Time: 0.25 60 seconds.
Loop Resistance:
Operation: 0 to 1500 ohm;
HART

Communication: 250 to 500 ohm.


Electrical Connection: Two 1/2 female NPT conduit, screw terminal.
Process Connection: 1/4 female NPT.
Display: Optional 5 digit LCD.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66) and explosion proof for Class I, Div
I, Groups A, B, C and D.
Weight: 8.6 lb (3.9 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE, FM.
FEATURES
Completely configurable using zero/span buttons
(no calibrator required)
Rangeability (100:1)
High accuracy (0.075%)
Automatic ambient temperature compensation
Fail mode process function
Selectable engineering units
APPLICATIONS
Flow measurement
Level monitoring
Filter or pump differential pressure
Critical process monitoring
Model
3100D-2-FM-1-1
3100D-3-FM-1-1
3100D-4-FM-1-1
3100D-5-FM-1-1
3100D-6-FM-1-1
3100D-2-FM-1-1-LCD
3100D-3-FM-1-1-LCD
3100D-4-FM-1-1-LCD
3100D-5-FM-1-1-LCD
3100D-6-FM-1-1-LCD
Calibrated Span (Min to Max) Lower Range Limit Upper Range Limit
1/4 NPT
PROCESS
CONNECTION
2X DRAIN
VALVE
4X 7/16-20
UNF FOR MOUNTING
2-1/8
[54.00]
3-25/64
[86.00]
4-13/32
[112.00]
7-37/64
[192.50]
1-21/32
[42.00]
HART

is a registered trademark of Hart Communication Foundation.


NEW PRODUCT!
Consult factory for custom calibration.
LCD Display
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
ACCESSORIES
A-630, Stainless steel angle type bracket with SS bolts
A-631, Stainless steel flat type bracket with SS bolts
BBV-1F, Flanged 3 valve block manifold
BBV-22F, Flanged 5 valve block manifold

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 57
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
4.5 Stainless Steel Industrial Pressure Gage
1% Full Scale Accuracy, 316 SS Wetted Parts, NEMA 4X
Series
SGL
3-3/4
[95.25]
7/8
[22.22]
5-11/64
[131.37] 29/64
[11.51]
1-15/16 [49.21]
4-43/64
[118.67]
1/2 NPT
21/32 [16.67]
The Series SGL Gages have dual English/metric scales with 1.0% full scale accuracy.
For excellent chemical compatibility, the Series SGL gages are designed with 304 SS
housings and 316L SS wetted parts. Units can withstand ambient temperatures up to 149F
(65C) and process temperatures up to 572F (300C). Series SGL gages may be easily
liquid filled in the field without the need for a separate kit. Included is a micrometer
adjustable pointer which allows for re-zeroing the gage in the field. A wide selection of
ranges are available.
APPLICATIONS
Cryogenics, pharmaceutical, chemical, petrochemical, food and beverage,
conventional and nuclear power, pumps, presses, diesel engines, turbines and
compressors.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316L SS.
Lens: Shatterproof safety glass.
Housing: 304 SS.
Accuracy: 1.0% full scale, ANSI
B40.1 Grade 1A.
Pressure Limit: 130% full scale for
ranges <10,000 psi, 115% for 10,000
psi and greater.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 13 to
149F ( 25 to 65C); Process: 572F
max. (300C max.).
Size: 4.5 (115 mm).
Process Connections: 1/2 male
NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65).
Weight: 1.5 lb (0.70 kg).
Model
SGL-G0124N
SGL-G0224N
SGL-G0324N
SGL-G0424N
SGL-G0524N
SGL-G0624N
Model
SGL-G0724N
SGL-G0824N
SGL-G0924N
SGL-G1024N
SGL-G1124N
SGL-G1224N
Note: For alternate ranges, contact the factory.
Ranges
30 Hg 0 ( 100 0 kPa)
0 15 psi (0 100 kPa)
0 30 psi (0 200 kPa)
0 60 psi (0 400 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 700 kPa)
0 150 psi (0 1000 kPa)
Ranges
0 200 psi (0 1400 kPa)
0 300 psi (0 2000 kPa)
0 400 psi (0 2800 kPa)
0 500 psi (0 3400 kPa)
0 600 psi (0 4000 kPa)
0 1000 psi (0 7000 kPa)
4 Stainless Steel Safety Gage
0.5% Full Scale Accuracy, 316L SS Wetted Parts
Series
SGI
3-11/32
[84.93]
4-25/64
[111.52]
7/8 SQUARE
[22.33 SQUARE]
29/64
[11.51]
2-21/64
[59.13]
3-15/16
[100.01]
1-1/32 [26.19]
1/2 NPT
The Series SGI Gages have dual English/metric scales with 0.5% ASME Grade 2A
Accuracy. The solid front design with baffle wall interposed between the sensing element
and the window face, plus a pressure relieving back, provides the increased safety required
for potentially dangerous applications.
Series SGI gages are designed with 304 SS housings and 316L SS wetted parts for excellent
chemical compatibility. Units can withstand ambient temperatures up to 149F (65C) and
process temperatures up to 518F (270C). Series SGI gages may be easily liquid filled in
the field without the need for a separate kit. Included is a micrometer adjustable pointer
which allows for re-zeroing the gage in the field. A wide selection of ranges are available.
APPLICATIONS
Oil and gas, chemical, refinery, petrochemical, cement, pharmaceutical, power,
pulp and paper, food and beverage
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316L SS.
Housing: 304 SS.
Lens: Shatterproof safety glass.
Accuracy: 0.5% full scale, ANSI B40.1 Grade 2A.
Pressure Limit: 130% full scale for ranges <10,000 psi, 115% for 10,000 psi and
greater.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 4 to 149F ( 20 to 65C); Process: 518F max.
(270C max.).
Size: 4 (100 mm).
Process Connections: 1/2 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: 1.3 lb (0.6 kg).
Model
SGI-F0124N
SGI-F0224N
SGI-F0324N
SGI-F0424N
SGI-F0524N
SGI-F0624N
Model
SGI-F0724N
SGI-F0824N
SGI-F0924N
SGI-F1024N
SGI-F1124N
SGI-F1224N
Note: For alternate ranges, contact the factory
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 100 0 kPa)
0 15 psi (0 100 kPa)
0 30 psi (0 200 kPa)
0 60 psi (0 400 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 700 kPa )
0 150 psi (0 1000 kPa)
Range
0 200 psi (0 1400 kPa)
0 300 psi (0 2000 kPa)
0 400 psi (0 2800 kPa)
0 500 psi (0 3400 kPa)
0 600 psi (0 4000 kPa)
0 1000 psi (0 7000 kPa)

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
58
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
2.5 Stainless Steel Industrial Pressure Gage
1.6% Full Scale Accuracy, 316 SS or Brass Wetted Parts
Series
SGD
&
SGT
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: SGD: 316 SS; SGT: Brass.
Housing: 304 SS.
Lens: Plexi glass.
Accuracy: 1.6% full scale.
Pressure Limit: 130% full scale for ranges <6000 psi; 115% for 6000
psi and greater.
Temperature Limits: SGD: Ambient: 4 to 149F ( 25 to 65C);
Process: 518F max. (270C max.); SGT: Ambient: 4 to 140F ( 20 to
60C), Process: 248F max. (120C max.).
Size: 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connections: 1/4 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: 4.6 oz (0.13 kg).
The Series SGD/SGT Gages have dual english/metric scales with 1.6% full scale accuracy. The Series
SGD/SGT gages are designed with 304 SS housings and 316 SS or brass wetted parts for excellent chemical
compatibility. These gages cover a wide variety of ranges. Series SGD/SGT gages may be easily liquid
filled in the field without the need for a separate kit. Back mount gages can be mounted in various
configurations with optional mounting kits.
Model
SGD-D0122N
SGD-D0222N
SGD-D0322N
SGD-D0422N
SGD-D0522N
SGD-D0622N
SGD-D0722N
SGD-D0822N
SGD-D0922N
SGD-D1022N
SGD-D1122N
SGD-D1222N
Model
SGT-D0122N
SGT-D0222N
SGT-D0322N
SGT-D0422N
SGT-D0522N
SGT-D0622N
SGT-D0722N
SGT-D0822N
SGT-D0922N
SGT-D1022N
SGT-D1122N
SGT-D1222N
316SS Gages Brass Gages
ACCESSORIES (for back connect gages)
Model
A-445
A-444
9/64 DIA [3.57]
TYP ON
2-61/64 DIA
[75.00] B.C.
1/32
[.80]
3-13/32 DI
[86.52]
2-29/64 DIA
[62.31]
A
A
57/64
[22.62]
33/64
[13.10]
5/16
[7.94]
R. 5/64
[2.0]
16/64
[7.54]
1-53/64
[46.43]
19/32
[15.08]
5/64
[2.0]
2-59/64
[74.39]
1-3/32
27.78]
51/64
[20.24]
2.756
1.181
2.441
2.126
DIRECT CENTER BACK
.354
SGD/SGT FRONT FLANGE SGD/SGT U-BRACKET
9/16 HEX
[14.3]
2-23/32
[69.0]
2-7/16
[61.9]
1/4 NPT
1-3/16
[30.2]
3/8
[9.5]
SGD BOTTOM SGT BOTTOM SGD/SGT BOTTOM
SGD/SGT BACK SGD/SGT BACK
SGD/SGT FRONT FLANGE SGD/SGT U-BRACKET
Note: To order with glycerin fill add PY to the end of the model
For back connect gages, change DXX22N to DXX42N
Description
U Bracket Mounting Kit for 2.5 Gage
Front Panel Mounting Flange Kit for 2.5 Gage
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 100 0 kPa)
0 15 psi (0 100 kPa)
0 30 psi (0 200 kPa)
0 60 psi (0 400 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 700 kPa)
0 150 psi (0 1000 kPa)
0 200 psi (0 1400 kPa)
0 300 psi (0 2000 kPa)
0 400 psi (0 2800 kPa)
0 500 psi (0 3400 kPa)
0 600 psi (0 4000 kPa)
0 1000 psi (0 7000 kPa)
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 100 0 kPa)
0 15 psi (0 100 kPa)
0 30 psi (0 200 kPa)
0 60 psi (0 400 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 700 kPa)
0 150 psi (0 1000 kPa)
0 200 psi (0 1400 kPa)
0 300 psi (0 2000 kPa)
0 400 psi (0 2800 kPa)
0 500 psi (0 3400 kPa)
0 600 psi (0 4000 kPa)
0 1000 psi (0 7000 kPa)

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 59
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
1.5 & 2 Stainless Steel Industrial Pressure Gage
2.5% Full Scale Accuracy, 316 SS Wetted Parts
Series
SGB
A
B
1/8 NPT
[.354]
D
E
C
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS.
Housing: 304 SS.
Lens: Glass.
Accuracy: 3 2 3%.
Pressure Limit: 125% full scale for ranges <1500 psi; 115% for 1500 psi
and greater.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C); Process: 356F
max. (180C max.).
Size: 1.5 (40 mm) or 2 (50 mm).
Process Connections: 1/8 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: 3.5 oz (0.1 kg).
The Series SGB Gages have dual English/metric scales with 2.5% full scale accuracy. The Series
SGB gages are designed with 304 SS housings and 316 SS wetted parts for excellent chemical
compatibility. These gages cover a wide variety of ranges from full vacuum to 4,000 psi. Units can
withstand ambient temperatures up to 140F (60C) and process temperatures up to 356F (180C).
Model
SGB-B0121N
SGB-B0221N
SGB-B0321N
SGB-B0421N
SGB-B0521N
SGB-B0621N
SGB-B0721N
SGB-B0821N
Model
SGB-B0921N
SGB-B1021N
SGB-B1121N
SGB-B1221N
SGB-B1321N
SGB-B1421N
SGB-B1521N
SGB-B1621N
For 2 gages, change SGB B to SGB C.
Model
SGB 1.5
SGB 2
A
1 45/64
[43.26]
2 1/8
[53.98]
B
1 23/32
[43.66]
1 15/16
[49.21]
C
21/64
[8.33]
7/16
[11.11]
D
1 1/16
[26.99]
1 5/32
[29.37]
E
1 41/64
[41.67]
2 3/64
[51.99]
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 100 0 kPa)
0 15 psi (0 100 kPa)
0 30 psi (0 200 kPa)
0 60 psi (0 400 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 700 kPa )
0 150 psi (0 1000 kPa)
0 200 psi (0 1400 kPa)
0 300 psi (0 2000 kPa)
Range
0 400 psi (0 2800 kPa)
0 500 psi (0 3400 kPa)
0 600 psi (0 4000 kPa)
0 1000 psi (0 7000 kPa)
0 1500 psi (0 10 MPa)
0 2000 psi (0 14 MPa)
0 3000 psi (0 20 MPa)
0 4000 psi (0 28 MPa)
1.5 or 2 Industrial Pressure Gage
Brass Wetted Parts, Bottom or Back Connection
Series
SGA
Series SGAGages are perfect for applications where resistance to corrosion is necessary.
The stainless steel case and ring offer excellent protection from harsh processes and the
gage can be easily filled in the field for vibration or pulsation applications. The SGA gages
are an economical choice where ambient corrosion and vibration are a concern. Also, this
line is suitable for all fluids that are compatible with brass.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and
liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass.
Housing Material: 304 SS.
Lens: Plastic.
Accuracy: 1.6% full scale.
Pressure Limits: Full scale range.
Temperature Limits: 0 to 150F (17 to
65C).
Size: 1.5 (40 mm) or 2 (50 mm).
Process Connection: 1/8 NPT.
Weight: 1.8 oz (51 g) or 4.3 oz (122 g).
B B
C C
E
D
1/8 NPT
1/8 NPT
BACK MOUNTING BOTTOM MOUNTING
A
U-CLAMP FOR 1.5 GAGE
A
1 13/16 [46.04]
2 17/64 [57.55]
B
63/64 [25]
1 5/16 [33.34]
C
15/64 [5.95]
15/64 [5.95]
D
1 45/64 [43.26]
2 5/16 [58.74]
E
2 27/64 [61.52]
3 3/32 [78.58]
Gage Size
1.5
2
Model
SGA-B0221N
SGA-B0321N
SGA-B0421N
SGA-B0521N
SGA-B0621N
SGA-B0721N
SGA-B0821N
SGA-B0921N
Size
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
Range
0 15 psi
0 30 psi
0 60 psi
0 100 psi
0 160 psi
0 200 psi
0 300 psi
0 400 psi
Model
SGA-B1021N
SGA-B1121N
SGA-B1221N
SGA-B1321N
SGA-C0221N
SGA-C0321N
SGA-C0421N
SGA-C0521N
Size
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
2
Range
0 600 psi
0 800 psi
0 1000 psi
0 1500 psi
0 15 psi
0 30 psi
0 60 psi
0 100 psi
Model
SGA-C0621N
SGA-C0721N
SGA-C0821N
SGA-C0921N
SGA-C1021N
SGA-C1121N
SGA-C1221N
SGA-C1321N
Size
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Range
0 160 psi
0 200 psi
0 300 psi
0 400 psi
0 600 psi
0 800 psi
0 1000 psi
0 1500 psi
ACCESSORY
A-296, 1.5 Gage U Clamp
Connection
Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower
Connection
Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower
For back connect gages, change CXX2IN to CXX41N.
Connection
Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
60
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
The Series SSD & SSL Gages with flush 1.5 sanitary clamp connections have dual
english/metric scales with 1.6% & 1% full scale accuracies. The glycerin filled gages are
designed with 304 SS housings and 316L SS wetted parts for excellent chemical
compatibility. Units can withstand temperatures up to 149F (65C). A wide selection of
ranges are available from full vacuum, compound to 300 psi.
2.5 & 4 Stainless Steel Gage with
Sanitary Connection
1% & 1.6% Full Scale Accuracy, Glycerin Filled
Series
SSD
&
SSL
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and
liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316L SS.
Fill Solution: Glycerin.
Housing: 304 SS.
Lens: SSD: Plexi glass; SSL: Glass.
Accuracy: SSD: 1.6% full scale;
SSL: 1% full scale.
Pressure Limit: 130% full scale.
Temperature Limit: 60 to 149F (15 to
65C).
Size: 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connection: 1.5 sanitary
connection; Optional 2 sanitary
connection.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: SSD: 15.6 oz (.442 kg); SSL:
2.3 lb (1.04 kg).
Note: For 2 sanitary connection, change end of model number from 1S to 2S; For 4 gages, change SSD D to SSL F.
A
F
B
E
C
D
Model
SSD-D0121S
SSD-D0221S
SSD-D0321S
SSD-D0421S
SSD-D0521S
SSD-D0621S
SSD-D0721S
SSD-D0821S
Model
SSD-D2121S
SSD-D2221S
SSD-D2321S
SSD-D2421S
SSD-D2521S
SSD-D2621S
SSD-D2721S
Model
SSD
SSL
A
2 23/32
[69.06]
4 23/64
[110.73]
B
1 63/64
[50.40]
2 17/32
[64.29]
C
3/8
[9.53]
29/64
[11.51]
D
1 3/16
[30.16]
1 55/64
[47.23]
E
2 29/64
[54.37]
3 15/16
[100.01]
F
2 41/64
[67.07]
4 7/64
[104.38]
A-280, 1.5 Sanitary Connection Clamp
A-281, 2 Sanitary Connection Clamp
Range
0 30 Hg ( 100 0 kPa)
0 15 psi (0 100 kPa)
0 30 psi (0 200 kPa)
0 60 psi (0 400 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 700 kPa)
0 150 psi (0 1000 kPa)
0 200 psi (0 1400 kPa)
0 300 psi (0 2000 kPa)
Range
30 Hg 0 15 psi ( 100 0 100 kPa)
30 Hg 0 30 psi ( 100 0 200 kPa)
30 Hg 0 60 psi ( 100 0 400 kPa)
30 Hg 0 100 psi ( 100 0 700 kPa)
30 Hg 0 150 psi ( 100 0 1000 kPa)
30 Hg 0 200 psi ( 100 0 1400 kPa)
30 Hg 0 300 psi ( 100 0 2000 kPa)
2.5 Stainless Steel Pressure Gage
Brass Wetted Parts, Back Connection with Mounting Bracket
Series
62000MU
2-45/64
[68.66]
2-41/64
[67.07]
MOUNTING BRACKET
1-15/64
[31.35]
9/32
[7.14]
1/4 NPT
2-27/64
[61.52]
The Series 62000MU Gages have dual english/metric scales with 1.6% full
scale accuracy, and are available in 2.5 dial sizes. Series 62000MU gages are
designed with 304 SS housings and brass wetted parts, and includes a back u-
clamp connection for panel mounting. Units can withstand ambient
temperatures up to 140F (60C) and process temperatures up to 248F (120C).
The 62000MU gages may be easily liquid filled in the field without the need for
a separate kit.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass.
Housing: 304 SS.
Lens: Plexi glass.
Accuracy: 1.6% full scale.
Pressure Limits: 130% of full scale.
Temperature Limits:
Ambient: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C);
Process: 248F max. (120C max.).
Size: 2 1/2 (63 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: 4.9 oz (0.14 kg).
Model
62030VMU
62015MU
62030MU
62060MU
62100MU
62160MU
62200MU
62300MU
Range
0 to 30 in. Hg Vac ( 100 to 0 kPa)
0 to 15 psi (0 to 100 kPa)
0 to 30 psi (0 to 200 kPa)
0 to 60 psi (0 to 400 kPa)
0 to 100 psi (0 to 700 kPa)
0 to 160 psi (0 to 1100 kPa)
0 to 200 psi (0 to 1400 kPa)
0 to 300 psi (0 to 2000 kPa)

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 61
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Sanitary Pressure Gage
3-A Approved, All Stainless Steel Sanitary Connections
Series
SG3A
C
A
B2
MAX
BOTTOM CONNECTION
CONNECTION
The Series SG3A Sanitary Pressure Gage is made to 3-A sanitary
standards and offers several size and pressure range options, which make it
ideal for many sanitary applications particularly in the dairy, food processing,
and pharmaceutical industries. The Series SG3A Sanitary Pressure Gage is
available with 2 or 2-1/2dials with an accuracy of 1.5% or 2% depending on
range. The dials of the Series SG3A Sanitary Pressure Gage are available for
vacuum, compound and positive pressure applications. The 3/4or 1-1/2
sanitary fittings of the Series SG3A create a sanitary process connection
available on either the back or bottom of the gage. The Series SG3A can also be
ordered with food grade glycerin in the dial to reduce inaccuracies caused by
vibration to the dial indicator.
APPLICATIONS
Beverage, food & dairy, pharmaceutical
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316L stainless steel.
Case and Ring: 300 series polished stainless steel.
Lens: Polycarbonate (2.5), Glass (2).
Dial: Aluminum, black figures on white background.
Fill: USP Glycerin (optional). Not available on 2 dial gages.
Accuracy: Standard seal 1.5% for ranges 100 psi and above; 2% for
compound ranges and below 100 psi.
Pressure Limits: Working pressure should not exceed 75% of the
range. If pulsation occurs, working pressure should not exceed 65% of
range.
Temperature Limits: 25 to 300F ( 3.9 to 148.9C), process
temperature; for the 3/4 connection: 40 to 120F (4.4 to 48.9C).
Connection Location: Bottom connection; Back connection (optional).
Process Connection: 3/4, 1 1/2.
Dial Size: 2, 2.5.
Weights: 0.75 lb (.34 kg) to 2.0 lb (.91 kg) dry depending on size. Add
0.25 lb (.11 kg) for glycerin fill.
Agency Approvals: 3 A symbol authorization.

Dial Size
2
2.5
A
2 1/16
[52.39]
2 45/64
[68.66]
B2
3 45/64
[94.06]
4
[101.6]
C
1 1/8
[28.58]
1 1/8
[28.58]
2.5 with 1.5 Connection 2 with 3/4 Connection
Model
SG3A-B0624S
SG3A-B0724S
SG3A-B0824S
2 Dial with 3/4 Bottom Connection
Model
SG3A-D0121S
SG3A-D0221S
SG3A-D0321S
SG3A-D0421S
SG3A-D0521S
SG3A-D0621S
SG3A-D0721S
SG3A-D0821S
SG3A-D2121S
SG3A-D2221S
SG3A-D2321S
SG3A-D2421S
SG3A-D2521S
SG3A-D2621S
2.5 Dial with 1-1/2 Bottom Connection
Note: For Glycerin fill add PY to the end of the model. Not available on 2 dial gages.
Range
0 160 psi
0 200 psi
0 300 psi
Range
30 Hg 0
0 15 psi
0 30 psi
0 60 psi
0 100 psi
0 160 psi
0 200 psi
0 300 psi
30 Hg 0 15 psi
30 Hg 0 30 psi
30 Hg 0 60 psi
30 Hg 0 100 psi
30 Hg 0 160 psi
30 Hg 0 200 psi

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
62
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Spiral Tube Pressure Gage
Compact Size, 1 Dial
Series
SGC2
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Bronze spiral tube.
Housing: Chrome plated brass housing.
Lens: Plastic.
Accuracy: 5% F.S.
Pressure Limits: 1.1 x full scale.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 50 to 160F ( 45 to 71C).
Size: 1 (25 mm).
Process Connection: 1/8 male NPT center back.
Weight: 1.0 oz (28.3 g).
The compact Series SGC2 Pressure Gages are an economical solution for monitoring
high pressure applications where space is limited. These 1 gages are perfect for OEM
applications for use on pumps, compressors and portable cylinders. The Series SGC2 Gages
are housed in a rugged case and feature 1/8 male NPT center back connection.
Model
SGC2-01
SGC2-02
SGC2-03
SGC2-04
SGC2-05
SGC2-06
SGC2-07
SGC2-08
1[25.40]
13/32 [10.16]
11/32 [8.88]
8 & 10 Stainless Steel Pressure Gage
1.0% Full Scale Accuracy, 316L SS Wetted Parts
Series
SGK
The Series SGK Gages have dual english/metric scales with 1% full scale accuracy.
Series SGK gages are designed with 304 SS housings and 316L SS wetted parts. Units can
withstand ambient temperatures up to 149F (65C) and process temperatures up to 518F
(270C). SGK-I models have 8 dial faces while the SGK-J models have large 10 dial faces.
A wide selection of ranges are available from full vacuum, compound to 15,000 psi.
APPLICATIONS
Boilers, food and beverage, pumps, machine presses, engine compressors,
turbines, conventional and nuclear power, diesel engines
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and
liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316L SS.
Housing: 304 SS.
Lens: Glass.
Accuracy: 1% full scale, ANSI B40.1
Grade 1A.
Pressure Limit: 130% full scale for
ranges <10,000 psi; 115% for 10,000
psi and greater.
Temperature Limit:
Ambient: 4 to 149F ( 20 to 65C);
Process: 518F max. (270C max.).
Size: 8 (200 mm); 10 (250 mm).
Process Connection: 1/2 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: 8: 3.1 lb (1.42 kg); 10: 4.7 lb
(2.12 kg).
9-29/64
[240.11]
4-7/16
[112.71]
5-29/32
[150.02]
1-63/64
[50.40]
1-15/64
[31.35]
7-7/8
[200.03]
8-5/64
[205.18]
1/2 NPT
7/8 HEX
[22.23 HEX]
29/32
[23.02]
Model *
SGK-I0124N
SGK-I0224N
SGK-I0324N
SGK-I0424N
SGK-I0524N
SGK-I0624N
Model*
SGK-I0724N
SGK-I0824N
SGK-I0924N
SGK-I1024N
SGK-I1124N
SGK-I1224N
Ranges
160 psi
300 psi
500 psi
750 psi
1200 psi
3000 psi
5000 psi
6000 psi
For alternate ranges, contact the factory.
* For 10 dial gages change above models from SGK I to SGK J.
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 100 0 kPa)
0 15 psi (0 100 kPa)
0 30 psi (0 200 kPa)
0 60 psi (0 400 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 700 kPa)
0 150 psi (0 1000 kPa)
Range
0 400 psi (0 2800 kPa)
0 500 psi (0 3400 kPa)
0 600 psi (0 4000 kPa)
0 1000 psi (0 7000 kPa)
0 1500 psi (0 10 MPa)
0 2000 psi (0 14 MPa)

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 63
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
2.5 Stainless Steel Low Pressure Gages
Brass or 316 SS Wetted Parts
Series
SGX
&
SGF
2-45/64
[68.66] 13/32
[10.32]
1-45/64
[43.26]
2-27/64
[61.52]
1/4 NPT
13/32
[10.32]
The Series SGX/SGF Gages have dual English/metric scales with 1.6% full scale
accuracy. The Series SGX/SGF gages are designed with 304 SS housing and brass or 316
SS wetted parts. Units can withstand ambient temperatures up to 149F (65C) and
process temperatures up to 212F (100C). Ranges of vacuum, compound and pressures to
235 inches w.c. are available. Included on the dial is a convenient zero adjustment screw
which allows the user to easily re-zero the needle.
APPLICATIONS
Pneumatic, draft measurement, filter monitoring, liquid level
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials: SGX: Brass; SGF: 316/316L SS.
Housing: 304 SS.
Lens: Glass.
Accuracy: 1.6% full scale on positive pressure ranges 15 w.c. and greater;
2.5% full scale on all other ranges.
Pressure Limit: Full scale value.
Temperature Limits:
Ambient: 13 to 149F ( 25 to 65C);
Process: 212F max. (100C max.).
Size: 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connections: 1/4 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: 4.6 oz (0.13 kg).
SGX SGF
Model
SGX-D7122N
SGX-D7322N
SGX-D7522N
SGX-D7722N
SGX-D8022N
SGX-D8122N
SGX-D8222N
SGX-D8322N
SGX-D8422N
SGX-D8722N
SGX-D8922N
SGX-D9122N
SGX-D9722N
Model
SGF-D7122N
SGF-D7322N
SGF-D7522N
SGF-D7722N
SGF-D8022N
SGF-D8122N
SGF-D8222N
SGF-D8322N
SGF-D8422N
SGF-D8622N
SGF-D8722N
316SS Gages Brass Gages
Range
10 0 in. w.c. ( 250 0 mm)
25 0 in. w.c. ( 600 0 mm)
60 0 in. w.c. ( 1600 0 mm)
100 0 in. w.c. ( 2500 0 mm)
0 10 in. w.c. (0 250 mm)
0 15 in. w.c. (0 400 mm)
0 25 in. w.c. (0 600 mm)
0 40 in. w.c. (0 1000 mm)
0 60 in. w.c. (0 1600 mm)
0 160 in. w.c. (0 4000 mm)
4 0 6 in. w.c. ( 100 0 150 mm)
8 0 16 in. w.c. ( 200 0 400 mm)
80 0 160 in. w.c. ( 2000 0 4000 mm)
Range
10 0 in. w.c. ( 250 0 mm)
25 0 in. w.c. ( 600 0 mm)
60 0 in. w.c. ( 1600 0 mm)
100 0 in. w.c. ( 2500 0 mm)
0 10 in. w.c. (0 250 mm)
0 15 in. w.c. (0 400 mm)
0 25 in. w.c. (0 600 mm)
0 40 in. w.c. (0 1000 mm)
0 60 in. w.c. (0 1600 mm)
0 100 in. w.c. (0 2500 mm)
0 160 in. w.c. (0 4000 mm)

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
64
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
2-39/64
[66]
1-45/64
[43]
3-29/64
[87.6]
1/4 NPT
The Series LPG1 Low Pressure Gages possess inches of water column
scales with 1.5% accuracy. The 2.5 LPG1 gages are designed with chrome
plated steel housings and twist lock plastic lenses. Units are ideal for air and
gases compatible with brass. Units can withstand ambient temperatures of -40
to 140F (-40 to 60C). A wide offering of ranges are available from vacuum to
10 psi. Units come with a 1/4 male NPT bottom connection.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Brass socket and internals.
Housing: Chrome plated case.
Lens: Plastic.
Accuracy: 1.5%.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: Process: 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C).
Size: 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT lower.
Weight: 8.64 oz (245 g).
Low Pressure Gage
1.5% Accuracy in 2.5 Chrome Case
Series
LPG1
2-55/64
[66]
1-39/64
[43]
55/64
[21.6]
1/4 NPT
The Series LPG2 Low Pressure Gages possess inches of water column
scales with 1.5% accuracy. The 2.5 LPG2 gages are designed with chrome
plated steel housings and twist lock plastic lenses. Units are ideal for air and
gases compatible with brass. Units can withstand temperatures of -40 to 140F
(-40 to 60C). A wide offering of ranges are available from vacuum to 10 psi.
Units come with a 1/4 male NPT center back connection.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Brass socket and internals.
Housing: Chrome plated case.
Lens: Plastic.
Accuracy: 1.5%.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C).
Size: 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT center back entry.
Weight: 10.24 oz (290 g).
Low Pressure Gage
1.5% Accuracy, 2.5 Chrome Case with Back Connection
Series
LPG2
Model
LPG2-D7242N
LPG2-D7342N
LPG2-D7742N
LPG2-D8042N
LPG2-D8142N
LPG2-D8242N
LPG2-D8442N
LPG2-D8642N
LPG2-D9942N
LPG2-D0042N
Model
LPG1-D7322N
LPG1-D7522N
LPG1-D7722N
LPG1-D7922N
LPG1-D8022N
LPG1-D8122N
LPG1-D8222N
LPG1-D8422N
LPG1-D8622N
LPG1-D8722N
LPG1-D8822N
LPG1-D9822N
LPG1-D9922N
LPG1-D0022N
Range
15 0 w.c.
30 0 w.c
100 0 w.c.
0 10 w.c.
0 15 w.c.
0 30 w.c.
0 60 w.c.
0 100 w.c.
0 5 psi
0 10 psi
Range
30 0 w.c.
60 0 w.c
100 0 w.c.
200 0 w.c.
0 10 w.c.
0 15 w.c.
0 30 w.c.
0 60 w.c.
0 100 w.c.
0 160 w.c.
0 200 w.c.
0 3 psi
0 5 psi
0 10 psi

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 65
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series LPG3 Low Pressure Gages are designed to be especially sensitive with an elastic
element that expands and contracts with very small changes in pressure for ASME Grade 1A
accuracy. This series is meant for the measurement of low pressures of gases and liquids and is ideal
for air flow indicators, liquid level indicators and draft gages. Our new low pressure gages are
available in 2-1/2 dial with either a bottom or back connection option.
Series
LPG3
Low Pressure Gage
1% Full Scale Accuracy in a 2-1/2 Gage
2-5/8
[66.7)
3-29/64
[87.6]
35/64 SQ
[14.0]
2-1/2 BOTTOM CONNECTION
1/4 NPT
1-29/32
[48.3]
PUSH IN LENS
2-5/8
[66.7]
PUSH IN LENS
1-21/32
[42]
R3/32
[R2.5]
35/64 SQ
[14]
1/4 NPT
31/64
[12]
25/64
[10]
2-1/2 BACK CONNECTION
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass.
Housing Materials: Steel with black finish.
Lens: Polycarbonate.
Accuracy: 1% full scale; ANSI B40.1 Grade 1A.
Pressure Limit: 110%.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 150F ( 40 to 65C).
Size: 2 1/2 (63 mm).
Process Connections: 1/4 NPT, bottom or back.
Weight: 6.5 oz (184 g).
2.5 Low Pressure Gage
1.5% Full Scale Accuracy in a 2-1/2 Gage
Series
LPG4
2.625
[67.7]
.550 SQUARE
[14.0]
[1/4 - 18NPT]
1.500
[38]
.850
[21.6]
BOTTOM CONNECTED
Our Series LPG4 gages offer top of the line performance and accuracy for pressure and
vacuum applications up to and including 160 in w.c. The LPG4 is constructed from a single
beryllium-copper diaphragm affixed to a precision-machined brass plate. This innovative
design, together with a high-precision, milled-teeth brass movement and nickel-silver pinion
and bearing surface, provide the user with a top of the line low pressure instrument.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass and beryllium
copper.
Housing: Drawn steel, black finish.
Lens: Polycarbonate (removable).
Accuracy: 1.5% full scale.
Pressure Limit: 100% of range scale.
Temperature Limits:
Process: 40 to 160F ( 40 to 70C);
Ambient: 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C).
Size: 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connections: 1/4 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: 7.3 oz (0.21 kg).
Model
Bottom
LPG3-D8122N
LPG3-D8222N
LPG3-D8422N
LPG3-D8622N
LPG3-D8822N
LPG3-D9922N
LPG3-D0022N
Model
Back
LPG3-D8142N
LPG3-D8242N
LPG3-D8442N
LPG3-D8642N
LPG3-D8842N
LPG3-D9942N
LPG3-D0042N
Model
LPG4-D7122N
LPG4-D7222N
LPG4-D7322N
LPG4-D7422N
LPG4-D7522N
LPG4-D7622N
LPG4-D7722N
LPG4-D7822N
LPG4-D7922N
LPG4-D8022N
LPG4-D8122N
LPG4-D8222N
Model
LPG4-D8322N
LPG4-D8422N
LPG4-D8522N
LPG4-D8622N
LPG4-D8722N
LPG4-D8922N
LPG4-D9022N
LPG4-D9122N
LPG4-D9222N
LPG4-D9322N
LPG4-D9422N
LPG4-D9522N
Range
in w.c./oz/in
2
0 15 (0 8.6 oz/in
2
)
0 32 (0 18.5 oz/in
2
)
0 55 (0 32.0 oz/in
2
)
0 100 (0 58.0 oz/in
2
)
0 200 (0 116 oz/in
2
)
Range psi/kPa
0 5 (0 35 kPa)
0 10 (0 70 kPa)
Range
10 0 in. w.c. ( 2.5 0 kPa)
16 0 in. w.c. ( 4 0 kPa)
25 0 in. w.c. ( 6 0 kPa)
40 0 in. w.c. ( 10 0 kPa)
60 0 in. w.c. ( 15 0 kPa)
80 0 in. w.c. ( 20 0 kPa)
100 0 in. w.c. ( 25 0 kPa)
160 0 in. w.c. ( 40 0 kPa)
235 0 in. w.c. ( 60 0 kPa)
0 10 in. w.c. (0 2.5 kPa)
0 15 in. w.c. (0 3.75 kPa)
0 25 in. w.c. (0 6 kPa)
Range
0 40 in. w.c. (0 10 kPa)
0 60 in. w.c. (0 15 kPa)
0 80 in. w.c. (0 20 kPa)
0 100 in. w.c. (0 25 kPa)
0 160 in. w.c. (0 40 kPa)
4 0 6 in. w.c. ( 1 0 1.5 kPa)
6 0 10 in. w.c. ( 1.5 0 2.5 kPa)
8 0 16 in. w.c. ( 2 0 4 kPa)
16 0 24 in. w.c. ( 4 0 6 kPa)
24 0 40 in. w.c. ( 6 0 10 kPa)
30 0 50 in. w.c. ( 7.5 0 14.5 kPa)
40 0 60 in. w.c. ( 10 0 0.15 kPa)
Range
in w.c./oz/in
2
0 15 (0 8.6 oz/in
2
)
0 32 (0 18.5 oz/in
2
)
0 55 (0 32.0 oz/in
2
)
0 100 (0 58.0 oz/in
2
)
0 200 (0 116 oz/in
2
)
Range psi/kPa
0 5 (0 35 kPa)
0 10 (0 70 kPa)

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
66
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
4-23/64
[102.79]
6-15/64
[158.35]
1/2 NPT
23/32
[18.26]
1-25/64
[35.32]
51/64
[20.24]
21/32
[16.67]
3-15/16
[100.01]
1-57/64
[48.02]
31/64
[12.30]
Series
SGP
4 Stainless Steel Low Pressure Schaeffer Gage
1.6% Full Scale Accuracy, 316 & 316L SS Wetted Parts
The Series SGP Gages have dual english/metric scales with 1.6% full scale accuracy.
The Series SGP gages are designed with 304 stainless steel housings, a 316L SS chamber
and a 316 SS diaphragm for excellent chemical compatibility. Units can withstand ambient
temperatures up to 149F (65C) and process temperatures up to 248F (120C). Ranges
of vacuum, compound and pressures to 235 inches w.c. are available. Included is a
micrometer adjustable pointer which allows for re-zeroing the gage in the field.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316L SS chamber with 316 SS diaphragm.
Housing: 304 SS.
Lens: Glass.
Accuracy: 1.6% full scale.
Pressure Limit: 130% full scale.
Temperature Limit:
Ambient: 13 to 149F ( 25 to 65C);
Process: 248F max. (120C max.).
Size: 4 (100 mm).
Process Connection: 1/2 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: 3.1 lb (1.4 kg).
Model
SGP-F8024N
SGP-F8124N
SGP-F8224N
SGP-F8324N
SGP-F8424N
SGP-F8524N
SGP-F8624N
SGP-F8724N
SGP-F8824N
Range
0 10 in. w.c. (0 250 mm)
0 15 in. w.c. (0 400 mm)
0 25 in. w.c. (0 600 mm)
0 40 in. w.c. (0 1000 mm)
0 60 in. w.c. (0 1600 mm)
0 80 in. w.c. (0 2000 mm)
0 100 in. w.c. (0 2500 mm)
0 160 in. w.c. (0 4000 mm)
0 235 in. w.c. (0 6000 mm)
4 Stainless Steel Schaeffer Gage
1.6% Full Scale Accuracy, 316L SS & PTFE Wetted Parts
Series
SGO
1/2 NPT
31/64
[12.30]
1-57/64
[48.02]
3-15/16
[100.01] 21/32
[16.67]
23/32
[18.26]
1-3/8
[34.93]
23/32
[18.26]
3-55/64
[98.03]
The Series SGO Gages have dual english/metric scales with 1.6% full scale accuracy. The
Series SGO gages are designed with 304 SS housing, a 316L SS chamber and PTFE coated
diaphragm for excellent chemical compatibility. Units can withstand ambient temperatures
up to 149F (65C) and process temperatures up to 248F (120C). Ranges are available
from full vacuum, compound to 300 psi. Included is a micrometer adjustable pointer which
allows for re-zeroing the gage in the field.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316L SS chamber
with PTFE protected steel diaphragm.
Housing: 304 SS.
Lens: Glass.
Accuracy: 1.6% full scale.
Pressure Limit: 130% full scale.
Temperature Limits:
Ambient: 13 to 149F ( 25 to 65C);
Process: 248F max. (120C max.).
Size: 4 (100 mm).
Process Connections: 1/2 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: 3.0 lb (1.34 kg).
Model
SGO-F0124N
SGO-F0224N
SGO-F0324N
SGO-F0424N
SGO-F0524N
SGO-F0624N
SGO-F0724N
SGO-F0824N
Model
SGO-F2124N
SGO-F2224N
SGO-F2324N
SGO-F2424N
SGO-F2524N
SGO-F2624N
SGO-F2724N
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 100 0 kPa)
0 15 psi (0 100 kPa)
0 30 psi (0 200 kPa)
0 60 psi (0 400 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 700 kPa)
0 150 psi (0 1000 kPa)
0 200 psi (0 1400 kPa)
0 300 psi (0 2000 kPa)
Range
30 Hg 0 15 psi ( 100 0 100 kPa)
30 Hg 0 30 psi ( 100 0 200 kPa)
30 Hg 0 60 psi ( 100 0 400 kPa)
30 Hg 0 100 psi ( 100 0 700 kPa)
30 Hg 0 150 psi ( 100 0 1000 kPa)
30 Hg 0 200 psi ( 100 0 1400 kPa)
30 Hg 0 300 psi ( 100 0 2000 kPa)

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 67
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
2.5 Utility Pressure Gage
2.5% Accuracy, Brass Wetted Parts
Series
UGA
2-23/32
[69.06]
9/16 HEX
[14.29 HEX]
1/4 NPT
1-1/8
[28.58]
3/8
[9.53]
2-29/64
[62.31]
The Series UGA Gages have dual english/metric scales with 2.5% accuracy. The Series
UGA gages are designed with brass wetted parts, and can withstand ambient temperatures
up to 140F (60C) and process temperatures up to 248F (120C). A wide variety of ranges
are available in this economical gage.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass.
Housing: Black powder coated steel.
Lens: Glass.
Accuracy: 2.5% between 10 90% of span.
Pressure Limit: Full scale value.
Temperature Limits:
Ambient: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C);
Process: 248F max. (120C max.).
Size: 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connections: 1/4 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: 5.2 oz (0.15 kg).
The economical Series UGB gages are ideal for air and chilled water usage typically
found in refrigeration and HVAC applications. The UGB gages are enclosed in a plastic
case that will not corrode or rust and contains brass wetted parts. UGB gages have dual
English/metric scales with a 2.5% accuracy. A wide variety of ranges are available.
Series
UGB
4 Plastic Utility Gage
Ideal for HVAC Applications
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass.
Housing: Plastic.
Lens: Glass.
Accuracy: 2.5% between 10 to 90% of span.
Pressure Limits: Full scale range.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C); Process: Maximum
248F (120C).
Size: 4 (100 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT.
Weight: 9.6 oz (272 g).
3.150
[80.01]
4.154
[105.51]
.354
[8.99]
1.181
[30.00]
3.760
[95.50]
1/4 NPT
9/16 SQ
Model
UGA-D0122N
UGA-D0222N
UGA-D0322N
UGA-D0422N
UGA-D0522N
UGA-D0622N
UGA-D0722N
UGA-D0822N
Model
UGB-F0122N
UGB-F0222N
UGB-F0322N
UGB-F0422N
UGB-F0522N
UGB-F0622N
For alternate ranges, contact the factory.
For alternate ranges, contact the factory.
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 100 0 kPa)
0 15 psi (0 100 kPa)
0 30 psi (0 200 kPa)
0 60 psi (0 400 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 700 kPa )
0 150 psi (0 1000 kPa)
0 200 psi (0 1400 kPa)
0 300 psi (0 2000 kPa)
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 100 0 kPa)
0 15 psi (0 100 kPa)
0 30 psi (0 200 kPa)
0 60 psi (0 400 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 700 kPa )
0 150 psi (0 1000 kPa)

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
68
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
The Series UGC Utility Gages possess dual psi and bar (100 x kPa) scales
with 3-2-3% ANSI B40.1 Grade B accuracy. The 2 UGC gages are designed
with black steel housings and chrome bezels. Wetted parts include a brass socket
and phosphor bronze Bourdon tube. Units can withstand temperatures of -50 to
160F (-45 to 71C). A wide offering of ranges are available from full vacuum,
compound to 300 psi. Units may be ordered with a male bottom connection in
either 1/8 or 1/4 NPT in the UGC series.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass socket, phosphor bronze Bourdon tube.
Housing: Black steel case with chrome bezel.
Lens: Plastic.
Accuracy: 3 2 3% ANSI B40.1 Grade B.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 50 to 160F ( 45 to 71C).
Size: 2 (50 mm).
Process Connection: 1/8 or 1/4 male NPT lower.
Weight: 4.16 oz (118 g).
Utility Gage
2 Dials with Dual Scales
Series
UGC
2-5/64
[53]
1-1/32
[26]
2-29/32
[74]
1/8 OR 1/4 NPT
UGC
2 Dial Gages
Model (1/4 NPT)
UGC-C10122N
UGC-C10222N
UGC-C10322N
UGC-C10422N
UGC-C10522N
UGC-C10622N
UGC-C10722N
UGC-C10822N
UGC-C12222N
Model (1/8 NPT)
UGC-C10121N
UGC-C10221N
UGC-C10321N
UGC-C10421N
UGC-C10521N
UGC-C10621N
UGC-C10721N
UGC-C10821N
UGC-C12221N
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 1 bar)
0 15 psi (1 bar)
0 30 psi (2 bar)
0 60 psi (4 bar)
0 100 psi (7 bar)
0 150 psi (11 bar)
0 200 psi (14 bar)
0 300 psi (20 bar)
30 Hg 0 30 psi ( 1 0 2 bar)
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 1 bar)
0 15 psi (1 bar)
0 30 psi (2 bar)
0 60 psi (4 bar)
0 100 psi (7 bar)
0 150 psi (11 bar)
0 200 psi (14 bar)
0 300 psi (20 bar)
30 Hg 0 30 psi ( 1 0 2 bar)

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 69
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
The Series UGE Utility Gages possess dual psi and bar (100 x kPa) scales with 3-2-3%
ANSI B40.1 Grade B accuracy. The UGE gages are designed with black steel housings and
chrome bezels. Wetted parts include a brass socket and phosphor bronze Bourdon tube.
Units can withstand temperatures of -50 to 160F (-45 to 71C). A wide offering of ranges
are available from full vacuum, compound to 600 psi. The center back mounting and
compact size makes this gage the perfect choice for pneumatic air regulators.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass socket, phosphor bronze Bourdon tube.
Housing: Black steel case with chrome bezel.
Lens: Plastic.
Accuracy: 3 2 3% ANSI B40.1 Grade B.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 50 to 160F ( 45 to 71C).
Size: 1.5 (40 mm); 2 (50 mm).
Process Connection: 1.5: 1/8 male NPT center back; 2: 1/8 or 1/4 male NPT
center back.
Weight: 1.5: 2.24 oz (63.5 g); 2: 4.16 oz (118 g).
Utility Gage
1.5 or 2 Dials with Back Connection
Series
UGE
Size
1 1/2 Dial
2 Dial
A
in (mm)
1 41/64 (42)
2 5/64 (53)
B
in (mm)
15/16 (24)
1 1/32 (26)
C
in (mm)
5/8 (16)
53/64 (21)
D
1/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
(A)
(B) (C)
(D)
Model
(1.5 w/ 1/8 NPT)
UGE-B10141N
UGE-B10241N
UGE-B10341N
UGE-B10441N
UGE-B10541N
UGE-B10641N
UGE-B10741N
UGE-B10841N
UGE-B11141N
UGE-B12241N
Model
(2 w/ 1/4 NPT)
UGE-C10142N
UGE-C10242N
UGE-C10342N
UGE-C10442N
UGE-C10542N
UGE-C10642N
UGE-C10742N
UGE-C10842N
UGE-C11142N
UGE-C12242N
Model
(2 w/ 1/8 NPT)
UGE-C10141N
UGE-C10241N
UGE-C10341N
UGE-C10441N
UGE-C10541N
UGE-C10641N
UGE-C10741N
UGE-C10841N
UGE-C11141N
UGE-C12241N
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 1 bar)
0 15 psi (1 bar)
0 30 psi (2 bar)
0 60 psi (4 bar)
0 100 psi (7 bar)
0 150 psi (11 bar)
0 200 psi (14 bar)
0 300 psi (20 bar)
0 600 psi (40 bar)
30 Hg 0 30 psi ( 1 0 2 bar)
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 1 bar)
0 15 psi (1 bar)
0 30 psi (2 bar)
0 60 psi (4 bar)
0 100 psi (7 bar)
0 150 psi (11 bar)
0 200 psi (14 bar)
0 300 psi (20 bar)
0 600 psi (40 bar)
30 Hg 0 30 psi ( 1 0 2 bar)
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 1 bar)
0 15 psi (1 bar)
0 30 psi (2 bar)
0 60 psi (4 bar)
0 100 psi (7 bar)
0 150 psi (11 bar)
0 200 psi (14 bar)
0 300 psi (20 bar)
0 600 psi (40 bar)
30 Hg 0 30 psi ( 1 0 2 bar)

Range
30 Hg 0 ( 100 0 kPa)
0 15 psi (0 100 kPa)
0 30 psi (0 200 kPa)
0 60 psi (0 400 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 700 kPa)
0 150 psi (0 1000 kPa)
Range
0 200 psi (0 1400 kPa)
0 300 psi (0 2000 kPa)
0 400 psi (0 2800 kPa)
0 500 psi (0 3400 kPa)
0 600 psi (0 4000 kPa)
0 1000 psi (0 7000 kPa)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
70
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
4 Stainless Steel Industrial Pressure Gage
1.6% Full Scale Accuracy, Brass Wetted Parts
Series
SGS
3-5/32
[80.17]
9/16 HEX
[14.29 HEX]
4-5/32
[105.57]
23/64
[9.13]
1-3/16
[30.16]
3-49/64
[95.65]
1/4 NPT
The Series SGS Gages have dual english/metric scales with 1.6% full scale accuracy. Series SGS
gages are designed with 304 SS housings and brass wetted parts. Units can withstand ambient
temperatures up to 149F (65C) and process temperatures up to 257F (125C). These gages may be
easily liquid filled in the field without the need for a separate kit. A wide selection of ranges are
available.
APPLICATIONS
Pneumatics and compressors
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass for ranges 1000 psi; 316L SS for ranges greater
than 1000 psi.
Housing: 304 SS.
Lens: Plexi glass.
Accuracy: 1.6% full scale.
Pressure Limits: 125% full scale for ranges <1500 psi; 115% for ranges
1500 psi and greater.
Temperature Limits:
Ambient: 4 to 149F ( 20 to 65C);
Process: 257F max. (125C max.).
Size: 4 (100 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: 1.1 lb (0.49 kg).
Model
SGS-F0122N
SGS-F0222N
SGS-F0322N
SGS-F0422N
SGS-F0522N
SGS-F0622N
Model
SGS-F0722N
SGS-F0822N
SGS-F0922N
SGS-F1022N
SGS-F1122N
SGS-F1222N
For alternate ranges, contact the factory.
The Series CONG Contractor Gages are ideally manufactured for contractors
because of their large dial and compact design. Since the gages are lightweight and slim,
they are easy to transport. The large scale makes them simple to read. These qualities
make the CONG series perfect for every contractor. CONG gages possess psi scales with
1% full scale accuracy and the 4.5 dial is made with stainless steel housings and brass
wetted parts. Units can withstand temperatures of -40 to 160F (-40 to 71C). A wide
offering of ranges are available from full vacuum, compound to 500 psi.
Contractor Gage
Large Easy-to-Read Dial
Series
CONG
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass socket & Bourdon tube.
Housing: Stainless steel case.
Lens: Plastic.
Accuracy: 1% full scale; ANSI B40.1 Grade 1A.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 160F ( 40 to 71C).
Size: 4.5 (115 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT lower.
Weight: 12.16 oz (345 g).
1/4 NPT
4-29/32
[124]
1-11/64
[30]
31/32
[25]
Model
CONG-G0122N
CONG-G0222N
CONG-G0322N
CONG-G0422N
CONG-G0522N
CONG-G0622N
Model
CONG-G0722N
CONG-G0822N
CONG-G1022N
CONG-G2222N
CONG-G2422N
CONG-G2522N
Range
30 Hg 0
0 15 psi
0 30 psi
0 60 psi
0 100 psi
0 160 psi
Range
0 200 psi
0 300 psi
0 500 psi
30 Hg 0 30 psi
30 Hg 0 100 psi
30 Hg 0 150 psi

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 71
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Hose Test Gage
For Checking Plumbing Water Pressure
Series
HSG
Size
w/ MP OPT.
w/o MP OPT.
A
in (mm)
2 53/64 (72)
2 9/16 (65)
B
in (mm)
1 3/16 (31)
1 7/32 (31)
C
in (mm)
1 9/64 (29)
1 9/64 (29)
D
in (mm)
37/64 (14.5)
37/64 (14.5)
E
in (mm)
1 7/32 (31)
1 7/32 (31)
F
in (mm)
13/64 (5)
The Series HSG Hose Test Gages possess psi scales with 3-2-3% ANSI
B40.1 Grade B accuracy. The 2.5 HSG gages are designed with black plastic
housings. Wetted parts include a brass socket and Bourdon tube. Units can
withstand temperatures of -40 to 120F (-40 to 49C). A 300 psi range is
available with a top connect 3/4 female brass hose coupling with rubber
washer. This connection makes the HSG gage perfect for checking plumbing
lines for proper pressures. An optional maximum indicating needle is available.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass socket and Bourdon tube.
Housing: Black plastic case.
Lens: Plastic.
Accuracy: 3 2 3% ANSI B40.1 Grade B.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 120F ( 40 to 49C).
Size: 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connection: Top connect 3/4 female brass hose coupling &
tail piece with rubber washer.
Weight: 12.8 oz (363 g).
STANDARD
[C]
[D]
[E]
[A]
[B]
Model
HSG-D0865N
HSG-D0865N-MP
Standard
Max. Pointer Option
MAX. POINTER OPTION
[B] [F]
[A]
[E]
[C]
[D]
Range
0 300 psi
0 300 psi with Max. Indicating Needle

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
72
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
The Series FBG Forged Brass Gages possess psi scales with 1.5% full scale
accuracy. The 2.5 FBG gages are designed with industrial forged brass
housings and filled with glycerin oil to dampen out vibration. This construction
makes the FBG ideal for heavy industry applications such as hydraulic
equipment. Wetted parts include a brass socket and phosphor bronze Bourdon
tube. Units can withstand temperatures of 30 to 160F (-1 to 71C). A wide
offering of ranges are available from full vacuum, compound to 10,000 psi.
Forged Brass Gage
Heavy Duty Case Perfect for Hydraulic Systems
Series
FBG
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass socket, phosphor bronze Bourdon tube.
Housing: Forged brass case.
Lens: Plastic.
Fill: Glycerin.
Accuracy: 1.5% full scale.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 30 to 160F ( 1 to 71C).
Size: 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT lower.
Weight: 12.8 oz (363 g).
2-37/64
[65]
1-7/16
[36.5]
3-13/32
[87]
1/4 NPT
Model
FBG-D0122N
FBG-D0222N
FBG-D0322N
FBG-D0422N
FBG-D0522N
FBG-D0622N
FBG-D0722N
FBG-D0822N
FBG-D0922N
FBG-D1122N
FBG-D1222N
FBG-D1322N
Model
FBG-D1422N
FBG-D1522N
FBG-D1722N
FBG-D1822N
FBG-D1922N
FBG-D2222N
FBG-D2422N
FBG-D2522N
FBG-D2722N
Range
30 Hg 0
0 15 psi
0 30 psi
0 60 psi
0 100 psi
0 160 psi
0 200 psi
0 300 psi
0 400 psi
0 600 psi
0 1000 psi
0 1500 psi
Range
0 2000 psi
0 3000 psi
0 5000 psi
0 7500 psi
0 10000 psi
30 Hg 0 30 psi
30 Hg 0 100 psi
30 Hg 0 150 psi
30 Hg 0 300 psi
The Series SAEG Gages possess dual psi and bar (100 x kPa) scales with 1.5% accuracy.
The 2.5 SAEG gages are designed with steel housings and bezels. These glycerin filled
gages possess brass sockets and phosphor bronze Bourdon tubes. Units can withstand
temperatures of 30 to 160F (-1 to 71C). A wide offering of ranges are available from 30
psi to 15,000 psi. Units provide a 7/16-20 SAE lower hydraulic connection that includes
a rubber O-ring and lock-nut. The SAEG gages are perfect for hydraulic and pneumatic
applications.
Hydraulic SAE Gage
7/16 SAE Process Connection with O-ring and Lock Nut
Series
SAEG
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass socket, phosphor bronze Bourdon tube.
Housing: 304 SS housing & bezel.
Lens: Plastic.
Fill: Glycerin.
Accuracy: 1.5% full scale.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 30 to 160F ( 1 to 71C).
Size: 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connection: 7/16 20 SAE lower hydraulic connection with rubber
O ring, washer and lock nut.
Weight: 7.68 oz (218 g).
2-13/16
[71]
1-15/64
[33]
1-5/64
[27]
3-35/64
[90]
7/16-20 SAE
Model
SAEG-D11221E
SAEG-D11321E
SAEG-D11421E
SAEG-D11521E
SAEG-D11721E
SAEG-D11921E
Range
0 1000 psi (70 bar)
0 1500 psi (100 bar)
0 2000 psi (140 bar)
0 3000 psi (200 bar)
0 5000 psi (345 bar)
0 10000 psi (690 bar)

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 73
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass socket, phosphor bronze Bourdon tube.
Housing: Epoxy coated black steel case with removable back flange.
Lens: Plastic.
Accuracy: 1% full scale ANSI B40.1 Grade 1A.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 160F ( 40 to 71C).
Size: 4.5 (115 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT lower.
Weight: 17.6 oz (499 kg).
Bulk Tanker Gage
Monitor Tank Unloading Discharge Pressure
Series
BTG
The Series BTG Bulk Tanker Gages possess psi scales with 1% full scale ANSI B40.1
Grade 1A accuracy. The BTG gage is perfect for use on tanker trucks for monitoring
discharge pressures while tank is being unloaded. The 4.5 BTG gages are designed with
an epoxy coated black steel housing that is rust and corrosion resistant. The BTG gages
are designed with a silicone dampened counter weight attached to the movement which
allows the units to withstand vibration. Wetted parts include a brass socket and phosphor
bronze Bourdon tube. Units can withstand temperatures of -40 to 160F (-40 to 71C). Units
come with a 1/4 male NPT bottom connection.
4-61/64
[126]
5-7/16
[138]
5-29/32
[150]
6-11/32
[161]
63/64
[25]
1-11/32
[34]
13/64
[5]
1/4 NPT
The Series PPMG Process Panel Mount Gages possess psi scales with 0.5% full scale
ANSI B40.1 Grade 2A accuracy. The 4.5 PPMG gages are designed with an aluminum
front-flange safety-case. This safety-case has a solid front with pressure relief rear opening.
Internal overload and under-load protection is provided to prevent damage to the gage from
extreme over or under range sensing. A front screw is provided on the flange permitting
easy panel installation as well as allowing easy access to the adjustable needle pointer.
Excellent chemical compatibility is obtained with the 316 SS socket and Bourdon tube. Units
can withstand temperatures of -40 to 160F (-40 to 71C). A wide offering of ranges are
available from full vacuum, compound to 10,000 psi.
Process Panel Mount Gage
4.5 Safety Case with Removable Cover
Series
PPMG
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS socket and Bourdon tube.
Housing: Aluminum case and ring with enamel coating.
Lens: Polycarbonate.
Accuracy: 0.5% full scale ANSI B40.1 Grade 2A.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 160F ( 40 to 71C).
Size: 4.5 (115 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT lower.
Mounting Orientation: Panel mounting.
Weight: 2.34 lb (1.06 kg).
316 SS NPT
CONNECTION
F
E
B
C
D
A
3 .218 HOLES
ON A 5.375 B.C.
UNDER BEZEL
Model
BTG-G0322N
BTG-G2222N
Model
PPMG-G0132N
PPMG-G0232N
PPMG-G0332N
PPMG-G0432N
PPMG-G0532N
PPMG-G0632N
PPMG-G0732N
PPMG-G0832N
PPMG-G0932N
Model
PPMG-G1132N
PPMG-G1232N
PPMG-G1332N
PPMG-G1432N
PPMG-G1532N
PPMG-G1732N
PPMG-G2232N
PPMG-G2532N
PPMG-G2632N
Size
4 1/2
Dial
in
mm
A
6 3/16
157
B
2 9/32
58
C
33/64
13
D
29/32
23
E
1 3/16
30
F
4 49/64
121
Range
0 30 psi
30 Hg 0 30 psi
Range
30 Hg 0
0 15 psi
0 30 psi
0 60 psi
0 100 psi
0 160 psi
0 200 psi
0 300 psi
0 400 psi
Range
0 600 psi
0 1000 psi
0 1500 psi
0 2000 psi
0 3000 psi
0 5000 psi
30 Hg 0 30 psi
30 Hg 0 150 psi
30 Hg 0 300 psi

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
74
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
The Series TEFG Molded PVDF Gages possess dual psi and bar (100 x kPa) scales
with 1.5% full scale accuracy. The 2.5 TEFG gages are designed with a one piece PVDF
mold that makes the unit extremely durable while preventing the chance of a loss of fill. The
wetted parts include the PVDF connection and PVDF diaphragm. Units can withstand
temperatures of -4 to 140F (-20 to 60C). A wide offering of ranges are available from 15
to 200 psi. Units come with a 1/4 or 1/2 female NPT bottom connection. TEFG gages are
ideal for water treatment and chemical feed systems.
Molded PVDF Gage
One Piece Mold With All PVDF Body and Diaphragm
Series
TEFG
[A]
[E]
[F]
[C]
[H]
1/4 OR 1/2 NPT CONNECTION
[I]
[B] [C]
[D]
The Series PPG Molded Polypropylene Gages possess dual psi and bar (100 x kPa)
scales with 1.5% full scale accuracy. The 2.5 PPG gages are designed with a one piece
polypropylene mold that makes the unit extremely durable while preventing the chance of
a loss of fill. The wetted parts include the polypropylene connection and fluoroelastomer
diaphragm. Units can withstand temperatures of -4 to 140F (-20 to 60C). A wide offering
of ranges are available from 15 to 200 psi. Units come with a 1/4 or 1/2 female NPT
bottom connection. PPG gages are perfect for water treatment and chemical feed systems.
Molded Polypropylene Gage
One Piece Mold With Polypropylene Body and Fluoroelastomer Diaphragm
Series
PPG
[A]
[E]
[F]
[C]
[H]
1/4 OR 1/2 NPT CONNECTION
[I]
[B] [C]
[D]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: PVDF.
Housing: One piece molded anti impact PVDF.
Lens: Heavy duty glass.
Fill: Optional glycerin (standard no fill in gage).
Accuracy: 1.5% full scale.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limit: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
Size: 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 or 1/2 female NPT lower.
Weight: 14.72 oz (417 g).
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Connection: polypropylene; Diaphragm: fluoroelastomer.
Housing: One piece molded polypropylene.
Lens: Heavy duty glass.
Fill: Glycerin.
Accuracy: 1.5% full scale.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
Size: 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 or 1/2 female NPT lower.
Weight: 12.16 oz (345 g).
Size
2 1/2 Dial
in
mm
A
2 57/64
73.44
B
5/8
15.80
C
1 3/64
26.47
D
2 39/64
66.36
E
1/2
12.82
F
1 3/16
30.36
G
7/16
10.99
H
1 15/64
31.28
I
2 19/64
58.29
Size
2 1/2 Dial
in
mm
A
2 57/64
73.44
B
5/8
15.80
C
1 3/64
26.47
D
2 39/64
66.36
E
1/2
12.82
F
1 3/16
30.36
G
7/16
10.99
H
1 15/64
31.28
I
2 19/64
58.29
For optional glycerin fill in gage, add PY to the end of model.
Model
Model
Range
0 15 psi (1 bar)
0 30 psi (2 bar)
0 60 psi (4 bar)
0 100 psi (7 bar)
0 150 psi (11 bar)
0 200 psi (14 bar)
Range
0 15 psi (1 bar)
0 30 psi (2 bar)
0 60 psi (4 bar)
0 100 psi (7 bar)
0 150 psi (11 bar)
0 200 psi (14 bar)
1/2
TEFG-D10224F
TEFG-D10324F
TEFG-D10424F
TEFG-D10524F
TEFG-D10624F
TEFG-D10724F
1/4
TEFG-D10222F
TEFG-D10322F
TEFG-D10422F
TEFG-D10522F
TEFG-D10622F
TEFG-D10722F
1/2
PPG-D10224F
PPG-D10324F
PPG-D10424F
PPG-D10524F
PPG-D10624F
PPG-D10724F
1/4
PPG-D10222F
PPG-D10322F
PPG-D10422F
PPG-D10522F
PPG-D10622F
PPG-D10722F

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 75
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
The Series UNOG Use No Oil Gages possess psi scales with 2.5% full scale accuracy.
The 2 or 2.5 UNOG gages are designed with polished brass housings and copper alloy
wetted parts. Units can withstand temperatures of -4 to 140F (-20 to 60C). A wide
offering of ranges are available from 30 to 4000 psi. These oil-free service gages come with
a 1/4 male NPT bottom connection and are ideal for indicating compressed gas cylinder
pressures of non-corrosive gases which will oxidize with oil based compounds. Typical
applications include gas cylinders for welding and cutting manufacturing processes.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compressed, non corrosive gases.
Wetted Materials: Copper alloy socket and Bourdon tube.
Housing: Polished brass case.
Lens: Twist on plastic lens.
Accuracy: 2.5% full scale.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
Size: 2 (50 mm) or 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT lower
Weight: 2: 4.48 oz (127 g); 2.5: 5.76 oz (163 g).
Use No Oil Gage
For Pressure Indication on Gas Cylinders
Series
UNOG
[B]
[C]
[E
[D]
[A]
Size
2 Dial
2 1/2 Dial
A
in (mm)
2 5/16 (59)
2 13/16 (72)
B
in (mm)
1 13/64 (31)
1 1/8 (29)
C
in (mm)
2 5/64 (53)
2 21/32 (68)
D
in (mm)
1 1/8 (29)
1 1/8 (29)
E
1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
2 Model
UNOG-C0322N
UNOG-C0422N
UNOG-C0522N
UNOG-C0722N
UNOG-C0922N
UNOG-C1622N
2.5 Model
UNOG-D0322N
UNOG-D0422N
UNOG-D0522N
UNOG-D0722N
UNOG-D0922N
UNOG-D1622N
Tridicator Gage
Combination Pressure/Temperature Gage
Series
TRI
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass connection and phosphor bronze Bourdon tube.
Housing: Drawn steel, black finish.
Accuracy: Pressure 3 2 3%; Temperature 1 scale division.
Temperature Range: All models: 80 to 290F (30 to 140C).
Temperature Limits:
Ambient: 40 to 250F ( 40 to 120C);
Process: 80 to 290F (30 to 140C).
Pressure Limits: Full scale range.
Size: 3 (76 mm).
Process Connections: 1/2 male NPT back or bottom, 1/4 male NPT back
connection.
Weight: 12.3 oz (348.7 g).
The Series TRI combines the value of an individual pressure gage and thermometer in
one instrument. These tridicators simplify installation which reduces time and saves
money. The moveable dial with blue pressure markings and red temperature markings
make the instrument easy to read. Pressure is indicated in both psi and kPa, while
temperature is measured in both Fahrenheit and Celsius. Series TRI comes in three
different connection options including lower mount, center back mount, and center back
mount with extension shank.
A
C
3.300
3.060
1.250
A
B
C
Model
TRI-60-25E
TRI-75-25E
TRI-100-25E
TRI-200-25E
TRI-60-50
TRI-75-50
TRI-100-50
TRI-200-5
TRI-60-50L
TRI-75-50L
TRI-100-50L
TRI-200-50L
A
4 1/2
[114.3]
5 15/64
[132.95]
6 43/64
[169.47]
B
1 21/64
[33.74]
3
[76.2]
2 13/16
[71.44]
C
1
[25.4]
2 39/64
[66.78]
2 3/8
[60.33]
Model
TRI-60-25E
TRI-75-25E
TRI-100-25E
TRI-200-25E
TRI-60-50
TRI-75-50
TRI-100-50
TRI-200-50
TRI-60-50L
TRI-75-50L
TRI-100-50L
TRI-200-50L
Range
0 60 psi (0 400 kPa)
0 75 psi (0 500 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 700 kPa)
0 200 psi (0 1400 kPa)
0 60 psi (0 400 kPa)
0 75 psi (0 500 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 700 kPa)
0 200 psi (0 1400 kPa)
0 60 psi (0 400 kPa)
0 75 psi (0 500 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 700 kPa)
0 200 psi (0 1400 kPa)
Range
30 psi
60 psi
100 psi
200 psi
400 psi
4000 psi
Range
30 psi
60 psi
100 psi
200 psi
400 psi
4000 psi
Connection
1/4 NPT CBM (ext. shank)
1/4 NPT CBM (ext. shank)
1/4 NPT CBM (ext. shank)
1/4 NPT CBM (ext. shank)
1/2 NPT CBM
1/2 NPT CBM
1/2 NPT CBM
1/2 NPT CBM
1/2 NPT LM
1/2 NPT LM
1/2 NPT LM
1/2 NPT LM

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
76
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
/
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Temperature & Pressure Gage
Eliminates Need for Two Separate Gages
Series
TPG
4-1/2
[114.30] 1-3/4
[44.45]
6-29/64
[163.96]
1/2 NPT
THERMOWELL
VENTED END
4-27/64
[112]
3-3/16
[81]
45
5-19/32
[142]
1/2 NPT
THERMOWELL
2-23/64
[60]
VENTED
BOTTOM
2-1/4
[57.17]
7-1/64
[178.00]
VENTED
BOTTOM
3/4
[19.03]
1/2 NPT
THERMOWELL
4-21/64
[110]
The Series TPG Temperature & Pressure Gage eliminates the need for
two separate temperature and pressure gages. Unique internal valve depressor
built into the well allows the gages sensing probe to be easily removed from the
thermowell without causing leakage, eliminating downtime. Installation time is
further reduced via one connection to pipe instead of two.
Series TPG is packaged in an ABS plastic case. Models are available with a back
mount, direct bottom mount, 45 bottom mount or panel or surface mount with
capillary. Side by side pressure and temperature scales allow quick and easy
readings. Series TPG has a temperature accuracy of 2% and a pressure accuracy
of 1.6% of full scale. Intended for industrial or HVAC applications, specifically
measuring water in air conditioners and heat ventilation systems.
APPLICATIONS
Air line temperatures & pressures
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean water and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Brass, 304 SS.
Housing Materials: ABS plastic.
Accuracy: Pressure 1.6% FS; Temperature 2.0% FS.
Pressure Limits: 150% FS. Normal operation should be between 10%
and 90% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C); Process:
Within range.
Humidity Limit: Ambient not to exceed 80%.
Size: TPG BA/TPG BO: 4.33 (110 mm) casing, 3.54 (90 mm) dial;
TPG 45: 4.41 (112 mm) casing, 3.66 (93 mm) dial.
Process Connections: 1/2 male NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Dial face in vertical position.
Weight: 15.2 oz (431 g).
TPG-BA
TPG-BO
TPG-45
Model
(Back Mount)
TPG-BA-01-065
TPG-BA-02-065
TPG-BA-03-065
TPG-BA-04-065
TPG-BA-05-065
TPG-BA-06-065
TPG-BA-07-065
TPG-BA-08-065
TPG-BA-09-065
TPG-BA-10-065
TPG-BA-11-065
TPG-BA-12-065
Model
(Bottom Mount)
TPG-BO-01-065
TPG-BO-02-065
TPG-BO-03-065
TPG-BO-04-065
TPG-BO-05-065
TPG-BO-06-065
TPG-BO-07-065
TPG-BO-08-065
TPG-BO-09-065
TPG-BO-10-065
TPG-BO-11-065
TPG-BO-12-065
Model
(45 Mount)
TPG-45-01-065
TPG-45-02-065
TPG-45-03-065
TPG-45-04-065
TPG-45-05-065
TPG-45-06-065
TPG-45-07-065
TPG-45-08-065
TPG-45-09-065
TPG-45-10-065
TPG-45-11-065
TPG-45-12-065
ACCESSORY
A-167, Spare Thermowell
Description
85 psi/120F
85 psi/210F
150 psi/120F
150 psi/210F
235 psi/120F
235 psi/210F
6 bar/50C
6 bar/100C
10 bar/50C
10 bar/100C
16 bar/50C
16 bar/100C
Description
85 psi/120F
85 psi/210F
150 psi/120F
150 psi/210F
235 psi/120F
235 psi/210F
6 bar/50C
6 bar/100C
10 bar/50C
10 bar/100C
16 bar/50C
16 bar/100C
Description
85 psi/120F
85 psi/210F
150 psi/120F
150 psi/210F
235 psi/120F
235 psi/210F
6 bar/50C
6 bar/100C
10 bar/50C
10 bar/100C
16 bar/50C
16 bar/100C

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 77
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
761
Process Pressure Gage
Durable Housing, Field-Fillable
5-25/32
[146.84]
5-5/16
[134.94]
BOLT
CIRCLE
2-31/64
[63.10]
4-1/16
[103.19]
7/8 [22.23]
1/2 NPT
1/4 [6.35]
3 PLCS
EQUALLY SPACED
5-5/64
[128.98]
2-7/8
[73.03]
5/8
[15.88]
31/64
[12.30]
1-37/64
[40.08]
Series 761 Process Pressure Gages have a dual English/metric scale with 0.5% or
1% full scale accuracy. Series 761 gages may be easily liquid filled in the field without the
need for a separate kit. The gages are designed with 316L SS tube and socket for excellent
chemical compatibility and are offered in a wide selection of ranges.
APPLICATIONS
Chemical, refinery, fertilizer, petrochemical, pharmaceutical, power, oil, cement,
sugar, food and beverage, pulp and paper, and waste water
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316L SS Bourdon tube & connection.
Housing: Fiberglass reinforced polypropylene.
Lens: Shatterproof safety glass.
Accuracy: 0.5% full scale, ASME B40.1, Grade 2A.
Pressure Limit: 130% of full scale for ranges 8000 psi or less; 115% of full scale
for ranges greater than 8000 psi.
Temperature Limit: Ambient: 4 to 150F ( 20 to 65C); 761 Process: 300F max
(150C max).
Size: 4 1/2 (115 mm).
Process Connection: 1/2 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: 1.4 lb (650 g).
761
Model
761-1
761-2
761-3
761-4
Model
761-5
761-6
761-7
761-8
Model
761-9
761-10
761-11
761-12
Range
0 15 psi (0 to 100 kPa)
0 30 psi (0 to 200 kPa)
0 60 psi (0 to 400 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 to 700 kPa)
Range
0 160 psi (0 to 1100 kPa)
30 Hg 0 vac (0 to 100 kPa)
0 200 psi (0 to 1400 kPa)
0 300 psi (0 to 2000 kPa)
Range
0 400 psi (0 to 2800 kPa)
0 500 psi (0 to 3400 kPa)
0 600 psi (0 to 4000 kPa)
0 1000 psi (0 to 7000 kPa)
The Series 763/764 Process Gages possess psi scales with 0.5% full scale ANSI B40.1
Grade 2A accuracy. The 763/764 gages are designed with a Phenolic safety-case. This safety-
case has a solid front with blow-out back. Internal overload and under-load protection is
provided to prevent damage to the gage from extreme over or under range sensing. Access
to the adjustable needle pointer is simple via the removable bezel. Series 763 units are
shipped dry, but can be easily liquid-filled in the field without the need for a separate kit.
Series 764 units contain glycerin fill which allows the gages to be used in high vibration
applications. Excellent chemical compatibility is obtained with the 316 SS socket and
Bourdon tube. A wide offering of ranges are available from full vacuum, compound to 20,000
psi. The 763/764 is typically used to monitor suction pressures on the blower.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and
liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS socket and
Bourdon tube.
Housing: Phenolic.
Lens: Polycarbonate.
Fill: Glycerin (764 only).
Accuracy: 0.5% full scale ANSI B40.1
Grade 2A.
Pressure Limit: 115% of full scale
>1500 psi; 130% full scale 1500 psi
and below.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 763:
40 to 160F ( 40 to 71C); 764: 30 to
160F ( 1 to 71C); Process: 212F
max (100C max).
Size: 4.5 (115 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 or 1/2
male NPT lower.
Weight: 763: 31.36 oz (0.9 kg); 764:
41.6 oz (1.18 kg).
Field-Fillable & Glycerin-Filled Process Gage
0.5% Accuracy, Internal Over and Under Load Protection
Series
763
&
764
5-5/64
[129]
5-29/64
[150]
3-1/32 [77]
29/32
[23]
1-3/8
[35]
2-9/16
[65]
1-3/8 [35]
[3 .24 HOLES
ON 5.39 B.C.]
1/4 OR 1/2 NPT
[120]
Model (1/2 NPT)
763-154N
763-174N
763-194N
763-204N
763-294N
Model (1/2 NPT)
763-014N
763-024N
763-034N
763-044N
763-054N
763-064N
763-074N
Model (1/2 NPT)
763-084N
763-094N
763-114N
763-124N
763-134N
763-144N
Model (1/2 NPT)
763-214N
763-224N
763-234N
763-244N
763-254N
763-264N
763-274N
Range
0 3000 psi
0 5000 psi
0 10000 psi
0 15000 psi
0 20000 psi
Range
30 Hg 0
0 15 psi
0 30 psi
0 60 psi
0 100 psi
0 160 psi
0 200 psi
Range
0 300 psi
0 400 psi
0 600 psi
0 1000 psi
0 1500 psi
0 2000 psi
Range
30 Hg 0 15 psi
30 Hg 0 30 psi
30 Hg 0 60 psi
30 Hg 0 100 psi
30 Hg 0 160 psi
30 Hg 0 200 psi
30 Hg 0 300 psi
For glycerin fill change series from 763 to 764. For 1/4 NPT connections, change ending 4N to 2N.

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
78
S
i
n
g
l
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
i
a
l
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Spirahelic

Direct Drive Pressure Gages


Use Spirahelic

Gages for:
Systems with high cycle rates
Processes with problematic pressure surges and spikes
Environments with continuous vibration or shock
Precision design ensures maintenance-free performance.
Not just another pretty gage, the Series 7000 Spirahelic

Direct Drive
Pressure Gages were originally developed in response to military
needs for unbelievable resistance to shock and vibration while
delivering premium accuracy.
The Dwyer

Spirahelic

gage features a triple coil spiral/helical wound


Bourdon tube which provides the ultimate in operator safety, while
continuing to incorporate the advantages of a low inertia movement
without gears or linkages. This low inertia movement is provided by
the unique Bourdon tube design. The direct drive helical coil eliminates
complex mechanical movements such as gears that are common in
conventional C Bourdon tube gages, which wear and cause
inaccuracy or early failure. Expensive and leaky liquid filled gages are
no longer necessary due to the triple wound Bourdon design which
withstands shock and vibration.
The direct drive movement of the lightweight, precision balanced
pointer reduces friction and mass, improving responsiveness and
accuracy. So well in fact that on ASME Grade 2A or 3A models the
accuracy is built-in for life! Center post bearing carrier ensures precise
bearing alignment for nearly friction free operation. Low volume
Bourdon tube reduces fluid volume and stored energy, reducing
potential for damage if tube ruptures from overpressure or other
causes. A large area filter keeps dirt out and restricts flow from
damaging the Bourdon tube. The small diameter tubing combined with
a solid front case and rear blowout plug provides added safety.
Convenience is enhanced by dual bottom and back process connections
on panel mount models while turret housing gages possess a dual 1/4
female NPT and 1/2 male NPT bottom connection. Impact resistant
plastic case is sized to conform to ASME B40.1, replacing existing
gages without changes in panel cutout or mounting holes. Compound
ranges are available in either panel or turret style housings for
applications where vacuum is present in the process.
Solid front case combined
with rear blowout plug
provides highest level of
operator safety.
Direct drive movement
-no cams, gears, or linkages.
Provides longer operating
life than standard "C"
Bourdon gages.
Precision balanced pointer
with reduced friction produces
higher responsiveness
than standard gage.
High impact plastic case
and lens allows gages to
last through the most
demanding applications.
Design of small diameter tubing
wound in spiral/helical coil acts like
a liquid filled gage without the fill.
Center post bearing carrier
supports pointer shaft and coil.
Rear blowout hole
covered with label.
This safety enhancement
directs an overpressure
surge or spike
away from operators.
Case and shock protection ribs help
prevent damage to Bourdon tube in
the event of severe shock.
Filter plug protects Bourdon tube
from particulate damage and reduces
pressure surges.
Available in 4-1/2 turret mount and
4-1/2, 6, and 8-1/2 panel mount housings
Tired of replacing your pressure gages?
Thats why you need Spirahelic

Direct Drive Pressure Gages!


Designed to exceed industry standards... heres how:
Acts like a liquid-filled gage without the fill
Maintenance free
No recalibration required
Only 1 moving part no gears or linkages
Not affected by pulsations, vibrations or shock
Longer service life
Accuracy built-in for life
078.P.N:Layout 2 2/18/11 8:12 AM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879-8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494-461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 79
S
i
n
g
l
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
i
a
l
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series 7000B Spirahelic

Direct Drive Pressure Gages with turret


mount housings feature a triple coil spiral/helical wound Bourdon tube to
provide dependable service. Bourdon tube design eliminates gears, springs,
linkages and complex movements which can wear and cause inaccuracy or early
failure. Series 7000B gages come standard with a dual-size 1/2 male NPT and
1/4 female NPT process connection.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials: Grade A accuracy: Beryllium copper Bourdon tube,
nickel plated brass connection block.
Grade 2A accuracy: Inconel

X-750 alloy Bourdon tube, type 316L SS


connection block.
Housing: Black polycarbonate case and clear acrylic cover.
Accuracy: Grade A (2%-1%-2%); Grade 2A (0.5% F.S.).
Pressure Limit: 150% of full scale. Gage will maintain its specifications
for overpressures up to 150% maximum range. Normal operation
should be between 25% and 75% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: -65 to 180F (-53.9 to 82.2C).
Size: 4-1/2 (114.3 mm) dial face Design conforms to ASME B40.1.
Process Connections: Dual size 1/2 male NPT X 1/4 female NPT,
bottom connections.
Weight: 18.2 oz (516 g).
Spirahelic

Direct Drive Pressure Gage


4-1/2 Turret Mount Gage, ASME Grades A & 2A
7000B
(3) 7/32 [5.57] MOUNTING
HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A
3-3/8 [85.73] BOLT CIRCLE
DUAL PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1/2 MALE NPT
1/4 FEMALE NPT
3-7/64
[78.98]
5-7/8
[149.23]
120
Model
7112B-G030C
7112B-G045C
7112B-G060C
7112B-G100C
Compound Gages - Grade 2A Accuracy (1/2% of F.S.)
Model
7112B-G030
7112B-G060
7112B-G100
7112B-G160
7112B-G200
7112B-G300
7112B-G600
7112B-GC010
7112B-GC020
7112B-GC030
7112B-GC060
7112B-GC100
Grade 2A Accuracy (1/2% of F.S.)
Model
7100B-G060
7100B-G100
7100B-G200
7100B-G300
7100B-G600
7100B-GC010
7100B-GC020
7100B-GC030
7100B-GC060
Grade A Accuracy (2%-1%-2%)
Precision design ensures maintenance-free performance.
Solid front case combined
with rear blowout plug
provides highest level of
operator safety.
Direct drive movement
-no cams, gears, or linkages.
Provides longer operating
life than standard "C"
Bourdon gages.
Precision balanced pointer
with reduced friction produces
higher responsiveness
than standard gage.
High impact plastic case
and lens allows gages to
last through the most
demanding applications.
Design of small diameter tubing
wound in spiral/helical coil acts like
a liquid filled gage without the fill.
Center post bearing carrier
supports pointer shaft and coil.
Rear blowout hole
covered with label.
This safety enhancement
directs an overpressure
surge or spike
away from operators.
Case and shock protection ribs help
prevent damage to Bourdon tube in
the event of severe shock.
Filter plug protects Bourdon tube
from particulate damage and reduces
pressure surges.
Ranges (psig)
30 Hg-0-30
30 Hg-0-45
30 Hg-0-60
30 Hg-0-100
Ranges (psig)
30
60
100
160
200
300
600
1000
2000
3000
6000
10000
Ranges (psig)
60
100
200
300
600
1000
2000
3000
6000
079.P.N:Layout 2 2/17/11 9:34 AM Page 1
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
80
S
i
n
g
l
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
i
a
l
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
7112B
Spirahelic

Pressure Gage with Diaphragm Seal


All 316L SS with ASME Grade 2A Gage
(3) 7/32 [5.56] MOUNTING
HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A
3-3/8 [85.73] BOLT CIRCLE
120
5-9/16
[141.29]
1-3/4 HEX
[44.45 HEX]
5-7/8
[149.23]
1/4 NPT OR 1/2 NPT
PROCESS
CONNECTION
3-7/64
[78.98]
SPECIFICATIONS
GAGE SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials: Inconel

X-750 alloy Bourdon tube, type


316L SS connection block.
Housing: Black polycarbonate case and clear acrylic cover.
Accuracy: Grade 2A (0.5% full scale).
Pressure Limit: 150% of full scale. Normal operation should be
between 25% and 75% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: -65 to 180F (-53.9 to 82.2C).
Size: 4-1/2 (114.3 mm) dial face design conforms to ASME
B40.1.
Process Connections: Dual size 1/2 male NPT x 1/4 female
NPT, bottom connections.
Weight: 18.2 oz (516 g).
DIAPHRAGM SEAL SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Materials: 316L SS.
Temperature Limits: -65 to 180F (-53.9 to 82.2C).
Pressure Limits: 2500 psig (172.4 bar).
Fill Fluid: Silicone.
Process Connection: 1/2 female NPT.
Weight: 3 lb (1 oz).
The Spirahelic

Direct Drive Pressure Gage is now available with


a 316L SS diaphragm. Due to the small volume of the triple wound
Bourdon tube inside the Spirahelic

gage, a much smaller diaphragm


seal may be selected versus a standard C Bourdon tube gage. This
smaller seal is extremely compact, light weight, and durable which
eliminates difficult installation issues with bulky diaphragm seals.
These seals are also offered with an optional 1/4 NPT flush port which
makes clean outs quick and easy.
1/4 NPT Flush Port
Note: For other process connections and wetted materials
contact the factory.
Model
7112B-G060-S150
7112B-G100-S150
7112B-G200-S150
7112B-G300-S150
7112B-G600-S150
7112B-GC010-S150
Model
7112B-G060-S250
7112B-G100-S250
7112B-G200-S250
7112B-G300-S250
7112B-G600-S250
7112B-GC010-S250
Ranges (psig)
60
100
200
300
600
1000
Ranges (psig)
60
100
200
300
600
1000
080.P.N:Layout 2 2/16/11 4:07 PM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879-8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494-461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 81
S
i
n
g
l
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
i
a
l
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Spirahelic

Direct Drive Pressure Gage
Panel Mount, 4-1/2, 6 & 8-1/2 Dials, ASME Grades 2A & 3A
Series
7000
23/64
[9.13]
2-5/32
[54.76]
4-4/64
[117.87]
(3) 7/32 [5.56] MOUNTING
HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A
5-3/8 [136.53] BOLT CIRCLE
120
5-7/8
[149.23]
1-9/32
[32.54]
1/4 FEMALE NPT PRESSURE
CONNECTION TYP 2 PLACES
1 [25.40] SQUARE
CONNECTION BLOCK
2-1/32
[51.59]
1-13/32
[35.71]
Model 7112 (4-1/2 Dial)
Model 7212 (6 Dial)
Model 7312 (8-1/2 Dial)
(3) 9/32 [7.14] MOUNTING HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED ON
A 7 [177.80] BOLT CIRCLE
120
7-19/32
[192.88]
1-9/32
[32.54]
6-1/2 [165.10]
PANEL CUTOUT
2-5/32
[54.76]
23/64
[9.13]
1-13/32
[35.71]
6-5/16
[160.32]
2-1/32
(51.59)
1/4 FEMALE NPT
PRESSURE CONNECTION
TYP 2 PLACES
1 [25.40] SQUARE
CONNECTION BLOCK
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials: Inconel

X-750
alloy Bourdon tube, type 316L SS
connection block.
Housing: Black polycarbonate case
and clear acrylic cover.
Accuracy: Grade 2A (0.5% F.S.) or
Grade 3A (0.25% F.S.) with mirrored
scale.
Pressure Limit: 150% of full scale.
Gage will maintain its specifications for
overpressures up to 150% maximum
range. Normal operation should be
between 25% and 75% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: -65 to 180F
(-53.9 to 82.2C).
Sizes: 4-1/2 dial face (114.3 mm), 6
dial face (152.4 mm), 8-1/2 dial face
(215.9 mm), design conforms to ASME
B40.1.
Process Connections: Two 1/4
female NPT field selectable back or
bottom connection.
Weight: 4-1/2 dial face: 16.3 oz
(462.1 g); 6 dial face: 19.6 oz. (555.6
g); 8-1/2 dial face: 27.3 oz (773.9 g).
Standard Accessory: One 1/4 male
NPT stainless steel plug.
(3) 9/32 [7.14]
MOUNTING HOLES EQUALLY SPACED
ON A 9-5/8 [244.48] BOLT CIRCLE
120
10-3/16
[258.76]
1-9/32
[32.54]
23/64
[9.13]
2-5/32
[54.76]
1-13/32
[35.71]
8-29/32
[226.22]
2-1/32
[51.59]
1/4 FEMALE NPT PRESSURE
CONNECTION TYP 2 PLACES
1 [25.40] SQUARE
CONNECTION BLOCK
4-1/2 Dial, Grade 2A Accuracy (1/2% of F.S.)
6 Dial, Grade 2A Accuracy (1/2% of F.S.)
8-1/2 Dial, Grade 2A Accuracy (1/2% of F.S.)
Model
7212-G060
7212-G100
7212-G200
7212-G300
7212-G600
Model
7312-G060
7312-G100
7312-G200
7312-G300
7312-G600
Model
7112-G600
7112-GC010
7112-GC020
7112-GC030
7112-GC060
7112-GC100
Model
7312-GC010
7312-GC020
7312-GC030
7312-GC060
Model
7212-GC010
7212-GC020
7212-GC030
7212-GC060
Model
7112-G030
7112-G060
7112-G100
7112-G200
7112-G300
Inconel

is a registered trademark of Huntington Alloys Corporation
Model 7114A (4-1/2 Dial)
Model 7214A (6 Dial)
Model 7314A (8-1/2 Dial)
GRADE 2A ACCURACY GRADE 3A ACCURACY
Range (psig)
30
60
100
200
300
Range (psig)
60
100
200
300
600
Range (psig)
60
100
200
300
600
Range (psig)
600
1000
2000
3000
6000
10000
Range(psig)
1000
2000
3000
6000
Range (psig)
1000
2000
3000
6000
ACCESSORIES
A-341, Brass adapter, 1/4 male NPT to G 1/2 A (per ISO 228/1)
parellel thread 2-1/2 length
A-341-1, Brass adapter, 1/2 male NPT x 1/4 female NPT 3-3/4 length
Note: Additional ranges and accuracy requirements are available. Please consult
the factory for details.
Model 7112, 4-1/2 dial, Grade 2A accuracy (1/2% of F.S.)
Model 7212, 6 dial, Grade 2A accuracy (1/2% of F.S.)
Model 7312, 8 dial, Grade 2A accuracy (1/2% of F.S.)
081.P.N:Layout 2 2/16/11 4:21 PM Page 1
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
82
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
The Series SGR/SGJ Gages have dual english/metric scales with
0.25% ASME Grade 3A accuracy, and contain a green dial with anti-
parallax mirror for ease of reading measurements by the user.
The Series SGR/SGJ gages are designed with 304 SS housing and
beryllium copper plus 316L SS wetted parts. Units can withstand
ambient and process temperatures up to 149F (65C). Included is a
micrometer adjustable pointer which allows for re-zeroing in the field.
A wide selection of ranges are available. Included with the SGR/SGJ
is a protective portable carrying case.
The Series SGJ Safety Test Gage has a solid front design with baffle
wall interposed between the sensing element and the window face, plus
a pressure relieving back, provide the increased safety required for
potentially dangerous applications.
APPLICATIONS
Calibration, laboratory
6 Stainless Steel Test Gage
0.25% Full Scale Accuracy, Beryllium Copper & 316L SS Wetted Parts
Series
SGR
&
SGJ
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316L SS connection & beryllium copper
Bourdon tube.
Housing: 304 SS.
Lens: Shatter-proof safety glass.
Accuracy: 0.25% full scale @ 77F (25C); ANSI B40.1 Grade
3A.
Pressure Limit: Full scale value.
Temperature Limits: Ambient & process up to 149F (65C).
Size: 6 (150 mm).
Process Connections: 1/2 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: 2.2 lb (1.0 kg).
4-29/64
[113.11]
6-15/32
[164.31]
5/8
[15.88]
2-9/16
[65.09]
1/2 NPT
5-29/32
[150.02]
1-5/32
[29.37]
7/8 SQUARE
[22.23 SQUARE]
For SGJ test gages change series from SGR to SGJ.
Test Gage Carrying Case - Included with the
SGR or SGJ is a convenient, protective
portable carrying case for the 6 test gages.
Model
SGR-H0124N
SGR-H0224N
SGR-H0324N
SGR-H0424N
SGR-H0524N
SGR-H0624N
SGR-H0724N
SGR-H0824N
SGR-H0924N
SGR-H1024N
Range
0-30 Hg (-100-0 kPa)
0-15 psi (0-100 kPa)
0-30 psi (0-200 kPa)
0-60 psi (0-400 kPa)
0-100 psi (0-700 kPa)
0-150 psi (0-1000 kPa)
0-200 psi (0-1400 kPa)
0-300 psi (0-2000 kPa)
0-400 psi (0-2800 kPa)
0-500 psi (0-3400 kPa)

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 83
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
g
t
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
DPG
Digital Pressure Gage
0.25% or 0.5% Full Scale Accuracy, NEMA 4X Housing
Replace your outdated analog gages with the new Series DPG Digital Pressure Gage.
The Series DPG has a high 0.25% or 0.5% full scale accuracy. The 4 digit digital display
will reduce the potential for errors in readings by eliminating parallax error commonly
produced with analog gages.
Series DPG is battery powered and has an auto-shut off to conserve battery life. Battery
life, on average, will last 2000 hours. A 4 button key pad allows easy access to features
without the need to work through complex menus or difficult key combinations. These
features include backlight, peak and valley, tare or auto zero and conversion of the pressure
units.
3
[76.20]
3-5/8
[91.39]
1/4 NPT
1-5/8
[40.39]
Model
0.5%
DPG-000*
DPG-002*
DPG-003*
DPG-004*
DPG-005*
DPG-006*
DPG-007*
DPG-008*
DPG-009*
DPG-010*
DPG-011*
DPG-020*
DPG-021*
DPG-022*
DPG-023*
DPG-024*
Range psi
14.70 to 0
15.00
30.00
50.00
100.00
200.00
300.00
500.00
1000
3000
5000
14.70 to 15.00
14.70 to 30.00
14.70 to 45.00
14.70 to 60.00
14.70 to 100.0
kg/cm
2
1.033
1.055
2.109
3.515
7.03
14.06
21.09
35.15
70.3
210.9
351.5
1.033 to 1.055
1.033 to 2.109
1.033 to 3.164
1.033 to 4.218
1.033 to 7.03
bar
1.013
1.034
2.069
3.448
6.895
13.79
20.69
34.48
68.98
206.9
344.8
1.013 to 1.034
1.013 to 2.069
1.013 to 3.103
1.013 to 4.137
1.013 to 6.895
in Hg
29.93
30.54
61.08
101.8
203.6
407.2
610.8
1018
2036
6108
29.93 to 30.54
29.93 to 61.08
29.93 to 91.63
29.93 to 122.2
29.93 to 203.6
ft wc
33.94
34.61
69.21
115.4
230.7
461.4
692.1
1154
2307
6921
33.94 to 34.61
33.94 to 69.21
33.94 to 103.8
33.94 to 138.4
33.94 to 230.7
kPa
101.4
103.4
206.9
344.8
689.5
1379
2069
3448
6895
101.4 to 103.4
101.4 to 206.9
101.4 to 310.3
101.4 to 413.7
101.4 to 689.5
oz/in
2
235.2
240
480
800
1600
3200
4800
8000
235.2 to 240
235.2 to 480
235.2 to 720
235.2 to 960
235.2 to 1600
in wc
407.3
415.2
830.4
1384
2768
5536
8304
407.3 to 415.2
407.3 to 830.4
407.3 to 1245
407.3 to 1661
407.3 to 2768
mm Hg
760.7
775.7
1551
2586
5172
760.7 to 775.7
760.7 to 1551
760.7 to 2327
760.7 to 3103
760.7 to 5172
mbar
1013
1034
2069
3448
6895
1013 to 1034
1013 to 2069
1013 to 3102
1013 to 4137
1013 to 6895
cm wc
1034
1055
2109
3515
7031
1034 to 1055
1034 to 2109
1034 to 3164
1034 to 4218
1034 to 7031
Pressure Ranges
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids and combustible gases (for FM listing see Agency
Approvals below).
Wetted Materials: Type 316L SS.
Housing Materials: Polycarbonate front & back cover, anodized aluminum
extruded housing with recessed grooves, polycarbonate overlay, Buna N O rings,
316L SS sensor construction.
Accuracy: DPG 000: 0.5% full scale; DPG 100: 0.25% full scale; 1 least
significant digit @ 70F (21C) (includes linearity, hysteresis,
repeatability).
Pressure Limit: 2x pressure range for models 1000 psi; 5000 psi for 3000 psi
range; 7500 psi for 5000 psi range.
Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4/4X (IP66).
Temperature Limits: 0 to 130F ( 18 to 55C).
Thermal Effect: Between 70 to 130F is 0.016%/F; Between 32 to 70F is
0.026%/F; Between 10 to 32F is 0.09%/F.
Size: 3.00 OD x 1.90 deep (max).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT.
Weight: 8.84 oz (275 g).
Display: 4 digit (.425 H x .234 W digits).
Power Requirements: Two AAA batteries.
Battery Life: 2000 hours typical; Low battery indicator.
Auto Shut-Off:
Gage: 60 minute auto shut off. Auto shut off may be disengaged;
Backlight: 2 minute auto shut off.
Agency Approvals: DPG 000: CE; DPG 100: CE, FM approved to be intrinsically
safe for Class I, Division I, Groups A, B, C and D, for ranges 0 15 to 0 3000 psi.
*Model is not FM approved.
DPG-100 with Protective
Rubber Boot
Protective Carrying
Case
Model
0.25%
DPG-102
DPG-103
DPG-104
DPG-105
DPG-106
DPG-107
DPG-108
DPG-109
DPG-110
DPG-111*
DPG-100 DPG-000
ACCESSORIES
A-183, Protective Rubber Boot
A-184, Carrying Case

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
84
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
g
t
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
DPGA
&
DPGW
1% Digital Pressure Gage
Economic Gage With Selectable Engineering Units
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: DPGA: Air and compatible gases; DPGW: Liquids and compatible
gases.
Wetted Materials: DPGA: 316L SS, silicone sensor;
DPGW: 316L SS.
Housing Materials: ABS plastic.
Accuracy: 1.0% F.S. (includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability).
Pressure Limits: 2X pressure range. Vacuum range max. pressure is 30
psig.
Temperature Limits: 30 to 120F ( 1 to 49C).
Thermal Effect: 0.05% FS/F.
Size: 2.62 O.D. x 1.52 deep.
Process Connections: 1/4 male NPT.
Display: 4 digit LCD (.425 H x .234 W digits).
Power Requirements: 9 volt alkaline battery. Battery included but not
connected.
Auto Shut-off: 20 minute auto shut off.
Weight: 5.6 oz (160 g).
2-43/64
[67.87]
3-11/16
[93.66]
1-1/2 [38.10]
1/4 NPT
The Series DPGA is the only economic digital pressure gage with selectable
engineering units on the market. With its 1% accuracy and digital push-button zero,
the DPGA is the perfect choice for digitally monitoring the pressures of air and
compatible gases.
The Series DPGWis the only economic digital pressure gage for liquids with the
ability to select engineering units on the market. With its 1% accuracy and digital
push-button zero, the DPGW is the perfect choice for digitally monitoring the
pressures of compatible liquids and gases.
Model
DPGA-00
DPGA-01
DPGA-02
DPGA-03
DPGA-04
DPGA-05
DPGA-06
DPGA-07
DPGA-08
DPGA-09
DPGA-10
DPGA-11
kg/cm
2
1.033
.0508
.0703
.1406
.3515
1.055
2.109
3.515
7.03
14.06
21.09
35.15
bar
1.013
.0498
.0689
.1379
.3447
1.034
2.068
3.447
6.89
13.79
20.68
34.47
in Hg
29.93
1.471
2.036
4.072
10.18
30.54
61.1
101.8
203.6
407.2
611
1018
ft wc
33.94
1.667
2.307
4.614
11.53
34.60
69.2
115.3
230.7
461.3
692
1153
kPa
101.4
4.980
6.89
13.79
34.47
103.4
206.8
344.7
689
1379
2068
3447
oz/in
2
235.2
11.55
16.00
32.00
80.0
240.0
480.0
800
1600
3200
4800
in wc
407.3
20.00
27.68
55.4
138.4
415.2
830
1384
2768
mm Hg
761
37.37
51.7
103.4
258.6
776
1551
2586
mbar
1013
49.80
68.9
137.9
344.7
1034
2068
3447
cm wc
1034
50.8
70.3
140.6
351.5
1055
2109
3515
Pressure Ranges
Range
30 Hg to 0 (psi)
0 to 20 w.c.
0 to 1 psi
0 to 2 psi
0 to 5 psi
0 to 15 psi
0 to 30 psi
0 to 50 psi
0 to 100 psi
0 to 200 psi
0 to 300 psi
0 to 500 psi
psig
14.70
0.722
1.000
2.000
5.000
15.00
30.00
50.00
100.0
200.0
300.0
500.0
Resolution
psi
0.01
0.001
0.001
0.001
0.002
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
DPGA DPGW
Model
DPGW-00
DPGW-04
DPGW-05
DPGW-06
DPGW-07
DPGW-08
DPGW-09
DPGW-10
DPGW-11
kg/cm
2
1.033
.3515
1.055
2.109
3.515
7.03
14.06
21.09
35.15
bar
1.013
.3447
1.034
2.068
3.447
6.89
13.79
20.68
34.47
in Hg
29.93
10.18
30.54
61.1
101.8
203.6
407.2
611
1018
ft wc
33.94
11.53
34.60
69.2
115.3
230.7
461.3
692
1153
kPa
101.4
34.47
103.4
206.8
344.7
689
1379
2068
3447
oz/in
2
235.2
80.0
240.0
480.0
800
1600
3200
4800
in wc
407.3
138.4
415.2
830
1384
2768
mm Hg
761
258.6
776
1551
2586
mbar
1013
344.7
1034
2068
3447
cm wc
1034
351.5
1055
2109
3515
Pressure Ranges
Range
30 Hg to 0 (psi)
0 to 5 psi
0 to 15 psi
0 to 30 psi
0 to 50 psi
0 to 100 psi
0 to 200 psi
0 to 300 psi
0 to 500 psi
psig
14.70
5.000
15.00
30.00
50.00
100.0
200.0
300.0
500.0
Resolution
psi
0.01
0.002
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
Compound range available: DPGW 12: 30 Hg 0 100 psi.
ACCESSORY
A-293, Protective Rubber Boot

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 85
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
g
t
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
DPGAB
&
DPGWB
Digital Pressure Gage with Rubber Boot
0.5% Full Scale Accuracy, Selectable Engineering Units
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: DPGAB: Air and compatible gases; DPGWB: Liquids and
compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: DPGAB: 316L SS, silicone sensor; DPGWB: Type 316L
SS.
Housing Materials: ABS plastic.
Accuracy: 0.5% F.S. (includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability).
Pressure Limits: 2X pressure range. Vacuum range max. pressure is 30
psig.
Temperature Limits: 30 to 120F ( 1 to 49C).
Thermal Effect: 0.05% FS/F.
Size: 2.62 O.D. x 1.52 deep.
Process Connections: 1/4 male NPT.
Display: 4 digit LCD (.425 H x .234 W digits).
Power Requirements: 9 volt alkaline battery. Battery included but not
connected.
Auto Shut-off: 20 minute auto shut off.
Weight: 5.6 oz (160 g).
ON
OFF
ZERO
UN TS
3-3/32
[78.58]
3-59/64
[99.62]
1-25/32
[45.24]
1/4 NPT
The Series DPGWB/DPGAB digital pressure gages offer 0.5% full scale accuracy
in a rugged, easy-to-use unit at prices comparable to mechanical gauges. The DPGWB
stainless steel wetted material makes it suitable for a wide variety of liquid or gases.
The gauges feature user-selectable units of measure allowing one gauge to be used
for a variety of pressure scales. The DPGWB/DPGAB come with a protective rubber
boot to protect against short drops and rough handling.
Model
DPGAB-00
DPGAB-01
DPGAB-02
DPGAB-03
DPGAB-04
DPGAB-05
DPGAB-06
DPGAB-07
DPGAB-08
DPGAB-09
DPGAB-10
DPGAB-11
kg/cm
2
1.033
.0508
.0703
.1406
.3515
1.055
2.109
3.515
7.03
14.06
21.09
35.15
bar
1.013
.0498
.0689
.1379
.3447
1.034
2.068
3.447
6.89
13.79
20.68
34.47
in Hg
29.93
1.471
2.036
4.072
10.18
30.54
61.1
101.8
203.6
407.2
611
1018
ft wc
33.94
1.667
2.307
4.614
11.53
34.60
69.2
115.3
230.7
461.3
692
1153
kPa
101.4
4.980
6.89
13.79
34.47
103.4
206.8
344.7
689
1379
2068
3447
oz/in
2
235.2
11.55
16.00
32.00
80.0
240.0
480.0
800
1600
3200
4800
in wc
407.3
20.00
27.68
55.4
138.4
415.2
830
1384
2768
mm Hg
761
37.37
51.7
103.4
258.6
776
1551
2586
mbar
1013
49.80
68.9
137.9
344.7
1034
2068
3447
cm wc
1034
50.8
70.3
140.6
351.5
1055
2109
3515
Pressure Ranges
Range
30 Hg to 0 (psi)
0 to 20 w.c.
0 to 1 psi
0 to 2 psi
0 to 5 psi
0 to 15 psi
0 to 30 psi
0 to 50 psi
0 to 100 psi
0 to 200 psi
0 to 300 psi
0 to 500 psi
psig
14.70
0.722
1.000
2.000
5.000
15.00
30.00
50.00
100.0
200.0
300.0
500.0
Resolution
psi
0.01
0.001
0.001
0.001
0.002
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
DPGWB DPGAB
Model
DPGWB-00
DPGWB-04
DPGWB-05
DPGWB-06
DPGWB-07
DPGWB-08
DPGWB-09
DPGWB-10
DPGWB-11
kg/cm
2
1.033
.3515
1.055
2.109
3.515
7.03
14.06
21.09
35.15
bar
1.013
.3447
1.034
2.068
3.447
6.89
13.79
20.68
34.47
in Hg
29.93
10.18
30.54
61.1
101.8
203.6
407.2
611
1018
ft wc
33.94
11.53
34.60
69.2
115.3
230.7
461.3
692
1153
kPa
101.4
34.47
103.4
206.8
344.7
689
1379
2068
3447
oz/in
2
235.2
80.0
240.0
480.0
800
1600
3200
4800
in wc
407.3
138.4
415.2
830
1384
2768
mm Hg
761
258.6
776
1551
2586
mbar
1013
344.7
1034
2068
3447
cm wc
1034
351.5
1055
2109
3515
Pressure Ranges
Range
30 Hg to 0 (psi)
0 to 5 psi
0 to 15 psi
0 to 30 psi
0 to 50 psi
0 to 100 psi
0 to 200 psi
0 to 300 psi
0 to 500 psi
psig
14.70
5.000
15.00
30.00
50.00
100.0
200.0
300.0
500.0
Resolution
psi
0.01
0.002
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
Compound range available: DPGWB 12: 30 Hg 0 100 psi

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
86
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
,
D
g
t
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
DCG
Digital Calibration Gage
0.05% Full Scale Accuracy, 316 SS Wetted Parts
The Series DCG Digital Calibration Gage features a remarkable
0.05% full scale accuracy that includes the effects of linearity,
hysteresis, repeatability, and temperature across the entire
compensated temperature range. This gage was specifically designed
to be a portable test gage where its unmatched accuracy is required.
This is a highly durable gage that is housed in a rugged and compact
3 inch stainless steel case.
This highly accurate test gage offers menu configurable and password
protected features that include engineering unit conversion, seven
selectable languages, field calibration capabilities, as well as an
adjustable bar graph and update/dampening rates. Every unit includes
a NIST calibration certificate.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible, non-combustible liquids & gases.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS.
Housing Materials: 300 Series SS.
Accuracy: 0.05% full scale including linearity, hysteresis,
repeatability, and thermal effects across entire compensated
temperature range.
Pressure Limit: 2 x full scale range.
Temperature Limits: 0 to 150F (-18 to 66C).
Compensated Temperature Range: 0 to 150F (-18 to 66C).
Size: 3.00 OD x 1.70 deep.
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4 (IP65).
Display: 4-1/2 digit (0.66 high).
Power Requirements: Three AAA batteries.
Battery Life: >1000 hours.
Auto Shut-off: Gage: On/off, 2 min., 5 min., 15 min., 30 min.;
Backlight: On/off, 10 sec., 30 sec., 1 min., 5 min.
Weight: 8 oz (.23 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
3-11/32
[85]
4-11/32
[110]
1/4 NPT CONNECTION
1-11/16
[43]
5/8
[15.5]
Model
DCG-100
DCG-101
DCG-102
DCG-103
DCG-104
DCG-105
DCG-106
DCG-107
DCG-108
DCG-109
DCG-110
Model
DCG-111
DCG-112
DCG-113
DCG-114
DCG-115
DCG-117
DCG-118
DCG-119
DCG-120
DCG-121
Range
30 Hg-0 psig
30 Hg-0-15 psig
30 Hg-0-30 psig
0-5 psig
0-10 psig
0-15 psig
0-30 psig
0-60 psig
0-100 psig
0-160 psig
0-200 psig
Range
0-300 psig
0-500 psig
0-600 psig
0-800 psig
0-1000 psig
0-2000 psig
0-2500 psig
0-3000 psig
0-5000 psig
0-7000 psig

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 87
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
/
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
/
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,

D
g
t
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Digital Indicating Transmitter
0.25% Full Scale Accuracy, Optional Switch Outputs
Series
DSGT
The Series DSGT Digital Indicating Transmitter is a versatile multi-
function process gage that features an excellent 0.25% full scale accuracy. This
all-in-one digital gage package is designed to reduce installation costs,
instrument cost, and save space where an application requires a gage,
transmitter, and switches. The Series DSGT gage comes standard with a loop-
powered 4-20 mA transmitter output and is offered with one or two optional
SPDT switches.
The Series DSGT gage is housed in a durable fiberglass reinforced
thermoplastic case that is designed to meet NEMA 4 (IP65) requirements. The
gage features a menu-driven display for easy customization. User selectable
features include 12 engineering units of measure, password protected
calibration and disable functions, as well as an adjustable bar graph and
update/dampening rates.
SPECIFICATIONS
GAGE SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible, non combustible liquids & gases.
Wetted Materials: 17 4 stainless steel sensor, 316 SS socket.
Housing Materials: Fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic case.
Accuracy: 0.25% full scale (includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability).
Pressure Limit: 2 x full scale range.
Process Connection: 1/2 male NPT.
Display: 5 digit (0.88 high).
TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply: 12 36 VDC (loop powered).
Output Signal: 4 20 mA.
Response Time: 100 ms.
Temperature Limits: 14 to 140F ( 10 to 60C).
Thermal Effects: 0.04% full scale/F.
Electrical Connections: 3 ft flying leads.
Loop Resistance: DC; 0 1090 ohms maximum.
Set Point Adjustments: Adjustable through menu selections.
Weight: 1.45 lb (.66 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS (OPTIONAL)
Switch Type: 1 SPDT ( C1S option); 2 SPDT ( C2S option).
Repeatability: 0.25% full scale.
Electrical Rating: 1A @ 24 VDC or 0.5A @ 125 VAC.
Electrical Connections: 3 ft flying leads.
Power Requirements: 12 36 VDC (separate line power).
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
*For optional switch outputs change C0S suffix to C1S for 1 SPDT switch, or
C2S for 2 SPDT switches.
Model*
DSGT-101-C0S
DSGT-102-C0S
DSGT-103-C0S
DSGT-104-C0S
DSGT-105-C0S
DSGT-106-C0S
DSGT-107-C0S
DSGT-108-C0S
DSGT-109-C0S
DSGT-110-C0S
Range
30 Hg 0 15 psig
30 Hg 0 30 psig
30 Hg 0 60 psig
0 30 psig
0 60 psig
0 100 psig
0 160 psig
0 200 psig
0 300 psig
0 600 psig
Range
0 800 psig
0 1000 psig
0 1500 psig
0 2000 psig
0 3000 psig
0 5000 psig
0 8000 psig
0 10,000 psig
0 15,000 psig
0 20,000 psig
Model*
DSGT-111-C0S
DSGT-112-C0S
DSGT-113-C0S
DSGT-114-C0S
DSGT-115-C0S
DSGT-116-C0S
DSGT-117-C0S
DSGT-118-C0S
DSGT-119-C0S
DSGT-120-C0S
5-3/8 B.C.
[136.4]
5-13/16
[147.6]
3-29/32
[99]
37
1/2 OR 1/4 NPT
5/8 [15.8] ACROSS FLATS
(3) 1/4 [6.3]
3-5/16
[83.8]
5-3/16
[131.8]
1-1/2
[38.1]
1-13/32
[35.6]
2-19/32
[66]
Model DSGT-XXX-C0S, Transmitter with No Switch Outputs
Model DSGT-XXX-C1S, Transmitter with 1 SPDT Switch Output
Model DSGT-XXX-C2S, Transmitter with 2 SPDT Switch Outputs

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
88
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
/
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
/
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,

D
g
t
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Digital Pressure Gage
3-in-1: Gage, Transmitter & Switch
Series
DPG-200
The Series DPG-200 Digital Pressure Gage has a precise 0.25% full scale accuracy.
The 4 digit digital display will reduce the potential for errors in readings by eliminating
parallax error commonly produced with analog gages. The DPG-200 is packaged in a
durable extruded aluminum case designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66). The unit is powered
by 12-24 VDC/VAC and contains two alarm set points along with a 4-20 mA process output.
A four-button keypad allows easy access to features. These features include backlight, peak
and valley, auto zero and conversion of the pressure units.
APPLICATIONS
Process control
Compressor control
3
[76.20]
2-3/8
[60.45]
1-5/8
[40.39]
1/4 NPT
3-5/8
[91.39]
SPECIFICATIONS
DIGITAL GAGE SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquids and non combustible compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Type 316L SS.
Housing: Black polycarbonate front & back cover, anodized aluminum extruded
housing with recessed grooves, polycarbonate overlay, Buna N O rings, 316L SS
sensor construction.
Accuracy: 0.25% F.S. 1 least significant digit (includes linearity, hysteresis,
repeatability).
Pressure Limit: 2x pressure range for models 1000 psi; 5000 psi for 3000 psi
range; 7500 psi for 5000 psi range.
Temperature Limits: 0 to 158F (0 to 70C).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT.
Display: 4 digit (.425 H x .234 W digits).
Size: 3.00 OD x 1.90 deep (not including cables).
Weight: 8.84 oz (275 g).
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Switch Type: 2 SPDT form C contacts.
Electrical Rating: 0.5A @ 125 VAC resistive, 1A @ 24 VDC.
Relay Differential: 1 least significant digit.
Electrical Connections: 3 ft (.91 m) cable.
Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position.
Set Point Adjustment: Via menu.
TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits: 0 to 158F (0 to 70C).
Thermal Effect: Between 70 to 158F = 0.016%/F. Between 0 to 70F = 0.026%/F.
Power Requirements: 12 24 VAC +/ 20% 50 400 HZ, 12 24 VDC +/ 20%.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA.
Loop Resistance: 600 ohms maximum.
Power Consumption: 0.8 W max.
Electrical Connections: 3 ft (.91 m) cable.
Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Model
DPG-200
DPG-202
DPG-203
DPG-204
DPG-205
DPG-206
DPG-207
DPG-208
DPG-209
DPG-210
DPG-211
Range
psig
14.70 0
15.00
30.00
50.00
100.0
200.0
300.0
500.0
1000
3000
5000
kg/cm
2
1.033
1.055
2.109
3.515
7.03
14.06
21.09
35.15
70.3
210.9
351.5
bar
1.013
1.034
2.069
3.448
6.895
13.79
20.69
34.48
68.98
206.9
344.8
in Hg
29.93
30.54
61.08
101.8
203.6
407.2
610.8
1018
2036
6108
ft wc
33.94
34.61
69.21
115.4
230.7
461.4
692.1
1154
2307
6921
kPa
101.4
103.4
206.9
344.8
689.5
1379
2069
3448
6895
oz/in
2
235.2
240
480
800
1600
3200
4800
8000
in wc
407.3
415.2
830.4
1384
2768
5536
8304
mm Hg
760.7
775.7
1551
2586
5172
mbar
1013
1034
2069
3448
6895
cm wc
1034
1055
2109
3515
7031
Pressure Ranges
Compound ranges available: DPG 220 range: 30 Hg 0 15 psi.
*feet of seawater @ 4C
ft sw*
33.06
33.73
67.45
112.4
224.8
449.7
674.5
1124
2248
6745

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 89
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

G
a
g
e
s
/
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
/
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,

D
g
t
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Electronic Pressure Controller
2 Switches, Indicating Gauge, and Transmitter in One Package
Series
EDA
1/4 MALE NPT
WITH 3/4 [19.05]
WRENCHING HEX
9/32 [7.14]
5
[127.00]
4-17/32
[115.09]
1
[25.40]
3-1/16
[77.89]
27/32
[21.43]
1-59/64
[26.16]
2X 5/16 [7.93]
3-15/32
[88.11]
1-5/8 [41.28]
[40.88]
3X 1/8 [3.18]
1/2 FEMALE NPT
CONDUIT ENTRY
Series EDA Electronic Pressure Control is an extremely versatile compact package
that can replace a separate gauge, two switches, and a transmitter in a system saving
money, installation time, and panel space. The EDA incorporates two SPDT relays that
have the on and off points fully adjustable over the range for control or alarm use. Front
face has LED indicators for switch status and a large backlight two-line display showing
process value and indication units. Programming is easy with simple menu structure, two-
line display, and external programming buttons. Weatherproof housing is ideal for a wide
variety of applications with panel mount, flush mount, or pipe mount ability. Features
include zero set, adjustable dampening, menu lock out, peak and valley indication,
removable terminal blocks, adjustable time delay, and scalable transmitter output.
FEATURES
Display Units: psi, kg/cm
2
, bar, in Hg, ft w.c., kPa, MPa, %FS, in w.c., mbar, cm
w.c., mm Hg, or oz/in
2
(Choices depend on range).
Test Mode: Simulates input over the range without pressuring to easily test
switches and transmitter output function.
Failsafe: For sensor failure, over pressure, high temperature limit, low
temperature limit, or keypad short. User chooses if relay is de energized,
energized, or no action. With transmitter option, user chooses an output of 3.6 mA
22 mA, or no action.
Alternation: Selectable alternation of set points between the relays for even wear
on duplex pump applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids and gases.
Wetted Materials: 316L SS.
Housing: Glass filled plastic.
Accuracy: 1% of F.S. including linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability (indicator and
transmitter).
Stability: < 2% of F.S. per year.
Pressure Limits: Ranges up to 6,000 psi: 1.5 x range; 8,000 psi range: 10,000 psi.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 20 to 140F ( 6.6 to 60C); Process: 0 to 176F
( 18 to 80C).
Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C).
Thermal Effect: 0.05% of F.S./F.
Display: 4 digit backlit LCD (digits: 0.60H x 0.33 W).
Power Requirements: 12 to 30 VDC/AC.
Power Consumption: 2.5 watts.
Electrical Connections: Removable terminal blocks with two 1/2 female NPT
conduit connections.
Enclosure Rating: Meets NEMA 4X (IP65).
Warm Up Time: <10 seconds.
Mounting Orientation: Any position.
Weight: 1.18 lbs (535 g).
Agency Approvals: CE and UL pending.
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Switch Type: 2 SPDT relays.
Electrical Rating: 5 A @ 120/240VAC, 1 A @ 30 VDC.
Repeatability: 1% of FS (switching only).
Set Points: Adjustable 0 100% of FS.
Switch Indication: External LED for each relay on the front panel.
Switch Reset: Manual or automatic.
TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS
Output Signal: 4 20 mA, 1 6 VDC, 1 5 VDC, 0 5 VDC, or 0 10
VDC (direct or reverse output selection).
Minimum Excitation: 14 VDC.
Zero and Span Adjustments: Menu scalable within the range.
Example
Series
Housing
Process
Connection
Electrical
Connection
Range
Transmitter
Output
Options
EDA
EDA
W
N1
E1
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
T0
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
STW
NIST
23444
EDAW N1E1 01T0 SST
Electronic Pressure Controller
Weatherproof
1/4 NPT male bottom
Two 1/2 female NPT conduit
connections
0 20 psi
0 60 psi
0 100 psi
0 150 psi
0 300 psi
0 600 psi
0 1000 psi
0 1500 psi
0 3000 psi
0 6000 psi
0 8000 psi
None
4 to 20 mA
1 to 5 VDC
0 to 5 VDC
1 to 6 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
Stainless Steel Tag
NIST Certificate
Oxygen Cleaning

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
90
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Materials: Brass, 403 SS, or 316 SS.
Temperature Limit: 180F (82C).
Pressure Limit: Maximum pressure of the operating range.
Enclosure Rating: General purpose, weatherproof or explosion proof.
Repeatability: 1% of full operating range, 1.5% on DS 7300 models.
Switch Type: SPST mercury switch, SPDT mercury switch, SPDT snap switch, or
SPDT hermetically sealed snap switch. Other circuit types available.
Electrical Rating: See model charts.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminal.
Conduit Connection: General purpose: 1/2 hole for conduit hub; Weatherproof:
1/2 conduit hub; Explosion proof: 3/4 female NPT.
Process Connection: General purpose and weatherproof: 1/4 male NPT, 1/2 male
NPT on ranges 15S and 16S; Explosion proof: 1/2 male NPT and 1/4 female NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical.
Set Point Adjustment: Thumbscrew.
Weight: General purpose: 4 lb (1.8 kg); Weatherproof: 6 lb (2.7 kg); Explosion proof:
8 lb (3.5 kg).
Deadband: See model chart.
Agency Approvals: CE, UL, CSA, FM (mercury switch units are not CE approved)
(Consult factory for FM approved models).
Series
DA/DS
Bourdon Tube Pressure Switches
Pressure Ranges to 8000 psi (551.6 bar)
1/4 N.P.T.
5/8 [15.88]
GASKETED COVER
FOR ADJUSTMENTS
GASKET
REAR MOUNTING
FLANGE
(3) .203 [5.16]
DIA. HOLES AT
120 ON 6-1/2
[165.1] DIA.
BOLT CIRCLE
OPERATING
ADJUSTMENTS
2-13/16
[71.44]
4-3/16
[106.36]
7
[177.8]
DIA.
1-5/8
[41.28
8
[203.2]
15/16 [23.81]
1/2
CONDUIT
HUB
DAW
1/4 N.P.T.
6-1/64
[152.8]
DIA.
7/8 [22.23]
ADJUSTMENT SCREWS
2-1/4
[57.15]
1-5/8
[41.28]
1/2 [12.7]
CONDUIT HOLE
5/8 [15.88]
MERCOID
CONTROL
Customers tell us that this is the best pressure switch made. The Mercoid D Series is
one of the worlds broadest lines of pressure switches.
The D Series has extremely high sensitivity and great repeatability. The DA Models are
equipped with two external adjustments, one for setting high pressure operating point, the
other for setting low pressure operating point. Deadband, the difference between high and
low setpoints, is adjustable over the full scale. The DS Models are equipped with a single
external adjustment for setting operating point only. For mercury free switches choose
between the snap action switch or hermetically sealed snap action switch. Hermetically
sealed mercury switch also available.
5
3/4 PIPE THD.
CONDUIT HOLE
1-1/4
L
U
1/2 NPT
3/4 CONDUIT THD
1-3/4 10
3-7/8
3-1/2
7-3/4
3-1/2
(2) STD. 13/32 DIA.
MOUNTING HOLES
CONTROL
ADJUSTMENTS
2-9/16
DAH

FEATURES
Visible calibrated dial
On/off indication (except hermetically sealed snap switch models)
Adjustable or fixed deadband
SPDT snap action, hermetically sealed snap action or hermetically sealed
mercury switch
External switch setpoint adjustments
Minimum deadband is obtainable at any point in the range
Pressure ranges of full vacuum to 8000 psig
UL listed, CSA approved, many models FM approved
General purpose, weatherproof or explosion proof enclosures
OPTIONS
Weatherproof Enclosure, Series DAW Add W to model number after DA or DS
and change 1 to 3.
Example: DAW 33 153 7
Explosion-Proof Enclosure, Series DAH Suitable for Class I, Groups C and D;
NEMA 7; Class II, Groups E, F, G; Class III NEMA 9 and 9A, Division 1. Add H to
model number after DA or DS.
Example: DAH 31 153 7
FM Approved: For general purpose and explosion proof models see agency
approvals. Add F to model number after DA, DS, DAH or DSH.
Examples: DAF 31 153 7 or DAHF 31 153 7
Other Options (Consult Factory): DPDT switches or other switch types, fixed
deadband mercury switch units for low deadband applications, manual reset
operation, two stage operation, acetal bushed movement for applications with high
amounts of vibration and/or pulsation, fungus proofing, siphon, diaphragm seals,
mounting flange and remote connection.

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 91
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Adjustable Deadband Fixed Deadband Hermetically Sealed, Fixed Deadband
SPDT: 10A @ 120/240 VAC SPDT: 15A @ 120/240 AC SPDT: 5A @ 120/240 VAC, 5A res. @ 30 VDC
Bourdon Adjustable Minimum Model Fixed Model Fixed Model
Tube Operating Deadband Deadband Deadband
Material Range (psig) (psig) (psig) (psig)
0 30 Hg Vac 13.5 Hg DA-7031-153-2 3 Hg DS-7231-153-2 5 Hg DS-7331-153-2
10 Hg Vac 12 6 DA-7031-153-3 1.5 DS-7231-153-3 3 DS-7331-153-3
25 Hg Vac 50 12 DA-7031-153-27 2.5 DS-7231-153-27 3.75 DS-7331-153-27
1/8 15 6 DA-7031-153-1 1.5 DS-7231-153-1 3 DS-7331-153-1
1/8 20 6 DA-7031-153-3A 1.5 DS-7231-153-3A 3 DS-7331-153-3A
Brass 1 35 7.5 DA-7031-153-4 1.5 DS-7231-153-4 3 DS-7331-153-4
2 60 9 DA-7031-153-5 2 DS-7231-153-5 3 DS-7331-153-5
5 100 13.5 DA-7031-153-6 2.5 DS-7231-153-6 3.75 DS-7331-153-6
5 150 24 DA-7031-153-7 3 DS-7231-153-7 5.25 DS-7331-153-7
10 200 24 DA-7031-153-8 4 DS-7231-153-8 6.75 DS-7331-153-8
10 300 37.5 DA-7031-153-9 5 DS-7231-153-9 9 DS-7331-153-9
30 Hg Vac 60 18 DA-7021-153-25S 3.5 DS-7221-153-25S 5.25 DS-7321-153-25S
30 Hg Vac 75 22.5 DA-7021-153-26S 3.5 DS-7221-153-26S 5.25 DS-7321-153-26S
2 60 13.5 DA-7021-153-5S 3 DS-7221-153-5S 4.5 DS-7321-153-5S
5 100 19.5 DA-7021-153-6S 3.5 DS-7221-153-6S 5.25 DS-7321-153-6S
403 10 200 22.5 DA-7021-153-8S 4 DS-7221-153-8S 7.125 DS-7321-153-8S
Stainless 10 300 28.5 DA-7021-153-9S 6 DS-7221-153-9S 10.5 DS-7321-153-9S
Steel 40 350 30 DA-7021-153-9AS 6 DS-7221-153-9AS 10.5 DS-7321-153-9AS
25 600 67.5 DA-7021-153-10S 10 DS-7221-153-10S 18 DS-7321-153-10S
50 1000 142.5 DA-7021-153-11S 20 DS-7221-153-11S 33 DS-7321-153-11S
100 1500 195 DA-7021-153-12S 30 DS-7221-153-12S 52.5 DS-7321-153-12S
300 2500 390 DA-7021-153-13S 60 DS-7221-153-13S 90 DS-7321-153-13S
500 5000 1350 DA-7021-153-15S 200 DS-7221-153-15S 300 DS-7321-153-15S
800 8000 2250 DA-7021-153-16S 500 DS-7221-153-16S
30 Hg Vac 75 15 DA-7041-153-26E 3.5 DS-7241-153-26E 5.25 DS-7341-153-26E
5 75 12 DA-7041-153-23E 4 DS-7241-153-23E 6 DS-7341-153-23E
316 10 100 15 DA-7041-153-6E 3.5 DS-7241-153-6E 5.25 DS-7341-153-6E
Stainless 10 150 16.5 DA-7041-153-24E 4 DS-7241-153-24E 6.75 DS-7341-153-24E
Steel 10 300 42 DA-7041-153-9E 8 DS-7241-153-9E 12 DS-7341-153-9E
30 400 78 DA-7041-153-21E 10 DS-7241-153-21E 18 DS-7341-153-21E
75 800 180 DA-7041-153-22E 25 DS-7241-153-22E 37.5 DS-7341-153-22E
100 1000 285 DA-7041-153-11E 35 DS-7241-153-11E 52.5 DS-7341-153-11E
200 2500 600 DA-7041-153-13E 75 DS-7241-153-13E 112.5 DS-7341-153-13E
D Series Pressure Switch with Mercury Switch and General Purpose Enclosure
D Series Pressure Switch with Snap Action Switch and General Purpose Enclosure
Bourdon Adjustable Minimum SPDT SPST SPST Minimum SPST Open SPST Close
Tube Operating Deadband 4A @ 120 V Open on Close on Deadband on Increase on Increase
Material Range (psig) 2A @ 240 V Increase Increase (psig) 5A @ 120 VAC 5A @ 120 VAC
(psig) AC/DC 10A @ 120 V 10A @ 120 V 2A @ 240 VDC 2A @ 240 VDC
5A @ 240 V 5A @ 240 V 2.5A @ 120 VDC 2.5A @ 120 VDC
AC/DC AC/DC 1A @ 240 VDC 1A@ 240 VDC
0 30 Hg Vac 2 Hg DA-31-153-2 DA-31-2-2 DA-31-3-2 1 Hg DA-531-2-2 DA-531-3-2
10 Hg Vac 12 1 DA-31-153-3 DA-31-2-3 DA-31-3-3 0.5 DA-531-2-3 DA-531-3-3
25 Hg Vac 50 3.5 DA-31-153-27 DA-31-2-27 DA-31-3-27 2 DA-531-2-27 DA-531-3-27
1/8 15 1 DA-31-153-1 DA-31-2-1 DA-31-3-1 0.5 DA-531-2-1 DA-531-3-1
1/8 20 1 DA-31-153-3A DA-31-2-3A DA-31-3-3A 0.5 DA-531-2-3A DA-531-3-3A
Brass 1 35 1.75 DA-31-153-4 DA-31-2-4 DA-31-3-4 0.75 DA-531-2-4 DA-531-3-4
2 60 3 DA-31-153-5 DA-31-2-5 DA-31-3-5 1 DA-531-2-5 DA-531-3-5
5 100 3.75 DA-31-153-6 DA-31-2-6 DA-31-3-6 2 DA-531-2-6 DA-531-3-6
5 150 6 DA-31-153-7 DA-31-2-7 DA-31-3-7 3 DA-531-2-7 DA-531-3-7
10 200 8 DA-31-153-8 DA-31-2-8 DA-31-3-8 3.5 DA-531-2-8 DA-531-3-8
10 300 12 DA-31-153-9 DA-31-2-9 DA-31-3-9 6 DA-531-2-9 DA-531-3-9
30 Hg Vac 60 6 DA-21-153-25S DA-21-2-25S DA-21-3-25S 3 DA-521-2-25S DA-521-3-25S
30 Hg Vac 75 8 DA-21-153-26S DA-21-2-26S DA-21-3-26S 4 DA-521-2-26S DA-521-3-26S
2 60 4 DA-21-153-5S DA-21-2-5S DA-21-3-5S 2.5 DA-521-2-5S DA-521-3-5S
5 100 6 DA-21-153-6S DA-21-2-6S DA-21-3-6S 3 DA-521-2-6S DA-521-3-6S
10 200 8 DA-21-153-8S DA-21-2-8S DA-21-3-8S 4 DA-521-2-8S DA-521-3-8S
403 10 300 14 DA-21-153-9S DA-21-2-9S DA-21-3-9S 7 DA-521-2-9S DA-521-3-9S
Stainless 40 350 14 DA-21-153-9AS DA-21-2-9AS DA-21-3-9AS 7 DA-521-2-9AS DA-521-3-9AS
Steel 25 600 25 DA-21-153-10S DA-21-2-10S DA-21-3-10S 15 DA-521-2-10S DA-521-3-10S
50 1000 60 DA-21-153-11S DA-21-2-11S DA-21-3-11S 40 DA-521-2-11S DA-521-3-11S
100 1500 90 DA-21-153-12S DA-21-2-12S DA-21-3-12S 50 DA-521-2-12S DA-521-3-12S
300 2500 150 DA-21-153-13S DA-21-2-13S DA-21-3-13S 100 DA-521-2-13S DA-521-3-13S
500 5000 450 DA-21-153-15S DA-21-2-15S DA-21-3-15S 200 DA-521-2-15S DA-521-3-15S
800 8000 750 DA-21-153-16S DA-21-2-16S DA-21-3-16S 400 DA-521-2-16S DA-521-3-16S
30 Hg Vac 75 7 DA-41-153-26E DA-41-2-26E DA-41-3-26E 3.5 DA-541-2-26E DA-541-3-26E
5 75 3 DA-41-153-23E DA-41-2-23E DA-41-3-23E 2 DA-541-2-23E DA-541-3-23E
10 100 7 DA-41-153-6E DA-41-2-6E DA-41-3-6E 3.5 DA-541-2-6E DA-541-3-6E
316 10 150 6 DA-41-153-24E DA-41-2-24E DA-41-3-24E 3 DA-541-2-24E DA-541-3-24E
Stainless 10 300 18 DA-41-153-9E DA-41-2-9E DA-41-3-9E 5 DA-541-2-9E DA-541-3-9E
Steel 30 400 30 DA-41-153-21E DA-41-2-21E DA-41-3-21E 15 DA-541-2-21E DA-541-3-21E
75 800 75 DA-41-153-22E DA-41-2-22E DA-41-3-22E 35 DA-541-2-22E DA-541-3-22E
100 1000 100 DA-41-153-11E DA-41-2-11E DA-41-3-11E 45 DA-541-2-11E DA-541-3-11E
200 2500 210 DA-41-153-13E DA-41-2-13E DA-41-3-13E 110 DA-541-2-13E DA-541-3-13E
Adjustable Deadband

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
92
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
SA1100
Diaphragm Operated Pressure Switches
Visible Setpoint, Adjustable Deadband, Hermetically Sealed Snap Switch,
Weatherproof and Explosion-proof
Weatherproof and Explosion-Proof in One Economical Enclosure
Extremely rugged construction assures excellent reliability in chemical, petroleum and
industrial plants. New design also provides burst pressure protection to 3000 psi (206 bar).
The rolling diaphragm design maintains a constant effective area to minimize friction. This
results in a minimum deadband as low as 5% of full scale. Since many applications require
higher deadbands, the SA1100 includes a separate adjustment of this when necessary. A
pump being used to control liquid level in a tank would be a typical situation where this
feature would be important. Both setpoint and deadband adjustments are protected, yet
clearly visible behind a clear polycarbonate window and are fully isolated from the electrical
components for additional safety. A 7/16 open-end wrench is the only tool required to
change settings. Terminal blocks are provided for switch wiring connections and both
internal and external ground screws are included. Standard housing is weatherproof to
NEMA standards 1 through 4X and 13; explosion-proof to NEMA 7, Class I, Groups B, C &
D; NEMA 9, Class II, Groups E, F & G. Optional construction adds drain to meet IP54.
APPLICATIONS
Chemical, petroleum, food and drug processing industries
Used indoor, outdoor or in explosion proof area
Range
Number
Adjustable
Operating
Range
Approximate Minimum
Deadband
Approximate
Maximum
Deadband
11
12
13
psig
10 150
20 250
30 500
bar
0.7 10
1.4 17.2
2.0 34
psig
4.0
5.0
12
bar
0.28
0.35
0.83
psig
7.5
12.5
45
bar
0.52
0.86
3.1
psig
75
150
300
bar
5.2
10
21
Low High
Switch Deadband Chart
Series SA1100
*Options that do not have ATEX.
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Materials: See pressure chamber and diaphragm material in model chart.
Temperature Limits: 30 to 180F ( 35 to 82C) standard; ATEX compliant at
Ambient Temperature: 4 to 167F ( 20 to 75C); Process Temperature: 4 to 167F
( 20 to 75C).
Pressure Limit: 1200 psig (82.6 bar).
Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof and Explosion proof. Listed with UL and CSA for
Class I, Groups B, C and D; Class II Groups E, F, and G. ATEX Compliant
0344 II 2 G EEx d IIC T6 Process Temperature 75C. Weatherproof UL Rated
Type 4. Meets NEMA 4X.
Switch Type: SPDT or DPDT snap switch.
Electrical Rating: See model chart.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminal.
Conduit Connection: 3/4 female NPT.
Process Connection: 1/2 female NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Within 20 of vertical.
Set Point Adjustment: Internal 7/16 hex nuts.
Weight: 3.5 lb (1.6 kg).
Deadband: See deadband chart.
Agency Approvals: UL, CSA, CE and ATEX.
Example
Construction
Adjustable
Pressure
Ranges
Circuit
(Switch)
Options
Pressure
Chamber
Material
(Wetted)
Diaphragm
Material
(Wetted)
Circuit
(Switch)
Type
Process
Connection
Options
SA11 13 E A 4
SA11
11
12
13
E
HS
HG
A
S
K 2
4
5
K
L
2
AT
DRAIN

SA1113E-A4-K2 Pressure Control; weatherproof,


NEMA 4X,explosion proof NEMA 7&9; aluminum
pressure chamber, Buna-N diaphragm and O-ring; 1/2
inch female NPT process connection; adjustable
deadband, automatic reset; SPDT snap acting switch;
adjustable range 30-500 psig.
Series Designator, weatherproof NEMA 4X, explosion-
proof NEMA 7, 9.
Adjustable range 10-150 psig (0.7-10 bar)
Adjustable range 20-250 psig (1.4-17.2 bar)
Adjustable range 30-500 psig (2.0-34.0 bar)
Snap action switch rated 15A @ 125/250/480 VAC, 1/8
HP @ 125 VAC, 1/4 HP @ 250 VAC, 1/2 A @ 125 VDC
resistive, 1/4 A @ 250 VDC resistive.
Hermetically sealed snap action switch rated 5A @
125/250 VAC, 5A resistive @ 30 VDC*
Hermetically sealed snap action switch with gold
contacts rated 1A @ 125 VAC, 1A resistive @ 30 VDC*
Aluminum
316 SS
Buna-N diaphragm and O-ring
Fluorocarbon diaphragm and O-ring
SPDT
DPDT (not available with HS or HG switch options)
1/2 inch female NPT
ATEX certified construction
Housing with drain - allows condensate to be drained
from inside enclosure (meets NEMA 3R instead of 4X)
Model
SA1111E-A4-K2
SA1111E-S5-K2

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 93
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
*Deadband 10 15% larger when using 316SS diaphragm.
Change A1 to B2 for 316 SS diaphragm and pressure chamber e.g. 1003W B2 D.
Values shown are for mid scale.
*Deadband 10 15% larger when using 316SS diaphragm.
Change A1 to B2 for 316 SS diaphragm and pressure chamber e.g. 1003E B2 J.
Values shown are for mid scale.
Same rugged construction as used in Series 1000W plus explosion-proof design are
combined in this new unit. UL listed for Class I, Groups A, B, C & D; Class II, Groups E, F &
G. Bellville spring movement permits mounting of control in any position and helps prevent
contact chatter. High over-pressure protection and vibration resistance are also featured.
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Materials: See pressure chamber and diaphragm material in model chart.
Temperature Limits: 30 to 170F ( 35 to 77C).
Pressure Limit: 3000 psig (206.8 bar).
Enclosure Rating: Explosion proof, UL listed for Class I, Groups A, B, C and D;
Class II, Groups E, F, and G.
Switch Type: SPDT snap switch. DPDT or hermetically sealed optional.
Electrical Rating: 15A @ 125/250/480 VAC res., 0.5A @ 125 VDC, 0.25A @ 250
VDC.
Electrical Connections: 18 AWG, 18 (460 mm) long.
Conduit Connection: 1/2 male NPT.
Process Connection: 1/4 female NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Any position.
Set Point Adjustment: Internal thumbwheel.
Weight: 3 lb (1.4 kg).
Deadband: See model chart.
Agency Approvals: CE, UL.
Extremely rugged construction provides excellent reliability in chemical, petroleum and
industrial plants. Bellville spring movement permits mounting of control in any position and
helps prevent contact chatter. New design also provides high over-pressure protection.
Weatherproof housing is standard.
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Materials: See pressure chamber and diaphragm material in model chart.
Temperature Limits: 30 to 170F ( 35 to 77C).
Pressure Limit: 3000 psig (206.8 bar).
Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof, meets NEMA 4X.
Switch Type: SPDT snap switch. DPDT optional.
Electrical Rating: 15A @ 125/250 VAC resistive.
Electrical Connections: Screw type.
Conduit Connection: 3/4 female NPT.
Process Connection: 1/4 female NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Any position.
Set Point Adjustment: Internal thumbwheel.
Weight: 3 lb (1.4 kg).
Deadband: See model chart.
Agency Approvals: CE, UL.
Aluminum Press.
Chamber
Polyimide Diaph.
Model
1003W-A1-D
1004W-A1-D
1005W-A1-D
1006W-A1-D
1007W-A1-D
1008W-A1-D
1009W-A1-D
316 SS
Pressure Chamber
FEP Diaphragm
Model
1003W-B3-D
1004W-B3-D
1005W-B3-D
1006W-B3-D
1007W-B3-D
1008W-B3-D
1009W-B3-D
Adjustable
Operating
Range
psig (bar)
5 40 (.48 2.8)
10 70 (.69 4.8)
25 200 (1.7 13.8)
50 350 (3.5 24.1)
75 550 (5.2 37.9)
100 900 (6.9 62.1)
200 1400 (13.8 96.5)
Approx.*
Deadband
(Fixed) psig
(bar)
2 (.14)
4 (.28)
8 (.55)
15 (1.0)
30 (2.1)
50 (3.5)
75 (5.2)
Series
1000W
Series
1000E
3-3/32
[78.56]
1-3/4
[44.45]
5/8
[15.88]
1-11/32
[34.13]
1/4 FEMALE
NPT PRESSURE
CONNECTION
2-9/32
[57.94]
7-17/64
[184.53]
3-3/4
[95.25
2-1/4
[57.15]
3/4 FEMALE
NPT CONDUIT
CONNECTION
17/64 [6.75]
MOUNTING
HOLES TYP 4
PLACES
5
[127.00]
4-1/2
[114.30]
2-21/32
[67.47]
18 [457.20]
LONG 18 AWG
LEAD WIRES
1/2 MALE
NPT CONDUIT
CONNECTION
17/64 [6.75]
MOUNTING
HOLES
TYP 2 PLACES
ADJUSTING
WHEEL
1-15/32
[37.29]
2-15/16
[74.63]
1/4 FEMALE
NPT PRESS.
CONNECTION
2-23/64
[59.93]
4-5/32
[105.56]
3-1/4
[82.55]
1-7/8
[47.63]
3-3/4
[95.25]
4-3/8
[111.13]
Explosion-Proof Diaphragm Operated
Pressure Switches
Visible Setpoint, Fixed Deadband, Pressure Ranges to 1400 psi
Weatherproof Diaphragm Operated
Pressure Switches
Visible Setpoint, Fixed Deadband, Pressure Ranges to 1400 psi
Aluminum Press.
Chamber
Polyimide Diaph.
Model
1003E-A1-J
1004E-A1-J
1005E-A1-J
1006E-A1-J
1007E-A1-J
1008E-A1-J
1009E-A1-J
316 SS
Pressure Chamber
FEP Diaphragm
Model
1003E-B3-J
1004E-B3-J
1005E-B3-J
1006E-B3-J
1007E-B3-J
1008E-B3-J
1009E-B3-J
Adjustable
Operating
Range
psig (bar)
5 40 (.48 2.8)
10 70 (.69 4.8)
25 200 (1.7 13.8)
50 350 (3.5 24.1)
75 550 (5.2 37.9)
100 900 (6.9 62.1)
200 1400 (13.8 96.5)
Approx.*
Deadband
(Fixed) psig
(bar)
2.5 (.17)
5 (.34)
10 (.69)
18 (1.2)
36 (2.5)
60 (4.1)
90 (6.2)

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
94
S
i
n
g
l
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Explosion-Proof, UL & CSA Listed for Class I, Groups B, C & D and Class II,
Groups E, F & G. The H2 is designed for sequencing two different actions as pressure of
a liquid or gas increases or decreases. The design consists of two concentric pistons
operated by a single diaphragm with one pressure chamber. Each piston actuates a separate
switch independent of the other. The switches may be adjusted to operate together, at
opposite ends of the range or at two intermediate set points. The threaded top is removed
to field adjust or service switches without disturbing electrical or pressure connections. The
Duotect

switch is explosion-proof and weatherproof. It can be mounted in any position and


is not affected by vibration.
5
[127.00]
3-3/8
[85.73]
2-5/8
[66.68]
2-15/16
[74.63]
3/4 NPT ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION
1/4 NPT PRESSURE CONNECTION

Dual-Action Explosion-Proof Pressure Switches


Explosion-proof and Weatherproof Housing
Series
H2
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Materials: Aluminum chamber
with polyester film diaphragm and
Buna-N O-ring standard. 316 SS
chamber optional. FEP diaphragm
optional. Fluoroelastomer or EPDM
O-ring optional.
Temperature Limit: 275F (135C).
CSA approved: -20 to 90C (-4 to
184F).
Pressure Limit: 1500 psig (103 bar).
Enclosure Rating: UL listed
explosion-proof, Class I, Groups B, C,
and D. Class II Groups E, F, and G.
Meets NEMA 4X (IP65). CSA optional.
Class I, Groups B, C & D. Class II,
Groups E, F, & G -20C Tamb 75C
T6 [optional -20C Tamb 40C T5]
Type 4.
Switch Type: Two SPDT snap
switches.
Electrical Rating: 5A @ 125/250 VAC.
5A res., 3A ind. @ 30 VDC. Gold
contacts or 10A switch optional.
Electrical Connections: 18 AWG, 18
(460 mm) long.
Conduit Connection: 3/4 female
NPT.
Process Connection: 1/4 female
NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Any position.
Set Point Adjustment: Internal nut.
Weight: 2 lb (.9 kg).
Deadband: Approximately 10% of
range.
Agency Approvals: CE, UL, CSA.
Model
H2A-1
H2A-2
H2A-3
Low Range psig (bar) g p g ( )
3-40 (0.21-2.76)
25-250 (1.72-17.2)
100-1000 (6.89-68.9)
Low Cost OEM Pressure Switch
Field Installable Weatherproof Enclosure
Series
A1F
Low cost and precision made, the A1F Pressure Switch is ideal for OEM industrial
applications. Wetted materials of 316 SS and fluorocarbon ensure great chemical
compatibility with a wide range of process media. The open case style is perfect for panel
mounting applications like pump skids. Field installable weatherproof enclosure is available
in polycarbonate offering a low cost weatherproof switch. Superior 15A contact allows
direct control of motors or pumps without the use of external relays, a true cost savings.
Features include a convenient indicating scale for quick and easy field adjustment.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids and gases.
Wetted Materials:
Pressure Chamber: 316 SS;
Diaphragm: Fluorocarbon.
Temperature Limit: -40 to 175F (-40 to 80C).
Pressure Limits: 750 psig (51 bar).
Enclosure Rating: No rating for open construction. Installed properly within an
optional A-447 enclosure meets NEMA 4X standards.
Switch Type: SPDT snap switch.
Electrical Rating: 15A @ 120/240/480 VAC; 1/8 HP @ 125 VAC; 1/4 HP @ 250
VAC.
Electrical Connection: Screw terminals.
Process Connection: 1/4 female NPT and 1/2 male NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Within 20 of vertical.
Set Point Adjustment: Knurled screw cap with indicating scale.
Deadband: Fixed. See deadband chart.
Weight: 10.5 oz (297 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL.
Model
A1F-O-SS-1-1
A1F-O-SS-1-2
A1F-O-SS-1-3
A1F-O-SS-1-4
Range
2 to 15
(0.14 to 1.03)
4 to 75
(0.28 to 5.17)
8 to 225
(0.55 to 15.5)
16 to 450
(1.1 to 31.0)
Deadband at
Min Range
2
(0.14)
4
(0.27)
8
(0.55)
15
(1.0)
1-53/64
[46.43]
SET POINT
ADJUSTMENT
CAP
SPDT SNAP
SWITCH
INSULATIVE BARRIER
(OPEN ON TOP)
(3) ELECTRICAL
TERMINALS
GROUND
SCREW
1-7/16
[36.51]
1/2 NPT
(MALE CONNECTION)
1/4 NPT
(FEMALE CONNECTION)
3-3/4
[95.25]
A1F A1F with A-447
5-7/16
[138.11]
1-29/32
[48.41]
4-11/16
[119.06]
1-1/2
[38.10]
4
[101.6]
1-17/32
[38.89] 3-1/16
[77.79]
psig (bar)
High Range psig (bar) g g p g ( )
5-75 (0.35-5.17)
30-400 (2.07-27.6)
150-1500 (10.3-103)
ACCESSORY
A-447, Weatherproof enclosure; Easy field installation; Meets NEMA 4X,
polycarbonate cover with 1/2 NPT female conduit entry.
Deadband at
Max Range
3
(0.21)
15
(1.0)
25
(1.7)
50
(3.5)
OPTIONS
Weatherproof enclosure. Optional A-447 enclosure factory installed. To order
change O to PC.
Example: A1F-PC-SS-1-1
094.P.N:Layout 2 2/16/11 10:42 AM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 95
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
A1PS/
A1VS
2.375
[60.33]
3.625
[92.08]
1.625
[41.28]
1/4 NPT
Series A1PS/A1VS Economical Pressure Switches are designed with a 15 Amp
SPDT switch for direct control of pumps and motors. Available in pressure, vacuum, or
compound ranges, the switches offer a field adjustable set point. Easily adjust the switch
by aligning the top of the self locking adjusting nut with the desired setting indicated on
the adjacent range scale. Connection is 1/4 male NPT for quick installation and can be
mounted in any position.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids or gases.
Wetted Materials: Diaphragm: Buna N;
Body with fitting: Zinc alloy, chromate
finish.
Temperature Limits: 31 to 185F
( 35 to 85C).
Pressure Limits: 600 psig.
Vacuum Limits: 29.9 Hg (vacuum and
compound models only).
Switch Type: SPDT snap action.
Electrical Ratings: 15A (resistive) @
250 VAC, 1/2 HP @ 250 VAC.
Electrical Connections: Three screw
terminals.
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT.
Setpoint: Field adjustable via knurled
screw cap.
Cycling: Not to exceed 1 Hz.
Sensor Element: Diaphragm.
Weight: 7.4 oz (209 g).
Agency Approvals: UL.
Economical Pressure Switch
Vacuum and Compound Ranges Available, Adjustable Set Point
Series
APS/
AVS
Adjustable Pressure Switch
Vacuum and Pressure Ranges, 5A Switch, Compact Size
.562 MAX
[14.27]
2.590 MAX
[65.79]
1.090
[27.69]
1/8 NPT
.750
[19.05]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids or gases.
Wetted Materials: Capsule: 17 7 PH
SS; Fitting: 303 SS.
Temperature Limits: 65 to 225F ( 54
to 107C), a set point change of up to
2% when used below 10F ( 23C) or
above 125F (52C).
Pressure/Vacuum Limits: 150% of
range.
Switch Type: SPDT snap action.
Electrical Ratings: 5A @ 250 VAC, 3A
@ 28 VDC.
Electrical Connections: 3 wire, 20
AWG insulated with PVC, 12 (30 cm)
length.
Process Connection: 1/8 male NPT.
Setpoint: Field adjustable.
Cycling: Not to exceed 20 CPM.
Sensor Element: Capsule.
Weight: 3 oz (85 g).
Agency Approval: UL.
Miniature Series APS/AVS Adjustable Switches offer reliable switching for
pressure/vacuum alarm, shutdown or control. The units are readily adjustable throughout
their range using the locking adjusting ring and indicating pointer. The body is constructed
of stainless steel for durability in harsh environments. Switches include 12 (30 cm) wire
leads sealed with epoxy for additional protection.
Model
APS-150
APS-250
APS-350
APS-450
APS-550
Increasing
0.8 28.5(.06 2.0)
2.0 48.0(.14 3.3)
3.0 96.5(.21 6.7)
7.5 242(.52 16.7)
15.0 485(1.0 33.4)
Decreasing
1.6 30.0(.11 2.1)
3.0 50.0(.21 3.5)
4.5 100(.31 6.9)
9.7 250(.67 17.2)
20.0 500(1.4 34.5)
Repeatability
psi (bar)
0.6(.04)
1.0(0.7)
2.0(.14)
5.0(.35)
10.0(.69)
Deadband
psi (bar)
0.8 1.3(.06 .09)
1 1.7(.07 .12)
1.6 4(.11 .28)
2.5 9(.17 .62)
5 22(.35 1.5)
Model
AVS-150
AVS-250
AVS-350
Increasing
1.6 27.1(4.1 68.6)
4.0 24.8(10.2 63.0)
6.0 21.5(15.2 54.6)
Decreasing
2.7 28.2(6.9 71.6)
5.1 28.2(13.0 71.6)
8.4 28.2(21.3 71.6)
Repeatability
Hg (cm Hg)
1.2(3.1)
2.0(5.1)
4.0(10.2)
Deadband
Hg (cm Hg)
1.3 2.7(3.3 6.9)
1.5 3.2(3.8 8.1)
2.6 7.3(6.6 18.5)
Set Point Range psi (bar)
Set Point RangeHg (cm Hg) Vac
Model
A1PS-14
A1PS-24
A1PS-34
A1PS-44
Set Point Range
(kPa)
1.5 3.5 psi (10 24)
3 40 psi (21 276)
30 150 psi (207 1034)
100 500 psi (689 3445)
Repeatability (kPa)
0.15 psi (1)
1.0 psi (7)
5.0 psi (34)
20.0 psi (138)
Deadband
(approx.) (kPa)
0.5 1.7 psi (3 11)
2 5 psi (14 34)
5 30 psi (34 207)
30 120 psi (207 827)
Model
A1VS-14
A1VS-24
Set Point
Range (kPa)
6 28 Hg ( 20 to 94)
28 Hg to 3.5 psig ( 94 to 24)
Repeatability (kPa)
1.2 Hg ( 4)
0.15 psi (1)
Deadband
(approx.) (kPa)
3 14 Hg ( 10 to 47)
0.5 1.7 psi (3 11)

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
96
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series A6 Durable Pressure Switches have been specifically designed to
stand up to extended duty applications. These switches are constructed with a
polyimide film diaphragm and are compatible with a variety of fluids. For ease
of installation, the switches come with a 1/4 male NPT process connection and
can be mounted in any orientation. The Series A6 pressure switches are
compact and have great setpoint integrity, and feature simple, easy set-point
field adjustment.
Durable Pressure Switch
Designed for Extended Duty, Simple and Reliable
Series
A6
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air, motor oils, transmission oils, jet fuels, and similar
hydrocarbon media. (Consult factory for water use).
Wetted Materials: Base: Brass or 304 SS; Diaphragm: Polyimide film.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 248F ( 40 to 120C).
Pressure Limits:
Operating Pressure: 150 psi (10.3 bar) for 0.5 24 psi set point
ranges, 250 psi (17.2 bar) for 25 150 psi set point ranges;
Proof Pressure: 500 psi (34.5 bar);
Burst Pressure: 750 psi (51.7 bar) for 0.5 24 psi set point ranges,
1250 psi (86.2 bar) for 25 150 psi set point ranges.
Enclosure Rating: General purpose or with cover: IP65 weatherproof.
Repeatability: 10% of set point.
Switch Type: SPDT snap action.
Electrical Ratings:
Resistive: 15A @ 6VDC, 8A @ 12VDC, 4A @ 24VDC;
Inductive: 1A @ 120VAC, 0.5A @ 240VAC.
Electrical Connections: #8 32 screw terminals.
Process Connection: 1/4 NPT male.
Mounting Orientation: Switch can be installed in any position.
Set-point Adjustment: Screw.
Agency Approvals: CE.
Weight: 0.13 lb (0.06 kg).
Model
A6-151221
A6-251221
A6-351221
A6-451221
A6-551221
A6-651221
A6-751221
A6-851221
A6-153221
A6-253221
A6-353221
A6-453221
A6-553221
A6-653221
A6-753221
A6-853221
Set Point Range
psi (bar)
0.5 1 0.3 (0.03 0.07 0.02)
1.1 3 0.5 (0.08 0.21 0.03)
3.1 7 1 (0.21 0.48 0.07)
8 13 2 (0.55 0.90 0.18)
14 24 3 (0.97 1.65 0.21)
25 50 5 (1.72 3.45 0.34)
51 90 7 (3.52 6.21 0.48)
91 150 10 (6.27 10.34 0.69)
0.5 1 0.3 (0.03 0.07 0.02)
1.1 3 0.5 (0.08 0.21 0.03)
3.1 7 1 (0.21 0.48 0.07)
8 13 2 (0.55 0.90 0.18)
14 24 3 (0.97 1.65 0.21)
25 50 5 (1.72 3.45 0.34)
51 90 7 (3.52 6.21 0.48)
91 150 10 (6.27 10.34 0.69)
Model
A-439
A-440
A-439
2
[50.8]
1-1/2
[38.1]
2-7/16
[62]
#8-32 SCREW TERMINALS
1.500
[38.1]
1/4 NPT
A-440
2-5/16
[58.74]
1-1/2
[38.1]
A-440 A-439
Base
Material
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
304 SS
304 SS
304 SS
304 SS
304 SS
304 SS
304 SS
304 SS
Description
Weatherproof IP65 Cover
Weatherproof IP65 w/ Fly wire holes

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 97
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Snap-Action Pressure Switch
High Current Capacity, High Temperature Rating
Series
A9
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Non hazardous gas, liquid or
steam.
Wetted Materials: Connection:
Copper; Diaphragm: Silicone or SS
(see model chart).
Temperature Limits: See model chart.
Pressure Limit: See model chart.
Repeatability: 5%.
Switch Type: SPDT.
Electrical Ratings: 21 A @ 125/250
VAC.
Electrical Connections: 1/4 (6.35
mm) male quick connect.
Process Connection: 1/8 male NPT.
Weight: 2.6 oz (75 g).
Deadband: See model chart.
Series A9 Pressure Switches are designed for controlling pressure with higher current
capacity. These switches are used widely in steam cleaners, steam irons, and other pressure
control systems. It provides SPDT contact and Series A9 Pressure Switches utilize high-
quality miniature snap-action switches. The switch is diaphragm operated, boasting a high
temperature rating and compact size.
Model
A9-1
A9-2
A9-3
A9-4
A9-5
A9-6
Deadband psig (bar)
2.9 1.5 (0.2 0.1)
2.9 1.5 (0.2 0.1)
2.9 1.5 (0.2 0.1)
3.6 2.2 (0.25 0.1)
5.1 2.9 (0.35 0.2)
8.7 2.9 (0.6 0.2)
Temperature Limit
185F (85C)
257F (125C)
257F (125C)
257F (125C)
257F (125C)
257F (125C)
Range psig (bar)
2.9 8.7 (0.2 0.6)
7.3 17.4 (0.5 1.5)
14.5 36.3 (1.2 2.5)
21.8 58 (1.5 4.0)
29 87 (3.0 7.0)
58 130.5 (5.0 9.0)
Max Pressure psig (bar)
43.5 (3.0)
58.0 (4.0)
72.5 (5.0)
87.0 (6.0)
116.0 (8.0)
145.0 (10.0)
1-57/64
[48.02]
1-35/64
[39.29]
1-1/2
[38.10]
1-7/64
[28.18]
1/8 NPT
Designed for OEM applications, the Series A2 is economical and is equipped with high
proof pressure capabilities for demanding applications. The A2 is available with either
spade terminals or flying leads (submersible). Switches with spade terminals can be easily
adjusted in the field.
Series
A2
Subminiature Pressure Switch
Field Adjustable, Submersible Models
1/8 NPT
53/64
[21.03]
1-1/8
[28.58]
1-61/64
[49.61]
23/64
[9.13]
15/16 HEX
[23.81]
35/64
[13.89]
23/64
[9.13]
1-43/64
[42.47]
1/8 NPT
53/64
[21.03]
23/64
[9.13]
15/16 HEX
[23.81]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids and gases.
Wetted Materials: Polymide film and
brass.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 250F ( 40
to 121C).
Pressure Limits: 500 psi (34 bar).
Enclosure Rating: IP68 (submersible
models only).
Repeatability: 5% of highest set
point.
Switch Type: SPST, 100VA, 42V.
Electrical Connection: 1/4 (6.3 mm)
spade terminals or flying leads.
Process Connection: 1/8 male NPT.
Weight: 0.14 Ib (0.06 kg).
Deadband: 1 2 psi (0.07 0.14 bar).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Model
A2-2801
A2-28032*
A2-2811
A2-28132*
Range psi (bar)
5 25 (.48 1.72)
5 25 (.48 1.72)
5 25 (.48 1.72)
5 25 (.48 1.72)
Electrical Connection
Spade Terminals
Flying Leads (Submersible)
Spade Terminals
Flying Leads (Submersible)
Model
A2-3801
A2-38032*
A2-3811
A2-38132*
A2-4801
A2-48032*
A2-4811
A2-48132*
Range psi (bar)
20 60 (1.4 4.1)
20 60 (1.4 4.1)
20 60 (1.4 4.1)
20 60 (1.4 4.1)
50 150 (3.5 10.3)
50 150 (3.5 10.3)
50 150 (3.5 10.3)
50 150 (3.5 10.3)
Electrical Connection
Spade Terminals
Flying Leads (Submersible)
Spade Terminals
Flying Leads (Submersible)
Spade Terminals
Flying Leads (Submersible)
Spade Terminals
Flying Leads (Submersible)
* Submersible models are not field adjustable. Set point must be given at time of order.
Diaphragm Material
Silicone
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
NO/NC
NO
NO
NC
NC
NO/NC
NO
NO
NC
NC
NO
NO
NC
NC

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
98
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Compressor Pressure Switch
Adjustable Set Point and Deadband, 20 Amp Rating
Series
CX
The Series CX Compressor Pressure Switches are designed with a 20 amp normally
closed SPST switch for direct control of pumps and motors. The set point and deadband are
both easily adjustable via screw terminals inside the cover. For ease of installation, the
switches come with a 1/4 female NPT process connection or the optional 4-port connection
block on the CX-4 models. Besides making installation easier, one of the other ports can be
used to install a pressure gage. Plus, these switches can be mounted in any orientation.
These units are perfect for regulating tank pressure on small air compressors. The CX
series switches come with an unloader valve, which prevents compressors from starting
under load. They also come with an auto/off disconnect lever for manually cutting off the
load. When the lever is in the off position, there is a test button inside the housing that can
be pushed to turn on the load.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible
compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: NBR (Nitrile
Butadiene) rubber diaphragm, steel
connection (CX 1), aluminum alloy
connection (CX 4).
Temperature Limits: 140F (60C).
Pressure Limits: See model chart.
Enclosure Rating: General purpose.
Repeatability: 5 psig (0.3 bar).
Switch Type: 2 each SPST snap
action, normally closed (NC).
Electrical Ratings: 20A @ 120 VAC,
12A @ 240 VAC, 9.6A @ 240 VAC (3
phase), 8.6A @ 32 VDC, 3.1A @ 120
VDC, 1.6A @ 240 VDC. 1.5 HP @ 120
VAC, 2 HP @ 240 VAC, 3 HP @ 240
VAC (3 phase), 0.25 HP @ 32/120/240
VDC.
Electrical Connections: Screw
terminal.
Conduit Connection: 7/8 hole for
1/2 conduit hub (2 places).
Process Connection: 1/4 female
NPT (CX 4: 4 places).
Mounting Orientation: Switch can be
installed in any position.
Setpoint Adjustment: Internal screws.
Weight: CX 1: 0.78 lb (0.35 kg); CX 4:
1.03 lb (0.47 kg).
Deadband: See model chart.
Agency Approvals: CE, UL pending.
.236
[6.00]
OR
.250
[6.35]
3-35/64
[90]
3-45/64
[94]
2-17/64
[57.6]
3-3/8
[85.5]
.236
[6.00]
OR
.250
[6.35]
3-35/64
[90]
3-45/64
[94]
3-45/64
[94]
1-27/64
[36]
2-17/64
[57.5]
CX-1 CX-4
Water Pump Pressure Switch
Simple, Reliable, Adjustable Set Point and Deadband
Series
CXA
The Series CXA Water Pump Pressure Switches have been proven reliable for
controlling automatic water systems. These switches are very popular for use on water
pumping systems. The set point and deadband are both easily adjustable via screws inside
the cover. For ease of installation, the switches come with a 1/4 female NPT process
connection and can be mounted in any orientation. The series CXAs simple design makes
it a great switch for an installer at any skill level.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids and gases.
Wetted Materials: Silicone, steel, and
SS.
Temperature Limits: 140F (60C).
Pressure Limits: See model chart.
Enclosure Rating: General purpose.
Repeatability: 5 psig (0.3 bar).
Switch Type: SPST snap action (see
model chart).
Electrical Ratings: 20A @ 120 VAC,
12A @ 240 VAC, 9.6A @ 240 VAC (3
phase), 8.6A @ 32 VDC, 3.1A @ 120
VDC, 1.6A @ 240 VDC.
Electrical Connections: Screw
terminal.
Conduit Connection: 7/8 hole for 1/2
conduit hub (2 places).
Process Connection: 1/4 female
NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Switch can be
installed in any position.
Setpoint Adjustment: Internal screws.
Weight: 0.75 lb (0.34 kg).
Deadband: See model chart.
Agency Approvals: CE, UL pending.
2-17/64
[57.6]
3-3/8
[85.5]
3-45/64
[94]
2-9/16
[65]
FEATURES
Designed for electrically driven water pumps
Suitable for all types of pumps: jets, submersible, reciprocating, etc
Direct acting (NC) or reverse acting (NO) available depending on switch type and
model number
CX-1 CX-4
Approx. Adjustable
Deadband psig (bar)
20 30 (1.4 2.1)
30 40 (2.1 2.8)
35 55 (2.4 3.8)
20 30 (1.4 2.1)
30 40 (2.1 2.8)
35 55 (2.4 3.8)
Model
CX-11
CX-12
CX-13
CX-41
CX-42
CX-43
Range
psig (bar)
25 100 (1.7 6.9)
35 150 (2.4 10.3)
50 175 (3.4 12.1)
25 100 (1.7 6.9)
35 150 (2.4 10.3)
50 175 (3.4 12.1)
Number
of Ports
1
1
1
4
4
4
Approx. Adjustable
Deadband psig (bar)
15 30 (1.0 2.1)
20 35 (1.4 2.4)
30 40 (2.1 2.8)
15 30 (1.0 2.1)
20 35 (1.4 2.4)
30 40 (2.1 2.8)
Switch
Type
NC
NC
NC
NO
NO
NO
Model
CXA-S1
CXA-S2
CXA-S3
CXA-R1
CXA-R2
CXA-R3
Range
psig (bar)
15 80 (1.0 5.5)
30 100 (2.1 6.9)
35 150 (2.4 10.3)
15 80 (1.0 5.5)
30 100 (2.1 6.9)
35 150 (2.4 10.3)
Max.Pressure
psig (bar)
129 (8.9)
179 (12.3)
204 (14.1)
129 (8.9)
179 (12.3)
204 (14.1)
Max. Pressure
psig (bar)
129 (8.9)
179 (12.3)
204 (14.1)
129 (8.9)
179 (12.3)
204 (14.1)

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 99
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Materials: Nylon reinforced Buna N and steel. PTFE and 316
SS optional.
Temperature Limits: 30 to 150F ( 35 to 66C).
Pressure Limit: See model chart.
Enclosure Rating: General purpose. Weatherproof and explosion proof
optional.
Switch Type: SPDT mercury switch or SPDT snap switch. Other switch
types available.
Electrical Rating: Mercury switch: 4A @ 120 VAC/DC, 2A @ 240
VAC/DC; Snap switch: 15A @ 120 VAC, 8A @ 240VAC, 0.5A @ 120
VDC, 0.25A @ 240 VDC.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminal.
Conduit Connection: 7/8 (22.23 mm) hole for 1/2 (12.7 mm) conduit
hub.
Process Connection: 1/4 female NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical for mercury switch models, any position
for snap switch models.
Set Point Adjustment: External screw.
Weight: General purpose: 2 lbs. (0.9 kg).
Deadband: See model chart.
Agency Approvals: CE, UL, CSA. For FM consult factory. (Mercury
switch units are not CE approved.)
Reliable and convenient, series AP pressure switch is a compact switch for
instrument air or other low pressure applications. Visible set point and external
adjustment add convenience. Used on air, noncorrosive gas or liquid service
compatible with wetted parts. Unit also available in weatherproof and explosion-
proof housing.
Diaphragm Operated Pressure Switches
Visible Setpoint Adjustment, Compact
Series
AP
2-7/8
[73.03]
4-1/8
[104.78]
7/8 [22.23]
CONDUIT
HOLE
2-13/32
[61.12]
(2) 1/4
[6.35]
MOUNTING
HOLE
1/4 NPT
4
[101.6]
3-1/8
[79.38]
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW WITH
SEALING WIRE
1-1/16 [26.99]
4-11/16 [119.06]
5-1/16 [128.59]
7/8 [22.23] KNOCK-OUT HOLE
1-13/16
[46.04]
15/16
[23.81]
1-7/16
[36.51]
*Mercury switch units are not CE approved.
Series
CS & CD
Diaphragm Pressure Switches
Visible Set Points, Fixed or Adjustable Deadband
1/2 [12.7]
CONDUIT HOLE
1-1/16
[26.99]
11/16
[17.46]
1-5/16
[33.34]
3-3/16
[80.96]
1/4 NPT
2-3/16
[55.56]
3
[76.2]
3-3/4
[95.25]
Model
CS-1
CS-3
CS-10
CS-30
CS-150
CD-10
CD-30
CD-150
Adjustable Operating Range
1 30 Hg. Vac. (25.4 762 mm Hg)
1 100" w.c. (.25 24.9 kPa)
1 10 psig (.07 .69 bar)
1 30 psig (.07 2.1 bar)
10 150 psig (.69 10.3 bar)
1 10 psig (.07 .69 bar)
1 30 psig (.07 2.1 bar)
10 150 psig (.69 10.3 bar)
Deadband Value
1.5 Hg. (38 mm Hg)
7 w.c. (1.74 kPa)
0.4 psig (0.03 bar)
1.0 psig (0.07 bar)
5 psig (0.35 bar)
Min: 1.5 psig (.1 bar),
Max: 11.5 psig (.79 bar)
Min: 2 psig (.14 bar),
Max: 12 psig (.83 bar)
Min: 14 psig (.97 bar),
Max: 24 psig (1.7 bar)
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Materials: Nylon reinforced Buna N and steel.
Temperature Limits: 30 to 150F ( 35 to 66C).
Pressure Limit: 30 psig (2.1 bar) for ranges 1, 3, and 10; 50 psig (3.5 bar) for
range 30; 175 psig (12.1 bar) for range 150.
Enclosure Rating: General purpose.
Switch Type: SPDT snap switch.
Electrical Rating: 15A @ 120 VAC, 8A @ 240 VAC.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminal.
Conduit Connection: 1/2 hole for conduit hub.
Process Connection: 1/4 female NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Any position.
Set Point Adjustment: Internal screw.
Weight: .5 lb (0.23 kg).
Deadband: See model chart.
Agency Approvals: CE, UL.
Series CS and CD combine advanced design and precision construction in a small size.
Unit is ideal for instrument panels, small compressors and general industrial applications.
Visible set point and easy to wire SPDT snap switch reduce installation time. Operates in any
position and is vibration resistant.
Deadband
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Adjustable
Adjustable
Adjustable
Model
AP-153-33
AP-153-37
AP-153-39
AP-7021-153-33
AP-7021-153-37
AP-7021-153-39
Ranges
10 vac 50 wc
(2.5 12.4 kPa)
1 30 psig
(.07 2.1 bar)
10 125 psig
(.69 8.6 bar)
10 vac. 50 wc
(2.5 12.4 kPa)
1 30 psig
(.07 2.1 bar)
10 125 psig
(.69 8.6 bar)
Switch*
Type SPDT
Mercury
Mercury
Mercury
Snap
Snap
Snap
Low
5 wc
(1.2 kPa)
0.4 psig
(0.03 bar)
2 psig
(0.14 bar)
8 wc
(2.0 kPa)
0.75 psig
(0.05 bar)
3 psig
(0.21 bar)
High
6 wc
(1.49 kPa)
0.75 psig
(0.05 bar)
6 psig
(0.04 bar)
10 wc
(2.49 kPa)
1.5 psig
(0.10 bar)
7 psig
(0.48 bar)
Switch Deadband

Maximum
Pressure
15 psig
(1.03 bar)
60 psig
(4.14 bar)
160 psig
(11.0 bar)
15 psig
(1.03 bar)
60 psig
(4.14 bar)
160 psig
(11.0 bar)

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
100
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
A7
A7
1
1
2
3
3
1
2
3
4
5
1
1
2
1
1
2
3
00.00
Example
Series
Switch Type
Electrical
Rating
Electrical
Connection
Process
Connection
Set Point
(psi)
Model Ordering Chart
Series A7 Mini Pressure Switches have been designed for high current
applications. These switches are small and inexpensive, making them ideal for
OEM use. The Series A7 switches utilize a high-quality snap-action switch,
which is diaphragm actuated. They have a silicone diaphragm and nylon
housing. The A7 switches are compact and lightweight which adds to the ease
of installation. The set point must be factory set, but a broad operating range
makes them great for a variety of applications.
Models are built to your specification
*Setpoint is factory preset and is not field adjustable.
Minimum quantity order is 100.
Mini Pressure Switch
Designed for OEMs, High Current Capacity
Series
A7
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Non hazardous gas or liquid.
Wetted Materials: Silicone and nylon.
Temperature Limits: 14 to 185F ( 10 to 85C).
Pressure Limits: 50 psig (3.45 bar).
Enclosure Rating: General purpose.
Repeatability: 10% of setpoint.
Mounting Orientation: Switch can be installed in any position.
Weight: 0.04 lb (0.02 kg).
Deadband: 0.6 to 0.8 in w.c. (1.5 to 2 mbar).
* Set points lower than 0.70 psi are only available with electrical rating codes 1, 2, and 3.
1-7/8
[47.4]
1-3/8
[34.8]
1-13/32
[35.56]
5/32
[4]
PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1/2
[12.7]
1
[25.4]
1-7/8
[47.4]
1-13/16
[46]
1/8-27 NPT
1-3/4
[44.2]
1-7/8
[47.4]
1/4-18 NPT
CONNECTION #1 CONNECTION #2 CONNECTION #3
A7-2211-10.00
Mini Pressure Switch
SPDT
SPST NO
SPST NC
0.1A @ 125/250 VAC (gold contacts)
3A @ 125/250 VAC
5A @ 125/250 VAC
16A @ 125/250 VAC
22A @ 125/250 VAC
4.88 mm male Q.C. tabs
6.35 mm male Q.C. tabs
4 mm tube O.D. push on (side)
1/8 male NPT (bottom)
1/4 male NPT and 4 mm tube O.D.
push on (bottom)
In the range of 0.71 to 15.0
In the range of 0.25 to 0.70*

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 101
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Compact, lightweight, and adjustable, the Series MVS Miniature Vacuum Switch is
specially designed for OEM applications. This low cost switch has a minimum life
expectancy of 10 million cycles and has an extremely fast response time. Typical
applications for the MVS are HVAC, home appliance, dairy systems, medical, office
equipment, and pump control.
Series
MVS
Miniature Vacuum Switch
SPDT N/O or N/C Switch, Adjustable Set Point, Ideal for OEMs
1/4 [6.35] OR
1/8 NPT
VACUUM PORT
1 SQ.
[25.40]
23/32
[18.26
TYP.]
1-13/16
[46.04]
3/16 [4.76]
TYP. 3 PLACES
1/64 [0.40]
MOUNTING
HOLE
TYP. 4 PLACES
23/64
[9.13] 39/64
[15.48]
1-21/32
[42.07]
NO NC
COM
*Models have 1/8 male NPT process connections
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air or compatible fluids.
Wetted Materials:
Housing: polycarbonate;
Diaphragm: polyurethane.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 150F (4 to
66C).
Pressure Limits: Up to maximum
range.
Repeatability: 20%.
Switch Type: SPDT normally open or
normally closed.
Electrical Rating: Range 3 to 8 in
w.c.: 3A, 125/250 VAC; Range 9 to 80
in w.c.: 10A, 125/250 VAC; Range 81
to 330 in w.c.: 15A, 125/250 VAC.
Contacts: Silver with brass terminals.
Electrical Connections: Terminals
0.187 x 0.20 spade for use with quick
disconnects.
Process Connections: Models MVS 1
to MVS 3: Smooth port 0.25 diameter;
Models MVS 4 to MVS 6: 1/8 male
NPT.
Mounting: Use #2 screws through
eyelets.
Weight: Less than 0.671 oz (19 g.)
Agency Approval: UL
The Series MHS Miniature High Sensitivity Pressure Switch offers a wide range
of field adjustable pressure set point options. The compact switch can be used with air or
other compatible fluids. Ideal application is for turning pumps and compressors on and off
when levels change. The Series MHS models offer a variety of electrical ratings to suit
application needs. The switch is easy to install and easy to adjust, with a long mechanical
life of over 10 million cycles.
Series
MHS
Miniature High Sensitivity Pressure Switch
SPDT N/O or N/C Switch, Adjustable Set Points from 3 in. H20 to 60 PSI
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air or compatible fluids.
Wetted Materials:
Housing: polycarbonate;
Diaphragm: polyurethane.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 150F (4 to
66C).
Pressure Limits: Up to maximum
range.
Repeatability: 20%.
Switch Type: SPDT normally open or
normally closed.
Electrical Rating: MHS 1: 3A; MHS 2:
10A; MHS 3, 4, 5: 15A, 125/250 VAC.
Contacts: Silver with brass terminals.
Electrical Connections: Terminals
0.187 x 0.20 spade for use with quick
disconnects.
Process Connections: All models
1/8 NPT port.
Mounting: Use #2 screws through
eyelets.
Weight: 0.71 oz (20 g).
Agency Approval: UL
1 SQ
[25.4]
23/32
[18.2]
9/16
[14.3]
29/64
[11.5]
COM
1-23/32
[43.6]
NONC
1/8 NPT
1-7/8
[47.6]
3/16
[4.7]
4 X 7/64
[2.5]
7/16 HEX
[11.1]
Model
MHS-1
MHS-2
MHS-3
MHS-4
MHS-5
Minimum
3 (7.5)
10 (25)
28 (69)
111 (276)
416 (1034)
Maximum
10 (25)
28 (69)
111 (276)
416 (1034)
1664 (4137)
Set Point in H2O (mbar)
Model
MVS-1
MVS-2
MVS-3
MVS-4*
MVS-5*
MVS-6*
Minimum
3 (8)
9 (21)
81 (200)
3 (8)
9 (21)
81 (200)
Maximum
8 (20)
80 (199)
330 (822)
8 (20)
80 (199)
330 (822)
Set Point in H2O (mbar)

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
102
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Industrial Pressure Transmitter
Complete Offering of Ranges, Connections and Outputs
Series
626
&
628
The Series 626 Pressure Transmitters possess a highly precise 0.25% piezo-resistive
sensor contained in a compact, rugged, NEMA 4X stainless steel general purpose housing
or cast aluminum conduit housing.
The Series 628 Pressure Transmitters are ideal for OEMs with 1% full scale accuracy
sensors. The transmitter is also available in the general purpose stainless steel housing
and the cast aluminum conduit housing.
The corrosion resistant 316L stainless steel wetted parts allow the Series 626 and 628
transmitters to measure the pressure in a multitude of processes from hydraulic oils to
chemicals. The Series 626 and 628 are available in ranges of vacuum, compound to 5000
psi with a variety of optional outputs, process connections and electrical terminations to
allow you to select the right transmitter for your application.
APPLICATIONS
Compressors
Pumping systems
Irrigation equipment
Hydraulic
Industrial process monitoring
FEATURES
Metal conduit housing option
Robust 316 SS oil filled sensor
Compact design
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Type 316L SS.
Accuracy: 626: 0.25% full scale; 626 absolute ranges: 0.5% full scale; 628: 1%
full scale. (Includes linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability.)
Temperature Limit: 0 to 200F ( 18 to 93C).
Compensated Temperature Range: 0 to 175F ( 18 to 79C).
Thermal Effect: 626: 0.02% FS/F. 628: 0.04% FS/F (includes zero and span).
Pressure Limits: See table.
Power Requirements: 13 to 30 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA. Optional 0 5,1 5 or 0 10.
Response Time: 50 msec.
Loop Resistance: 0 1300 ohms maximum for current. For voltage outputs,
minimum load resistance: 2000 ohms.
Current Consumption: 38 mA (maximum).
Electrical Connections: Conduit Housing ( CH): terminal block, 1/2 female NPT
conduit; General Purpose Housing ( GH): cable DIN EN 175801 803 C.
Process Connection: 1/4 male or female NPT and BSPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position.
Weight: 10 oz (283 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
General Purpose Housing (-GH)
Conduit Housing (-CH)
626 with LED Display (CH housing only)
*Please see our website for dimensional drawings.
General Purpose Housing (-GH) with DIN C

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 103
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Ordering Chart
626
628
00
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
19
26
67
71
75
81
CH
GH
P1
P2
P3
P5
P9
E1
E3
E4
E5
E6
S1
S2
S4
S5
Accuracy
Range
Housing
Process
Connection
Electrical
Connection
Signal Output
Options AT
NIST
LED
1 Available with GH Housing only
2 Available with CH Housing only
3 LED option is not NEMA 4X
Range
Number
00
30
06
07
08
09
10
Pressure
Range
0 15 psia
15 0 psia
0 5 psig
0 15 psig
0 30 psig
0 50 psig
0 100 psig
Over
Pressure (psig)
45
45
50
150
300
300
500
Maximum
Pressure (psig)
30
30
10
30
60
100
200
Pressure Limits
Range
Number
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
19
26
Pressure
Range (psig)
0 150
0 200
0 300
0 500
0 1000
0 1500
0 3000
0 5000
0 8000
Over
Pressure (psig)
750
1000
1500
2500
5000
5000
7500
10000
12000
Maximum
Pressure (psig)
300
400
600
1000
2000
3000
6000
7500
10000
0.25% Full Scale Accuracy
1.0% Full Scale Accuracy
0 15 psia
0 5 psi
0 15 psi
0 30 psi
0 50 psi
0 100 psi
0 150 psi
0 200 psi
0 300 psi
0 500 psi
0 1000 psi
0 1500 psi
0 3000 psi
0 5000 psi
0 8000 psi
0 0.5 bar
0 2.5 bar
0 10 bar
0 40 bar
Conduit Housing
General Purpose Housing
1/4 male NPT
1/4 female NPT
1/4 male BSPT
1/4 female SAE with Refrigerant Valve Depressor 1
1/2 male NPT1
Cable Gland with 3 of Prewired Cable
Cable Gland with 9 of Prewired Cable
DIN EN 175801 803 L 1
1/2 female NPT Conduit 2
M 12 4 Pin Connector
4 20 mA
1 5 Volt
0 5 Volt
0 10 Volt
Aluminum Tag
NIST Traceable Certificate
Bright Red LED display23

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
104
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
628CR
Pressure Transmitter
OEM Pressure Transmitter, NEMA 4X
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and
liquids.
Wetted Materials: Ceramic,
fluoroelastomer, 316L SS.
Accuracy: 1.0% FS (includes
linearity, hysteresis and repeatability).
Stability: 0.25% FS/year.
Temperature Limits: 0 to 185F
( 18 to 85C).
Compensated Temperature Range:
0 to 175F ( 18 to 79C).
Pressure Limit:
Max pressure: 2x range;
Burst pressure: 3x range.
Thermal Effect: 0.04% FS/F.
Power Requirements: 9 to 30 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
Response Time: 3 ms typ.
Loop Resistance: 0 1200 Ohm max.
Current Consumption: 40 mA max.
Electrical Connections: Cable or DIN
connector.
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT
or 1/4 male BSPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65).
Mounting Orientation: Mount in any
position.
Weight: 4.0 oz.
Agency Approvals: CE.
The Series 628CR Pressure Transmitter, contains a low cost ceramic sensor housed
in a compact, rugged, NEMA 4X stainless steel body. Ideal for the budget conscious OEMs
that require high levels of performance, reliability and stability at an unbeatable price. The
628CR housing is small and lightweight for optimum compatibility with OEM systems. The
design allows for a variety of pressure ranges from -14.7 to 500 psi and optional electrical
connections allowing you to select the right transmitter for your application.
APPLICATIONS
Pump monitoring
Compressors
Irrigation equipment
HVAC
Pneumatic systems
General Purpose Housing
7/8 [22.23]
HEX
2-27/64 [61.52]
3-13/64 [81.36]
55/64 [21.83]
Ordering Chart
628CR
08
09
10
12
13
14
71
90
91
75
92
93
81
GH
P1
P3
E1
E3
E4
S1
Accuracy
Range
Housing
Process
Connection
Electrical
Connection
Signal Output
Options AT
NIST
1.0% Full Scale Accuracy
0 30 psi
0 50 psi
0 100 psi
0 200 psi
0 300 psi
0 500 psi
0 2.5 Bar
0 4 Bar
0 6 Bar
0 10 Bar
0 16 Bar
0 25 Bar
0 40 Bar
General Purpose Housing
1/4 male NPT
1/4 male BSPT
Cable Gland with 3 of Prewired Cable
Cable Gland with 9 of Prewired Cable
DIN EN 175801 803 C
4 20 mA
Aluminum Tag
NIST Traceable Certificate

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 105
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
673
Pressure Transmitter
0.25% Full Span Accuracy, 4-20 mA Signal, Ranges to 1000 psi
The low cost Series 673 Pressure Transmitter is a fixed range
transmitter designed for harsh environments and suitable for high shock and
vibration applications. Constructed of stainless steel, the Series 673 provides a
4 to 20 mA output signal with 0.25% accuracy. Use the Series 673 in industrial
OEM equipment, hydraulic systems, HVAC equipment, industrial engines and
compressor control.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid, gas, or vapor.
Wetted Materials: 17 4 PH SS.
Accuracy: 0.25% FS (RSS), (includes non linearity, hysteresis and
non repeatability).
Temperature Limits: 40 to 260F ( 40 to 125C).
Pressure Limits: 2 x maximum range.
Compensated Temperature Range: 4 to 212F ( 20 to 100C).
Thermal Errors: Zero: 3.6% FS/100F(100C); Span: 2.7%
FS/100F(100C).
Power Requirements: 9 30 VDC.
Output: 4 20 mA, 2 wire.
Zero & Span Adjustment: Fixed.
Response Time: <60 msec.
Loop Resistance: 0 to 800.
Stability: 0.5% FS/year.
Shock: 200 g.
Vibration: 20 g.
Electrical Connections: 2 ft (61 cm) multiconductor cable.
Conduit Connection: 1/4 18 (22.3 mm) knockout.
Enclosure: Stainless steel and Valox.
Weight: 2.3 oz (65 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
2-23/64
[59.93]
2
[50.8]
1-5/8
[41.28]
CABLE ANCHOR
3/4 HEX
[19.05 HEX]
1/4 NPT
3-5/8
[92.08]
1-19/32
[40.48]
1-13/32
[35.72]
1-11/16
[42.86]
1-5/8
[41.28]
CONDUIT VERSION
3/4 HEX
[19.05 HEX]
1/4 NPT
1/4-18 (22.3 MM)
CONDUIT KNOCKOUT
Conduit Version
* The model numbers followed by a C represent the conduit version, which
is hand tightened to ensure proper electrical seal.
Model*
673-1
673-2
673-3
673-4
673-5
673-6
673-7
673-8
673-9
673-10
673-13
673-14
Model*
673-1C
673-2C
673-3C
673-4C
673-5C
673-6C
673-7C
673-8C
673-9C
673-10C
673-13C
673-14C
Range
0 1 psi
0 2 psi
0 5 psi
0 10 psi
0 25 psi
50 psi
100 psi
200 psi
500 psi
1000 psi
14.7 30 psig
14.7 100 psig
Range
0 1 psi
0 2 psi
0 5 psi
0 10 psi
0 25 psi
50 psi
100 psi
200 psi
500 psi
1000 psi
14.7 30 psig
14.7 100 psig

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
106
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
672
Low Pressure Transducer
Single Pressure Connection, Ranges down to 10 w.c.
The Series 672 Low Pressure Transducer is a perfect solution to any
application where a very accurate low pressure transducer is necessary. Using
variable capacitance technology, the Series 672 is designed to measure
pressures as low as 10 w.c. up to 400 w.c., very low ranges for a single
connection pressure transducer. The 672 also features a 0.25% F.S. accuracy.
Use the Series 672 in liquid level, flood warning, waste water, clean room, and
open channel flow applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids and gases.
Wetted Materials: 318 duplex SS, ceramic, fluoroelastomer (FKM).
Housing Material: 318 stainless steel.
Accuracy: 0.25% F.S. (RSS). Includes non linearity, hysteresis, and
non repeatability.
Stability: 0.25% F.S./1 year.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 212F ( 40 to 100C).
Compensated Temperature Limits: 5 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
Pressure Limits: 29 psi (2 bar) for up to 85 w.c. (0.2 bar) ranges; 58
psi (4 bar) for 85 to 140 w.c. (0.2 to 0.35 bar); 73 psi (5 bar) for 141 to
400 w.c. (0.35 to 1 bar).
Thermal Effects:
Zero: 1.0%F.S./100F (2.0%F.S./100C);
Span: 1.0%F.S./100F (2.0%F.S./100C).
Power Requirements:
4 20 mA: 9 35 VDC;
0 5 VDC: 7.5 35 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA (2 wire) or 0 5 VDC (3 wire).
Zero & Span Adjustment: 10% F.S. each (by potentiometer).
Response Time: 5 ms.
Max Loop Resistance: 1.325 k.
Electrical Connections: Large DIN 43650 connector with mating plug.
Process Connection: 1/4 18 NPT male.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65).
Weight: 11.6 oz (330 g).
Agency Approval: CE.
Model
672-1-A
672-2-A
672-3-A
672-4-A
672-5-A
672-6-A
672-7-A
672-8-A
672-9-A
672-1-V
672-2-V
672-3-V
672-4-V
672-5-V
672-6-V
672-7-V
672-8-V
672-9-V
Output
4 20 mA, 2 wire
4 20 mA, 2 wire
4 20 mA, 2 wire
4 20 mA, 2 wire
4 20 mA, 2 wire
4 20 mA, 2 wire
4 20 mA, 2 wire
4 20 mA, 2 wire
4 20 mA, 2 wire
0 5 VDC, 3 wire
0 5 VDC, 3 wire
0 5 VDC, 3 wire
0 5 VDC, 3 wire
0 5 VDC, 3 wire
0 5 VDC, 3 wire
0 5 VDC, 3 wire
0 5 VDC, 3 wire
0 5 VDC, 3 wire
Operating Range
0 10 w.c.
0 15 w.c.
0 25 w.c.
0 50 w.c.
0 100 w.c.
0 150 w.c.
0 200 w.c.
0 300 w.c.
0 400 w.c.
0 10 w.c.
0 15 w.c.
0 25 w.c.
0 50 w.c.
0 100 w.c.
0 150 w.c.
0 200 w.c.
0 300 w.c.
0 400 w.c.
3-3/4 [95.48]
1-1/2
[38.10]
1/4 MALE NPT CONNECTION

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 107
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Flush Diaphragm Transmitter
Non-liquid Filled, 0.5% F.S.O. Accuracy, SS Wetted Parts
Series
FDT
The Series FDT Flush Diaphragm Transmitter is designed for highly
cyclical conditions. Flush sensor feature prevents any potential inaccuracies due
to build-up or blockage which is a typical problem found in most non-flush
transmitter sensors. Units have a non-oil filled sensor element that provides
resistance to temperature fluctuations. Manufactured from a solid piece of steel,
the sensing diaphragm can withstand the most abrasive/cyclical applications.
Series FDT transmitters perform well in high cyclical environments with the
presence of water-hammering or spiking.
Flush feature greatly reduces chance of leakage. Tough materials allow the unit
to withstand harsh process conditions. Advanced manufacturing techniques,
extreme environmental burn-in, and thorough residual stress relieving
procedures ensure unit will maintain its high performance standard over time.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids and gases, adhesives, slurries, materials
that can harden, or where a pressure cavity is not desired.
Wetted Materials: 316 & 15 5 SST.
Accuracy: 0.5% FSO (includes non linearity, hysteresis, and
repeatability).
Stability: 0.25% FSO per year.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 200F ( 40 to 93C).
Compensated Temperature Limits: 0 to 170F ( 18 to 77C).
Pressure Limit: 150% FS; Burst: 200% FS.
Thermal Effect: 1.5% FSO over compensated range.
Power Requirements: 8 38 VDC.
Output Signal: FDT A: 4 20 mADC; FDT V: 0 5 VDC.
Response Time: <1mS.
Loop Resistance: FDT A: 0 1.5 ohms; FDT V: 100 ohms.
Electrical Connections: 4 pin.
Process Connection: 7/16 20 UNF male flush diaphragm. Optional
1/4 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position.
Weight: 2 oz (57 g).
Agency Approval: CE.
7/16-20 UNF
1.00
FLUSH
DIAPHRAGM
0.525
0.400
BENDIX 4 PIN
CONNECTOR
DTIH-8-4PN
1 HEX
VITON O-RING
2.250
3.25
0-5 VDC
7/16-20 UNF
FLUSH
DIAPHRAGM
VITON O-RING
2.50
0.400
1.00
1 HEX
0.525
BENDIX 4 PIN
CONNECTOR
DTIH-8-4PN
4 - 20 MA
Series
Output
Range
Option
FDT
A
V
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
NPT
C08
FDT-V FDT-A
Series FDT Diaphragm Transmitter
4 20 mA
0 5 VDC
100 psi
150 psi
200 psi
300 psi
400 psi
500 psi
600 psi
700 psi
800 psi
900 psi
1,000 psi
2,000 psi
3,000 psi
4,000 psi
5,000 psi
6,000 psi
7,000 psi
8,000 psi
9,000 psi
10,000 psi
1/4 male NPT
0.25% FS accuracy
ACCESSORY
A-168, Mating connector for 4 pin M 12

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
108
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
682
Industrial Pressure Transmitter
0.13% FS Accuracy, External Adjustments, 4-20 mA Output
The Series 682 Industrial Pressure Transmitter is designed to withstand
environmental effects such as shock, vibration, temperature, and EMI/RFI. The electronics
and capacitive sensor are packaged in a welded stainless steel housing and meets NEMA
4 (IP65) protection ratings. The transmitter features external zero and span adjustments
and reverse polarity protection. The Series 682 delivers high performance in tough
applications such as off road equipment, hydraulic systems, compressor control, industrial
engines, or industrial refrigeration.
1-31/32
[49.73]
2
[50.8]
3/4
[19.05]
2
[50.8]
1/4 NPT
*Units calibrated in bar also available. Consult factory.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids and gases.
Wetted Parts: 17 4 PH SS.
Accuracy: .13% FS (includes non linearity, hysteresis and non repeatability).
Temperature Limits: 40 to 260F ( 40 to 125C) 10 to 90% RH, non condensing.
Pressure Limit: See table.
Compensated Temp. Range: 4 to 176F ( 20 to 80C).
Thermal Effect: Zero shift: 1.0% FS/100F span shift: 1.5% FS/100F.
Power Requirements: 9 30 VDC.
Output: 4 20 mA, 2 wire.
Zero and Span Adjustment: 0.5 mA, non interactive.
Response Time: 5 ms.
Loop Resistance: 800 ohms.
Electrical Connections: 2 ft (51 cm) multiconductor cable.
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT.
Weight: 8 oz (227 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Shock: 200 g operating.
Vibration: 20 g 50 2000 Hz.
Model*
682-0
682-1
682-2
682-3
682-4
682-5
682-6
682-7
682-8
Range
0 to 25 psi
0 to 50 psi
0 to 100 psi
0 to 250 psi
0 to 500 psi
0 to 1000 psi
0 to 3000 psi
0 to 5000 psi
0 to 10000 psi
Series 634ES Transmitters sense a single pressure for air, compatible gas or liquid and
provide 4-20 mA output signal. Positive pressure can be measured within an accuracy of
0.5% of span. The Series 634ES uses an isolated piezoresistive pressure sensor to produce
a resistance change across a wheatstone bridge. Convenient 2-wire operation simplifies
installation. Zero and span adjustments are fully protected inside a rugged die cast
aluminum housing with durable gray polyurethane finish. Enclosure is designed to meet
NEMA 4X requirements.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible, gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials: Types 316, 316L SS.
Accuracy: 0.5% F.S.
Stability: 1% F.S./yr.
Temperature Limits: 0 to 140F
( 17.8 to 60C).
Compensated Temperature Limits:
20 to 120F ( 6.67 to 48.9C).
Pressure Limit: 1.5x maximum
pressure range.
Thermal Effect: 0.025% F.S./F
(0.045% F.S./C).
Power Requirements: 10 to 35 VDC
(2 wire).
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
Zero & Span Adjustments: Protected
potentiometers located in auxiliary
housing.
Loop Resistance: 1250 ohms DC max.
Current Consumption: 38 mA DC max.
Electrical Connections: Terminal
block.
Process Connection: 1/4 (6.35 mm)
female NPT x 1/2 (12.7 mm) male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet
NEMA 4X (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Not position
sensitive.
Weight: 1 lb 10.6 oz (754 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Adjustable Range Pressure Transmitter
0.5% Full Span Accuracy, Ranges to 5000 psi
Series
634ES
2-1/2 [63.50]
TYP
1-11/16
[42.86]
5-5/16
[134.94]
1/4NPT
1/2NPT
2-7/8 [73.03]
1/16 [1.59]
25/32 [19.84]
3-3/8 [85.73]
3/4 NPT
1-9/16
[39.69]
(3) #10-32 x 1/4 [6.35] DP HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED ON A
2-1/2 [63.50] B.C.
Model
634ES-0
634ES-1
634ES-2
634ES-3
634ES-4
634ES-5
634ES-6
634ES-7
634ES-8
634ES-9
Range
in psi (bar)
10 (0.69)
30 (2.07)
50 (3.45)
100 (6.9)
200 (13.8)
300 (20.7)
500 (34.5)
1000 (69)
2000 (138)
4000 (276)
Min. Range
in psi (bar)
10 (0.69)
20 (1.38)
40 (2.76)
60 (4.14)
100 (6.9)
250 (17.2)
350 (24.1)
600 (41.4)
1250 (86)
2500 (172)
Max. Range
in psi (bar)
20 (1.38)
40 (2.76)
60 (4.14)
120 (8.3)
250 (17.2)
350 (24.1)
600 (41.4)
1250 (86)
2500 (172)
6000 (414)
Overpressure
100 psi
150 psi
300 psi
500 psi
1000 psi
2000 psi
4500 psi
7500 psi
12500 psi

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 109
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
681
Sanitary Pressure Transmitter
No Liquid Fill Diaphragm, Sanitary Clamp Fitting
The Series 681 Sanitary Pressure Transmitter is designed to meet sanitary
standards for applications in food, dairy, beverage and pharmaceutical processing, liquid
level control, and sanitary pipelines. The unit is fully sealed to withstand high pressure
washdown in Clean-in-Place (CIP) and Sterilize-in-Place (SIP) installations. The Series 681
is designed with a unique, no liquid fill diaphragm and a sanitary clamp pressure fitting
for easy installation with negligible clamping effect. A conduit fitting, shielded cable with
vent tube and sealed screws for zero and span adjustment combine to make the Series 681
completely watertight.
1.743
[44]
2.272
[58]
2.516
[64]
1/2 NPT
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids and
gases.
Wetted Parts: 316L SS.
Accuracy: .20% FS (includes non
linearity, hysteresis and non
repeatability).
Temperature Limits:
40 to 260F ( 40 to 125C) 10 to 90%
RH, non condensing.
Pressure Limits: See table.
Compensated Temperature Range:
20 to 180F ( 7 to 80C).
Thermal Effect: Zero and span shift:
2.0% FS/100F.
Power Requirements: 9 30 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA, 2 wire.
Zero and Span Adjustment:
0.5 mA, non interactive.
Response Time: 10 ms.
Loop Resistance: 800 ohms.
Electrical Connections: 1/2 conduit
fitting and strain relief with 15 ft (4.5 m)
cable.
Process Connection: 2 or 1 1/2
sanitary clamp fitting male NPT.
Clamping Effect: Zero and span shift:
0.15% FS for ranges up to 30 psi;
0.25% FS for ranges >30 psi.
Weight: 8 oz (227 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Model
681-02
681-12
681-22
681-32
681-42
681-52
681-62
681-72
681-101
Range
0 to 1 psi
0 to 2 psi
0 to 5 psi
0 to 10 psi
0 to 15 psi
0 to 30 psi
0 to 60 psi
0 to 100 psi
0 to 300 psi
Overpressure
50 psi
100 psi
150 psi
150 psi
150 psi
150 psi
180 psi
200 psi
1000 psi
Sanitary Clamp
Connection
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1 1/2
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid, gas or vapor.
Wetted Materials: 316L SS.
Body: 316 SS.
Accuracy: 0.25% of calibrated span.
Temperature Limits: Process
interface 40 to 212F ( 40 to 100C).
Pressure Limits: 300% full scale.
Compensated Temperature Range:
20 to 180F ( 25 to 80C).
Thermal Effect: (Includes zero and
span) 1% of upper range limit per
50F (30 to 130F); 1.6% of upper
range limit per 50F (10 to 180F).
Power Requirements: 12 40 VDC
with reverse polarity protection.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA DC, max. 30
mA DC (2 wire).
Zero and Span Adjustments: 10%
each.
Response Time: Time constant, 20
ms.
Loop Resistance: 600 ohms @ 24
VDC; max. ohms = (supply voltage
12) x 50.
Electrical Connection: 1/2 female
NPT.
Process Connection: 1 1/2 sanitary
clamp.
Weight: 1.67 Ib (752 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Low cost, durable sanitary pressure transmitter is designed for use in food, dairy,
beverage and pharmaceutical industries. This unit features superior 0.25% accuracy and
up to 5:1 turndown. Calibration is quick and easy with field accessible zero and span
adjustments. All stainless steel construction resists the corrosive effects of caustic washes
used in most food processing cleaning procedures. 1-1/2" sanitary clamp process connection
is suitable for Clean-in-Place (CIP) applications, eliminating the need for expensive bypass
piping, valving or removal requirements for steam cleaning.
Series
637S
Sanitary Pressure Transmitter
Meets NACE Standards, Accuracy 0.25%
Stock Range,
psi (bar)
0 15 (0 1)
0 30 (0 2)
0 100 (0 7)
0 300 (0 20)
Model
637S-0
637S-1
637S-2
637S-3
Min. Range
psi (bar)
0 6 (0 0.4)
0 15 (0 1)
0 20 (0 1.4)
0 60 (0 4)

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
110
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
The Series IS626 Intrinsically Safe Pressure Transmitter converts
pressure into a standard 4-20 mA output signal. The Series IS626 can be used
to accurately measure compatible gases and liquids compatible with its 316/316L
stainless steel wetted parts. Series IS626 full scale accuracy is 0.25%. Designed
for industrial environments with a NEMA 4X (IP66) housing, this transmitter
resists most effects of shock and vibration. Models are available with a 3 cable
or M-12 4 pin connection.
The IS626 is UL listed for use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations. The
protection method is by Intrinsic Safety, ia. It was investigated by UL under
UL Standard 913 Sixth Edition and CSA Standard No. 157-92.
APPLICATIONS
Monitoring pressure in hazardous environments
Series
IS626
Intrinsically Safe Pressure Transmitter
For Use In Hazardous Locations
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Type 316, 316L SS.
Accuracy: 0.25% full scale; Absolute range: 0.5% full scale (includes
linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability).
Temperature Limit: 0 to 176F ( 18 to 80C).
Compensated Temperature Range: 0 to 176F ( 18 to 80C).
Thermal Effect: 0.02% FS/F (includes zero and span).
Pressure Limits: See Pressure Range Table.
Power Requirements: 10 to 28 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
Response Time: 50 msec.
Loop Resistance: 0 900 ohms maximum.
Current Consumption: 38 mA (maximum).
Electrical Connections: 3 ft cable or 4 pin M 12 connector.
Process Connection: 1/4 male or female NPT and BSPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position.
Weight: 8.9 oz (252 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL and cUL Intrinsically Safe to UL Standard
913.
For use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations:
Class I Div. 1 Groups A,B,C,D
Class II Div. 1 Groups E,F,G
Class III Div. 1
Temperature Code: T4 @ 80C ambient
Install in accordance with control drawing 01 700797 00.
WARNING To prevent ignition of
flammable or combustible atmospheres,
disconnect power before servicing.
Use with approved safety barriers using
entity evaluation.
1/4 NPT or
1/4 BSPT
1-1/16 [26.99] HEX
5-3/16 [131.75]
6-1/4 [158.75] MAX
1 [25.40]
1/4 NPT OR
1/4 BSPT
1-1/16 [26.99] HEX
5-1/16 [128.58]
5-21/32 [143.67]
1 [25.40]
1 [25.40] 1-1/16 [26.99] HEX
5-1/16 [128.58]
5-21/32 [143.67]
1/4 NPT OR
1/4 BSPT
FEMALE
1-1/16 [26.00] HEX
5-3/16 [131.76]
5-1/4 [158.75]
1/4 NPT OR
1/4 BSPT
FEMALE
1 [25.40]
Model
IS626-00-GH-P1-E1-S1
IS626-07-GH-P1-E1-S1
IS626-08-GH-P1-E1-S1
IS626-09-GH-P1-E1-S1
IS626-10-GH-P1-E1-S1
IS626-11-GH-P1-E1-S1
IS626-12-GH-P1-E1-S1
IS626-13-GH-P1-E1-S1
IS626-14-GH-P1-E1-S1
IS626-15-GH-P1-E1-S1
IS626-16-GH-P1-E1-S1
Range
15 psia
15 psig
30 psig
50 psig
100 psig
150 psig
200 psig
300 psig
500 psig
1000 psig
1500 psig
Maximum
Pressure
(psig)
30
30
60
100
200
300
400
600
1000
2000
3000
Male NPT/BSPT Connector with Male M-12 Connector
Female NPT/BSPT Connector with Male M-12 Connector
Male NPT/BSPT Connector with Cable Gland
Female NPT/BSPT Connector with Cable Gland
ACCESSORIES
A-295, Female four pin M 12 to cable gland connector
A-231, 16 (5 m) shielded cable with 4 pin female M 12 connection
MTL5041, intrinsically safe galvanic isolator
MTL7706, intrinsically safe zener barrier
Over
Pressure
(psig)
150
150
300
300
500
750
1000
1500
2500
5000
5000
Note: For optional M 12 4 pin electrical connection change E1 to E6.

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 111
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Explosion-proof Pressure Transmitter
HART

Push Button Configuration, Rangeability (100:1)


Series
3200
The Mercoid

Series 3200 Smart Pressure Transmitter is a


microprocessor-based high performance transmitter, which has flexible
pressure calibration, push button configuration, and programmable using
HART

Communication. The Series 3200 is capable of being configured with


the zero and span buttons, a field calibrator is not required for configuration.
The transmitter software compensates for thermal effects, improving
performance. EEPROM stores configuration settings and stores sensor
correction coefficients in the event of shutdowns or power loss. The Series 3200
is FM approved for use in hazardous (Classified) locations. The 100:1
rangeability allows the smart transmitter to be configured to fit any application.
FEATURES
Completely configurable using zero/span buttons (No calibrator required)
Rangeability (100:1)
High accuracy (0.075%)
Automatic ambient temperature compensation
Fail mode process function
ENGINEERING UNITS
PSI, BAR, mBAR, g/cm
2
, PA, kPA, Torr, ATM, MPA, IN H2O, IN Hg, ft H2O,
mm H2O, mm Hg, Kg/cm
2
, %
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases, steam, liquids or vapors.
Wetted Materials: 316L SS.
Accuracy: 0.075% FS (@ 20C).
Rangeability: 100:1 turn down.
Stability: 0.125% FSO/yr.
Temperature Limits:
Process: 40 to 248F ( 40 to 120C);
Ambient: Without LCD 40 to 185F ( 40 to 85C);
With LCD 22 to 176F ( 30 to 80C).
Thermal Effect: 0.125% span/32C.
Power Requirements: 11.9 to 45 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA / HART

Communication.
Response Time: 0.12 seconds.
Damping Time: 0.25 to 60 seconds.
Loop Resistance:
Operation: 0 to 1500 ohm;
HART

Communication: 250 to 500 ohm.


Electrical Connection: Two 1/2 female NPT conduit, screw terminal.
Process Connections: 1/2 female NPT.
Display: Optional 5 digit LCD.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66) and explosion proof for Class I,
Div I Groups A, B, C and D.
Weight: 5.5 lb (2.5 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE, FM.
Model
3200G-1-FM-1-1
3200G-2-FM-1-1
3200G-3-FM-1-1
3200G-4-FM-1-1
3200G-1-FM-1-1-LCD
3200G-2-FM-1-1-LCD
3200G-3-FM-1-1-LCD
3200G-4-FM-1-1-LCD
Range
psi (kPa)
14.5 to 21 ( 100 to 150)
14.5 to 217 ( 100 to 1500)
0 to 725 (0 to 5000)
0 to 3600 (0 to 25000)
14.5 to 21 ( 100 to 150)
14.5 to 217 ( 100 to 1500)
0 to 725 (0 to 5000)
0 to 3600 (0 to 25000)
Calibrated Span
(Min to Max) psi (kPa)
0.22 to 21 (1.5 to 150)
2 to 217 (15 to 1500)
7.25 to 725 (50 to 5000)
36 to 3600 (250 to 25000)
0.22 to 21 (1.5 to 150)
2 to 217 (15 to 1500)
7.25 to 725 (50 to 5000)
36 to 3600 (250 to 25000)
Max Pressure
psi (bar)
58 (4)
580 (40)
2000 (138)
10000 (690)
58 (4)
580 (40)
2000 (138)
10000 (690)
1/2 NPT
3-1/2 [89]
6-1/4
[159]
4-1/4 [108]
2-3/4
[70]
1-1/2
[38]
HART

is a registered trademark of Hart Communication Foundation.


NEW PRODUCT!
Contact factory for custom calibration.
ACCESSORIES
A-630, Stainless steel angle type bracket with SS bolts
A-631, Stainless steel flat type bracket with SS bolts
LCD Display
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
112
S
n
g
e

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
The Series 636 Pressure Transmitter is a low cost, fixed range, stainless steel
transmitter with 0.30% accuracy. It is designed to continuously measure pressure for
years in even the toughest environmental and media conditions. Select from 4 ranges to 0-
300 psig (0-20 bar) with choice of 4-20 mA output (model 636) or 1-5 VDC output (model
636LP). Transmitters are explosion-proof, (FM approved) and meet NACE standards for
offshore applications.
Fixed Range Pressure Transmitter
Stainless Steel, Explosion-proof, Accuracy 0.30%, 4-20 mA or 1-5 VDC Signal
Series
636
Model
Operating
Range, Bar
0 1
0 2
0 7
0 20
Operating
Range, PSI
0 15
0 30
0 100
0 300

SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid, gas or vapor.
Wetted Materials: 316 L SS.
Fill Fluid: DC 200 silicone (standard).
Accuracy: 0.30% of calibrated span.
Stability: 0.5% of upper range limit
for six months.
Temperature Limits: Electronics
(ambient): 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C);
Process interface: 40 to 212F ( 40 to
100C).
Pressure Limits: 300% upper range
limit.
Compensated Temperature Range:
20 to 180F ( 29 to 82C).
Thermal Effect: (includes zero and
span). Between 20 and 180F ( 29
and 82C). 2.0% per 50F (28C).
Power Requirements: 12 to 30 VDC
(636), 8 to 14 VDC (636LP), reverse
polarity protection.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA DC, limited to
30 mA DC (636), 1 5 VDC (636LP).
Zero & Span Adjustments:
Null: 4.0 mA 2% span (636),1 VDC
1% span (636LP);
Span: 16.0 mA 1% span (636),
4 VDC 1% span (636LP).
Loop Resistance: 900 ohms max
@ 30 V.
Electrical Connection: 3/4 female
NPT 24 (61 cm), 22 AWG.
Process Connection: 1/2 female
NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4 (IP65).
Weight: 0.83 Ib (374 g).
Agency Approvals: FM, CSA.
FM and CSA approved explosion proof
for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, &
D, Class II Groups E, F, & G Class III.
Series 637 Pressure Transmitters are durable and compact with all welded 316 SS
construction and exceptional 0.25% accuracy. Four ranges are offered up to 0-300 psig (0-
20 bar). Zero and span are adjustable to 10% each; range turndown is a full 5:1. Integral
junction box simplifies field wiring. Output is 4-20 mA with 12-40 VDC power supply. Units
are explosion-proof, intrinsically safe with FM approval and they meet NACE standards for
offshore applications.
Adjustable Range Pressure Transmitter
Stainless Steel, Explosion-proof, Accuracy 0.25%, 4-20 mA Signal
Series
637
Model
637-0
637-1
637-2
637-3
Stock
Range, psi
0 15
0 30
0 100
0 300
Minimum
Range, psi
0 3
0 6
0 20
0 60
Stock
Range, bar
0 1
0 2
0 7
0 20
Minimum
Range, bar
0 0.2
0 0.4
0 1.4
0 4
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid, gas or vapor.
Wetted Materials: 316 L SS.
Body: 316 SS.
Accuracy: 0.25% of calibrated span.
Stability: 0.5% of upper range limit
for six months.
Temperature Limits: Process
interface 40 to 212F ( 40 to 100C).
Pressure Limits: 300% full scale.
Compensated Temperature: 20 to
180F ( 29 to 82C).
Thermal Effect: (Includes zero and
span) .02% upper range/F (30 to
130F) .032% upper range/F ( 20 to
180F).
Power Requirements: 12 to 40 VDC
with rev. polarity protection.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA DC, max. 30
mA DC (2 wire).
Zero and Span Adjustment: 10%
each.
Loop Resistance: 600 ohms @ 24
VDC; max. ohms = (supply voltage
12) x 50.
Electrical Connection: 1/2 female
NPT.
Process Connection: 1/2 female
NPT.
Response Time: Time constant of 20 ms.
Weight: 1.67 lb (752 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, explosion
proof for Class I, Div. 1, Groups B, C,
D; Dust ignition proof for Class II, Div.
1, Groups E & G and suitable for Class
III, Div. 1; Hazardous Locations.
4-20 mA OUT
636-0
636-1
636-2
636-3
1-5 VDC OUT
636-0-LP
636-1-LP
636-2-LP
636-3-LP

AIR QUALITY
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 113
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
pages 114 115
Flow Sensors
pages 120 127
Pitot Tubes
pages 128 129
Fume Hood Monitors
pages 130 131
Air Velocity Transmitters
pages 132 135
Humidity Switches
page 136
Air Flow Switches
page 130
Humidity/Temperature
Transmitters
pages 137 146
Carbon Monoxide
Transmitters
page 146
Carbon Dioxide
Transmitters
page 147
Humidity/Temperature
Switches
page 136
Occupancy Sensors
page 148
Damper Actuators
pages 149 150
HVAC MEASUREMENT GUIDE
pages 116 119

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
114
T
y
p
c
a

A
p
p
c
a
t
o
n
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Air Flow
Computer
Unit
Supply
Air
Motor
Control
Variable
Speed
Motor
Fan
Series 641
Air Velocity
Transmitter
In variable air volume (VAV) HVAC systems, a computerized
control provides precise adjustment of air volume to meet
changing system needs with maximum energy efficiency. The
Dwyer

Series 641 has an optional LED display for local indication


of air flow. The LED display provides a quick, visual
acknowledgement of proper system performance. The computer
reacts to any change in velocity by signaling the motor control to
increase or decrease fan speed to maintain the required velocity.
The computer, taking inputs from other ambient condition sensors,
will establish a new required air velocity and signal an appropriate
adjustment in fan speed.
Dwyer

transmitter signals precise air velocity


adjustments to computer-controlled variable-speed
fan motor.
Magnehelic

Gage
Durablock


Inclined Manometer
Air Flow
Static Pressure Tap
HI
LO
Pitot Tube
Total Pressure Sensor
HI
LO
To measure air velocity, connect a Dwyer

Magnehelic

or
Minihelic

differential pressure gage, or a Dwyer

Durablock

inclined manometer to a Pitot tube in the air stream as shown.


The alternative method at right requires only a static tap plus a
simple tube in center of duct to pick up total pressure. The
differential pressure reading on the gage or manometer is velocity
pressure, which may be converted to air velocity by calculation or
reference to conversion chart. Where air density is known, the
gage manometer can also be calibrated directly in velocity units.
If you need an alarm or control function to maintain a preset air
velocity limit, install a Photohelic

switch/gage. Dwyer

stainless
steel Pitot tubes are made in numerous lengths and configurations
to serve in the smallest to the largest duct size.
Either of two methods used to measure air velocity.
The flow of heated air is held to a constant predetermined velocity
in this carefully controlled low temperature process drying oven.
The constant temperature air supply is modulated by a set of inlet
louvers operated by a servo-driven actuator. A Dwyer

Series 641
Air Velocity Transmitter has an optional LED display for local
indication of air flow. The LED display provides a quick, visual
acknowledgement of proper system performance. The controller
compares the Series 641s signal to the setpoint in the controller
and continuously signals appropriate louver adjustments to the
actuator.
Air velocity transmitter controls drying oven air flow.
Probe
Setpoint
Controller
Actuator
Air Supply
Conveyor Drying Oven
Series 641
Air Velocity
Transmitter
Installing air velocity measurement systems can be a burdensome
process specifying Pitot tubes, static pressure tips, orifice plates,
differential pressure transmitters, etc. Dwyer offers the VTT Air
Velocity/Temperature Transmitter to consolidate these
components into one convenient instrument. The VTT can be
easily installed into the duct or air stream to accurately measure
air flow while providing local indication as well as linear analog
output for both velocity and temperature. Microprocessor-based
technology ensures accurate, repeatable results. The VTT
combines these features for simple, reliable airflow measurement
without the problems associated with complex, traditional
systems.
Eliminate the need for Pitot tubes, orifice plates,
differential pressure sensors and temperature
sensors with a Series VTT.
Air Flow
Series VTT
Air Velocity
Temperature
Transmitter

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 115
T
y
p
c
a

A
p
p
c
a
t
o
n
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
DDC CONTROLLER
DAMPER
DUCT
RHT-W
HUMIDITY/TEMPERATURE
CONTROL
OFFICE
The Dwyer

Model RHT-W wall mount humidity and temperature


transmitter can be combined with a DDC controller and a damper
to provide comfortable working conditions in an office building.
The amount of air flow entering the room is varied based on the
temperature and humidity readings of the model RHT-W. The
compact size and mounting configuration allow this transmitter to
be discretely mounted in any room.
Accurately measure and control the humidity and
temperature in office buildings.
WOOD KILN
DUCT
RHT-D
HUMIDITY/TEMPERATURE
TRANSMITTER
The Dwyer

Model RHT-D monitors the humidity and temperature


in the return air ducts in wood dehumidification rooms. Large fans
are used to circulate air across the room. As dry conditioned air
moves across the wood, it absorbs moisture from the wood. The
humidity level of the air in the return air duct is representative of
how much moisture is in the wood. When the humidity in the duct
declines, it signifies that less dry conditioned air is needed to be
supplied to the room.
Greatly reduce the time it takes to dry wood.
Series WHT
Weather-Proof
Humidity/Temperature Transmitter
Series O-45
Outside Air
Temperature Sensors
The Dwyer Series WHT Humidity Transmitter and Series O-4
Temperature Sensors are used to control the environmental
conditions on hog and poultry farms. The amount the animals eat
is linked to how comfortable the environmental conditions are.
Thus the temperature, humidity, amount of light and other ambient
conditions are tightly controlled to insure optimal growth.
Temperature and humidity measurements used to
optimize the growth of hogs and poultry.
Series CDW
Wall Mount Carbon Dioide/
Temperature Transmitter
Since the number of people in a conference room or classroom
varies throughout the day, the amount of conditioned air needed
to properly ventilate the room varies as well. As the number of
people in a room increase, the concentration of carbon dioxide in
the room will also increase. The Dwyer Series CDW and CDD
carbon dioxide transmitters measures the amount of carbon
dioxide that is emitted so that the VAV control system can supply
enough fresh air into the space to return the concentration of
carbon dioxide in the room to normal levels.
Conserving energy by conditioning occupied rooms.

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
116
H
V
A
C

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

G
u
d
e
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Introduction
In air conditioning, heating and ventilating work, it is helpful to understand
the techniques used to determine air velocity. In this field, air velocity
(distance traveled per unit of time) is usually expressed in feet per minute
(FPM). By multiplying air velocity by the cross section area of a duct, you can
determine the air volume flowing past a point in the duct per unit of time.
Volume flow is usually measured in cubic feet per minute (CFM) .
Velocity or volume measurements can often be used with engineering
handbook or design information to reveal proper or improper performance
of an airflow system. The same principles used to determine velocity are also
valuable in working with pneumatic conveying, flue gas flow and process gas
systems. However, in these fields the common units of velocity and volume
are sometimes different from those used in air conditioning work.
To move air, fans or blowers are usually used. They work by imparting motion
and pressure to the air with either a screw propeller or paddle wheel action.
When force or pressure from the fan blades causes the air to move, the moving
air acquires a force or pressure component in its direction of motion due to its
weight and inertia. Because of this, a flag or streamer will stand out in the air
stream. This force is called velocity pressure. It is measured in inches of water
column (w.c.) or water gage (w.g.). In operating duct systems, a second pressure
is always present. It is independent of air velocity or movement. Known as static
pressure, it acts equally in all directions. In air conditioning work, this pressure
is also measured in inches w.c.
In pressure or supply systems, static pressure will be positive on the discharge
side of the fan. In exhaust systems, a negative static pressure will exist on the
inlet side of the fan. When a fan is installed midway between the inlet and
discharge of a duct system, it is normal to have a negative static pressure at the
fan inlet and positive static pressure at its discharge.
Total pressure is the combination of static and velocity pressures, and is
expressed in the same units. It is an important and useful concept to use
because it is easy to determine and, although velocity pressure is not easy to
measure directly, it can be determined easily by subtracting static pressure from
total pressure. This subtraction need not be done mathematically. It can be done
automatically with the instrument hook-up.
Sensing Static Pressure
For most industrial and scientific applications, the only air measurements
needed are those of static pressure, total pressure and temperature. With
these, air velocity and volume can be quickly calculated.
To sense static pressure, six types of devices are commonly used. These are
connected with tubing to a pressure indicating instrument. Fig. 1-A shows a
simple thru-wall static pressure tap. This is a sharp, burr-free opening through
a duct wall provided with a tubing connection of some sort on the outside. The
axis of the tap or opening must be perpendicular to the direction of flow. This
type of tap or sensor is used where air flow is relatively slow, smooth and
without turbulence. If turbulence exists, impingement, aspiration or unequal
distribution of moving air at the opening can reduce the accuracy of readings
significantly.
Air Velocity Measurement
Fig. 1-B shows the Dwyer

No. A-308 Static Pressure Fitting. Designed for


simplified installation, it is easy to install, inexpensive, and provides accurate
static pressure sensing in smooth air at velocities up to 1500 FPM.
Fig. 1-C shows a simple tube through the wall. Limitations of this type are
similar to wall type Fig. 1-A.
Fig. 1-D shows a static pressure tip which is ideal for applications such as
sensing the static pressure drop across industrial air filters and refrigerant
coils. Here the probability of air turbulence requires that the pressure
sensing openings be located away from the duct walls to minimize impingement
and aspiration and thus insure accurate readings. For a permanent installation
of this type, the Dwyer

No. A-301 or A-302 Static Pressure Tip is used. It senses


static pressure through radially-drilled holes near the tip and can be used in air
flow velocities up to 12,000 FPM.
Fig. 1-E shows a Dwyer

No. A-305 low resistance Static Pressure Tip. It is


designed for use in dust-laden air and for rapid response applications. It is
recommended where a very low actuation pressure is required for a pressure
switch or indicating gage or where response time is critical.
Measuring Total Pressure and Velocity Pressure
In sensing static pressure we make every effort to eliminate the effect of air
movement. To determine velocity pressure, it is necessary to determine these
effects fully and accurately. This is usually done with an impact tube which faces
directly into the air stream. This type of sensor is frequently called a total
pressure pick-up since it receives the effects of both static pressure and velocity
pressure.
Types of Static Pressure Devices

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 117
H
V
A
C

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

G
u
d
e
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
In Figure 2, note that separate static connections (A) and total pressure
connections (B) can be connected simultaneously across a manometer (C). Since
the static pressure is applied to both sides of the manometer, its effect is
cancelled out and the manometer indicates only the velocity pressure.
To translate velocity pressure into actual velocity requires either mathematical
calculation, reference to charts or curves, or prior calibration of the manometer
to directly show velocity. In practice this type of measurement is usually made
with a Pitot tube which incorporates both static and total pressure sensors in a
single unit.
Essentially, a Pitot tube consists of an impact tube (which receives total
pressure input) fastened concentrically inside a second tube of slightly larger
diameter which receives static pressure input from radial sensing holes around
the tip. The air space between the inner and outer tubes permits transfer of
pressure from the sensing holes to the static pressure connection at the
opposite end of the Pitot tube and then, through connecting tubing, to the low
or negative pressure side of a manometer. When the total pressure tube is
connected to the high pressure side of the manometer, velocity pressure is
indicated directly. See Figure 3.
Since the Pitot tube is a primary standard device used to calibrate all other air
velocity measuring devices, it is important that great care be taken in its design
and fabrication. In modern Pitot tubes, proper nose or tip design along with
sufficient distance between nose, static pressure taps and stem will minimize
turbulence and interference. This allows use without correction or calibration
factors. All Dwyer

Pitot tubes are built to AMCA and ASHRAE standards and


have unity calibration factors to assure accuracy.
To insure accurate velocity pressure readings, the Pitot tube tip must be
pointed directly into (parallel with) the air stream. As the Pitot tube tip is
parallel with the static pressure outlet tube, the latter can be used as a pointer
to align the tip properly. When the Pitot tube is correctly aligned, the pressure
indication will be maximum.
Because accurate readings cannot be taken in a turbulent air stream, the Pitot
tube should be inserted at least 8-1/2 duct diameters downstream from elbows,
bends or other obstructions which cause turbulence. To ensure the most precise
measurements, straightening vanes should be located 5 duct diameters
upstream from the Pitot tube.
How to Take Traverse Readings
In practical situations, the velocity of the air stream is not uniform across the
cross section of a duct. Friction slows the air moving close to the walls, so the
velocity is greater in the center of the duct.
To obtain the average total velocity in ducts of 4" diameter or larger, a series of
velocity pressure readings must be taken at points of equal area. A formal
pattern of sensing points across the duct cross section is recommended. These
are known as traverse readings. Figure 4 shows recommended Pitot tube
locations for traversing round and rectangular ducts.
In round ducts, velocity pressure readings should be taken at centers of equal
concentric areas. At least 20 readings should be taken along two diameters. In
rectangular ducts, a minimum of 16 and a maximum of 64 readings are taken at
centers of equal rectangular areas. Actual velocities for each area are calculated
from individual velocity pressure readings. This allows the readings and
velocities to be inspected for errors or inconsistencies. The velocities are then
averaged.
By taking Pitot tube readings with extreme care, air velocity can be determined
within an accuracy of 2%. For maximum accuracy, the following precautions
should be observed:
1. Duct diameter should be at least 30 times dia. of Pitot tube.
2. Locate the Pitot tube in a duct section providing 8-1/2 or more
duct diameters upstream and 1-1/2 or more diameters down
stream of Pitot tube free of elbows, size changes or obstructions.
3. Provide an egg-crate type of flow straightener 5 duct diameters
upstream of Pitot tube.
4. Make a complete, accurate traverse.
In small ducts or where traverse operations are otherwise impossible, an
accuracy of 5% can frequently be achieved by placing Pitot tube in center of
duct. Determine velocity from the reading, then multiply by 0.9 for an
approximate average.

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
118
H
V
A
C

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

G
u
d
e
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
For example, assuming a manufacturers specification for a filter, coil, etc:
Given Flow Q (ft
3
/min.) = at differential h
(inches w.c.)
To determine flow at other differentials the formula is:
Q
n
(other flows) = Q
h
Where: Q = Quantity of flow in cubic feet per minute
h= differential in inches water column
= differential (other flow conditions)
Other Devices for Measuring Air Velocity
A wide variety of devices are commercially available for measuring air
velocities. These include hot wire anemometers for low air velocities, rotating
and swinging vane anemometers and variable area flowmeters.
The Dwyer

No. 460 Air Meter is one of the most popular and economical
variable area flowmeter type anemometers. Quick and easy to use, it is a
portable instrument calibrated to provide a direct reading of air velocity.
A second scale is provided on the other side of the meter to read static pressure
in inches w.c. The 460 Air Meter is widely used to determine air velocity and
flow in ducts, and from supply and return grilles and diffusers. Two scale
ranges are provided (high and low) with calibrations in both f.p.m. and inches
w.c.
To Check Accuracy
Use only devices of certified accuracy. All anemometers and to a lesser extent
portable manometers should be checked regularly against a primary standard
such as a hook gage or high quality micromanometer. If in doubt return your
Dwyer

instrument to the factory for a complete calibration check at no charge.


Calculating air velocity from velocity pressure
Manometers for use with a Pitot tube are offered in a choice of two scale types.
Some are made specifically for air velocity measurement and are calibrated
directly in feet per minute. They are correct for standard air conditions: i.e. air
density of .075 lbs. per cubic foot which corresponds to dry air at 70F,
barometric pressure of 29.92 inches Hg. To correct the velocity reading for
other than standard air conditions, the actual air density must be known. It may
be calculated if relative humidity, temperature and barometric pressure are
known.
Most manometer scales are calibrated in inches of water. Using readings from
such an instrument, the air velocity may be calculated using the basic formula:
h
v
=4004.4 h
v
for .075 lb/ft
3
dry air
V=1096.7 d @ 70F, 29.92 in. Hg Baro.
Where: V = Velocity in feet per minute.
h
v
= Velocity pressure in inches of water.
d = Density of air in pounds per cubic foot.
To determine dry air density, use the formula:
d=1.325
T
Where: d = Air density in pounds per cubic foot.
= Barometric (or absolute) static pressure
in inches of mercury.
T = Absolute temperature (indicated temperature in
F plus 460).
With dry air at 29.9 inches mercury, air velocity can be read directly from
curves on the following page. For partially or fully saturated air a further
correction is required. To save time when converting velocity pressure into air
velocity, the Dwyer

Air Velocity Calculator may be used. A simple slide rule,


it provides for all the factors needed to calculate air velocity quickly and
accurately. It is included as an accessory with each Dwyer

Pitot tube.
To use the Dwyer

Calculator:
1. Set relative humidity on scale provided. On scale opposite known dry bulb
temperature, read correction factor.
2. Set temperature under barometric pressure scale. Read density of air over
correction factor established in 1 (above) .
3. On the other side of calculator, set air density reading just obtained on the
scale provided.
4. Under Pitot tube reading (velocity pressure, inches of water) read air
velocity, feet per minute.
Determining Volume Flow
Once the average air velocity is known, the air flow rate in cubic feet per minute
is easily computed using the formula:
Q= AV
Where: Q= Quantity of flow in cubic feet per minute.
A=Cross sectional area of duct in square feet.
V=Average velocity in feet per minute.
Determining Air Volume by Calibrated Resistance
Manufacturers of air filters, cooling and condenser coils and similar equipment
often publish data from which approximate air flow can be determined. It is
characteristic of such equipment to cause a pressure drop which varies
proportionately to the square of the flow rate. Figure 5 shows a typical filter and
a curve for air flow versus resistance. Since it is plotted on logarithmic paper, it
appears as a straight line. On this curve, a clean filter which causes a pressure
drop of .50 inches w.c. would indicate a flow of 2,000 c.f.m.
{
{
}
}
P
B
h
n
h
n
P
B

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 119
H
V
A
C

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

G
u
d
e
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
AIR VELOCITY FLOW CHARTS
A
I
R

V
E
L
O
C
I
T
Y

I
N

F
E
E
T

P
E
R

M
I
N
U
T
E
A
I
R

V
E
L
O
C
I
T
Y

I
N

F
E
E
T

P
E
R

M
I
N
U
T
E
GAGE READING WITH PITOT TUBE (VELOCITY PRESSURE) IN INCHES OF WATER
GAGE READING WITH PITOT TUBE (VELOCITY PRESSURE) IN INCHES OF WATER

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
120
F
o
w

S
e
n
s
o
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Series
SSS-1000
Lightweight Averaging Flow Sensor
Ideal for Sensing Fan Flow Rates
The Series SSS-1000 Lightweight Flow Sensor is ideal for sensing
differential pressure in the inlet section of variable air volume terminal units and
fan terminal units. Units can also be used to sense differential pressure at other
locations in the main or branch duct systems.
The H port senses total pressure and the L port senses static pressure. The
difference between these signals is the differential, or velocity pressure.
For Models SSS-1002 to SSS-1005, up to four sensing points and lengths of 3-
5/32 to 9-29/32 (8.02 to 25.26 cm) to accommodate box size diameters of 4" to
16" (10.16 to 40.64 cm) are available. For Models SSS-1006 to SSS-1011, up to 10
sensing points and lengths from 12-1/2 to 23-29/32 (31.75 to 60.72 cm) to
accommodate appropriately sized box diameters.
APPLICATION
Zone control in HVAC systems
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: ABS/polycarbonate (UL94 5V).
Temperature Limits:
Operating: 40 to 120F (4 to 49C);
Storage: 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C).
Process Connection: 1/4 (6 mm) I.D. tubing for 3/8 (10 mm) O.D.
tubing.
Mounting Orientation: Integral flange with gasket.
Weight: 1 oz (28 g).
3-1/2
[88.90]
1-1/4
[57.15]
2-3/4
[69.85]
MOUNTING HOLES
2X 3/16 [4.76]
7/16
[11.11]
FOAM GASKET
1/4 THK
[6.35 THK]
PUSH-ON CONNECTIONS
FOR 3/8 POLY TUBING
[9.53]
A
F
L
O
W
H
L
Model
SSS-1002
SSS-1003
SSS-1004
SSS-1005
SSS-1006
SSS-1007
SSS-1008
SSS-1009
SSS-1010
SSS-1011
Length (Dimension A)
3 5/32 (8.02 cm)
5 13/32 (13.73 cm)
7 21/32 (19.55 cm)
9 29/32 (25.26 cm)
12 1/2 (31.75 cm)
14 3/4 (37.47 cm)
17 1/8 (43.50 cm)
19 13/32 (49.29 cm)
21 21/32 (55.01 cm)
23 29/32 (60.72 cm)

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 121
F
o
w

S
e
n
s
o
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Averaging Flow Grid
Cost Effective Air Flow Station for Ducts up to 60
Series
AFG
The Series AFG Flow Grid is an outstandingly simple yet accurate
and cost effective alternative to other duct mounted pressure sensors.
Once installed and connected to a suitable measuring instrument, the
device will provide years of trouble free monitoring of both air and gas
flow. Installing the AFG Flow Grid is quick and easy, the AFG is
supplied in kit form to allow both workshop and on-site installation into
a wide range of square and circular ducts up to approximately 60.
The AFG Flow Grid is a fundamental pressure-sensing device designed
to transmit a continuous differential pressure signal. When this output
is connected to a suitable measuring instrument (i.e. manometer,
pressure transducer, etc.) it may be used to determine air velocity and
volume flow rate.
How the AFG Flow Grid Works
The AFG Flow Grid consists of two tubes mounted diagonally across a
square or rectangular duct, or diametrically across a round duct. The
tubes are drilled with a series of equi-spaced holes.
The holes in one tube face directly upstream and sense total pressure,
while the pairs of holes in the second tube also face forward but at an
included angle of 79 degrees, sensing static pressure.
The total and (sub) static pressures are averaged along the length of
each tube and provide pressure signals at connectors outside the duct
wall. The pressure differentials across these connectors constitute the
output signal.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Monitor air or compatible gas flow.
Wetted Materials: 304 SS, PVC, polyurethane, acetyl plastics,
and neoprene rubber.
Accuracy: 5%.
Maximum Temperature: 176F (80C).
Velocity Range: 295.2 ft/min to 5904 ft/min (1.5 to 30 m/sec).
Diameter of Tubes: 5/16 (8 mm) or 5/8 (16 mm).
Max Duct Diagonal: 60.4 (153.4 cm).
Max Duct Diameter: 59.4 (150.9 cm).
Process Connections: 5/16 barbed.
Weight: AFG-1: 1 lb (454 g); AFG-2: 3 lb (1361 g).
APPLICATIONS
The AFG Flow Grids will give useful and reliable readings in a wide
variety of in duct locations often where other flow rate measuring
devices are found to be unsatisfactory.
The signal from an AFG Flow Grid can be used in a variety of
ways, for example:
To display differential pressure, velocity or volume flow using a
micro manometer, gage or transmitter.
To give a warning of over or under flow rate using a pressure
switch.
To control air supply in a system by connecting the grid to a
pressure transmitter with an electrical output which can be used
to feed into a control system.
To display differential pressure on a simple fluid manometer to
give visual indication of changes in volume flow rate in the duct.
Model
AFG-1
AFG-2
Diameter Tube A
5/16 (8 mm)
5/8 (16 mm)
SECTION A-A
SCALE 2:1
A
A
B
1/64
[.396]
A
1-1/16
[27]
2
[51]
5/32
[2.38]
1-3/16
[30.16]
1-11/16
[42.86]
Length B
27 (688 mm)
59-4/5 (1518 mm)

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
122
F
o
w

S
e
n
s
o
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Series
FAFM
Fan Inlet Air Flow Measuring Probe
Lightweight, Durable, & Easy to Install
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Materials: Aluminum with clear anodized finish.
Accuracy: 2% (Note: Field calibration may be required).
Temperature Limit: 400F (204C).
Minimum Design Flow: 400 fpm (2.03 m/sec).
Maximum Design Flow: 12,000 fpm (60.96 m/sec).
Process Connections: 1/4 NPT female.
Example: For a fan inlet that is exactly 12 in diameter and has a depth
of more than 3 1/2 the model number will be: FAFM D 1200.
Example: For a fan inlet that is 23.89 in diameter and has a depth of less
than 3 1/2 the model number will be: FAFM S 2389.
Example: For a fan inlet that is 6.24 in diameter and has a depth of less
than 3 1/2 the model number will be: FAFM S 0624.
L
A
A
A
INLET FLOW VIEW SECTION A-A
APPLICATION DIAGRAM
D
7/8
[22.23]
12
[304.80]
3-1/8
[79.38]
3-5/8
[92.20]
MOUNTING PLATES TO
BE BENT TO FIT INLET
5/16
[7.70]
1/16
[1.63]
1
[25.40]
MODEL FAFM-D
B
B
A
INLET FLOW VIEW SECTION B-B
APPLICATION DIAGRAM
D
L
4
[101.60]
3/8
[9.53]
MOUNTING PLATES TO
BE BENT TO FIT INLET
1/16
[1.98]
R3/16
[4.76]
3/4
[19.05]
MODEL FAFM-S
FAFM-D-xxxx
FAFM-S-xxxx
FAFM - -
Fan inlet diameter in inches where the
boxes represent the tens, ones, tenths,
and hundredths digits of the diameter
respectively.
i.e. __ __ . __ __ go to the
corresponding box in the sequence.
S Fan inlet depth
less than 3 1/2
D Fan inlet depth
greater than 3 1/2
L = Fan Inlet Dia.
The Model FAFM Fan Inlet Air Flow Measuring Probes use evenly
distributed total and static pressure measuring points to deliver an accurate
measurement of flow in a fan inlet. The Air Flow Measuring Probes can be
completely installed from outside of the fan making it ideal for when proper duct
locations are unavailable. With its lightweight and durable construction in
addition to its ease of installation, this product lends itself to being used in the
HVAC industry.
There are two versions of the model FAFM fan inlet air flow probes to choose
from depending on the depth of the fan inlet.
For fan inlets with depth less than 3-1/2 (8.89 cm): Please order a fan
inlet probe with an S suffix. This probe has a diameter of .375 (.95 cm). It
employs one total flow measuring tube and one static measuring tube. Each
probe is covered with an extruded aluminum anodized coat. Each measuring
tube has multiple sensing points.
For fan inlets with depth greater than 3-1/2 (8.89 cm): Please order a
fan inlet probe with a D suffix. This probe has a diameter of 3-1/2 (8.89 cm).
It employs extruded aluminum anodized coated probes with both total and static
sensors on each tube.
Please Note: A set of two fan inlet air flow measurement probes
comes with every model ordered. A set is necessary in order to ensure
an accurate reading. No more than two air flow measurement probes will
be needed to obtain an accurate reading.

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 123
F
o
w

S
e
n
s
o
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Series
DAFM
Duct Air Flow Measuring Probe
Lightweight, Durable, & Easy to Install
The Model DAFM Duct Air Flow Measuring Probe uses evenly distributed
total and static pressure measuring points to deliver an accurate measurement
of flow in a duct. The Air Flow Measuring Probe can be completely installed
from outside of the duct making it very easy to install. With its lightweight and
durable construction in addition to its ease of installation, this product lends
itself to being used in the HVAC industry. These air flow measuring probes may
be ordered for either round or rectangular ducts.
In order to ensure accurate measurements you must determine the number of
probes needed for your size duct. If the duct is rectangular, then consult the
chart to determine appropriate quantity of probes.
If the duct is round, it is only necessary to purchase two probes for any size of
duct and mount them perpendicular to each other.
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Materials: Aluminum with clear anodized finish.
Accuracy: 2% (Note: Field calibration may be required).
Temperature Limit: 400F (204C).
Minimum Design Flow: 400 fpm (2.03 m/sec).
Maximum Design Flow: 12,000 fpm (60.96 m/sec).
Process Connections: 1/4 barb.
Straight Run Requirements: 5 diameters or longest side dimensions.
Short Duct Dimension
Number of Probes
<12
1
12 23
2
24 35
3
36 59
4
60 89
5
>89
6
For larger sizes up to 96 (243.84 cm), please contact factory.
OUTER RADIUS TO MATCH
INNER RADIUS OF DUCT
1 INCH OUTER PERIMETER
INNER RADIUS TO MATCH
OUTER RADIUS OF DUCT
4 INCH OUTER PERIMETER
1/4 BARB FITTINGS TO
BE CENTERED ON PLATE
1-7/16
[36.51]
L
1-1/16
[52.39]
6
[152.40]
1/4
[6.35]
4X 1/2
[12.39]
1/2
[12.39]
1/4
[6.35]
2X
5
[127.00]
3/8
[9.52]
1/2
[12.70]
1/8
[3.18]
1/8
[3.18]
1
[25.40]
1/8
[3.18]
1/8
[3.18]
2
[50.80]
4
[101.60]
1/2
[12.70]
1/2
[12.70]
1/4
[6.35]
4X
6
[152.40]
1-7/16
[36.51]
L
2-1/16
[52.39]
5
[127.00]
1/4
[6.35]
2X
1/2
[12.70]
3/8
[9.52]
L = Smallest Duct Diameter
or Length
Model
DAFM-000
DAFM-001
DAFM-002
DAFM-003
DAFM-004
DAFM-005
DAFM-006
DAFM-007
DAFM-008
DAFM-009
DAFM-100
DAFM-101
DAFM-102
DAFM-103
DAFM-104
DAFM-105
DAFM-106
DAFM-107
DAFM-108
DAFM-109
Duct Shape
Round
Round
Round
Round
Round
Round
Round
Round
Round
Round
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Smallest Duct Diameter
Or Length (L)
6 (15.24 cm)
8 (20.32 cm)
10 (25.4 cm)
12 (30.48 cm)
14 (35.56 cm)
16 (40.64 cm)
18 (45.72 cm)
20 (50.8 cm)
22 (55.88 cm)
24 (60.96 cm)
6 (15.24 cm)
8 (20.32 cm)
10 (25.4 cm)
12 (30.48 cm)
14 (35.56 cm)
16 (40.64 cm)
18 (45.72 cm)
20 (50.8 cm)
22 (55.88 cm)
24 (60.96 cm)

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
124
F
o
w

S
e
n
s
o
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: Within 2% of actual flow when installed in accordance with
published recommendations.
K-Factor: 0.97.
Velocity Range: 100 to 10,000 fpm (0.51 51 m/s).
Wetted Material: Elements: 6063 T5 anodized aluminum; Casings: 16 ga
G90 galvanized steel.
Coatings: Imron 333 polyurethane enamel.
Temperature Limits: Galvanized casings and aluminum elements 350F
(177C) continuous operation (in air) 400F (204C) intermittent operation
(in air).
Humidity: All airflow stations 0 to 100% non condensing.
Process Connections: 1/4 compression fittings.
How To Order:
Rectangular or Oval Models
Circular Models
Note: When ordering rectangular or oval flow stations, pressure taps will
always be located on the longer of the two dimensions
Duct Mounted Airflow Measurement Station
Rectangular, Oval or Circular Configurations
Series
FLST
The Series FLST Airflow Measurement Station is easy to install simply
connect the tubing to the station fittings, then to a differential pressure
manometer, gage, transmitter or switch. Single or multiple airflow elements are
factory mounted and pre-piped in a casing designed for flanged connection to the
ductwork. Standard materials consist of a G90 galvanized casing and 6063-T5
anodized aluminum flow sensors, suitable for most HVAC applications.
The Series FLST utilizes an airflow averaging element in a head-type device,
generating a differential (velocity) pressure signal similar to the orifice, venturi,
and other head producing primary elements. Strategically located sensing ports
continually sample the total and static pressures when inserted normal to flow.
Total pressures sensed by the upstream ports are continually averaged within
the airflow element in an isolated chamber. The static sensing ports are averaged
in a second isolation chamber. Multiple elements are joined together for
connection to a differential measurement device (gage, transmitter, etc.) for flow
measurement and indication purposes.
FEATURES
Low signal to noise ratio
Multiple total and static pressure sensing ports along the length of
the element
Factory mounted and pre piped in a flanged duct section (casing)
2% accuracy throughout velocity ranges of 100 fpm and over
Standard construction includes galvanized casing and 6063 T5
anodized aluminum flow sensors
Standard airflow stations can be operated (in air) continuously in
temperatures up to 350F or intermittently in temperatures up to 400F
All airflow stations can be operated in humidity ranges of 0 to 100%
Standard airflow stations have good salt air resistance and are suitable
for most HVAC applications
Station
Size D
8 15
16 44
45 72
73 & Over
Station
Width W
Up to 48
Over 48
Flange
Thickness
.064
.064
.188
.188
Flange
Thickness
.064
.188
Flange
Size F
1
1 1/2
1 1/2
2
Flange
Size F
1 1/2
1 1/2
Casing
Length L
6
6
10
12
Casing
Length L
6
8
Circular Flange
Oval Flange
Rectangular Flange
Flange
Size F
1 1/2
2
Station Size
H or W
8 72
73 & Over
Dimensions
FLST x - Option
R Rectangular
O Oval
Height (in) x Width (in)
IM Internal
Pressure
Connections
F Flange for Oval
Mount Station
FLST C
Diameter (in)
TOTAL PRESSURE TAKEOFF
1/4 COMPRESSION FITTING
STATIC PRESSURE TAKEOFF
1/4 COMPRESSION FITTING
L
F
D
TOTAL PRESSURE
TAKEOFF
1/4
COMPRESSION
FITTING
.25 RADIUS
BEADING EDGE
[TYP]
STATIC
PRESSURE
TAKEOFF
1/4
W
H
L
L + 2.5
TOTAL PRESSURE
(T.P.) TAKEOFF
1/4 COMPRESSION
FITTING
STATIC PRESSURE
(S.P.) TAKEOFF
1/4 COMPRESSION
FITTING
5
[F]
[W]
A
I
R
F
L
O
W
[H]
Circular Style
Oval Style
Rectangular Style

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 125
F
o
w

S
e
n
s
o
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Series FLST Rectangular or Oval
Series FLST Circular*
NOTE: When ordering rectangular or oval flow stations, pressure taps will always be located on the longer of the two dimensions
Size
(in)
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
Size
(in)
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
40
44
48
52
56
60
66
72
78
84
90
96
102
108
114
120
8
X
10
X
12
X
14
X
16
X
18
X
20
X
22
X
24
X
26
X
28
X
32
X
36
X
40
X
44
X
48
X
54
X
60
X
66
X
72
X
78
X
84
X
90
X
96
X
102
X
108
X
114
X
120
X
Size (in)
Size (in)
OPTIONS
IM Internal Pressure Connections
F (Oval Stations Only)
8
X
10
X
X
12
X
X
X
14
X
X
X
X
16
X
X
X
X
X
18
X
X
X
X
X
X
20
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
22
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
24
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
26
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
28
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
30
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
32
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
34
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
36
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
40
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
44
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
48
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
52
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
56
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
60
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
66
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
72
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
78
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
84
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
90
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
96
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
102
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
108
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
114
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
120
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
126
F
o
w

S
e
n
s
o
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: Within 2% of actual flow when installed in accordance with published
recommendations.
K Factor: 0.97.
Velocity Range: 100 to 10,000 fpm (0.51 to 51 m/s).
Wetted Materials: Elements: 6063 T5 anodized aluminum; Casings: 16 ga G90
galvanized steel, 3003 aluminum air flow straightener.
Temperature Limits: Galvanized casings and aluminum elements 350F (177C)
continuous operation (in air), 400F (204C) intermittent operation (in air).
Humidity Limits: All airflow stations 0 to 100% non condensing.
Process Connections: 1/4 compression fittings.
Duct Mounted Airflow Measurement Station
Integral Flow Straightener, Ideal for Turbulent Measuring Conditions
Series
STRA
The Series STRA Airflow Measurement Station is easy to install simply connect
the tubing to the station fittings, then to a differential pressure manometer, gage,
transmitter or switch. Single or multiple airflow elements are factory mounted and pre-
piped in a casing designed for flanged connection to the ductwork. The Series STRA utilizes
an airflow averaging element in a head-type device, generating a differential (velocity)
pressure signal similar to the orifice, venturi, and other head producing primary elements.
It has been developed with a honeycomb airflow straightening section for use in duct
systems having highly turbulent conditions at the point of measurement. Strategically
located sensing ports continually sample the total and static pressures when inserted normal
to flow. Total pressures sensed by the upstream ports are continually averaged within the
airflow element in an isolated chamber. The static sensing ports are averaged in a second
isolation chamber. Multiple elements are joined together for connection to a differential
measurement device (gage, transmitter, etc.) for flow measurement and indication purposes.
FEATURES
Low signal to noise ratio
Honeycomb airflow straightening section with 1/2 opening by 3 depth
Multiple total and static pressure sensing ports along the length of the element
Factory mounted and pre piped in a flanged duct section (casing)
2% accuracy throughout velocity ranges of 100 fpm and over
Standard construction includes galvanized casing and 6063 T5 anodized
aluminum flow sensors
Standard airflow stations can be operated (in air) continuously in temperatures up
to 350F or intermittently in temperatures up to 400F
All airflow stations can be operated in humidity ranges of 0 to 100%
Standard airflow stations have good salt air resistance and are suitable for most
HVAC applications
Great for use where turbulent conditions exist
Rectangular or Oval Models:
Circular Models:
When ordering rectangular or oval flow stations, pressure taps will always be located
on the longer of the two dimensions.
STRA x - Option
R Rectangular
O Oval
Height (in) x Width (in)
IM Internal
Pressure
Connections
F Flange for Oval
Mount Station
STRA C
Diameter (in)
Station
Size D
8 15
16 44
45 72
73 & Over
Flange
Thickness
.064
.064
.188
.188
Flange
Size F
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
Casing
Length L
8
8
10
12
CIRCULAR FLANGE DIMENSIONS
AIR
STRAIGHTENER
[F]
[D]
A
I
R
F
L
O
W
TOTAL PRESSURE
(T.P.) TAKEOFF
1/4 COMPRESSION
FITTING
[L]
STATIC PRESSURE
(S.P.) TAKEOFF
1/4 COMPRESSION
FITTING
3.25
[H]
[W]
.25 RADIUS
BEADED EDGE (TYP)
TOTAL PRESSURE
(T.P.) TAKEOFF
1/4 COMPRESSION
FITTING
A
I
R
F
L
O
W
STATIC PRESSURE
(S.P.) TAKEOFF
1/4 COMPRESSION
FITTING
[L]
[L+2.5]
TOTAL PRESSURE
(T.P.) TAKEOFF
1/4 COMPRESSION
FITTING
STATIC PRESSURE
(S.P.) TAKEOFF
1/4 COMPRESSION
FITTING
8
[F]
[W]
A
I
R
F
L
O
W
[H]
Station
Size H or W
8 72
73 & OVER
Flange
Size F
1-1/2
2
RECTANGULAR FLANGE DIMENSIONS
Station
Width W
Up to 44
Over 44
Flange
Thickness
.064
.188
Flange
Size
1-1/2
1-1/2
*Casing
Length L
8
10
OVAL FLANGE DIMENSIONS (OPTIONAL)
*NOTE: All oval flow stations without
flange have a casing length of 8 .
SELECTABLE SIZES:
1. OVAL OR RECTANGULAR H OR W DIMENSIONS IN INCHES CAN BE THE FOLLOWING: 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 66, 72, 78, 84, 90, 96, 102, 108, 114 or 120.
2. CIRCULAR D DIMENSION IN INCHES CAN BE THE FOLLOWING: 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 54, 60, 66, 72, 78, 84, 90, 96, 102, 108, 114 or 120

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 127
F
o
w

S
e
n
s
o
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Series STRA Rectangular or Oval
Series STRA Circular*
Note: When ordering rectangular or oval flow stations, pressure taps will always be located on the longer of the two dimensions.
Size
(in)
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
Size
(in)
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
40
44
48
52
56
60
66
72
78
84
90
96
102
108
114
120
8
X
10
X
12
X
14
X
16
X
18
X
20
X
22
X
24
X
26
X
28
X
32
X
36
X
40
X
44
X
48
X
54
X
60
X
66
X
72
X
78
X
84
X
90
X
96
X
102
X
108
X
114
X
120
X
Size (in)
Size (in)
OPTIONS
IM Internal Pressure Connections
F (Oval Stations Only)
8
X
10
X
X
12
X
X
X
14
X
X
X
X
16
X
X
X
X
X
18
X
X
X
X
X
X
20
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
22
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
24
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
26
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
28
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
30
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
32
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
34
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
36
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
40
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
44
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
48
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
52
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
56
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
60
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
66
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
72
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
78
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
84
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
90
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
96
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
102
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
108
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
114
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
120
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
128
P
t
o
t

T
u
b
e
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
ACCESSORIES
No. A-158 Split Flange Mounting can be added to any
Dwyer

No. 160 Standard Pitot Tube. Cadmium plated


steel. Gasket is pattern for mounting holes. Secure flange
loosely to tube, adjust tube depth and tighten screws.
Gasket of 1/16 Neoprene fits tightly around tube and
against duct for leak proof seal. Nuts, washers included.
No. A-159 Mounting Gland No. A 159 Mounting Gland
Versatile adapter slips on any Series 160, 5/16 standard
Pitot tube made after Dec. 1990. Two part stainless steel
fitting slides over tube and provides permanent, secure
mounting. Where duct interior is accessible, use the
washers and jam nut supplied. For blind applications or in
thicker materials, use model A 156 flange mounting plate.
Once tube is adjusted to proper depth and angle, tighten
smaller hex bushing to lock position. Graphite bushing
inside assures leak proof seal even at higher temperatures.
TFE bushing also available. Note: For full insertion with this
fitting, order next longer Pitot tube.
A-159 Mounting Gland is used for both duct mounting
and flange mounting. To flange mount, the A-159 must
be used with the A-156 flange mounting plate.
No. A-397 Step Drill. For fast, convenient installation of
Pitot tubes in sheet metal ducts. No center punch needed;
automatic de burring. Drills six sizes from 3/16 1/2 in
1/16 increments.
Ideal for use with our precision manometers and air velocity gages, Dwyer

Pitot Tubes
are constructed from corrosion resistant stainless steel for a lifetime of service. ASME
design meets AMCA and ASHRAE specifications for maximum accuracy over a wide
variety of flow conditions. No correction factors required as ASHRAE tip design yields a
calibration factor of 1. ASHRAE design needs no calibration! Permanent, stamped insertion
depth graduations on sides of 160 series facilitate accurate positioning. Static pressure port
is parallel to sensing tube allowing quick, easy alignment of tube with air flow. Low
sensitivity to misalignment gives accurate reading even when tube is misaligned up to 15
degrees. Various standard sizes are available for use in ducts as small as 4 dia. or as large
as 36 ft dia. A universal model fits user supplied 3/4schedule 40 (standard) pipe in any
length. Several convenient mounting options are available for permanent installations.
No calibration needed
Precisely located, burr-free static pressure holes
Hemispherical tip design, best for accuracy if imperfectly aligned and nearly impossible
to damage
Long lasting 304 SS construction
Silver soldered connections for leak-proof operation
Coefficient of 1
5/16 models rated to 1500F
Extended static connection helps guide tip within recommended 15 of air flow direction
Inch graduations on sides of 160 series to quickly determine exact insertion depth
Dwyer

Air Velocity Calculator, direct reading flow charts and instructions included
Use 1/8 models in ducts as small as 4, 5/16 models in ducts 10 or larger
Optional mounting gland or split flange make permanent installation fast and simple
Series 160 is designed to meet:
ASME Fluid Meters 6th Ed.
ANSI/AMCA 210-99
ANSI/ASHRAE 51-1999
British Standard 1042
Series
160
Stainless Steel Pitot Tubes
ASME Design Meets AMCA and ASHRAE Codes
INSERTION LENGTH
1/2 [12.70] SQ
13/16
[20.62]
1/2
[12.70]
TOTAL
PRESSURE
CONNECTION 1/4
[6.35]
1/4
[6.35]
STATIC
PRESSURE
CONNECTION
2-5/8
[66.68] 5 [127.00]
2-41/64 [67.07]
1/8 [3.18]
TOTAL
PRESSURE
5/16
[7.94]
(8) .040 [1.02]
STATIC PRESSURE
HOLES EQUALLY
SPACED
160 Series
1
[25.40]
5
[127.00]
2-1/2
[63.5]
TOTAL PRESSURE
1/8 [3.18] HOLE
STATIC PRESSURE
(8) .040 [1.02]
HOLES EQUALLY SPACED
STATIC PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1/4 [6.35
3-5/8
[92.08]
1/4
[6.350]
1/2 [12.70]
TOTAL PRESSURE
CONNECTION
96, 120, 168 OR 216
3/4 [19.05]
FOR 96 OR 120
1 [25.4]
FOR 168 OR 216
160 Series
Longer Models
with Stiffener
TOTAL PRESSURE
1/8 [3.18] HOLE
STATIC PRESSURE
(8) .040 [1.02]
HOLES EQUALLY
SPACED
1/2 NPT
5/16
[7.94]
5
[127.00]
2-1/2
[53.5]
36-5/8
[930.28]
3
[76.20]
6
[152.4]
STATIC PRESSURE CONNECTION
1/4 COMPRESSION FITTING
TOTAL PRESSURE CONNECTION
1/4 COMPRESSION FITTING
3/4 SCHEDULE 40 PIPE SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER
3/4-12 REDUCING COUPLING
SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER
NOTE:
CUSTOMER MUST SUPPLY 1/4 TUBING IN
APPROPRIATE LENGTHS TO THE STATIC AND
TOTAL PRESSURE CONNECTIONS. TUBING AND
CONNECTIONS WILL FIT INSIDE STANDARD
SCHEDULE 40 PIPE.
Model 160-U
STATIC PRESSURE
(8) .020 [.51]
HOLES EQUALLY
SPACED
TOTAL PRESSURE
3/64 [1.19] HOLE
MODEL 166
1 [25.4]
MODEL 167
1/2 [12.7]
MODEL 166
2 [50.8]
MODEL 167
1 [25.4]
1/8
[3.18]
6-1/2 OR 12-1/2
1/4
[6.35]
1/8 [3/18]
1/4 [6.35]
STATIC PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1/2
[12.70]
1/2
[12.70]
2-1/2
[63.50]
1/8
[3.18]
TOTAL PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1-1/2
[38.10]
1/2
[12.70]
166/167 Series
Standard Model 160 Pitot Tube
Model
160-8
160-12
160-18
160-24
160-36
160-48
160-60
Model
160-U
Standard 5/16 Diameter
Universal Model for 3/4 Pipe
Model
160-96
160-120
160-168
160-216
Longer Length w/ Stiffener
Pocket Size 1/8 Diameter
Model
166-6
166-12
167-6
167-12
ACCESSORIES & OPTIONS
A-156, Flange Mounting Plate 1/2 female NPT
A-158, Split Flange
A-159, Mounting Gland
A-397, Step Drill
1/8 male NPT compression fitting, mounting option for Series 166/167.
Add CF suffix (166 6 CF).
*Universal model for permanent installation and connection to metal tubing. Make any length Pitot
tube with 3/4 schedule 40 pipe, 3/4 to 1/2 reducing bushing and 1/4 metal tubing.
Insertion Length
8 5/8
12 5/8
18 5/8
24 5/8
36 5/8
48 5/8
60 5/8
Insertion Length
*
Insertion Length
96
120
168
216
Insertion Length
6
12
6
12

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 129
P
t
o
t

T
u
b
e
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Handy A-532 Slide Chart speeds air
velocity calculations. All plastic, stays
clean for years. Included with each Pitot
tube.
Permanent Mounting (PM)
models include 1 inch dia.
welded stainless steel sleeve
and adjustable compression
fitting with 1 inch male NPT
mounting treads. Adjust
depth, lock in place.
Series
160E
Series
160S
Ellipsoidal Tip Pitot Tube
Designed to Meet British Standard 1042
S Type Stainless Steel Pitot Tubes
Large, Open Tip Design Resists Fouling; Optional Permanent Mount Models
Ellipsoidal tip design for improved accuracy, 1.0 coefficient
304 SS construction adds strength, resists corrosion
Adjustable depth indicators for fast, consistent traverses
Alignment indicator helps keep tip parallel to flow
Series 160E Pitot Tubes are widely used in the U.K. and Europe for applications
demanding high accuracy when measuring the flow of air or other compatible gases.
Precision crafted tip configuration allows air to pass smoothly with minimum turbulence for
consistent, reliable readings. Exterior indicator arm is aligned parallel to the 5 in. (13 cm)
sensing tip so you always know that unit is properly positioned inside duct. Sliding depth
indicators grip firmly to ensure uniform insertion critical when making multiple
measurements as part of a complete traverse; the best way to determine average velocity.
Total and static pressure taps are 1/4 (6 mm), permanently silver soldered to the connection
block, leak-proof and durable. Seven fixed length sizes are offered plus a universal model
which attaches to any length of 3/4 sch. 40 pipe. See 160-U drawing.
Meets EPA specification 40 CFR (ch. 1)
Long lasting, welded stainless steel construction
1/8 female NPT connections, permanently welded
Rated to 1500F (815C)
Rated to 100 psig (6.89 bar)
0.84 flow coefficient
Series 160S Pitot Tubes are designed specifically for flow measurement of dirty,
particulate laden air or gas streams typical in smoke stack and other environmental testing.
Large 5/16 dia. stainless steel tubing resists plugging under harsh, sooty conditions which
quickly block conventional flow sensors. Total and static pressure tubes are precisely aligned
and welded together every six inches for maximum accuracy, strength and long term
durability. Versatile 1/8 female NPT connections easily adapt to any type of pipe or tubing.
A pair of 1/8 NPT to 3/16 I.D. tubing adapters is included plus a handy molded vinyl cap
to protect tip when not in use. Supplied with complete instructions.
The Model 166T Telescoping Pitot tube is a unique air flow sensor which can quickly
and easily be adjusted for any duct insertion length from 11.5 to 36 inches (29.2 to 91.4 cm).
Now, this single compact unit can replace up to five conventional fixed length Pitot tubes.
For even greater convenience, it is securely protected by a custom fitted polyethylene
carrying case. Telescoping sections lock in place as they are extended, enabling use of the
handle grip to gauge proper alignment of the tip within the airstream. Stainless steel
construction resists corrosion. Hemispherical tip has 1.0 flow coefficient, is 1/8 dia. (3.2
mm). Largest section is 3/8 (9.5 mm). Weight (with case) 1 lb, 9 oz (709 g). Case: 12.5 x 6.25
x 1.75 in.
Model
166T
Telescoping Stainless Steel Pitot Tube
Adjustable Design Extends Insertion Length to 36 Inches
160S-18
160S-18PM
Model
160E-00
160E-01
160E-02
160E-03
160E-04
160E-05
160E-06
160E-U
Model 166T
Insertion
in Meters
0.2
0.3
0.48
0.8
1.0
1.22
1.52
Model
160S-18
160S-24
160S-36
160S-48
160S-60
160S-72
Perm. Mtg.
Model
160S-18PM
160S-24PM
160S-36PM
160S-48PM
160S-60PM
160S-72PM
Insertion
In Inches
18
24
36
48
60
72

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
130
A
i
r

F
l
o
w

S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Air Flow Switch
Adjustable from 400-1600 FPM, Stainless Steel Vane
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non-combustible gas flow.
Wetted Materials: Contact factory.
Vane: Stainless steel.
Temperature Limit: 180F (82C).
Switch Type: SPDT.
Electrical Rating: 125 VAC - 9.8 amp full load 58.8 amp locked rotor;
250 VAC - 4.9 amp full load 29.4 amp locked rotor; Pilot rating: 470 VA
at 125, 250 VAC; Resistive: 15 amp at 125, 250, or 480 VAC.
Electrical Connections: Screw type terminal.
Conduit Connection: 7/8 conduit hole.
Mounting Orientation: Horizontal duct flow.
Set Point Adjustment: Screw type.
Weight: 1 lb 1 oz (481.94 g)
Agency Approvals: UL, CSA, CE.
CAUTION: For use only with air or non-combustible non-corrosive
gases. Unit is not sealed against dust.
Model
530
Model 660 Air Velocity Monitors are a practical, affordable way to
continuously monitor for safe airflows through laboratory fume hoods. They are
typically installed in the fume hood side fascia and connected to the interior
sidewall via 1-1/8" flexible tubing. As the exhaust fan draws air through the
device, a sensitive constant temperature thermistor measures flow and lights a
green (normal), yellow (high) or red (low) LED. An audible alarm also warns of
low flow and requires manual resetting. Mounting holes fit standard single gang
electrical box.
Air Velocity Monitor
Continuously Measures Fume Hood Airflow
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non-combustible, non-corrosive gases.
High Setpoint Range: 0-275 FPM (0-1.397 m/s).
Low Setpoint Range: 0-150 FPM (0-.792 m/s).
Repeatability: 7% of full span, 0-50 and 150-275 FPM; 5% of full
span, 50-150 FPM.
Compensated Temperature Range: 50 to 90F (10 to 32.2C).
Operating Temperature Range: 32 to 120F (0 to 48.9C).
Power Supply: 24 VAC, 3 watts maximum.
Response Time: 6-10 seconds.
Warm-Up Time: 3-5 minutes (no flow).
Audible Alarm: 75 dB between 3-10 feet.
Weight: 3 oz (85 g).
Mounting Hardware: (2) #6 x 1" sheet metal screws, (2) 6-32 x 7/8"
machine screws.
Model
660
01-3/32
[27.76]
5/8
[15.88]
3-13/64
[81.36]
1-13/64
[30.56]
7/32
[5.56]
2-3/4
[69.85]
2-53/64
[71.83]
4-1/2
[114.30]
AIR VELOCITY
MONITOR
TUBING
SIDE WALL
SASH TRACK
SASH
OUTLET HOLE
CENTER OF HOLE 4 (101)
BELOW BOTTOM OF
FULL OPEN SASH
4-10
(101 - 254)
The Model 530 air flow switch provides excellent sensitivity and reliability
at a very reasonable price. Quality features include a rugged die cast body,
stainless steel vane and SPDT snap switch. Unit is field adjustable from 400-
1600 FPM. Mounting is fast and simple, with only two screws needed. Vane fits
6 in. or larger ducts.
Model 530, Air Flow Switch
Range 400-1600 FPM mounted on top of horizontal duct.
Model 660, Air Velocity Monitor. Includes 3 flexible tubing, pre-fittings
and 90 elbow, 120 VAC to 24 VAC power transformer.
130.P.N:Layout 2 2/11/11 8:11 AM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 131
F
u
m
e

H
o
o
d

M
o
n
t
o
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
The Model 670 Fume Hood Monitor continuously senses air flow through
the face of the fume hood, ensuring safe levels of fresh air are exhausting
potentially hazardous fumes eliminating operator exposure. The 670 provides a
highly accurate hot wire sensor to detect very low flows common on fume hoods.
This fume hood monitor provides several key features such as simplified
calibration and mounting, LED safe and alarm status indicators, audible alarm
with temporary or permanent horn silence, relay alarm output, sash alarm
input and an input for night set-back. The Model 670 comes with everything
required to quickly install the unit including a mounting bracket, 24 of tubing
for connecting to the inside of the hood wall and a 120 Volt AC power adapter.
FEATURES
Flexible surface or flush mounting
LED safe and alarm status indicators
Audible alarm
Temporary or permanent horn silence
Relay alarm output
Sash alarm input
Night set back input
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Fume hood face velocity air flow.
Alarm Range: 30 400 FPM (0.15 2.0 m/s).
Alarm Indication: Red LED & audible alarm.
Low Air Velocity Alarm Delay: Fixed 5 secs.
Visual LED Display:
Red: Alarm;
Green: Normal.
Horn Silence: Yes temporary and permanent.
Accuracy: Face velocity 10%.
Temperature Limits:
Operating temperature: 55 to 86F (13 to 30C);
Storage temperature: 40 to 150F ( 40 to 65C).
Power Requirement: 15 VDC 500 mA; 120 VAC, 60 Hz power
transformer included.
Relay Output Low Air Flow Alarm: 5 amps @ 250 VAC.
Relay Input For Night Setback: 2 wire rated for 24 VDC usage.
Sash High Indication: Using a two wire micro switch or 3 wire proximity
switch input, rated for 24 VDC usage.
Comm Port: RS232 Can be connected via serial interface to LAN
network.
Mounting: Semi flush, flush or surface mounted when using included
bracket.
Weight: 5.0 oz (141 g).
Agency Approval: CE.
Fume Hood Monitor
Ensures Proper Fume Hood Performance
Model
670
SERIES 670
www.dwyer inst.com
SAFE
ENTER SET
ALARM
AIR VELOCITY MONITOR
3-29/64 [87.88]
2-1/64 [51.05]
13/64 [5.08]
1-1/16
[27.10]
5-45/64
[145.03]
4-61/64
[125.98]
4-9/16
[116.08]
3-17/64 [83.06]
NEW PRODUCT!
Model 670, Fume Hood Monitor

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
132
A
r

V
e
o
c
t
y

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Series
VTT
Hot-Wire Air Velocity/Temperature Transmitter
Configurable Air Velocity Ranges, Available with 5 Digit Display
The Series VTT Hot-Wire Air Velocity and Temperature Transmitter provides a
versatile unit for air velocity and temperature needs. The VTT offers five field-selectable
ranges as well as operating in metric (m/s, C) or english (fpm, F) units. The VTT can
measure up to 30 m/s (6000 fpm) and 50C (122F). The units are available with or without
an LCD display which alternates between velocity and temperature. Series VTT can be
ordered in duct mount or remote mount configurations with 4-20 mA or 0-10V outputs. The
VTT is a useful transmitter for many common HVAC applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean air and compatible, non combustible gases.
Accuracy: Air velocity: 3% of reading 60 fpm (0.3 m/s); Temperature: 0.5% of
reading 0.6F (0.4C).
Temperature Limits: Ambient and process: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C); Note chart
below for temperature effects on range. Storage: 14 to 158F ( 10 to 70C).
Power Supply: 24 VAC/VDC (10%) 3 4 wires.
Current Consumption: 4 20 mA output: 80 mA maximum; 0 10 V output: 40 mA.
Response Time: Air velocity: 2 seconds to 1/e (63%) of final value; Temperature:
5 seconds to 1/e (63%) of final value.
Maximum Loop Resistance: 4 20 mA output: 500 ; 0 10 V output: 1 k.
Display: 5 digit; Resolution 1 fpm (0.1 m/s) 1.0F (0.1C). Alternates between
velocity and temperature.
Electrical Connection: Screw terminal block.
Cable Length (Remote Probe): 6.56 ft (2 m).
Enclosure Rating: ABS rated NEMA 4X (IP65).
Mounting: Can be mounted in any orientation. Probe must be aligned with airflow.
Mounting accessory included.
Weight: With display: 0.32 lb (145 g); Without display: 0.24 lb (110 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Model
VTT-A-N-D-1
VTT-A-N-D-2
VTT-A-N-R-1
VTT-A-N-R-2
VTT-A-D-D-1
VTT-A-D-D-2
VTT-A-D-R-1
VTT-A-D-R-2
VTT-V-N-D-1
VTT-V-N-D-2
VTT-V-N-R-1
VTT-V-N-R-2
VTT-V-D-D-1
VTT-V-D-D-2
VTT-V-D-R-1
VTT-V-D-R-2
Output
4 20 mA Output
0 10 V Output
Display
No Display
5 Digit Display
No Display
5 Digit Display
Mounting
Duct Mount
Remote Mount
Duct Mount
Remote Mount
Duct Mount
Remote Mount
Duct Mount
Remote Mount
Field Selectable Velocity Ranges
Metric
0 to 5m/s
0 to 10m/s
0 to 15m/s
0 to 20m/s
0 to 30m/s
Imperial
0 to 1000 fpm
0 to 2000 fpm
0 to 3000 fpm
0 to 4000 fpm
0 to 6000 fpm
1-21/32
[42.00]
1-21/32
[42.00]
33/64 [13.00]
3-15/16 [100.00]
3-17/64
[83.00]
MODELS VTT-X-N-X-X
(SHOWN WITH REMOTE PROBE MOUNTING)
REMOTE PROBE ASSEMBLY
(SHOWN IN 150 MM LENGTH)
5-29/32
[150.00]
SHOWN IN 150 MM LENGTH
MODELS VTT-X-D-X-X
(SHOWN WITH DUCT MOUNT PROBE)
3-15/16
[100.00]
3-17/64
[83.00]
air velocity
maximum possible
measurements ranges
based on working
temperatures
temperature
0C 10C 20C 30C 50C 40C
V

m
a
x
.

f
(
T

)
30 m/s
25 m/s
20 m/s
15 m/s
10 m/s
5 m/s
Air Velocity Range Capability vs. Temperature
Probe Length
150 mm (6)
300 mm (11.8)
150 mm (6)
300 mm (11.8)
150 mm (6)
300 mm (11.8)
150 mm (6)
300 mm (11.8)
150 mm (6)
300 mm (11.8)
150 mm (6)
300 mm (11.8)
150 mm (6)
300 mm (11.8)
150 mm (6)
300 mm (11.8)

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 133
A
r

V
e
o
c
t
y

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Series
AVU
The Series AVU Air Velocity Transmitter is ideal for a wide range of HVAC
measurement and control applications, particularly in complete building control and energy
management systems. The Series AVU offers 5% accuracy at a surprisingly low cost, with
six units covering ranges from 0-785 fpm to 0-3150 fpm, with either 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC
output.
The Series AVU Transmitter operates by measuring the heat loss from one of the two
sensing elements in the air stream, then calculating the air velocity. Units are virtually
immune to drift due to the design of the sensing element, which makes the transmitter
accurate over the whole air velocity range.
FEATURES
4 20 mA or 0 10 V output versions
NEMA 6 (IP67) enclosure rating
AC or DC powered (loop version DC only)
5% accuracy
APPLICATIONS
Supply and exhaust fan tracking
Clean room systems
Air pollution studies and manufacturing
Process control systems
Air Velocity Transmitter
Ideal for Building Automation Systems
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean air and compatible,
non combustible gases.
Accuracy: 5% of full scale.
Response Time (90%): 5 sec (typical).
Temperature Limits: 32 to 122F (0 to
50C).
Humidity Limit: 0 90% RH, non
condensing.
Power Requirements: A models 24
VDC +10% 15%; V models 24 VDC
or 24 VAC +10% 15%.
Output Signal: A models 4 20 mA
current loop; V models 0 10 VDC.
Loop Resistance: ( A models) 700
ohms.
Current Consumption: 60 mA +
output current.
Max. Start Up Current: 85 mA; 10 V.
Output Current Limit: ( V models)
>10 mA.
Electrical Connections: Screw
terminal. Cable gland for 4 8 mm wire
(16 gauge wire).
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 6 (IP67)
except sensing point.
Probe Dimensions: 9.45 x .75 (240 x
19 mm).
Mounting Orientation: Unit not
position sensitive. Probe must be
aligned with airflow.
Weight: 8.8 oz (250 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Air Velocity Transmitter
8 Field Selectable Ranges in FPM or MPS
Series
641B
9-1/4
[235.0]
4-31/32
[126.21]
1/2 NPT
1-23/32
[43.66]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and compatible, non
combustible gases.
Accuracy:
5% FS process gas: 32 to 122F (0 to
50C). 6% FS process gas: 40 to 32F
& 122 to 176F ( 40 to 0C & 50 to
80C).
Response Time: Flow: 1.5 seconds to
95% of final value (output filter set to
minimum).
Temperature Limits: Process: 40 to
176F ( 40 to 80C). Ambient: 32 to
140F (0 to 60C).
Humidity Limit: Non condensing.
Power Requirements:12 35 VDC,
10 16 VAC. 1.5A rating required on
supply due to initial power surge drawn
by transmitter.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA, isolated 24V
source, 3 or 4 wire connection.
Output Filter: Selectable 0.5 15
(seconds).
Loop Resistance: 600 ohms max.
Current Consumption: 300 mA max*.
Electrical Connections: Screw
terminal.
Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet
NEMA 4X.
Mounting Orientation: Unit not
position sensitive.
Weight: 12.6 oz (357.2 g).
The Series 641B Air Velocity Transmitter uses a heated mass flow sensor technology.
It has 4 user-selectable ranges from 250 FPM to 2000 FPM with corresponding metric
ranges of 1.25 MPS to 10 MPS. The 641B provides an isolated 4-20 mA output proportional
to the velocity.
The Series 641Bs steel sensor allows the unit to be used in dirty air environments. This
rugged sensor is ideally suited for quick field cleaning from a simple cloth to a pulse of air
from an air source. Proper sensor performance can be maintained in these polluted
environments by easily removing dust and debris from the sensor which is problematic for
pitot tubes and other flow sensing transmitters.
* A brief current transient exceeding 300 mA may be seen on startup
Range
0 785 fpm (0 4 m/s)
0 1575 fpm (0 8 m/s)
0 3150 fpm (0 16 m/s)
0 785 fpm (0 4 m/s)
0 1575 fpm (0 8 m/s)
0 3150 fpm (0 16 m/s)
Model
AVU-1-A
AVU-2-A
AVU-3-A
AVU-1-V
AVU-2-V
AVU-3-V
2-1/4
[57.0]
3-11/32
[85.0]
9-29/64
[240.0]
8-55/64
[225.0]
51/64
[2.0]
3/4
[19.0]
Model 641B-4, Air Velocity Transmitter
ACCESSORIES
A-156, Flange Mounting Plate with 1/2 female NPT
A-155, Mounting Gland with 1/2 male NPT fitting
Output
4 20 mA
4 20 mA
4 20 mA
0 10 VDC
0 10 VDC
0 10 VDC

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
134
A
r

V
e
o
c
t
y

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Air Velocity Transmitter
16 Field Selectable Ranges in FPM or MPS
Series
641
DW
Y
R N
TRUM
E
TS
NC
2 ND
NA HW
Y 2
2
M
CH
GAN C
TY N
63
0
W
YER NST
UM
ENTS
NC
02 ND
ANA HW
Y 2
2
M
CH
G
N C
Y N 46
60
HONE
2
9
79
80
0
e
m
a
n
o@
wye
s
om
h
p
www
wye
s
om
PH
NE
2
9
8
9
80
0
e
m
a
n
o@
dw
e
ns
om
h
p
www
dw
e
ns
om
4-29/64
[113.11]
1/2 NPT
1/2-14 NPT
13/16
[20.64]
B DIMENSION
A DIMENSION
3-1/4
[82.55]
B DIMENSION
A DIMENSION
2-23/32
[29.06]
4-29/64
[113.11]
1/2 NPT
1/2-14 NPT
25/32
[19.84]
A Dimension
7 63/64
[202.80]
13 63/64
[355.20]
19 63/64
[507.60]
26 63/64
[685.40]
32 63/64
[837.80]
37 63/64
[964.80]
B Dimension
9 13/16
[249.24]
15 13/16
[401.64]
21 13/16
[554.04]
28 13/16
[731.84]
34 13/16
[884.24]
39 13/16
[1011.24]
641 AVT with Display Option
641 AVT without
Display Option
A Dimension
7 7/16
[188.91]
13 7/16
[341.31]
19 7/16
[493.71]
26 7/16
[671.51]
29 7/16
[747.71]
37 7/16
[950.91]
B Dimension
9 9/32
[235.74]
15 9/32
[388.14]
21 9/32
[540.54]
28 9/32
[718.34]
34 9/32
[870.74]
39 9/32
[997.74]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean air and compatible, non combustible gases.
Accuracy: 3% FS process gas: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C); 4% FS process
gas: 40 to 32F & 122 to 212F ( 40 to 0C & 50 to 100C).
Response Time: Flow: 1.5 seconds to 95% of final value (output filter
set to minimum).
Temperature Limits: Process: 40 to 212F ( 40 to 100C); Ambient: 32
to 140F (0 to 60C).
Pressure Limit: 100 psi (6.89 bar) maximum.
Humidity Limit: Non condensing.
Power Requirements: 12 35 VDC, 10 16 VAC. 1.5A rating required on
supply due to initial power surge drawn by transmitter.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA, isolated 24V source, 3 or 4 wire connection.
Output Filter: Selectable 0.5 15 (seconds).
Loop Resistance: 600 ohms max.
Current Consumption: 300 mA max.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminal.
Process Connections: 1/2 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66) for non LED
models only.
Mounting Orientation: Unit not position sensitive. Probe must be
aligned with airflow.
Weight: 12.6 oz (357.2 g).
Agency Approval: CE.
OPTIONAL DISPLAY VERSION:
Display: 4 1/2 digit 1/2 red LED.
Resolution: 1 FPM, 0.01 MPS
(10 FPM @ 10,000 and 15,000 FPM ranges).
Weight: 13.3 oz (377 g).
The new Series 641 Air Velocity Transmitter is the ideal instrument for
monitoring air flow. This transmitter uses a heated mass flow sensor which
allows for precise velocity measurements at various flow rates and
temperatures. The 641s 16 field selectable ranges provides it the versatility to
be selected for several air flow applications. The optional LED produces a
complete, low-cost solution for local indication of air flow.
FEATURES
Ranges to 15,000 FPM or 75 MPS
Optional bright LED display
Easy push button set up
Compact housing
4 20 mA output
Digital filter for signal damping
APPLICATIONS
Exhaust stack flow monitoring
Air control in drying processes
HVAC air velocity measurements
Fan supply and exhaust tracking
*Other probe lengths available contact factory.
Model
641-6
641-6-LED
641-12
641-12-LED
641-18
641-18-LED
641-24
641-24-LED
641-30
641-30-LED
641-36
641-36-LED
ACCESSORIES
A-156, Universal Mounting Plate 1/2 female NPT
A-158, Split Flange Mounting Kit
A-159, Duct Mounting Gland
Probe Length*
6 (152.4 mm)
6 (152.4 mm)
12 (304.8 mm)
12 (304.8 mm)
18 (457.2 mm)
18 (457.2 mm)
24 (609.6 mm)
24 (609.6 mm)
30 (762 mm)
30 (762 mm)
36 (914 mm)
36 (914 mm)

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 135
A
r

V
e
o
c
t
y

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Air Velocity Transmitter with Cable
For Remotely Mounting Electronic Enclosure
Series
641RM
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean air and compatible, non combustible gases.
Accuracy: 3% FS process gas: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C); 4% FS process
gas: 40 to 32F & 122 to 212F ( 40 to 0C & 50 to 100C).
Response Time: Flow: 1.5 seconds to 95% of final value
(output filter set to minimum).
Temperature Limits: Process: 40 to 212F ( 40 to 100C); Ambient: 32
to 140F (0 to 60C).
Pressure Limit: 100 psi (6.89 bar) maximum.
Humidity Limit: Non condensing.
Power Requirements: 12 35 VDC, 10 16 VAC. 1.5A rating required on
supply due to initial power surge drawn by transmitter.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA, isolated 24V source, 3 or 4 wire connection.
Output Filter: Selectable 0.5 15 (seconds).
Loop Resistance: 600 ohms max.
Current Consumption: 300 mA max.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminal.
Mounting Orientation: Unit not position sensitive. Probe must be
aligned with airflow.
Weight: 13.2 oz (374.26 g).
Cable Length: 6 ft (1.82 m).
Probe Length: 12 (30.48 cm) standard.
Probe Diameter: 5/16 (0.79 cm).
OPTIONAL DISPLAY VERSION:
Display: 4 1/2 digit 1/2 red LED.
Resolution: 1 FPM, 0.01 MPS
(10 FPM @ 10,000 and 15,000 FPM ranges).
Weight: 13.9 oz (394.16 g).
The Series 641RM is the ideal instrument for monitoring air flow. This
transmitter uses a heated mass flow sensor, which allows for precise velocity
measurements at various flow rates and temperatures. The 641RMs 16 field
selectable ranges from 0-250 to 15,000 FPM (0-1.25 to 75 MPS) provide it the
versatility to be selected for a multitude of applications. The units 6 cable which
connects the sensing probe with the electronic enclosure allows the enclosure
to be mounted where it can be more easily accessed. Longer cable lengths are
available for ducts that are at very high elevations from the plant floor. The
optional LED produces a complete, compact solution for local indication of air
flow.
1/2 NPT
4-31/32
[126.21]
5/16
[7.94]
13/64
[5.16]
14-21/64
[53.07]
FOR A STANDARD 12 PROBE
1-5/8 [41.28] WITH LED
1-3/32 [27.78] WITHOUT LED
43/64
[17.07]
6 FT
[152.40]
31/64
[12.30]
1-25/32
[45.24]
1-39/64
[40.88]
Model 641RM-12, Air Velocity Transmitter with 6 cable
Model 641RM-12-LED, same as above with LED display
ACCESSORIES
A-156, Universal Mounting Plate, 1/2 female NPT
A-158, Split Flange Mounting Kit
A-159, Duct Mounting Gland

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
136
H
u
m
d
t
y

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Series
HS
Humidity Switch
Programmable, 8 Amp Relay, 3-Digit Display
The microprocessor based Series HS Humidity Switch provides control for
humidifying or dehumidifying. Relative humidity, output status, and error messaging can
be viewed on the bright green LED. The switch features 9 user defined parameters
including setpoint, hysteresis, control type, cycle time, and probe adjustment. Access to
programming parameters can be locked for security purposes using the password
protection feature. The Series HS includes a fitting clip for panel mounting, gasket, rear
terminal cover, and instruction manual.
3
[76]
1-11/32
[34]
2-3/8
[60]
1-7/64
[28]
SPECIFICATIONS
Relative Humidity Range: 0 to 100%
RH.
Input: 0 to 3V, 0 to 1V or 4 20 mA
(depending on model) humidity probe
not included.
Accuracy: THC P: 5% @ 20 to 80%;
HS: 1% RH.
Display: 3 digit, green, 1/2 (12.7 mm)
digits.
Resolution: 1 digit.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 158F (0 to
70C).
Storage Temperature: 4 to 176F
( 20 to 80C).
Output: 8 A SPDT relay @ 250 VAC
resistive.
Horsepower Rating (HP): 1/3 HP.
Control Type: ON/OFF.
Power Requirements: 110 VAC or
230 VAC (depending on model).
Memory Backup: Nonvolatile memory.
Weight: 2.3 oz (65 g).
Front Panel Rating: IP64.
Agency Approvals: CE, UL, ULc.
Panel Cutout 2-51/64 x 1-9/64 (71 x 29 mm)
Series
THC
Temperature/Humidity Switch
Independent Displays, 61 Programmable Parameters, 4 SPST Relays
Simultaneously measure and control temperature and humidity with the Series THC
Temperature/Humidity Switch. The unit offers a 3-digit red display for temperature
indication and a 3-digit green display indicating humidity. The Series THC is equipped
with four independent relays, two for temperature control and two relays for humidity
control.
The unit offers 61 programmable parameters for temperature and humidity control
including set point, differential, direct/reverse acting, cycle time, alarm clock time, and
decimal point adjustment. In the event of a probe error, the default operation of the relays
can be set to open or close. The THC features error or alarm messaging and password
protection.
The THC Temperature/Humidity Switch accepts up to two temperature probe inputs (sold
separately) and a humidity sensor. A humidity sensor with 01V, 03V (sold separately), or
420 mA output can be used with the Series THC.
4-3/32
[104.00]
5-9/32
[134.32]
2-7/16
[61.80]
1-15/16
[49.23]
5
[127.00]
3-7/8
[98.43]
SPECIFICATIONS
Measurement Range: Temperature:
58 to 302F ( 50 to 150C); Humidity:
0 to 100% RH.
Input: Up to 2 thermistors and 1
humidity sensor.
Output: 4 SPST, 8A relays @ 250
VAC.
Horsepower Rating (HP): 1/3 HP.
Control Type: ON/OFF direction,
direct or reverse acting, neutral.
Power Requirements: 110 or 230
VAC (depending on model).
Accuracy: Temperature 0.5% of
probe range; Humidity: 20 to 80%.
Display: Two 3 digit displays. 1/2
digits.
Resolution: 0.1.
Memory Backup: Nonvolatile memory.
Ambient Operating Temperature: 32
to 158F (0 to 70C).
Storage Temperature: 4 to 176F
( 20 to 80C).
Weight: 1.17 lb (530 g).
Panel Cutout: 5.15 x 2.37 (131 x 111
mm).
Front Panel Protection: IP64.
Agency Approvals: CE.
APPLICATIONS
HS Digital Humidity Switches are suitable for industrial chillers, environmental
chambers, walk ins and freezers, heat sealers, beer and wine chillers, mug frosters,
coolers, display cases and cabinets, meat and produce storage, floral preservation,
refrigerated transportation, laboratories, food service equipment, ovens and dryers,
green houses, museums, and tobacco preservation. Monitors humidity in ducts.
ACCESSORY
THC-P Humidity Probe, 0 to 3 V output, 4 ft (1.5m) cable
Model
THC-10
THC-11
THC-20
THC-21
Description
F 110 VAC
C 110 VAC
F 230 VAC
C 230 VAC
ACCESSORIES
THC-P, Humidity probe with 3V output & 4 ft (1.2 m) cable
TS-5, Temperature probe, PVC with 5 ft (1.5 m) cable
TS-6, Temperature probe, metal with 5 ft (1.5 m) cable
TS-51, Temperature probe, PVC with 10 ft (3 m) cable
TS-61, Temperature probe, metal with 10 ft (3 m) cable
Model
HS-311
HS-312
HS-111
HS-112
HS-411
HS-412
Input Sensor
0 to 3 V
0 to 3 V
0 to 1 V
0 to 1 V
4 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
Supply Voltage
110 VAC
230 VAC
110 VAC
230 VAC
110 VAC
230 VAC

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 137
H
u
m
d
t
y
/
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
*Wall mount not shown
Series
HT
Monitor and control relative humidity and temperature in building energy management
systems with the Series HT Humidity/Temperature Transmitter. Designed for demanding
HVAC/EMCS applications, the Series HT provides 3% RH accuracy and 1% stability per
year. Routine calibration is not required with the fully interchangeable sensor. Two wire
connections allow easy installation directly into air ducts or within a controlled area.
RH/Temperature Transmitter
Calibration-Free, 2-Wire Design, Duct or Wall Mount
SPECIFICATIONS
Relative Humidity Range: 10 to 90%
RH.
Temperature Range: Duct mount:
40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C); Wall mount:
23 to 131F ( 5 to 55C).
Accuracy: 3% RH @ 25C; 0.3C @
25C.
Temperature Limits: Duct mount: 14
to 140F ( 10 to 60C); Wall mount: 23
to 131F ( 5 to 55C).
Storage Temperature: 40 to 140F
( 40 to 60C).
Operating Humidity Range: Duct
mount: 0 to 100% RH; Wall mount: 0 to
90% RH.
Power Requirements: 10 to 28 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
Response Time: 15 seconds.
Current Consumption: 4 mA
minimum.
Conduit Connection: 1/2 NPT.
Mounting Connection: 3/4 NPT.
Drift: 2% RH over 2 years.
Temperature Sensor: Pt 1000 RTD.
RH Temperature Dependance:
<1.5% RH from 14 to 140F
( 10 to 60C).
Temperature Dependance: 0.01C/C.
Housing Material: ABS plastic.
Enclosure Rating: Duct mount
only/IP65.
Weight: 0.6 lb (0.3 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Series
RH-R
Humidity/Temperature Transmitter
Remote Mount, Field Replaceable Sensor Filter, Up to 16 Cable
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Dry clean air.
Relative Humidity Range: 0 to 100%
RH.
Temperature Range: 40 to 140F
( 40 to 60C).
Accuracy: 2% @ 10 90%.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 140F
( 40 to 60C).
Storage Temperature: 40 to 176F
( 40 to 80C).
Compensated Temperature Range:
4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
Power Requirements: 10 35 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA loop powered
or 0 to 10 VDC.
Response Time: Less than 15
seconds.
Electrical Connections: Terminal
block.
Conduit Connection: 1/2 NPT.
Process Connection: 1/2 NPSM.
Drift: Less than 1%/year.
RH Sensor: Capacitance polymer
Cable Length: Up to 16 ft.
Housing Material: Polycarbonate,
aluminum enclosure.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65).
Agency Approvals: CE.
The Series RH-R Humidity Transmitter is the ideal transmitter for those applications
where space is limited. The compact sensor is protected by a removable filter. It can be
mounted up to 16 feet away from the weatherproof base. The Series RH-R is ideal for
environmental chambers, rubber bladder burst detection and air handler applications.
Model
RHU-R004
RHU-R008
RHU-R012
RHU-R016
RHT-R004
RHT-R008
RHT-R012
RHT-R016
Cable
Length
4
8
12
16
4
8
12
16
Description
Humidity
Humidity
Humidity
Humidity
Humidity/Temperature
Humidity/Temperature
Humidity/Temperature
Humidity/Temperature
5-1/8
[130.18]
3-45/64
[94.06]
4-1/32
[102.39]
2-41/64
[67.07]
2-1/4
[57.15]
55/64
[21.83]
2-29/64
[11.51]
5/8
[15.88]
2-37/64
[65.48]
Model
RHU-R104
RHU-R108
RHU-R112
RHU-R116
RHT-R104
RHT-R108
RHT-R112
RHT-R116
Cable
Length
4
8
12
16
4
8
12
16
Description
Humidity
Humidity
Humidity
Humidity
Humidity/Temperature
Humidity/Temperature
Humidity/Temperature
Humidity/Temperature
Model
HT00*
HT01
HT10
HT11
3-5/32
[80.17]
3-5/32
[80.17]
1-1/2
[38.10]
19/32 DIA.
[15.09]
15/32 DIA.
[11.91]
11-5/8 [295.3]
8-1/2 [215.9]
2-1/8
[53.98]
ACCESSORY
HT5, Replacement sensor
Output
Current
Current
Current
Current
Current
Current
Current
Current
Output
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Description
Humidity Transmitter, wall mount
Humidity Transmitter, duct mount
Humidity/Temp Transmitter, wall mount
Humidity/Temp Transmitter, duct mount

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
138
H
u
m
d
t
y
/
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Series
RHP-W
Wall Mount Humidity/Temperature/
Dew Point Transmitter
Optional LCD Display, Replaceable Sensors
SPECIFICATIONS
Relative Humidity Range: 0 to 100% RH.
Temperature Range: 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C) for thermistor and RTD sensors.
20 to 140F ( 28.9 to 60C) for solid state temperature sensors.
Dew Point Temperature Range: 20 to 140F ( 28.9 to 60C); 0 to 100F
( 17.8 to 37.8C); 40 to 90F (4.4 to 32.3C); 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C) field
selectable ranges.
Accuracy:
RH: Model RHP 2XX 2% 10 90% RH @ 25C; Model RHP 3XX 3% 20 80%
RH @ 25C;
Thermistor temperature sensor: 0.4F @ 77F (0.22C @ 25C);
RTD temperature sensor: DIN Class B; 0.54F @ 32F (0.3C @ 0C);
Solid state temperature sensor: 0.9F @ 72F (0.3C @ 25C).
Hysteresis: 1%.
Repeatability: 0.1% typical.
Temperature Limits:
Operating: 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C);
Storage: 40 to 176F ( 40 to 80C).
Compensated Temperature Range: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
4-20 mA Loop Powered Models:
Power requirements: 10 35 VDC;
Output signal: 4 20 mA, 2 channels for humidity/solid state temperature sensor
models (loop powered on RH). Switch selectable RH/dew point. Switch
selectable normal or reverse output.
0-5/10V Output Models:
Power requirements: 15 35 VDC or 15 29 VAC;
Output load: 5 mA max., 2 channels for humidity/solid state temperature
sensor models. Switch selectable 0 10V/2 10V or 0 5V/1 5V output. Switch
selectable RH/dew point. Switch selectable normal or reverse output.
Solid State Temperature Sensor Output Ranges: Switch selectable, 20 to
140F ( 28.9 to 60C); 0 to 100F ( 17.8 to 37.8C); 40 to 90F (4.4 to 32.3C);
4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
Response Time: 15 seconds.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminal block.
Drift: <1% RH/year.
RH Sensor: Capacitance polymer.
Enclosure Material: Warm gray polycarbonate.
Display: Optional LCD, backlit on 0 5/10V models. Switch selectable %RH or dew
point, F/C.
Display Resolution: RH: 1%; Temperature: 0.1F (0.1C); Dew Point: 1F (1C).
Weight: 0.3 lb (0.14 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
The Series RHP-W Wall Mount Humidity/Temperature/Dew Point Transmitter is
the most versatile room transmitter on the market. The stylish housing is well vented to
provide air flow across the sensor to improve measurement accuracy. An optional LCD
display can be integral to the transmitter or a remote display can be ordered for building
balancing or LEED

validation. The LCD display indicates the ambient temperature along


with the humidity or dew point. The transmitter has internal dip switches to select the
temperature engineering units and whether the transmitter outputs humidity or dew point.
The humidity and temperature sensors are field replaceable to reduce service cost and
inventory. The humidity and the dew point are measured using a capacitive polymer sensor
that completely recovers from 100% saturation. The humidity and dew point can have either
a current or voltage output, while the optional temperature output can be a current, voltage,
RTD or thermistor. For models with current or voltage for the temperature output, the
temperature range is field selectable.
Example
Series
Accuracy
Housing
Humidity/
Dew Point
Output
Temperature
Output
Options
RHP
RHP
3
2
3
W
W
2
1
2
A
0
1
2
A
B
C
D
E
F
Options
LCD
1-3/16
[30.16]
1-3/16
[30.16]
.921
3x 3/8
[9.53]
35/64
[13.89]
1-13/32
[35.72]
1-53/64
[46.43]
4x 3/16
[4.76]
1-13/32
[50.01]
4-31/64
[113.9]
3-13/32
[86.52] Shown with optional LCD display
LEED

is trademark of US Green Building Council.


ACCESSORY
A-449, Remote LCD Display allows remote
indication of select Dwyer Wall Mount
Transmitters for validation or certification
purposes
RHP 3W2A LCD
Humidity/Temperature/
Dew Point Transmitter
2% Accuracy
3% Accuracy
Wall Mount
4 20mA
0 10 VDC
None
4 20mA
0 10 VDC
10K @ 25C Thermistor
Type III
10K @ 25C Thermistor
Type II
3K @ 25C Thermistor
100 RTD DIN 385
1K RTD DIN 385
20K @ 25C Thermistor
LCD Display

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 139
H
u
m
d
t
y
/
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Humidity/Temperature Transmitter
Passive Temperature Outputs, Sintered Filter Options
Series
RHP
2- 9/16
[64.96]
(3) 3/16 (4.76) HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED ON A
4 115 (104.52) BC
35/64
[13.89]
9
[228.60]
2-33/64
[63.90]
1/2 NPT
2-11/64
[55.17]
2-9/64
[54.37]
3-7/16
[87.31]
3-11/64
[80.57]
2-11/64
[55.12]
1-1/8
[28.58]
3
[76.20]
6-45/64
[170.26]
4-17/32
[115.09]
5-1/8
[130.18]
3-1/8
[79.38]
2-15/64
[56.75]
3-1/8
[79.38]
3/16
[4.76]
MOUNTING HOLES
TYP 4 PLCS
55/64
[21.83]
4-17/32
[115.09]
OSA (Outside Air)
Sintered Filter Version
6-41/64
[168.67]
3-45/64
[94.06]
5-1/8
[130.18]
2-41/54
[67.07]
2-1/4
[57.15]
55/64
[21.83]
Duct Mount
The Series RHP Temperature and Humidity Transmitter combine the voltage or
current humidity transmitter output with a passive temperature thermistor or RTD output.
The polymer capacitance humidity sensor is not affected by condensation, fog, high
humidity, or contaminants. The humidity sensors are available with 2% or 3% accuracies.
Duct mounted transmitters are available with an optional two-line alpha numeric LCD
display. The Series RHP is available with interchangeable filter options as well as
replaceable sensors.
SPECIFICATIONS
Relative Humidity Range: 0 to 100% RH.
Temperature Range: 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C).
Accuracy, RH: Model RHP 2XXX 2% 10 90% RH @ 25C; Model RHP 3XXX
3% 20 80% RH @ 25C.
Accuracy, Thermistor Temp Sensor: 0.22C @ 25C (0.4F @ 77F).
Accuracy, RTD Temp Sensor: DIN Class B; 0.3C @ 0C (0.54F @ 32F).
Hysteresis: 1%.
Repeatability: 0.1% typical.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C).
Storage Temperature: 40 to 176F ( 40 to 80C).
Compensated Temperature Range: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
4-20 mA Loop Powered Models: Power requirements: 10 35 VDC; Output signal:
4 20 mA.
0-10V Output Models: Power requirements: 15 35 VDC or 15 29 VAC; Output
signal: 0 10V @ 5 mA max.
Response Time: 15 seconds.
Electrical Connections: Removable screw terminal block.
Conduit Connection: Duct mount: 1/2 NPS; OSA: 1/2 (22.3 mm).
Drift: <1% RH/year.
RH Sensor: Capacitance polymer.
Temperature Sensor: Curves A, B, C: Thermistor; Curves D, E: Platinum RTD
DIN 385.
Enclosure: Duct mount: PBT; OSA: Polycarbonate.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65) for OSA mount only.
Display: Duct mount only, optional 2 line alpha numeric, 8 characters/line.
Display Resolution: RH: 0.1%; 0.1F (0.1C).
Weight: Duct mount: .616 lb (.3 kg); OSA: 1 lb (.45 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Example
Series
Accuracy
Housing
Type
RH Output
Temperature
Sensor
Option
RHP
RHP
2
2
3
D
D
F
O
S
R
1
1
2
A
0
1
2
A
B
C
D
E
F
LCD
LCD
*Model RHRS Radiation Shield is recommended for sintered filter OSA models.
RHP 2D1A LCD
RH/Passive Temperature
Sensor Transmitter
2% Accuracy
3% Accuracy
Duct Mount
w/Plastic Tip
Duct Mount
w/Sintered Filter
OSA (Outside Air)
OSA w/Sintered Filter*
Radiation Shield
4 20mA
0 10V
None
4 20mA
0 10 VDC
10K @ 25C Thermistor
Dwyer Curve A
10K @ 25C Thermistor
Dwyer Curve B
3K @ 25C Thermistor
Dwyer Curve C
100 RTD DIN 385
1K RTD DIN 385
20K @ 25C Thermistor
LCD Display

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
140
H
u
m
d
t
y
/
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Outside Air Humidity Radiation Shield
6 Plate Design, Integral Pipe Mounting Kit
Model
RHRS
The Model RHRS Radiation Shield protects outside air humidity
transmitters from rain and radiated heat. With the curved shape and color of
the plates, air flow is able to move across the sensor to keep radiated
temperatures from rooftops and surrounding surfaces from affecting humidity
readings. For ease of installation, the Model RHRS has integral pipe mounting
hardware which can be removed for surface mounting applications. The
brackets on the Model RHRS are specifically designed to be installed on the
Dwyer Series RHP outside air humidity transmitters with sintered filters. The
pipe mounting bracket fits 3/4 to 1-1/2 iron pipe.
5-1/8
[130.18]
4-31/32
[126.21]
8-43/64
[220.27]
4-47/64
[120.25]
Picture shown with Series RHP Humidity Transmitter (sold separately)
Model RHRS, Radiation Shield

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 141
H
u
m
d
t
y
/
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
RoHS
Series
WHP
The Series WHP Wireless Humidity/Temperature Sensors provides flexibility in
locating sensors and reduces wiring cost. Using a 418 MHz transmitter, the sensor can
transmit data up to 100 feet without the use of a repeater. When coupled with a receiver
and output module, the Series WHP can output voltage, current or resistance values for
humidity and temperature. Since the unit is battery powered using two AA batteries, users
can change the location of the sensor by a couple of feet or to a different wall without worry
about extra labor cost. With the transmit rate at approximately one reading every 10
seconds, the battery is estimated to last 5 to 8 years.
The duct mount and outside air mount sensors come standard with sintered filters to
protect the sensor from particulates. Set point adjustment and/or manual override buttons
are available on wall mount sensors.
Wireless Humidity/Temperature Sensors
Transmits up to 100 Feet, Battery Operated
SPECIFICATIONS
Relative Humidity Range: 0 to 100%.
Temperature Range: 40 to 185F ( 40 to 85C).
Accuracy: 0.3C, 2% RH.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 32 to 140F (0 to 60C).
Power Requirements: (2) AA 3.6V lithium batteries.
Transmitter Interval Rate: Approximately 10 15 seconds.
Housing Material: ABS plastic.
Enclosure Rating: UL 94 V 0.
Antenna: 418 MHz Built inside enclosure.
Weight: Dust/OSA: 1.25 lb (567 g); Wall: 0.25 lb (113 g).
FCC Approval: FCC ID# T4F061213RSO.
Agency Approvals: RoHS.
Model
WHP-D05
WHP-OSA
WHP-W00
WHP-W10
WHP-W01
WHP-W11
Mounting
Configuration
Duct
OSA
Wall
Wall
Wall
Wall
Set Point
Adjustment
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
5
[127.00]
2-1/2
[63.50]
1/2 NPT CONDUIT KNOCKOUT
3X 1/2 NPT
6 [152.40]
4-5/32
[105.41]
5
[127.00]
2-1/2
[63.50]
1/2 NPT
CONDUIT
KNOCKOUT
3X
1/2 NPT
6-3/4
[171.71]
2-3/4
[69.85]
1-1/16
[26.92]
4-1/2
[114.30]
COOL WARM
WALL MOUNT
DUCT MOUNT
OSA MOUNT
ACCESSORIES
WM-4SS, DIN Rail Mount Receiver
WM-PSS, DIN Rail Mount Repeater with Standard Antenna
WM-CSH-5I, DIN Rail Mount 4 to 20 mA Humidity Output Module
WM-CSF-4A, DIN Rail Mount 4 to 20 mA Temperature
Output Module Range 50 to 90F
WM-VSH-1I, DIN Rail Mount 0 to 10 VDC Humidity Output Module
WM-VSF-1A, DIN Rail Mount 0 to 10 VDC Temperature
Output Module Range 50 to 90F
WM-SSV-07, DIN Rail Mount 0 to 10 VDC Set Point Output Module
WM-RSO, DIN Rail Mount Normally Open Override Output Module
WM-RSC, DIN Rail Mount Normally Closed Override Output Module
Manual
Override
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
142
H
u
m
d
t
y
/
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Wireless Temperature/Humidity Product Accessories
Accessories to be Used with WTP & WHP
Wireless Output Modules, Repeaters and Receivers are designed to work with
Series WHP and Series WTP Wireless Humidity and Temperature Sensors. Receivers can
be ordered to accept the 418 MHz directly from the sensors or 900 MHz from a repeater.
Repeaters expand the distance between the sensors and the output modules from 100 feet
up to more than 1000 feet.
Output modules are available with current, voltage, resistive thermistor or relay contact
outputs. Since the output module plugs directly into the receiver, the communications
signal and the supply power do not require any wiring which saves installation time and
labor costs. The integral mounting tabs allow for the output modules to be DIN rail
mounted or surface mounted.
Wireless products are intended for use in U.S. territories, Canada and Mexico
only.
SPECIFICATIONS
Repeaters and Receivers
Supply Voltages: Repeaters and 900 MHz receivers: 9 to 15 VDC; 418 MHz
receivers: 9 to 30 VDC/17 to 31 VAC.
Power Consumption: Repeaters: 150 mA max; 900 MHz receivers: 80 mA max;
418 MHz receivers: 20 mA max.
Maximum Output Modules Per Receiver: 127.
Outputs: Repeaters: 900 MHz @ 100 mW; Receivers: RS 485.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 140F (0 to 60C).
Humidity Limits: 5 to 95% (non condensing).
Housing Material: ABS UL 94V 0 plastic.
Weight: Receiver: 7.6 oz (215 g); Repeater: 9.1 oz (257 g).
Agency Approvals: RoHS.
Output Modules
Supply Voltages: Thermistor, Relay, 0 to 5 VDC models: 9 to 30 VDC/17 to 31
VAC; 0 to 10 VDC models: 15 to 30 VDC/17 to 35 VAC; Current models: Loop
powered 9 to 36 VDC.
Power Consumption: Thermistor, 0 to 5 VDC models: 3 mA max DC; 0.1 VA max
AC; Relay models: 15 mA max (relay on); Current models: 20 mA max.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 32 to 140F (0 to 60C).
Humidity Limits: Ambient: 5 to 95% (non condensing).
Output: Thermistor: 35 to 120F (1 to 50C) 10K Type II or 10K Type III
(depending on model); Relay: 40 V, 150 mA max; Voltage: 0 to 5 VDC or 0 to 10
VDC (depending on model); Current: 4 to 20 mA.
Output Resolution: 10 bit (voltage), 12 bit (current), 40 (resistance).
Housing Material: ABS UL 94V 0 plastic.
Weight: 1.9 oz (54 g).
FCC Approval: FCC ID# T4F06811RH.
Agency Approvals: RoHS.
RoHS
418 MHz OR 900 MHz EXTENDED ANTENNA
3-7/8 [98.31]
1-9/32
[32.51]
2-31/32
[75.38]
2-3/4
[69.85]
WM-4SX
1-9/32
[32.51]
1-15/16
[49.19]
2-31/32
[75.38]
2-3/4
[69.85]
3-7/8 [98.31]
2-3/4
[69.85]
2-31/32
[75.38]
1-9/32
[32.51]
STANDARD
900 MHz
ANTENNA
418 MHz OR
900 MHz
EXTENDED
ANTENNA
Receiver Modules
Repeater Modules Output Modules

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 143
H
u
m
d
t
y
/
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Model
WM-PSS
WM-PSE
WM-4SS
WM-9SS
WM-9SE
Type
Repeater
Repeater
Receiver
Receiver
Receiver
Input
418 MHz
418 MHz
418 MHz
900 MHz
900 MHz
Model
WM-RSO
WM-RSC
Model
WM-TS2
WM-TS3
Model
WM-SSV-00
WM-SSV-01
WM-SSV-02
WM-SSV-03
WM-SSV-04
WM-SSV-05
WM-SSV-06
WM-SSV-07
WM-SSV-08
WM-SSC
WM-SSR-20
WM-SSR-21
WM-SSR-22
WM-SSR-23
WM-SSR-24
WM-SSR-25
WM-SSR-26
WM-SSR-27
WM-SSR-28
WM-SSR-29
WM-SSR-30
WM-SSR-31
Model
WM-CSF-4A
WM-CSF-4B
WM-CSF-4C
WM-CSF-4D
WM-CSF-4E
WM-CSF-4F
WM-CSF-4G
WM-CSF-4H
WM-CSC-4A
WM-CSC-4B
WM-CSC-4C
WM-CSC-4D
WM-CSC-4E
WM-CSC-4F
WM-CSC-4G
WM-CSC-4H
WM-CSH-5I
WM-CSH-5J
Model
WM-VSF-5A
WM-VSF-5B
WM-VSF-5C
WM-VSF-5D
WM-VSF-5E
WM-VSF-5F
WM-VSF-5G
WM-VSF-5H
WM-VSF-1A
WM-VSF-1B
WM-VSF-1C
WM-VSF-1D
WM-VSF-1E
WM-VSF-1F
WM-VSF-1G
WM-VSC-1H
WM-VSC-5A
WM-VSC-5B
WM-VSC-5C
WM-VSC-5D
WM-VSC-5E
WM-VSC-5F
WM-VSC-5G
WM-VSC-5H
WM-VSC-1A
WM-VSC-1B
WM-VSC-1C
WM-VSC-1D
WM-VSC-1E
WM-VSC-1F
WM-VSC-1G
WM-VSC-1H
WM-VSH-5I
WM-VSH-5J
WM-VSH-1I
WM-VSH-1J
Range
50 to 90F
55 to 85F
60 to 80F
65 to 80F
45 to 96F
20 to 120F
32 to 185F
40 to 140F
50 to 90F
55 to 85F
60 to 80F
65 to 80F
45 to 96F
20 to 120F
32 to 185F
40 to 140F
10 to 32C
13 to 30C
15 to 27C
18 to 27C
7 to 35C
29 to 49C
0 to 85C
40 to 60C
10 to 32C
13 to 30C
15 to 27C
18 to 27C
7 to 35C
29 to 49C
0 to 85C
40 to 60C
0 to 100% RH
35 to 70% RH
0 to 100% RH
35 to 70% RH
Repeaters & Receivers
Output Modules - Relay Outputs Thermistors Outputs
Temperature Set Point Outputs
Current Output Modules
Voltage Output Modules
Antenna
Standard
Extended
Extended
Standard
Extended
Output
Normally Open
Normally Closed
Output
10K Type II
10K Type III
Output
0 to 5V
1 to 5V
3.7 to .85V
5 to 0V
4.2 to 1.2V
2.75 to 3.4V
2.88 to 3.17V
0 to 10V
2 to 10V
4 to 20 mA
0 to 5K
7.87K to 2.87K
0 to 10K
15K to 5K
9577 to 1422
1K to 11K
0 to 20K
4.75K to 24.75K
6.19K to 26.19K
7.87K to 27.87K
10K to 30K
24.75 to 4.75K
Range
50 to 90F
55 to 85F
60 to 80F
65 to 80F
45 to 96F
20 to 120F
32 to 185F
40 to 140F
10 to 32C
13 to 30C
15 to 27C
18 to 27C
7 to 35C
29 to 49C
0 to 85C
40 to 60C
0 to 100% RH
35 to 70% RH
Output
0 to 5 VDC
0 to 5 VDC
0 to 5 VDC
0 to 5 VDC
0 to 5 VDC
0 to 5 VDC
0 to 5 VDC
0 to 5 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 5 VDC
0 to 5 VDC
0 to 5 VDC
0 to 5 VDC
0 to 5 VDC
0 to 5 VDC
0 to 5 VDC
0 to 5 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 5 VDC
0 to 5 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
144
H
u
m
d
t
y
/
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Model
657C-1
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Humidity & temperature detection in air.
Range: Relative humidity: 0 100%; Temperature: 32 to 212F (0 to
100C)
Accuracy: Relative humidity: 2% (10 90% RH), 3% (0 10% and 90
100% RH); Temperature: 1F (0.5C).
Temperature Limits: 32 to 140F (0 to 60C).
Pressure Limits: 1 psi (.07 bar).
Compensated Temperature Range: 32 to 140F (0 to 60C).
Power Requirements: 10 35 VDC.
Output Signal: 2 channels each 4 20 mA. Loop powered on the RH
channel.
Electrical Connections: 4 screw type terminal.
Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position.
Probe: 5/16 x 9 1/10 (0.8 x 23.1 cm) stainless steel.
Weight: 10 oz (284 g).
The Model 657C-1 Transmitter features the same circuit design as the 657-1
providing two 4-20 mA channels to produce separate output signals for both relative
humidity and temperature. However, this model is housed in a tough die cast
aluminum protective conduit enclosure with gasketed cover. An internal terminal
block is provided for electrical connections. The sensor employed in the 657C-1
features a state-of-the-art integrated polymer film humidity sensor and a thin-film
platinum temperature sensor to assure high reliability and rock-solid stability over
years of continuous service. Stainless steel probe measures 5/16 x 9-1/10 (0.8 x 23.1
cm) and can be easily mounted to most ductwork using either of the two optional
kits below.
11-7/8 [302]
9-1/10 [231]
4-13/32
[112.0]
3-5/8
[92.4]
2-15/32
[62.60]
1/2 NPT
1-5/32
[29.35]
3-1/2
[88.90]
1-11/32
[34.15]
Relative Humidity/Temperature Transmitter
Dual Channel Design for Simultaneous 4-20 mA Output Signals Conduit Housing
Relative Humidity/Temperature Transmitter
Dual Channel Design for Simultaneous 4-20 mA Output Signals
Model
657-1
5/16
[7.925]
2-23/32
[68.88]
2-13/32
[60.96]
1/2
[12.70]
2-1/4
[57.15]
1-1/2
[38.10]
5/32
[3.81]
7/8
[22.23]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Humidity & temperature detection in air.
Range: Relative humidity: 0 100%; Temperature: 32 to 212F (0 to
100C).
Accuracy: Relative humidity: 2% (10 90% RH), 3% (0 10% and 90
100% RH); Temperature: 1F (0.5C).
Temperature Limits: 32 to 140F (0 to 60C).
Pressure Limits: 1 psi (.07 bar).
Compensated Temperature Range: 32 to 140F (0 to 60C).
Power Requirements: 10 35 VDC.
Output Signal: 2 channels each 4 20 mA. Loop powered on the RH
channel.
Electrical Connections: 4 screw type terminal.
Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position.
Probe: 5/16 x 10 (0.8 x 25.4 cm) stainless steel.
Weight: 5.5 oz (156 g).
The Model 657-1 Transmitter provides two 4-20 mA channels to produce
separate output signals for both relative humidity and temperature. This
inexpensive device delivers 2% accuracy for humidity and 1F for temperature
measurements. The sensor employed in the 657-1 features a state-of-the-art
integrated polymer film humidity sensor and a thin-film platinum temperature
sensor to assure high reliability and rock-solid stability over years of continuous
service. Stainless steel probe measures 5/16 x 10 (0.8 x 24.4 cm) and can be
easily mounted to most ductwork using either of the two optional kits below.
Model 657C-1, RH/Temperature Transmitter
ACCESSORIES
A-158, Split Flange Mounting Kit
A-159, Duct Mounting Gland
Model 657-1, RH/Temperature Transmitter
ACCESSORIES
A-158, Split Flange Mounting Kit
A-159, Duct Mounting Gland

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 145
H
u
m
d
t
y
/
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Hazardous Area Humidity/
Temperature Transmitter
Intrinsically Safe or Explosion-Proof Models
Series
HHT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
13-23/32
[347.98]
4-15/32
[113.51]
2-23/32
[69.06]
3-29/32
[99.22]
4-9/32
[108.74]
The Series HHT Hazardous Area Humidity/Temperature Transmitter
takes accurate measurements in the harshest of environments. The transmitter
is offered in explosion-proof and intrinsically-safe versions depending on the
applications requirements. The explosion-proof model is offered with 4 to 20
mA output for humidity only. The intrinsically-safe version is offered with 4 to
20 mA output for humidity and temperature. Both versions have an optional
two line alphanumeric display to show the current humidity and temperature.
The Series HHT humidity/temperature transmitter is excellent for offshore
HVAC applications, dust and grain applications. Intrinsically safe models
require an intrinsically safe barrier.
SPECIFICATIONS
Relative Humidity Range: 0 to 100% RH.
Temperature Range: 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C).
Accuracy: 2% 10 90% RH, 0.9F at 72F (0.3C at 25C).
Hysteresis: 1%.
Repeatability: 0.1% typical.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C).
Storage Temperature: 40 to 176F ( 40 to 80C).
Compensated Temperature: 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C).
Power Requirements: For instrinsically safe models HHT IX, 9.5 to 28
VDC. For explosion proof models HHT EX, 16.5 to 28 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA, 2 channels for humidity/temperature models
(loop power on RH).
Response Time: 15 seconds.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminal block.
Conduit Connection: 1/2 female NPT.
Drift: <1% RH/year.
RH Sensor: Capacitance polymer.
Temperature Sensor: Solid state band gap.
Housing Material: Aluminum.
Display: Optional 2 line alpha numeric, 8 characters/line. Temperature
display is F/C selectable.
Display Resolution: RH: 0.1%: Temperature 0.1F (0.1C).
Weight: 2 lb 8 oz (1134 g).
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Models HHT EX: FM Explosion
Proof, Class I Div. 1 Group B, C, D, Class II Div. 1 Group E, F, G, Class
III Div. 1; Models HHT IX: FM Instrinsically Safe, Class I Div. 1 Group A,
B, C, D, Class II Div. 1 Group E, F, G, Class III Div. 1 T4.
Agency Approvals: FM, CE.
Model
HHT-EU
HHT-IU
HHT-IT
HHT-EU-LCD
HHT-IT-LCD
Protection
Explosion Proof
Intrinsically Safe
Intrinsically Safe
Explosion Proof
Intrinsically Safe
Description
Humidity
Humidity
Humidity/Temperature
Humidity
Humidity/Temperature
Display
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
ACCESSORIES
KFD0-SCS-EX1.55 (see page 388), Loop powered galvanic isolator
A-287, Mounting bracket for pipe or surface mounting
(Includes bracket and two 2 U bolts)

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
146
C
a
r
b
o
n

M
o
n
o
x
d
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Series
WHT
Weather-Resistant Humidity/
Temperature Transmitter
Compact Housing, Sintered Filter
The Compact Series WHT Humidity/Temperature Transmitter is designed to
withstand the elements. A removable sintered filter protects the polymer capacitance
sensor from solid objects that may come in contact with the transmitter. The transmitter
is available with 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 10 VDC output signals for both temperature and
humidity. This transmitter is ideal for measuring outside air temperature and humidity
levels for air handling economizer applications.
2X 5/16 [7.94]
4
[101.6]
3-31/64
[88.5]
3
[76.2]
4-9/16
[115.89]
2-3/4
[69.85]
1-31/64
[37.70]
1-27/64
[36.12]
SPECIFICATIONS
Relative Humidity Range: 0 to 100%
RH.
Temperature Range: 40 to 140F
( 40 to 60C).
Accuracy, RH: 3% 20 80% RH, 4%
@ 10 20%, 80 90%.
Accuracy, Temp Models with 4-20 mA
Temp. Output: 0.9F @ 72F (0.3C
@ 25C).
Accuracy, Temp Models with Passive
Thermistor Temp Sensor: 0.4F @
77F (0.22C @ 25C).
Hysteresis, RH: 1%.
Repeatability, RH: 0.1% typical.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 140F
( 40 to 60C).
Storage Temperature: 40 to 176F
( 40 to 80C).
Compensated Temperature Range,
RH: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
4-20 mA Loop Powered Models:
Power requirements: 10 35 VDC;
Output signal: 4 20 mA.
0-10 V Output Models:
Power requirements: 15 35 VDC or
15 29 VAC;
Output signal: 0 10 V @ 5 mA max.
0-5 V Output Models:
Power requirements: 10 35 VDC or
10 29 VAC;
Output signal: 0 5 V @ 5 mA max.
Response Time: 15 seconds.
Electrical Connections: Removable
screw terminal block.
Drift: <1% RH/year.
RH Sensor: Capacitance polymer.
Temperature Sensor: 4 20 mA output,
solid state band gap. Passive output:
10K @ 25C thermistor (Dwyer curve
A).
Enclosure: ABS.
Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet
NEMA 3S (IP54).
Weight: 0.3 oz (8.5 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Model
WHT-310
WHT-311
WHT-320
WHT-322
WHT-330
WHT-333
WHT-31A
WHT-32A
Accuracy
3%
3%
3%
3%
3%
3%
3%
3%
RH Output
4 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
0 to 10 V
0 to 10 V
0 to 5 V
0 to 5 V
4 to 20 mA
0 to 10 V
Note: For 2% accuracy, change the leading 3 to a 2.
(For example, WHT 210)
Temperature
None
4 to 20 mA
None
0 to 10 V
None
0 to 5 V
10 K Ohm
10 K Ohm
Carbon Monoxide Transmitter
Current/Voltage Output, 125 PPM Range
Series
CMT
The Series CMT Carbon Monoxide Transmitter accurately detects and transmits
low concentrations of carbon monoxide inside a parking garage or loading dock.
Transmitters can be ordered in wall mount or duct mount configurations. Universal current
and voltage outputs are field selectable and match most common building management
controllers. Optional relay and alarm buzzers are available on the wall mount models to
directly connect to a warning light or exhaust fan. The Series CMT can be field calibrated
using internal potentiometers. Software settings such as set points for optional relay
outputs are password protected.
SPECIFICATIONS
Range: 0 to 125 PPM CO.
Accuracy: 2.5% of reading.
Repeatability: 1% of reading.
Response Time: Less than 60 seconds typical for 90% step change.
Ambient Operating Temperature: 4 to 104F ( 20 to 40C).
Ambient Operating Humidity: 15 to 90% non condensing.
Power Requirements: 24 VDC/VAC at 100 mA.
Internal Display: Two line 8 digit alphanumeric LCD.
Sensor: Electrochemical (2 to 3 year expected life typical).
Output: Current/voltage: 4 to 20 mA and 2 to 10 VDC; Optional relay: (2) SPDT 1
Amp dry contact; Buzzer: 85 dB @ 1 foot.
Coverage Area: 7500 square feet (max).
Weight: 5.7 oz (161.6 g).
Model
CMT-WN
CMT-WN-WP
CMT-WR-WP
CMT-WN-D
CMT-DN
CMT-DN-D
Configuration
Wall
NEMA 4X Wall
NEMA 4X Wall
Wall
Duct
Duct
External Display
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
3-1/2 [88.90]
6 [152.40]
1-3/32
[27.69]
1-19/32
[40.31]
Wall Duct
Alarm/Buzzer
No
No
Yes
No
No
No

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 147
C
a
r
b
o
n

D
o
x
d
e

T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
The Series CDW Wall Mount Carbon Dioxide/Temperature Transmitter
combines accurate CO
2
measurements with a passive temperature output. The Non-
Dispersive Infrared (NDIR) sensor continuously updates the calibration through a
proprietary logic feature which limits the amount of error due to drift. The CDW series
is ideal for building automation systems to help control the fresh air intake in a room.
SPECIFICATIONS
Range: 0 to 2000 PPM CO
2
.
Accuracy: 100 PPM @ 22C.
Temperature Dependence: 0.2% FS
per C stability < 2% of FS mover life of
sensor.
Non-linearity: < 1% of FS.
Pressure Dependence: 0.13% of
reading per mm of Hg.
Response Time: 3 to 5 minutes for
90% step change.
Ambient Operating Temperature: 32
to 122F (0 to 50C).
Storage Temperature: 4 to 158F
( 20 to 70C).
Power Requirements: 18 30 VAC
RMS 50/60 Hz, 18 to 42 VDC polarity
protected.
Power Consumption: 1.75 VA
average 3.25 VA peak.
Sensor: Non dispersive infrared
sensor.
Output: 0 to 10 VDC for CO
2
; 20K ohm
NTC thermistor for temperature.
Weight: 0.5 lb (227 g).
Agency Approval: CE.
Series
CDW
Wall Mount Carbon
Dioxide/Temperature Transmitter
Measure up to 2000 PPM, NDIR Sensor
3-7/32
[81.76]
1-5/64
[27.61]
1-1/4
[31.75]
1-9/32
[32.51]
1/4
[6.35]
19/32
[15.14]
3-35/64
[90.04]
3-31/32
[100.84]
4-5/8
[117.48]
C
L
6 6
Model CDW, Wall Mount CO2/Temperature Transmitter
Model CDW-LED, Standard Model with LED Option
Duct Mount Carbon Dioxide Transmitter
NDIR Sensing Technology, 2000 PPM Range
Model
CDD
The Model CDD Duct Mount Carbon Dioxide Transmitter monitors the occupancy
in a room by detecting the concentration of carbon dioxide in the return air duct. The non-
dispersive infrared sensing technology automatically updates the calibration of the
transmitter using a proprietary logic feature which limits the amount of error due to drift.
The Model CDD can measure up to 2000 PPM in duct air flows less than 1500 FPM.
SPECIFICATIONS
Range: 0 to 2000 PPM.
Accuracy: 40 PPM + 3% of reading
@ 22C.
Temperature Dependence: 0.2% FS
per C.
Stability: < 2% of FS over life of
sensor.
Non-Linearity: < 1% of FS.
Pressure Dependence: 0.13% of
reading per mm of Hg.
Response Time: 3 minutes typical for
90% step change.
Duct Air Velocity Range: 0 to 1500
FPM (7.63 m/s).
Ambient Operating Temperature: 32
to 122F (0 to 50C).
Storage Temperature: 4 to 158F
( 20 to 70C).
Power Requirements: 18 to 30 VAC
RMS 50/60 Hz or 18 to 42 VDC.
Power Consumption: 1.65 watts peak
(0.65 watts average at 42 VDC).
Outputs: 0 to 10 VDC.
Housing: Flammability classification
UL rated 94V 5VA.
Weight: 8 oz (230 g).
1-39/64
[40.88]
3-1/32
[77]
1-1/8
[28.58]
4-1/8
[104.78]
1-1/4
[31.7]
4X KNOCKOUT 1/2 CONDUIT HOLE
2X 7/32
[2X 5.56]
3-1/16
[77.79]
4-31/32
[126.21]
5-11/16
[144.46]
Model CDD, Carbon Dioxide Transmitter

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
148
O
c
c
u
p
a
n
c
y

S
e
n
s
o
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Omnidirectional Occupancy Sensor
360 Detection Pattern, Energy Efficient
Model
OSC-200
The Model OSC-200 Omnidirectional Occupancy Sensor automatically
controls a HVAC ventilation system. A spherical Fresnel lens provides a 360
detection zone with the use of infrared technology. The integrated dual delay
processor saves energy by eliminating false activation due to short-term
occupancies. The Model OSC-200 is designed to be ceiling mounted.
SPECIFICATIONS
Infrared Sensor: Dual element.
Range: 34.4 ft (10.5 m) Diameter at 13.8 ft (4.2 m) mount height.
Detectable Speed: 0.33 to 9.8 ft/sec (0.1 to 3.0 m/sec).
Control Output Rating: SPDT, 0.2A at 30 VDC.
Ambient Operating Temperature: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
Power Consumption: Standby: 5 mA; Operating: 18 mA.
Mounting Height: 7.9 to 13.8 ft (2.4 to 4.2 m).
Power Requirements: 22 to 26 VAC/DC.
Weight: 2.4 oz (68 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
4-11/32
[110.33]
1-47/64
[44.05]
Wall Mount Occupancy Sensor
Wide Viewing Angle, Easy To Install
Model
OSW-100
The Model OSW-100 Wall Mount Occupancy Sensor is an infrared
sensor designed to automatically control a HVAC ventilation system. A unique
dual delay processor eliminates false triggers due to short-term occupancies.
The Model OSW-100 has a wide 110 viewing angle to capture movement up to
49.2 ft (15 m) away.
SPECIFICATIONS
Infrared Sensor: Dual element.
Range: 49.2 ft (15 m).
Detectable Speed: 0.33 to 9.8 ft/sec (0.1 to 3.0 m/sec).
Control Output Rating: SPDT, 0.2A @ 30 VDC.
Ambient Operating Temperature: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
Power Consumption: Standby: 5 mA;
Operating: 18 mA.
Mounting Height: 5.9 to 11.8 ft
(1.8 to 3.6 m).
Power Requirements: 22 to 26 VAC/DC.
Weight: 3.2 oz (90.7 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
2-39/64
[66.28]
1-25/32
[45.24]
4-27/64
[112.32]
NEW PRODUCT!
Model OSC-200, Omnidirectional Occupancy Sensor
Model OSW-100, Wall Mount Occupancy Sensor

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 149
D
a
m
p
e
r

A
c
t
u
a
t
o
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
DDA and DDC Series Direct Coupled Actuators are non-spring return
actuators that are perfect for positioning of dampers and valves in HVAC
systems. DDA actuators are designed to accept floating control signals and
come in a variety of power supplies. DDC actuators are designed to accept 4 to
20 mA or 0 to 10 VDC modulating control signals and are 24 VAC powered.
DDC units feature a 0 to 10 VDC feedback signal of damper position. Actuators
produce 17 to 70 in-lb (2 to 8 Nm) of torque. Contact factory for optional internal
auxiliary switch on DDA.
FEATURES
Direct mount
Actuator travel indicator
Overload protection
Manual override
Floating control signal on DDA
Modulating 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 10 VDC control signal on DDC
Position feedback signal on DDC
60,000 cycles nominal
SPECIFICATIONS
Power Requirements: DDA: 110 VAC, 24 VAC, 10%, 50/60 Hz, single
phase. Optional 230 VAC; DDC: 24 VAC, 10%, 50/60 Hz, single phase.
Power Consumption: DDA: 110 VAC models: 5 VA, 230 VAC models:
5 VA, 24 VAC models: 3 VA; DDC: 4 VA.
Control Input: DDA: Two position, floating; DDC: 4 20 mA or 0 10
VDC.
Overload Protection: Magnetic clutch.
Angle of Rotation: 95 (mechanically adjustable).
Fits Shaft Diameter: 0.4 (10 mm) or 0.5 (13 mm).
Position Indication: Visual indicator.
Direction of Rotation: CW/CCW.
Running Time: 17 in lb, 35 in lb, 53 in lb: 110 sec.; 70 in lb:160 sec.
Electrical Connection: Terminal block, 18 AWG.
Manual Override: Push button.
Temperature Limit: 22 to 122F ( 30 to 50C).
Sound: <45 dB.
Life Expectancy: 60000 full cycles.
Housing: NEMA 2 (IP40).
Standard Accessories: (2) imitative baffles, (2) baffle setscrews, (1)
actuator body setscrew, and (1) aluminum gasket.
Weight: 1.72 lb (0.78 kg).
Model
DDA11
DDA13
DDA21
DDA23
DDA31
DDA33
DDA41
DDA43
DDC13
DDC23
DDC33
DDC43
Size/ Torque
17 in lb [2 Nm]
17 in lb [2 Nm]
35 in lb [4 Nm]
35 in lb [4 Nm]
53 in lb [6 Nm]
53 in lb [6 Nm]
70 in lb [8 Nm]
70 in lb [8 Nm]
17 in lb [2 Nm]
35 in lb [4 Nm]
53 in lb [6 Nm]
70 in lb [8 Nm]
5-23/32
[145.26]
4-53/64
[122.63]
17/32 SQ
[13.49]
3-25/64
[86.12]
63/64
[25.00]
2-59/64
[74.22]
1-47/64
[44.05]
9/64
[3.57]
21/32
[16.67]
Non-Spring Return Direct Coupled Actuators
Low Cost, Two-Position or Modulating
Series
DDA
&
DDC
Supply Voltage
110 VAC
24 VAC
110 VAC
24 VAC
110 VAC
24 VAC
110 VAC
24 VAC
24 VAC
24 VAC
24 VAC
24 VAC
Input
Floating
Floating
Floating
Floating
Floating
Floating
Floating
Floating
Modulating
Modulating
Modulating
Modulating

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
150
D
a
m
p
e
r

A
c
t
u
a
t
o
r
s
A
I
R

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
DDB and DDD Series Direct Coupled Actuators are non-spring return
actuators that are perfect for positioning of dampers and valves in HVAC sys-
tems. DDB actuators are designed to accept floating control signals and come
in a variety of power supplies. DDD Actuators are designed to accept 4 to 20
mA or 0 to 10 VDC modulating control signals and are 24 VAC powered. DDD
units feature a 0 to 10 VDC feedback signal of damper position. Actuators pro-
duce 88 to 265 in-lb (10 to 30 Nm) of torque. Contact factory for optional inter-
nal auxiliary switches on DDB.
FEATURES
Direct mount
Actuator travel indicator
Overload protection
Manual override
Floating control signal on DDB
Modulating 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 10 VDC control signal on DDD
Position feedback signal on DDD
60,000 cycles nominal
SPECIFICATIONS
Power Requirements: DDB: 110 VAC, 24 VAC, 10%, 50/60 Hz, single
phase. Optional 230 VAC. DDD: 24 VAC, 10%, 50/60 Hz, single phase.
Power Consumption: DDB: 5.5 VA. DDD: 7.5 VA.
Control Input: DDB: Two position or floating. DDD: 4 20 mA or 0 10
VDC.
Overload Protection: Magnetic clutch.
Angle of Rotation: 95 (mechanically adjustable).
Accuracy: DDD: 5%.
Fits Shaft Diameter: 0.4 0.75 (10 20 mm).
Position Indication: Visual indicator.
Direction of Rotation: CW/CCW.
Running Time: 88 in lb: 66 sec., 132 in lb: 90 sec., 177 in lb: 110 sec.;
265 in lb:143 sec.
Electrical Connection: Terminal block, 18 AWG.
Manual Override: Push button.
Temperature Limit: 22 to 122F ( 30 to 50C).
Sound: <45 dB.
Life Expectancy: 60000 full cycles.
Housing: NEMA 2 (IP42).
Standard Accessories: (2) imitative baffles, (2) baffle setscrews, (1)
setting bracket.
Weight: DDB: 2.87 lb (1.3 kg) 88, 132 in lb models; 3.68 lb (1.67 kg)
177, 265 in lb models; DDD: 2.98 lb (1.35 kg) 88, 132 in lb models; 3.79
lb (1.72 kg) 177, 265 in lb models.
Agency Approvals: CE.
Model
DDB51
DDB53
DDB61
DDB63
DDB71
DDB73
DDB81
DDB83
DDD53
DDD63
DDD73
DDD83
Size/ Torque
88 in lb [10 Nm]
88 in lb [10 Nm]
132 in lb [15 Nm]
132 in lb [15 Nm]
177 in lb [20 Nm]
177 in lb [20 Nm]
265 in lb [30 Nm]
265 in lb [30 Nm]
88 in lb [10 Nm]
132 in lb [15 Nm]
177 in lb [20 Nm]
265 in lb [30 Nm]
F
A
B
D
E
C
Size
88 in lb (10 Nm) &
132 in lb (15 Nm)
177 in lb (20 Nm) &
265 in lb (30 Nm)
A
4 17/64
[108.35]
4 57/64
[124.22]
B
6 55/64
[174.23]
7 23/32
[196.06]
C
2 49/64
[70.25]
2 23/32
[69.06]
D
1 35/64
[39.29]
E
1 1/32
[26.19]
F
1 15/64
[31.35]
1 25/64
[35.32]
Non-Spring Return Direct Coupled Actuators
Low Cost, Two-Position or Modulating
Series
DDB
&
DDD
Supply Voltage
110 VAC
24 VAC
110 VAC
24 VAC
110 VAC
24 VAC
110 VAC
24 VAC
24 VAC
24 VAC
24 VAC
24 VAC
Input
Floating
Floating
Floating
Floating
Floating
Floating
Floating
Floating
Modulating
Modulating
Modulating
Modulating

FLOW
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 151
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
pages 152 154
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
page 155
Flowmeters,
Variable Area
pages 156 175
Flowmeters,
In-Line
pages 176 185
Flow Sensors,
In-Line
pages 186 187
Flowmeters
with Switch
pages 195 196
Flow Switches,
Paddle
pages 197 204
Flow Switches,
Shuttle/Piston
pages 205 209
Flowmeters,
Orifice Plate
pages 188 191
Sight Flow
Indicators
pages 192 194, 217 219
Flow Transmitters,
In-Line
pages 214 216
Flow Transmitters,
Paddlewheel
pages 217 220
Flow Transmitters,
Turbine
pages 219, 221 223
Flow Switches,
Thermal
pages 210 212
Flow Switches,
Piezo
page 213
Mass Flowmeters/
Controllers
pages 234 236
Flowmeters,
Totalizing
pages 219, 224 226
Flow Transmitters,
Ultrasonic
pages 227 233

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
152
T
y
p
c
a

A
p
p
c
a
t
o
n
s
F
L
O
W
Inlet Cyclone
Control Panel
Electronics Section
Mini-Master

Flowmeter
Air Moving
Section
Battery Pack
Optical Section
Regulations regarding air pollution levels require continuous
monitoring a source and ambient pollutants in areas where
noxious gases are generated. Ambient air quality samplers utilize
either Visi-Float

or Rate-Master

flowmeters to establish the


proper flow of sample or carrier gases into the analyzer. Top
mounted metering valves are recommended for flowmeters used
in vacuum service to maintain specified accuracy.
Metering valves on Dwyer

flowmeters control air/gas


intake on permanent air pollution analyzers.
Sample Analyzer
Vacuum Pump
Flowmeter
Sample
In Take
Metering
Valve
This low temperature incubator with CO
2
atmosphere is used in
bio-medical applications, such as short term blood work and long
term tissue culture studies. CO
2
is introduced at a high initial
purge rate controlled by a timer. After the purge period, a Dwyer

Visi-Float

flowmeter with a metering valve is utilized to adjust and


monitor the CO
2
flow in cubic centimeters per minute. The Visi-
Float

flowmeter provides the reliability and accuracy needed to


complement the host of high performance features designed into
this incubator.
Designers of a bio-medical incubator rely on a
Dwyer

flowmeter to control CO
2
flow.
037
Chamber
Controls
Visi-Float

Flowmeter
Differential
Pressure Switch
LO
HI
Purge Gas Supply
Rate-Master

Flowmeters
Switchbox
Motor
Generator
To purge motors, generators, switchgear, and industrial instrument
cases, Dwyer

flowmeters are installed in the supply line to


indicate a flow of air, manufactured inert gas, or nitrogen to these
devices. The flowmeters (with valves) allow maintenance
personnel to set the flow quickly and recheck anytime to make
sure proper flow continues. A Dwyer

differential pressure switch


can also be used to monitor proper flow on a continuous basis
and provide a signal or alarm if purge gas flow fails. Such an
optional switch is shown above, monitoring proper flow of purge
gas to the switchbox as a function of pressure drop across the
flowmeter. The purging of electrical equipment in hazardous areas
may require more extensive control and monitoring devices.
Flowmeters and/or differential pressure switches
monitor vital purge gas flow to motors, switchgear,
instruments.
The small size, accuracy, and low cost of the Dwyer

Mini-Master

Series flowmeter lends itself perfectly to use in this portable,


battery-operated dust monitor. Using a light scattering electronic
sampler, a small vacuum pump draws air through the flowmeter
into the sampling chamber, and the flowmeter verifies the proper
volume of sample air flow. Readout is digital and directly in dust
weight per cubic meter of air.
Operator uses Mini-Master

flowmeter to verify air


flow into portable dust monitor.

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 153
T
y
p
c
a

A
p
p
c
a
t
o
n
s
F
L
O
W
In this gravity feed system delivering liquid fertilizer to portable
tanks, a Midwest Model 100 sight flow indicator was installed. The
operator can see the rotating vanes to check for adequate flow at
any time.
W.E. Anderson

Midwest Sight Flow Indicator reveals


flow or stoppage.
Storage Tank
Portable
Tank
Valve
Midwest
Sight Flow
Indicator
Large air conditioning and refrigeration systems which include
water cooled condensers require that the water must circulate
through the condenser and cooling tower in sufficient volume
before the compressor is started. Here the W.E. Anderson

Flotect

flow switch is connected to the compressor control circuit


to prevent starting or to shut down the compressor control circuit
if the flow of cooling water falls below that required for proper
operation. A dual Flotect

switch (available as an option) will also


trigger a remote alarm to signal the operator of the shutdown as
soon as it occurs.
Flotect

flow switch ensures cooling water


circulation before air conditioning compressor motor
starts.
Alarm
Cooling Tower
Flotect

Switch
Circulating
Pump
Condenser
Air Conditioning
Unit
A Dwyer

brass body Capsuhelic

differential pressure gage,


required for water service to prevent corrosion damage to the
gage, is used in conjunction with a Dwyer

Series DS-300
averaging Pitot tube. The Capsuhelic

gage provides a basic


method of measuring water flow rates. As a guide in selecting the
appropriate Capsuhelic

gage range, the designer can consult


data provided with the DS-300 averaging Pitot tube. This relates
differential pressure in inches of water column to the water flow in
gallons per minute for the pipe size involved. The gage can be
calibrated directly in GPM if desired. Bleed fittings installed in the
top ports of the gage are recommended to facilitate removal of air
from the system.
Brass body gage measures water flow rates.
LO HI
Capsuhelic

Differential
Pressure Gage
(Brass Option)
Bleed Fittings
Series DS-300
Averaging Pitot Tube
Water Flow
When main pump fails, Flotect

flow switch transfers


to standby pump to maintain vital fluid circulation.
When proper fluid circulation in a system is critical, the W.E.
Anderson

Flotect

flow switch will automatically start a standby


pump should the main pump fail. The flow in the main path of the
parallel system illustrated keeps the Flotect

flow switch in an
open position. When the main pump fails, the flow will cease. The
flow switch then closes, starting the standby pump.
Check Valve
Main Pump
Supply
Standby Pump
Check Valve
Check Valve
Return
Flotect

Switch

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
154
T
y
p
c
a

A
p
p
c
a
t
o
n
s
F
L
O
W
Prior to atomizing a heated salt solution to produce a fog inside
this corrosion test cabinet, compressed air is bubbled through a
heated water column to properly heat and humidify the air. A
Dwyer

Visi-Float

VFA flowmeter, as part of the system, provides


precise adjustment of the bubbler air flow to meet test standards.
Salt corrosion test cabinet includes a Dwyer

flowmeter for adjustment of bubbler air flow.


Test Tank
Controls
Bubbler
Column
Visi-Float

Flowmeter
Clear Plastic Cover
Physicians and oral surgeons who use anesthesia or analgesia in
their offices on an occasional basis require a system that is
reliable but small and portable. One such system employs special
Dwyer

dual-column Visi-Float

flowmeters to meter and monitor


precise flows of nitrous oxide and oxygen to the patient. In
addition to meeting the performance level demanded by this
application, the Visi-Float

flowmeters are durable and attractive


complements to this important and visible medical device.
Durable dual-column flowmeter adds value for
physicians and oral surgeons.
Visi-Float

Dual Column
Flow
Patient Mask
O2
Tank
N2O
Tank
In this set-up, the Magnehelic

gage measures higher air


velocities as a function of the pressure drop across a sharp-edged
orifice plate in the pipe. The pressure drops can be converted to
air velocity using orifice plate data supplied by the manufacturer.
Details regarding available sizes, ranges, installation, and
limitations are available from orifice plate manufacturers and from
standard handbooks. A Dwyer

Durablock

inclined manometer
or Photohelic

differential pressure switch/gage can also be used.


In addition to the visual reading gage, the Photohelic

switch/gage
provides an alarm signal or shutdown control function. Pressure
sensing taps should be located on the side or top of the pipe or
duct to prevent condensation from draining into sensing lines or
gages.
Measuring air velocity with an orifice plate.
Flow
Orifice Plate
Duct
Static Pressure Taps
Magnehelic

Gage
LO
HI
A total of eleven Dwyer

Rate-Master

flowmeters function in the


design of this sophisticated conveyor belt furnace used in
manufacturing electronic devices. The flowmeters provide precise
adjustment and monitoring of the flows of air and gases into the
various portions of the furnace, which allow it to perform different
operations, such as decarburizing and oxidizing, metallic package
sealing, glass package sealing, and glass-to-metal sealing.
Flows of air and gases used in a special furnace are
controlled by Dwyer

flowmeters.
Furnace
Control Panel
Rate-Master

Flowmeters
Conveyor

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 155
T
e
c
h
n
c
a

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
o
n
F
L
O
W
If more convenient, approximate correction factors may be determined
using the following formulas.
A. Pressure: Q2 = Q1 X P1 X T2
P2 X T1
where: Q
1
= Actual or Observed Flowmeter Reading
Q
2
= Standard Flow Corrected for Pressure and Temperature
P
1
= Actual Pressure (14.7 psia + Gage Pressure)
P
2
= Standard Pressure (14.7 psia, which is 0 psig)
T
1
= Actual Temperature (460 R + Temp F)
T
2
= Standard Temperature (530 R, which is 70F)
CONVERSION CURVES FOR GASES
ACTUAL GAS FLOW CORRECTED FOR PRESSURE*
SPEClFIC GRAVITY OF GAS (REFERRED TO AIR)
GAS PRESSURE PSIG BELOW ATMOSPHERE
B. Specific Gravity: Q2 = Q1 X 1
S.G.
where: Q1 = Observed Flowmeter Reading
Q2 = Standard Flow Corrected for Specific Gravity
1 = Specific Gravity of Air
S.G.= Specific gravity of gas being used in flowmeter originally calibrated for air.
Note: The corrections shown in the curves and in the formulas are for variations in specific gravity
and internal pressure* only. Further correction may be necessary for variations in viscosity and
changes in type of flow from laminar to turbulent or vice versa. This is particularly true in the case
of extremely low flows of the lighter gases. Nevertheless these charts and correction factors can
be quite useful when dealing with small changes in pressure* and specific gravity.
*Measured at discharge on all but TMV units. Inlet pressure on TMV models.
EQUIVALENT GAS FLOW CORRECTED FOR SPECIFIC GRAVITY STD. COND.*
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0 1 2 3 4 5
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
O
B
S
E
R
V
E
D

F
L
O
W
M
E
T
E
R

R
E
A
D
N
G
G
A
S

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E

P
S
G

A
B
O
V
E

A
T
M
O
S
P
H
E
R
E
O
B
S
E
R
V
E
D

F
L
O
W
M
E
T
E
R

R
E
A
D
N
G
0
2
4
6
8
10
15
20
30
40
60
80
100
14 12 10 8 6 4 2
2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3
0.2
0.1
6 7 8 9 10

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
156
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

V
a
r
a
b
e

A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Offering advanced features at low cost, the Series MM flowmeters are ideal
for a wide range of OEM and user applications in medical equipment, air
samplers, gas analyzers, pollution monitors, chemical injectors, cabinet
purging, etc.
The standard Model MMA flowmeter is suitable for both gas and liquid
applications. It can be configured by the user with the parts provided to have
non-removable top or bottom front mounted metering valves or no valve at all.
The transparent nylon material provides high chemical resistance, low moisture
absorption and is transparent to facilitate routine inspection. Using the
assembly key provided, the flowmeter can be disassembled anytime for cleaning
or reconfiguration. In OEM quantities, ultrasonically welded caps or
interchangeable mold cores enable production of the MMA flowmeter with a low
profile or flat front surface where no valve is required.
The MMA is practically unbreakable, mounts easily, and is easy to read. Two
5/16 O.D. mounting connection tubes permit quick push-on connection of
rubber or plastic tubing. A bottom clip for stand up mounting is also provided.
A. Standard Model MMA
B. Standard Model MMA with field configurable valve, bottom mount
C. Standard Model MMA with field configurable valve, top mount
Model MMF-50-PV
1-1/2 scale, with
metering valve, knob.
Model MMF-10
with 1-1/2 scale,
no valve.
Model MMF-10-TMV with
top-mounted valve-for
vacuum service. Use
screwdriver to adjust.
Series
MM
Mini-Master

Flowmeters
Used to Indicate or Manually Control Air or Water
Despite its compactness, the MMA flowmeter features a 2 scale which
combined with precision molding, enables highly repeatable readings to be
made to within 4% accuracy.
Where a compact flowmeter is required to measure small volume air flows, the
Model MMF is recommended. Easy to mount, they require a minimum of panel
space. A white back on the flow tube makes the ball float easy to see. The 1-1/2
scale is highly visible and easy to read. Scale graduations are printed on
aluminum alongside the flow tube (not on it), so the position of ball float is
instantly visible.
The Model MMFs bezel type mounting is modern, attractive and quickly
installed from the front of instrument panel. Two 1/4 O.D. mounting-
connection tubes are integrally molded with flowmeter body. They can be back
connected to flexible rubber or plastic tubing and held in place with two spring
retainers which are furnished. If preferred, connections may be made to metal
or rigid plastic tubing with a double compression fitting or nylon tube union
such as Dwyer Part No. A-328.
Excellent repeatability and 10% accuracy make the MMF flowmeter an
excellent value at its low cost.
A B C

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 157
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

V
a
r
a
b
e

A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Model MMA Model MMF
MMA tubing connections
secured by clamp. Standup
mounting clip shown.
Spring retainers on connection
tubes secure panel mounted
MMA. Compression union, P/N
A 327 shown.
Model MMF connections.
Connector at top, installed in
panel, has retainer and flexible
tubing in place. Connector at
bottom shows alternative
connection with metal or rigid
plastic tubing, using a double
compression nylon tube union
(as Dwyer Part No. A 328).
Model MMF mounts easily from
front of panel. Drill two 9/32 or
5/16 dia. holes in panel on 2
1/16 centers. Insert mounting
connector spuds. From rear, slide
on the two spring retainers
(furnished) and push on rubber or
plastic tubing.
How To Order
MMA Range No.
Example: MMA 4
Series MMA with .5 5 SCFH Air Range
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Body: Nylon 12; O rings: Buna N (optional materials
available); Float: Black glass, K monel, stainless steel, tungsten carbide.
Temperature Limit: 130F (54C).
Pressure Limit: 100 psi (6.9 bar) with compression fitting. 50 psi
(3.4 bar) with tubing clamp.
Accuracy: 4% full scale.
Process Connection: 5/16 O.D. for push on rubber or plastic tubing
with provided spring tubing clamp. Connect to rigid tubing with double
compression fitting.
Weight: 1 oz (28.35 g).
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Body: Styrene acrylonitrile; Float: Stainless steel,
black glass, nylon; Valve: Polyurethane.
Temperature Limit: 125F (51C).
Pressure Limit: 50 psi (3.4 bar). Valve option: 10 psi (0.6 bar).
Accuracy: 10% full scale.
Process Connection: 1/4 O.D. for push on rubber or plastic tubing.
Connect to rigid tubing with compression fittings.
Weight: 0.5 oz (14.17 g).
How To Order
MMF Range No. Valve
Example: MMF 1 PV
Series MMF with .1 1 SCFH Air Range with Valve
Range SCFH Air
.1 1
.2 2
1 10
5 50
10 100
Range No.
1
2
10
50
100
Model MMF Mini-Master

Ranges
Range
SCFH Air
.5 2.5
.5 5
1 10
2 20
5 50
10 100
20 200
30 300
Range
No.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Model MMA Mini-Master

Ranges
Range
LPM Air
.2 1.2
.25 2.5
.5 5
1 10
2.5 25
5 50
10 100
15 150
Range
No.
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Range GPH
Water
.5 8
1 16
4 40
5 60
CC/Min. Water
5 50
10 150
20 200
50 500
LPM Water
.1 1.1
.25 2.5
.3 3.5
Range
No.
30
31
32
33
35
36
37
38
40
41
42
Model MMA
A-327, 5/16 Union
Model MMF-X, Standard MMF
Model MMF-X-PV, MMF with bottom mount valve
Model MMF-X-TMV, MMF with top mount valve
A-328, 1/4 Union

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
158
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

V
a
r
a
b
e

A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
The Rate-Master

flowmeter line of direct reading precision flowmeters incorporates


many unique user features at moderate cost. These low cost flowmeters are ideal for
general use.
Easy to read design The direct reading scales eliminate troublesome conversions. The
scales are brushed aluminum, coated with epoxy and the graduations are on both sides of
the indicating tube. Special integral flow guides stabilize the float throughout the range
to keep it from hunting or wandering in the bore. The float is highly visible against a white
background.
Construction assures accuracy All Rate-Master

flowmeter bodies are injection


molded of tough, clear, shatter-proof polycarbonate plastic around a precision tapered pin.
The result is accurate and repeatable readings. The single piece plastic body is mounted to
a stainless steel back bone into which pipe thread inserts are welded to absorb piping
torque. Precision metering valves of brass or stainless steel (specify BV or SSV on order)
are available as an optional extra and permit precise flow adjustments. For vacuum
applications, Model RMA units are available with top mounted valves (specify TMV). The
small Series RMA models are accurate within 4% of full scale reading; Series RMB within
3%; large Series RMC within 2%.
Model RMC-SSV 10
scale, 15-3/8 high
Model RMB-SSV 5
scale, 8-3/4 high
Model RMA-SSV 2
scale, 4-13/16 high
Rate-Master

Flowmeters
Polycarbonate, Gas Flow from 0.05-1800 SCFH, Water Flows to 10 GPM
F
J
BACK WIDTH
K
D
E
G
H
I
FULL OPEN
L
C
B
A
Installation is simple The Rate-Master

Flowmeter can be neatly panel mounted to


keep flow tube centers in the same plane as the panel surface or surface mounted on the
panel by means of tapped holes in the backbone. When through-panel mounted, the bezel
automatically positions the instrument at the correct depth in the panel cutout. Surface
mounted units can also be held in place by the piping. All mounting hardware plus
installation and operating instructions are included.
Easy-to-Interchange bodies Within a given Series Rate-Master

flowmeter bodies
can be instantly interchanged. Simply unplug the body from backbone and replace it with
another. O rings provide a tight seal on inlet and outlet. Piping remains undisturbed.
Interchangeability is useful where different scale ranges are sometimes required at the
same location in the laboratory or plant.
Cleaning is easy To release the plastic flowmeter body from the stainless steel
backbone, just remove four screws. Pipe thread flow connections remain undisturbed.
Remove the slide cover and the plug ball stop, clean the flow tube with soap and water and
reassemble. Its that simple.
Series
RM
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
(OPEN)
J
K
L
Model RMA
4 9/16 (11.59)
3 (7.62)
1/8 NPT CONN.
1 5/8 (4.13)
10 32 Thds.
3/8 (.95)
1 1/16 (2.70)
1 3/16 (3.02)
11/16 (1.75)
61/64 (2.42)
1 3/8 (3.49)
3/4 (1.91)
4 13/16 (12.22)
1 (2.54)
Model RMB
8 1/2 (21.59)
6 7/16 (16.35)
1/4 NPT CONN.
3 15/16 (10.00)
1/4 20 Thds.
5/8 (1.59)
1 7/8 (4.76)
1 3/4 (4.45)
1 (2.54)
1 7/16 (3.65)
1 13/16 (4.60)
1 1/4 (3.18)
8 3/4 (22.23)
1 1/2 (3.81)
Dimensions in Inches (Centimeters)
Model RMC
15 1/8 (38.42)
12 1/4 (31.12)
1/2 NPT CONN.
8 3/4 (22.23)
10 32 Thds.
1 (2.54)
2 3/4 (6.99)
2 1/2 (6.35)
1 7/16 (3.65)
1 31/32 (5.00)
2 1/2 (6.35)
2 (5.08)
15 3/8 (39.05)
2 1/4 (5.72)

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 159
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

V
a
r
a
b
e

A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Model RMA-2 Scale Model RMB-5 Scale Model RMC-10 Scale
Range
SCFH Air
.05 .5
.1 1
.2 2
.5 5
1 10
2 20
5 50
10 100
15 150
20 200
CC Air/min.
5 50
10 100
30 240
50 500
100 1000
200 2500
LPM Air
.5 5
1 10
2 25
5 50
5 70
10 100
CC Water/min.
5 50
10 110
20 300
Gal.Water/hr
1 11
2 24
4 34
5 50
Range
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
151*
150*
11
12
13
14
26
21
22
23
24
25
32
33
34
42
43
44
45
Range
SCFH Air
.5 5
1 10
3 20
4 50
10 100
20 200
40 400
50 500
60 600
Gal. Water
per hour
1 12
1 20
4 40
10 100
SCFH & LPM
Air
1.2 10/0.6 5
3 20/1.5 9.5
4 50/2 23
10 100/5 50
20 200/5 95
GPH & LPM
Water
1 12/0.06 0.76
1 20/0.065 1.25
10 100/0.8 6.2
Range
No.
49+
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
82
83
84
85
50D
51D
52D
53D
54D
82D
83D
85D
Range
SCFH Air
5 50
10 100
20 200
40 400
60 600
100 1000
120 1200
200 1800
SCFM Air
1 10
2 20
4 30
Gal. Water
per hour
2 20
8 90
Gal.Water
per minute
.1 1
.2 2.2
.4 4
.8 7
1.2 10
Range
No.
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
121
122
123
134
135
141
142
143
144
145
CAUTION
Dwyer

Rate Master

flowmeters are designed to provide satisfactory


long term service when used with air, water, or other compatible media.
Refer to factory for information on questionable gases or liquids. Caustic
solutions, anti freeze (ethylene glycol) and aromatic solvents should
definitely not be used.
Top Mounted Metering Valves Same
precision construction for vacuum applications.
RMA models only.
Specials Special ranges, scales, mounting
arrangements, etc., are available on special
order, or in OEM quantities.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Body: Polycarbonate; O ring: Neoprene and Buna N;
Metal parts: stainless steel (except for optional brass valve); Float:
stainless steel, black glass, aluminum, K monel, tungsten carbide
depending on range.
Temperature Limit: 130F (54C).
Pressure Limit: 100 psi (6.9 bar).
Accuracy: RMA: 4%; RMB: 3%; RMC: 2% of full scale.
Process Connection: RMA: 1/8; RMB: 1/4; RMC: 1/2 female NPT.
Weight: RMA: 4 oz (113.4 g); RMB: 13 oz (368.5 g); RMC: 39 oz
(1105.6 g).
Adjustable pointer flags Red lined pointer
flags provide quick visual reference to a
required flow level. Of clear plastic, they snap
into place inside bezel and slide to desired level.
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES
How To Order
Series Range No.(X) Valve Option
Example: RMA 2 SSV
Series RMA with .1 1 SCFH Air Range & Stainless Steel Valve
Popular Ranges
*Accuracy 8%
+Accuracy 5%
Model RMA
Model RMA-X, Standard RMA
Model RMA-X-BV, RMA with Brass Valve
Model RMA-X-SSV, RMA with Stainless Steel Valve
Model RMA-X-TMV, RMA with Top Mounted Valve
Model RMB
Model RMB-X, Standard RMB
Model RMB-X-BV, RMB with Brass Valve
Model RMB-X-SSV, RMB with Stainless Steel Valve
Model RMC
Model RMC-X, Standard RMC
Model RMC-X-BV, RMC with Brass Valve
Model RMC-X-SSV, RMC with Stainless Steel Valve
Model RMA-X-APF, Adjustable Pointer Flag for RMA Series
Model RMB-X-BPF, Adjustable Pointer Flag for RMB Series
Model RMC-X-CPF, Adjustable Pointer Flag for RMC Series
Model RKA, Regulator Kit for RMA Series
Model RK-RMB, Regulator Kit for RMB Series

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
160
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

V
a
r
a
b
e

A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
The Visi Float

flowmeter bodies are cut and precision machined from solid,


clear acrylic plastic blocks. This construction not only produces a handsome
finished product, but permits complete visual inspection. As a result, the Visi-
Float

flowmeters are especially popular for medical and laboratory equipment


applications.
Scales are easy to read The front scale location and white background
provides excellent visibility. The direct reading scales are hot stamped into the
plastic and will not wear off. Midrange calibration is established with a master
flowmeter. Accuracy is 5% of full scale for VFA models, 3% for VFB. Scales
average 2" long on the VFA models, 4" long on VFB.
Durable and attractive construction The machined acrylic bodies of the
VisiFloat

flowmeters are practically unbreakable. Fabrication is backed by


over 60 years of experience in acrylic instrument machining. The tapered bore
is precision machined to a smooth surface that provides perfect visibility of the
indicating float. The VFA and VFB models are available with either brass or
stainless steel inlet and outlet connections and are tapped for 1/8 NPT thread.
VFB models 85 and 86 have either 1/4 back or 3/8 end connections. All
standard models employ BunaN O rings for leak proof operation and are
available with either back or end connections for horizontal or vertical piping.
Precision metering valves in brass or stainless steel are available for most VFA
and VFB models.
Easy installation All VisiFloat

flowmeters have metal mounting inserts


on rear for panel mounting. They can also be supported directly by system
piping.
Visi-Float

Flowmeters
Used to Indicate or Manually Control Air or Water Flow
Series
VFA
&
VFB
Dimension-In-Inches
A
B
C
D
E
F
I
K
L
M
N
Model VFA
4
3 (1/8 female NPT)
1 5/8 (10 32 Thread)
1/2
1 3/16
1 1/4
2 1/16 (BV or SSV)
4 3/32
1
3/4 (EC)
3/32 (EC)
Model VFB
6 1/2
5 1/2 (1/8 female NPT)
3 1/2 (10 32 thread)
1/2
1 1/2
1 1/4
2 1/16 (BV or SSV)
6 19/32
1 3/8
3/4(EC)
3/32 (EC)
Model VFA and VFB
L
K
N
F
M
A B C
E
D
M
I
FULL OPEN

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 161
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

V
a
r
a
b
e

A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Model VFA 2 Scale
Range SCFH Air
.1 1
.2 2
.6 5
1 10
2 20
4 30
5 50
10 100
20 200
CC Water per min.
6 50
10 100
20 200
Range No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
32
33
34
Range LPM Air
.06 0.5
.15 1
.6 5
1 10
3 25
6 50
10 100
Gal. Water per hour
.6 5
2 10
3 20
8 40
Range No.
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
41
42
43
44
Special Multi-Column Visi-Float

Flowmeters
Perfect for OEM applications, Visi-Float

flowmeters can be custom made


with up to 10 columns in a single block of acrylic plastic.
Available with or without valves. Consult factory for more information.
How To Order
Series Range No. (X) Valve Option
Example: VFA 9 BV
Series VFA with 20 200 SCFH Air Range & Brass Valve
OEM Specials Special flowmeter designs can be supplied to meet a wide
range of requirements and specific applications. These include: on-off plunger
and push-to-test valves, special gas or fluid calibration, special ranges, scales,
name brand or other identification. Pointer flags can be furnished for instant
visual reference. For specific information, please supply an outline of your
requirements.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Body: Acrylic plastic;
O ring: Buna N (fluoroelastomer available);
Metal parts: Brass standard, stainless steel optional;
Float: Stainless steel, black glass, aluminum, K monel depending on
range.
Temperature & Pressure Limits:
Without Valve: 100 psig (6.9 bar) @ 150F (65C); 150 psig (10 bar)
@ 100F (38C);
With Valve: 100 psig (6.9 bar) @ 120F (48C).
Accuracy: VFA = 5% of full scale; VFB = 3% of full scale.
Process Connection: 1/8 female NPT. VFB ranges 85 and 86 have
1/4 NPT back connections or 3/8 NPT end connections. These ranges
not available with brass valves.
Scale Length: VFA 2 typical length; VFB 4 typical length.
Mounting Orientation: Mount in vertical position.
Weight: VFA: 4.0 to 4.8 oz (.11 to .14 kg); VFB: 7.2 to 8.8 oz
(.20 to .25 kg).
Model VFB 4 Scale
Range SCFH Air
.3 3
1 10
2 20
4 40
10 100
10 150
20 200
SCFM Air
.3 3
CC/Min. Air
100 1000
Range No.
50
91
+
51
+
52
53
+
54
+
55
+
90
60
LPM Air
.2 4
1 10
1 20
3 30
4 40
CC/Min. Water
2 30
GPH Water
.5 12
1 20
6 40
6 60
GPM Water
.2 2
.6 5
Range No.
65
66
67
68
69
82
80
+
83
+
84
81
85*
86*
Popular Ranges
VFA Series VFB Series
+
For dual range models in English and Metric add D to end of
Range No.
Popular Ranges
Model
VFA-X
VFA-X-SS
VFA-X-BV
VFA-X-SSV
VFA-X-EC
VFA-X-EC-SS
Model
VFB-X
VFB-X-SS
VFB-X-BV
VFB-X-SSV
VFB-X-EC
VFB-X-EC-SS
Description
Standard VFB
VFB with Stainless Metal Wetted Parts
VFB with Brass Valve
VFB with Stainless Steel Valve
VFB with End Connections
VFB with End Connections and Stainless
Steel Metal Wetted Parts
* Ranges 85 and 86 consult factory. Not available with brass
valve.
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES
-PF, Red ABS Plastic Pointer Flag
-VIT, Fluoroelastomer O rings
RK-VFB, Pressure Regulator
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES
-PF, Red ABS Plastic Pointer Flag
-VIT, Fluoroelastomer O rings
RKA, Pressure Regulator
Description
Standard VFA
VFA with Stainless Metal Wetted Parts
VFA with Brass Valve
VFA with Stainless Steel Valve
VFA with End Connections
VFA with End Connections and Stainless
Steel Metal Wetted Parts

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
162
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

V
a
r
a
b
e

A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Body: Acrylic plastic;
O ring: Buna N (fluoroelastomer available);
Metal parts: Stainless steel;
Float: SS.
Fittings: VFC: PVC; VFCII: Acetal thermoplastic.
Temperature & Pressure Limits: 100 psig (6.9 bar) @ 120F (48C).
Accuracy: 2% of full scale.
Process Connection: VFC: 1 female NPT back connections. End
connections optional; VFCII: 1 male NPT back connections. End
connections optional.
Scale Length: 5 typical length.
Mounting Orientation: Mount in vertical position.
Weight: 24 to 25 oz (.68 to .71 kg).
Model VFC 5 Scale
Range SCFM Air
4 25
5 50
10 100
LPM Air
60 700
200 1400
300 2800
Range No.
121
122
123
131
132
133
Range GPM Water
.5 5
1 10
2 20
LPM Water
2 20
4 40
10 75
Range No.
141
142
143
151
152
153
Popular Ranges
The accurate and durable VFC Visi-Float

flowmeter contains a stainless


steel guide rod and large diameter float for excellent stability and visibility in
high flow rates. The large 5 scale provides a 2% full scale accuracy for
precision measurement required in medical or laboratory applications. The
VFC models have PVC 1 female NPT connections. VFC II units are equipped
with acetal thermoplastic 1 male NPT fittings. VFC II fittings also include
hex wrench flats to prevent stripped threads. All models have metal mounting
inserts on the back for panel mounting. Units may also be supported directly by
system piping.
Visi-Float

Flowmeters
Used to Indicate Air or Water Flow
Series
VFC
&
VFCII
How To Order
Series Range No. Option
Example: VFC 123 EC
Series VFC with 10 100 SCFM Air Range and 1 female NPT
End Connections
VFCII with 1 MNPT
End Connections
VFC with 1 FNPT
End Connections
VFC with 1 FNPT
Back Connections
1-1/2
[38.10]
3
[76.20]
4-1/2
[114.30]
10-1/2
[266.70]
1-1/2
[38.10]
8-1/2
[215.90]
2 NOM
[50.80]
1-1/32
[26.19]
1-1/8
[28.58]
1-1/8
[28.58]
1-1/2 HEX
[38.10]
1-3/4
[44.45]
1-1/2
[38.10]
11
[279.40]
WITH BACK
CONNECTIONS
VFC Series
Model
VFC-X
VFCII-X
VFC-X-EC
VFCII-X-EC
Description
VFC with 1 FNPT Back Connections
VFCII with 1 MNPT Back Connections
VFC with 1 FNPT In Line End Connections
VFCII with 1 MNPT In Line End Connections
OPTIONS
-VIT, Fluoroelastomer O Rings
-FDA, 316 SS Float & Guide Rod (only available on VFCII
with fluoroelastomer O Rings)

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 163
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

V
a
r
a
b
e

A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Series
VFF
Visi-Float

Flowsetter Flowmeters
Indicate or Manually Control Water Flow, Install in Any Position
Set the desired flow rate with the Series VFF Visi-Float

Flowsetter Flowmeter. Used
to indicate or manually control water flow, the solid acrylic construction allows complete
visual inspection of the unit. Meters can be easily installed in any position and operation and
maintenance is very simple. Designed for use at pressures up to 100 psi (690 kPa) and
temperatures up to 150F (85C), this unit can be used to control water flow in various
applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: 302 & 304 SS, nickel plated brass, acrylic, Buna N, acetal.
Temperature & Pressure Limits: 100 psig @ 150F (85C); 150 psig @ 100F
(38C).
Accuracy: 10% of F.S.
Process Connections: 3/8 female NPT.
Scale Length: 3/4 (19.1 mm) 7/8 (22.2 mm), depending on model.
Mounting Orientation: Any position.
Weight: 4.4 oz (124.7 g).
1.375
[34.92]
3.352
[85.14]
2.483
[63.07]
1.250
[31.75]
Series
OMA
Oxygen Flowmeter
Use to Indicate and Manually Control Oxygen Flow
The Compact Series OMA Oxygen Flowmeter is made especially for medical
applications and manually controlling flow from oxygen generators. Flow levels are kept
stable by precision valve and knob adjustment. The low cost flowmeter is made from durable
clear acrylic plastic. The easy-to-read scale is hot stamped into the acrylic so it will not wear
off. The ball float is highly visible against the light blue background. Readings are repeatable
within 4% full scale accuracy.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Oxygen.
Wetted Materials: Acrylic and electroplated brass; Ball float: SS (OMA 1); Agate
(OMA 2, 3, 4); O ring: NBR.
Pressure Limits: 29 psi (2.0 bar).
Temperature Limits: 32 to 140F (0 to 60C).
Accuracy: 4% of full scale.
Connection: 1/4 I.D. tubing.
Mounting: Vertical.
OMA-1 & OMA-2 OMA-3 & OMA-4
DIMENSION-IN INCHES (MM)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Model OMA-1 & OMA-2
3 3/4 (95.25)
7/8 (22.23)
2 49/64 (70.25)
21/64 (8.33)
51/64 (20.24)
M10x1
51/64 (20.24)
Model OMA-3 & OMA-4
4 37/64 (116.28)
7/8 (22.23)
3 35/64 (90.09)
21/64 (8.33)
51/64 (20.24)
M10x1
51/64 (20.24)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Model
OMA-1
OMA-2
OMA-3
OMA-4
Model
VFF-1
VFF-2
VFF-3
ACCESSORY
A-222, .240 I.D. x .375 O.D. tubing
OPTIONS
Add to end of Model Number
VIT, Fluoroelastomer O Rings
SS, 303 SST Fittings
Scale (L/min)
0.1 1.5
0.3 3
0.5 5
1.0 10
Range GPM Water
0.5 2.0
2.0 5.0
5.0 8.5

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
164
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

V
a
r
a
b
e

A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Series
LFM
Polycarbonate Flowmeter
In-Line or Panel Mount Meters
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Water.
Wetted Materials:
Body: Polycarbonate;
Flange nut: ABS;
Float stop: ABS;
O-rings: Fluoroelastomer;
Rod & float: 316 SS;
Connections: Metric union and male NPT fittings-ABS; 90
male NPT elbow fittings-PVC.
Pressure Limit: 120 psi (8.2 bar) at 68F (20C); 90 elbow
fittings 116 psi (8 bar) at 68F (20C).
Accuracy: 5%.
Process Connection: LFMA: 1/2 male NPT. Optional 20 mm
metric union; LFMB: 1/2 male NPT. Optional 20mm metric
union or 1/2 male NPT with 90 elbow.
Weight: LFMA: 2 oz (56.7 g); LFMB: 3 oz (85.0 g).
CAUTION: Series LFM Flowmeters are for indoor use only or
areas without direct sunlight. Polycarbonate is adversely
affected by ultraviolet light.
The New LFM Series Flowmeters are made of injection molded, heat
and chemically resistant polycarbonate bodies and fittings. Series LFM
flow meters have dual scales measuring in both GPM and LPM with 5%
accuracy. A textured background on the body enhances scale readability.
Standard in-line models come with 1/2 male NPT process connections
while panel mount installation is available with 90 elbow fittings that
include panel lock nuts. Various other fittings are available.
6-45/64
[170.26]
3-15/16
[100.1]
1/2 NPT
1-21/32
[42.07]
6-5/16
[160.34]
1/2 NPT
8-55/64
[225.03]
1-63/64
[50.40]
LFMA
LFMB LFMB
LFMA
Model
LFMA-01-A2
LFMA-02-A2
LFMA-03-A2
LFMB-04-A2
LFMB-05-A2
LFMB-06-A2
Range (GPM water)
0.1-1 (.5-4 LPM)
0.2-2 (1-7 LPM)
0.5-5 (1.8-18 LPM)
0.1-1 (.5-4 LPM)
0.2-2 (1-7 LPM)
0.5-5 (1.8-18 LPM)
Process Connection
1/2 male NPT
1/2 male NPT
1/2 male NPT
1/2 male NPT
1/2 male NPT
1/2 male NPT
ACCESSORIES
LFMA
A-560, 20 mm Metric Union Fittings-ABS
A-566, 1/2 male NPT Fittings-ABS
LFMB
A-561, 20 mm Metric Union Fittings-ABS
A-567, 1/2 male NPT Fittings-ABS
A-575, 1/2 male NPT with 90 Elbow Fittings-PVC
Float
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 165
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

V
a
r
a
b
e

A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Series
LFM
Polycarbonate Flowmeter
In-Line or Panel Mount Meters. New Adjustable Set Point Indicator
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Water.
Wetted Materials:
Body: Polycarbonate;
Flange nut: ABS;
Float stop: LFMC-ABS; LFMD-polypropylene;
O-rings: Fluoroelastomer;
Rod & float: 316 SS;
Connections:
90 male NPT elbow fittings-PVC.
20 mm metric union fittings-ABS.
32 mm metric union fittings-PVC.
1/2 & 3/4 male NPT fittings for LFMC-ABS.
3/4 male and female NPT fittings for LFMD-PA66 nylon.
Pressure Limit: 120 psi (8.2 bar) at 68F (20C); 90 elbow
fitting 116 psi (8 bar) at 68F (20C).
Accuracy: 5%.
Process Connection: LFMC: 1/2 male NPT. Optional 20 mm
metric union, 3/4 male NPT, or 1/2 male NPT with 90 elbow;
LFMD: 3/4 male NPT. Optional 32 mm metric union, 3/4 female
NPT, or 3/4 male NPT with 90 elbow.
Weight: LFMC: 4 oz (113.4 g); LFMD: 10 oz (283.5 g).
CAUTION: Series LFM Flowmeters are for indoor use only or
areas without direct sunlight. Polycarbonate is adversely
affected by ultraviolet light.
5-9/32
[134.14]
1/2 NPT
8-9/32
[210.34]
1-63/64
[50.40]
6-45/64
[170.26]
9-27/32
[250.03]
2-21/64
[59.13]
3/4 NPT
LFMC
LFMD
The New LFM Series Flowmeters are made of injection molded, heat
and chemically resistant polycarbonate bodies and fittings. Series LFM
flow meters have dual scales measuring in both GPM and LPM with 5%
accuracy. A textured background on the body enhances scale readabil-
ity. Standard in-line models come with 1/2 male NPT connections for
LFMC and 3/4 male NPT connections for LFMD. Panel mount instal-
lation is available with 90 elbow fittings that includes panel lock nuts.
Various other fittings are available.
LFMC
LFMD
Model
LFMC-07-A2
LFMC-08-A2
LFMC-09-A2
LFMD-10-C2
LFMD-11-C2
Range (GPM water)
0.25-2.5 (1-10 LPM)
0.5-5 (1.8-18 LPM)
0.8-8 (3-30 LPM)
0.8-8 (3-30 LPM)
1-10 (4-40 LPM)
Process Connection
1/2 male NPT
1/2 male NPT
1/2 male NPT
3/4 male NPT
3/4 male NPT
ACCESSORIES
LFMC
A-562, 20 mm Metric Union Fittings-ABS
A-567, 1/2 male NPT Fittings-ABS
A-568, 3/4 male NPT Fittings-ABS
A-576, 1/2 male NPT with 90 Elbow Fittings-PVC
LFMD
A-563, 32 mm Metric Union Fittings-PVC
A-569, 3/4 male NPT Fittings-Nylon
A-572, 3/4 female NPT Fittings-Nylon
A-577, 3/4 male NPT with 90 Elbow Fittings-PVC
Float
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
166
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

V
a
r
a
b
e

A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Series
LFM
Polycarbonate Flowmeter
In-Line or Panel Mount Meters. New Adjustable Set Point Indicator
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Water.
Wetted Materials:
Body: Polycarbonate;
Flange nut: ABS;
Float stop: Polypropylene;
O-rings: Fluoroelastomer;
Rod & float: 316 SS;
Connections:
Male & female NPT fittings-PA66 nylon;
1 male NPT 90 elbow fittings-PVC;
40 mm metric union fittings-PVC;
63 mm metric union fittings-ABS.
Pressure Limit: 120 psi (8.2 bar) at 68F (20C); 90 elbow
fittings 116 psi (8 bar) at 68F (20C).
Accuracy: 5%.
Process Connection: LFME: 1 male NPT. Optional 40 mm
metric union, 1 female NPT, or 1 male NPT with 90 elbow;
LFMF: 2 male NPT. Optional 63 mm metric union or 2 female
NPT.
Weight: LFME: 15 oz (425.2 g); LFMF: 40 oz (1.1 kg).
CAUTION: Series LFM Flowmeters are for indoor use only or
areas without direct sunlight. Polycarbonate is adversely
affected by ultraviolet light.
The New LFM Series Flowmeters are made of injection molded, heat
and chemically resistant polycarbonate bodies and fittings. Series LFM
flow meters have dual scales measuring in both GPM and LPM with 5%
accuracy. A textured background on the body enhances scale readability.
Standard in-line models come with 1/2 male NPT connections for LFME
and 2 male NPT connections for LFMF. Panel mount installation is
available with 90 elbow fittings that includes panel lock nuts. Various
other fittings are available.
8-55/64
[225.03]
12-19/64
[312.34]
1 NPT
2-27/32
[72.23]
LFME LFMF
11-27/64
[290.12]
15-3/4
[400.05]
2 NPT
3-15/16
[100.01]
LFME LFMF
Model
LFME-12-F2
LFME-13-F2
LFME-14-F2
LFMF-15-I2
LFMF-16-I2
LFMF-17-I2
Range (GPM water)
1.2-12 (5-50 LPM)
2-20 (8-80 LPM)
2.5-25 (10-100 LPM)
2.5-25 (10-100 LPM)
5-45 (20-180 LPM)
7-70 (25-250 LPM)
Process Connection
1 male NPT
1 male NPT
1 male NPT
2 male NPT
2 male NPT
2 male NPT
ACCESSORIES
LFME
A-564, 40 mm Metric Union Fittings-PVC
A-570, 1 male NPT Fittings-Nylon
A-573, 1 female NPT Fittings-Nylon
A-578, 1 male NPT with 90 Elbow Fittings-PVC
LFMF
A-565, 63 mm Metric Union Fittings-ABS
A-571, 2 male NPT Fittings-Nylon
A-574, 2 female NPT Fittings-Nylon
Float
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 167
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

V
a
r
a
b
e

A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Ultra-View

Polysulfone Flowmeter
Monitor Water Flow Rates from .25 to 40 GPM, Air Rates from 1 to 100 SCFM
Series
UV
Setting a new standard in the industry, the Series UV Polysulfone Flowmeter
is an ultra pure, laboratory grade flowmeter (2% F.S. accuracy) that measures
flow in GPM and LPM of water, air and other compatible media. The Series UV
is designed to withstand high temperatures up to 212F (100C) and high pressures
up to 150 psi (10.34 bar). Highly corrosion-resistant, this instrument is an excellent
choice for monitoring many corrosive media. Easy to install and to clean, the
Series UV offers optional panel mount polysulfone fittings and a protective
polycarbonate shield.
APPLICATIONS
Monitor chill water flow
Reverse osmosis systems
Deionized water systems
Potable water systems
Picture above shown with
optional Polycarbonate Shield
12
[307.98]
15
[381.00]
17
[431.80]
1-7/16-18 UNEF
THREADS
1 NPT(M)
THREADS
1-1/2
[38.10]
2-15/16
[74.51]
IN-LINE
THREADS
1 NPT(F)
2-1/2
[63.50]
5
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
1
2
3
4
Drawing at
right shown
with optional
Polysulfone
Fittings. Picture at left
shown with
optional
Polysulfone
Fittings.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids and gases.
Wetted Materials: Polysulfone body, fluoroelastomer O rings and virgin
PTFE float.
Temperature Limits: 35 to 212F (2 to 100C); 35 to 130F (2 to 54C)
for PVC fitting option.
Pressure Limit: 150 psi (10.34 bar).
Accuracy: 2% full scale @ 70F 2F (21.1C) and 14.7 psia (in line
connection rating only).
Repeatability: 1% full scale @ 70F 2F (21.1C) and 14.7 psia (in
line connection rating only).
Process Connections: 1 female NPT. Optional 90 polysulfone elbow
1 male NPT.
Scale Length: 6 (152.40 mm) 7 (177.80 mm), depending on model.
Fitting Torque: Maximum 22 ft lb.
Weight: 1 lb (457 g) for 20 GPM range.
CAUTION: Ball valves can have a water cannon effect on opening,
creating pressure that exceeds the warrantied ratings and will
damage the flowmeter. Series UV Flowmeters are for indoor use only
or areas without direct sunlight. Polysulfone is adversely affected by
ultraviolet light.
Model
UV-0112
UV-1112
UV-2112
UV-3112
UV-4112
UV-5112
Range (GPM water)
0.25 2.5 (1 9.5 LPM)
0.5 5.0 (2 19 LPM)
1.0 10.0 (4 38 LPM)
2.0 20.0 (8 76 LPM)
3.0 30.0 (12 112 LPM)
4.0 40.0 (20 150 LPM)
Body
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Fitting Material
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Model
UV-A112
UV-B112
UV-C112
UV-D112
Range (SCFM air)
1 13 (30 370 LPM)
2.5 28 (70 780 LPM)
5 50 (70 1400 LPM)
14 100 (400 2800 LPM)
Body
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Fitting Material
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
ACCESSORIES
A-801, Panel Mount Kit, Polysulfone Fittings
A-162, In line Fitting Replacement Kit. Two 1 female NPT connection
fittings included in kit.
OPTIONS
UV-XXXX-SHD, Protective Polycarbonate Shield
UV-XX22, PVC 1 female NPT Fittings
UV-XXXX-CDS, Certified Data Sheet with Traceability to NIST
Float
Virgin PTFE
Virgin PTFE
Virgin PTFE
Virgin PTFE
Virgin PTFE
Virgin PTFE
Float
Virgin PTFE
Virgin PTFE
Virgin PTFE
Virgin PTFE

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
168
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

V
a
r
a
b
e

A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Variable Area Glass Flowmeters
65 mm and 150 mm, 2% FS Accuracy, Interchangeable Flowtubes
Accurately measure flow rates of air, water, and other commonly used gases
with the Series VA Variable Area Glass Flowmeters. Flowmeters are designed
with an easy-to-read universal mm scale and supplied with a correlation chart
containing calibration data for air and water. Correlation data for other gases
and liquids are available. Permanently fused ceramic scale with vertical locator
line reduces parallax and eye fatigue. Thick polycarbonate front shield protects
tube from breakage and also serves as a magnifying lens to enhance reading
resolution.
Glass flowmeters are suitable for metering carrier gases, liquid and gas
measurement in pilot plants, laboratories, process flow and level indicating. Units
are equipped with a standard 6-turn needle valve for flow rate control. High
precision metering valves with non-rising stems (sold separately) are available
for high sensitivity control and resolution particularly suited for very low flow
rates.
Flowmeters are shipped completely assembled and ready for panel mounting.
Use an optional acrylic tripod base to convert to self-standing bench mounting.
1.625
[41.3]
OPEN
1.125
[28.6]
.5
7/8 HEX NUT
1/2
HEX
.5 [12.7]
1.250
[31.8]
9.812
[249]
1/8 NPT
8.812
[224]
1/8 NPT
1.625
[41.3]
OPEN
1.125
[28.6]
.5
7/8 HEX NUT
1/2
HEX
.5 [12.7]
1.250
[31.8]
5.500
[140]
1/8 NPT
1/8 NPT
4.500
[114]
Panel Mounting: Drill two 5/8 dia. holes at 4.5 apart for 65 mm models
and 8.812 apart for 150 mm models (center to center).
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Flowtube: Borosilicate glass.
Floats: Glass or stainless steel (sapphire, Carboloy and tantalum are
optional).
Float stops: PTFE.
End fittings: Anodized aluminum, 316 SS or brass.
Packings: Fluoroelastomer.
O rings: Buna N on aluminum models and brass models, and
fluoroelastomer on stainless steel models.
Temperature Limits: 250F (121C).
Pressure Limits: 200 psig (13.8 bar).
Accuracy: 2% FS @ 70F (21.1C) and 14.7 psia (1 atm absolute).
Repeatability: 0.25% full scale.
Scales: Universal 65 mm or 150 mm with correlation charts.
Turn-down Ratio: 10:1; 20:1 with combinations of two floats installed in
meter.
Connections: Two 1/8 female NPT.
Mounting: Vertical.
Valve: 6 turn needle (standard), optional 16 turn high precision valve.
Valve Orifice: Acetal on aluminum models and brass models, PCTFE
on stainless steel models.
Series
VA
Model 65 mm Scale
Float
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Maximum
Flow Rate (Air)
scfh (ml/min)
0.104 (49)
0.307 (145)
0.220 (104)
0.633 (299)
0.43 (202)
1.1 (522)
2.09 (986)
4.12 (1946)
2.65 (1249)
5.34 (2520)
4.32 (2040)
8.45 (3990)
13.4 (6318)
25.5 (12058)
27.9 (13153)
52.3 (24680)
49.1 (23169)
89.2 (42094)
Maximum
Flow Rate (H2O)
gph (ml/min)
0.009 (0.55)
0.038 (2.38)
0.028 (1.8)
0.122 (7.7)
0.041 (2.6)
0.19 (12.0)
0.325 (20.5)
0.881 (55.6)
0.428 (27)
1.125 (71)
0.63 (40)
1.71 (108)
2.33 (147)
5.77 (364)
4.9 (309)
11.81 (745)
8.27 (522)
19.97 (1260)
Float
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Maximum
Flow Rate (Air)
scfh (ml/min)
0.792 (374)
1.725 (814)
4.9 (2313)
9.67 (4562)
8.07 (3807)
16.08 (7590)
18.38 (8678)
35.5 (16737)
49.9 (23564)
93.9 (44336)
Maximum
Flow Rate (H2O)
gph (ml/min)
0.087 (5.5)
0.323 (20.4)
0.848 (54)
2.067 (130)
1.336 (84)
3.34 (217)
3.32 (210)
8.02 (506)
9.0 (568)
21.7 (1370)
Model 150 mm Scale
ACCESSORIES
VA81, High precision valve, 316 SS, 0.42 scfh capacity
VA82, High precision valve, 316 SS, 0.85 scfh capacity
VA83, High precision valve, 316 SS, 2.12 scfh capacity
VA84, High precision valve, 316 SS, 4.87 scfh capacity
VA85, High precision valve, 316 SS, 13.14 scfh capacity
VA86, High precision valve, 316 SS, 45.55 scfh capacity
VA7, Acrylic tripod for single meter
Aluminum
Fittings
VA1043
VA1044
VA1045
VA1046
VA1047
VA1048
VA1049
VA10410
VA10411
VA10412
VA10413
VA10414
VA10417
VA10418
VA10419
VA10420
VA10421
VA10422
SS
Fittings
VA1243
VA1244
VA1245
VA1246
VA1247
VA1248
VA1249
VA12410
VA12411
VA12412
VA12413
VA12414
VA12417
VA12418
VA12419
VA12420
VA12421
VA12422
Brass
Fittings
VA1343
-
VA1345
-
VA1347
-
VA1349
-
VA13411
-
VA13413
-
VA13417
-
VA13419
-
VA13421
-
Aluminum
Fittings
VA20429
VA20430
VA20433
VA20434
VA20435
VA20436
VA20437
VA20438
VA20439
VA20440
SS
Fittings
VA22429
VA22430
VA22433
VA22434
VA22435
VA22436
VA22437
VA22438
VA22439
VA22440
Brass
Fittings
VA23429
VA23433
VA23435
VA23437
VA23439

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 169
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

V
a
r
a
b
e

A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Series
VA
PTFE/Glass Flowmeters
Variable Area, Universal 65 mm and 150 mm Scales, 2% FS Accuracy
Measure flow of corrosive or ultra-pure liquids or gases with the Series VA Variable
Area PTFE/Glass Flowmeters. Flowmeters are constructed of chemically inert materials
and housed in a rigid anodized aluminum frame with a polycarbonate safety shield. Units
are designed with an easy-to-read universal mm scale and supplied with a correlation chart
containing calibration data for air and water. Correlation data for other gases and liquids
are available.
1.625
[41.3]
OPEN
1.125
[28.6]
.5
7/8 HEX NUT
1/2
HEX
.5 [12.7]
1.250
[31.8]
9.812
[249]
1/8 NPT
8.812
[224]
1/8 NPT
1.625
[41.3]
OPEN
1.125
[28.6]
.5
7/8 HEX NUT
1/2
HEX
.5 [12.7]
1.250
[31.8]
6.16
[156.5]
1/8 NPT
1/8 NPT
5.2
[132.1]
Panel Mounting: Drill two 5/8 dia.
holes at 5.2 apart for 65mm models
and 8.812 apart for 150mm models
(center to center).
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Flowtube: Borosilicate glass;
Float: Glass (sapphire optional);
Float stops and end fittings: PTFE;
O rings and packings: PTFE.
Temperature Limits: 15 to 150F
( 26 to 65C).
Pressure Limits: 100 psi (6.7 bar).
Accuracy: 2% FS @ 70F (21.1C)
and 14.7 psia (1 atm absolute).
Repeatability: 0.25%.
Leak Integrity: 1 x 10
7
sccs of helium.
Scales: Universal 65 mm or 150 mm
with correlation charts.
Turn-down ratio: 10:1, 20:1 with
combinations of two floats installed in
meter.
Connections: Two 1/8 female NPT.
Mounting: Vertical.
Valve: 6 turn needle.
Valve Orifice: PTFE.
Series
VA-K
Variable Area Flowmeter Kits
Interchangeable Flow Tubes and Floats, 150 mm Universal Scales
7/8 HEX NUT
1/2 HEX
1/8 NPT
1/8 NPT
8-13/16
[223.82]
1/2
[12.75]
1/2
[12.75]
1-1/8
[28.57]
1-5/8
[41.28]
OPEN
9-13/16
[249.22]
1-1/4
[31.75]
SPECIFICATIONS
Scales: Universal 150 mm scales with
correlation chart.
Accuracy: 2% FS @ 70F (21.1C)
and 14.7 psia (1 atm absolute).
Repeatability: 0.25% of scale
reading.
Turn-down ratio: 10:1; 20:1 with
combinations of two floats installed in
meter.
Maximum Operating Pressure: 200
psig (13.8 bar).
Maximum Operating Temperature:
250F (121C).
Mounting: Vertical.
Connection: 1/8 female NPT.
Flowtube: Borosilicate glass.
Float: Glass, 316 SS or tantalum.
Float Stops: PTFE.
End Fittings: Anodized aluminum or
316 SS.
Front Shield: Polycarbonate.
Side Panels: Black, anodized
aluminum.
O-rings: Buna N on aluminum models
and fluoroelastomer on stainless steel
models.
Valve Orifice: Acetal on aluminum
models and PCTFE on stainless steel
models.
The Series VA-K Flowmeter Kits offer an economical means of acquiring diverse flow
measurement capability. The kit includes a completely assembled flowmeter (available with
Aluminum or 316 SS end fittings) and three interchangeable 150 mm flow tubes. All flow
tubes are supplied with a glass float installed. Spare 316 SS and Tantalum floats are included
to extend flow capacities. Series VA-K kits also include a high flow valve cartridge, tripod
base, tweezers, pushrod and locking tool for changing floats and flow tubes, correlation
charts and plastic carrying case.
* Flow rates are given for standard pressure and temperature 70F (21C) @ 760
mm Hg.
APPLICATIONS
Kits are ideal for flow applications in air and water analysis, film processing, chemical
processing, gas chromatography, pharmaceutical, alcohol and tobacco production,
pulp and paper, and semiconductor industry.
Float
Glass
Glass
Glass
Glass
Glass
Glass
Glass
Flow Rate (Air)
scfh (ml/min)
0.220 (104)
0.428 (202)
2.646 (1249)
4.322 (2040)
13.39 (6318)
27.9 (13153)
49 (23169)
Flow Rate (H2O)
gph (ml/min)
0.028 (1.8)
0.047 (2.95)
0.428 (27)
0.630 (39.7)
2.33 (147)
4.9 (309)
8.27 (522)
Model 65 mm scale
Float
Glass
Glass
Glass
Glass
Glass
Flow Rate (Air)
scfh (ml/min)
0.104 (49)
0.792 (374)
1.75 (825)
8.07 (3807)
18.39 (8678)
Flow Rate (H2O)
gph (ml/min)
0.01 (0.61)
0.087 (5.5)
0.262 (16.5)
1.34 (84.3)
3.32 (209)
Model 150 mm scale
Max. Flow Rate (mL/min)*
Flow
Tube
Number
042-15
112-02
102-05
044-40
Float Material
Glass
Air
1.8 to 18.6
21 to 374
106 to 3807
962 to 22536
Water
0.02 to 0.19
.023 to 5.5
2 to 84
15 to 541
316 SS
Air
5.8 to 60.6
36 to 814
288 to 7590
Water
0.09 to .945
1.1 to 20.4
6 to 617
Tantalum
Air
2015 to 62588
Water
106 to 2001
ACCESSORY
VA7, Acrylic tripod for single meter
Model VA-K1, Aluminum Flowmeter Kit
Model VA-K2, 316 SS Flowmeter Kit
Valve
VA1545
VA1547
VA15411
VA15413
VA15417
VA15419
VA15421
No Valve
VA1505
VA1507
VA15011
VA15013
VA15017
VA15019
VA15021
Valve
VA25425
VA25429
VA25431
VA25435
VA25437
No Valve
VA25025
VA25029
VA25031
VA25035
VA25037

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
170
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

V
a
r
a
b
e

A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Series
VAT
Variable Area Fluoropolymer Flowmeter
In-Line, 5% Accuracy, Chemically Inert
Constructed entirely of Fluoropolymers, the Series VAT Flowmeters are ideal for
high purity or corrosive liquid applications. Flowmeters feature a 0-10 scale for flow
indication. Each unit is individually leak tested to a leak integrity rating of 1 x 10
-7
sccs
Helium or better. The Series VAT are designed for in-line mounting and include a removable
protective shield.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Flowtube: PFA;
Float and end fittings: PTFE;
Guide rods: PCTFE.
Temperature Limit: 250F (121C).
Pressure Limit: 100 psig (6.9 bar).
Accuracy: 5% FS @ 70F (21.1C) and 14.7 psia (1 atm absolute).
Process Connections: See chart.
Leak Integrity: 1 x 10
7
sccs of helium.
Scale: 0 to 10 markings.
Mounting: Vertical, in line.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
A B
Dimensions
Connections
1/2 female NPT
1/2 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
Flow Rate
ml/min (gph)
125 (1.98)
250 (3.91)
400 (6.34)
500 (7.92)
1000 (15.85)
2000 (31.69)
2500 (39.62)
3000 (47.54)
5000 (79.23)
Flow Rate
L/min (gpm)
13 (3.43)
20 (5.28)
30 (7.93)
40 (10.57)
45 (11.89)
Connections
1/4 female NPT
1/4 female NPT
1/4 female NPT
1/4 female NPT
1/4 female NPT
3/8 female NPT
3/8 female NPT
3/8 female NPT
3/8 female NPT
Series
TVA
All Fluoropolymer Flowmeters
75 mm and 125 mm, 10:1 Turndown, 5% FS Accuracy
Series TVA All Fluoropolymer Flowmeters offer solutions for measuring flow rates of
highly corrosive or ultra-pure liquids. Flowmeters are designed with 0 to 10 scale graduations
denoting a discrete flow rate.
G
NPT
E
F
A
B
C
TYP.
D
.750 TYP.
124101 00
Panel Mounting: Drill two holes: 3/4 dia. at 4.97 apart for 1/4 NPT
models, 7/8 dia. at 4.97 apart for 3/8 NPT models, 1 dia. at 8.72 apart for
1/2 NPT models, and 1 1/4 dia. at 8.47 apart for 3/4 NPT models (center
to center).
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Flowtube: PFA;
Float and end fittings: PTFE;
Guide rods: PCTFE.
Temperature Limit: 250F (121C).
Pressure Limit: 100 psig (6.9 bar).
Accuracy: 5% FS @ 70F (21.1C) and 14.7 psia (1 atm absolute).
Repeatability: 0.25%.
Leak Integrity: 1 x 10
7
sccs of helium.
Scales: 0 to 10 markings, 75 mm or 125 mm lengths.
Turn-down Ratio: 10:1.
Mounting: Vertical.
Model Low Range
Model High Range
Connection
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
A
5 11/16 (144)
5 11/16 (144)
10 1/2 (267)
10 1/2 (267)
B
1 1/4 (31.8)
1 1/4 (31.8)
2 (50.8)
2 (50.8)
Flow Rate (H2O)
gph (ml/min)
6.34 (400)
15.9 (1000)
39.6 (2500)
79.2 (5000)
Length
75 mm
75 mm
75 mm
75 mm
Model Low Range
Model High Range
Connections
1/4 female NPT
1/4 female NPT
3/8 female NPT
3/8 female NPT
Flow Rate (H2O)
gph (l/min)
3.43 (13)
7.93 (30)
11.9 (45)
Length
125 mm
125 mm
125 mm
Connections
1/2 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
Model
TVA11XX
TVA13XX
TVA22XX
TVA24XX
A
4.97 [126]
4.97 [126]
8.72 [221]
8.47 [215]
B
0.56 [14]
0.56 [14]
0.88 [22]
1.00 [25]
C
1.06 [27]
1.25 [32]
1.75 [44]
1.75 [44]
D
3.35 [85]
4.65 [118]
4.57 [116]
5.95 [151]
E
1.25 [32]
1.50 [38]
2.00 [51]
2.25 [57]
F
6.16 [156]
6.16 [156]
10.4 [264]
10.4 [264]
G
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
Valve
TVA1113
TVA1115
TVA1317
TVA1319
No Valve
TVA1103
TVA1105
TVA1307
TVA1309
Valve
TVA22110
TVA24112
TVA24114
No Valve
TVA22010
TVA24012
TVA24014
Valve
VAT-311
VAT-312
VAT-313
VAT-314
VAT-315
VAT-316
VAT-317
VAT-318
VAT-319
No Valve
VAT-301
VAT-302
VAT-303
VAT-304
VAT-305
VAT-306
VAT-307
VAT-308
VAT-309
Valve
VAT-6110
VAT-6111
VAT-6112
VAT-6113
VAT-6114
No Valve
VAT-6010
VAT-6011
VAT-6012
VAT-6013
VAT-6014

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 171
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

V
a
r
a
b
e

A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Series
DR
Direct Reading Glass Flowmeters
65 mm and 150 mm, 5% FS Accuracy, Interchangeable Flowtubes
Use Series DR Glass Flowmeters to accurately measure flow rates of air or water with
the convenience of a direct reading scale. Permanently fused ceramic scale has integral float
guides for optimum float performance. Reflective plastic background and 1.5 X magnification
lens reduces eye fatigue and allows for more accurate readings. Units include a safety blow-
out back panel for additional protection. Flowmeters are shipped completely assembled and
include standard panel mounting hardware for quick installation.
1/8
[3.175]
7-9/16
[192.09]
8-13/16
[223.8]
9-13/16
[249.2]
22/32
[17.48]
5/8
[15.88]
1-1/4 OPEN
[31.75]
1
[25.40]
1-3/8
[34.93]
1/2
[12.70]
5/8
[15.88]
1-1/4
[31.75]
150MM
SCALE
LENGTH
1
[25.40]
PANEL
LOCKNUT (2)
70047600
1/8 NPT
1/8 NPT
ADAPTERS (2)
PANEL LOCKNUTS (2)
1/8
[3.175]
5-1/2
[139.7]
4-1/2
[114.3]
5/8
[15.88]
3-1/4
[82.55]
22/32 DIA. [17.46]
5/8
[15.88]
1/2 [12.70]
1 [25.40]
1-1/4
[31.75]
1
[25.40]
65MM SCALE
LENGTH
5/8
[15.88]
1-1/4
[31.75]
70047500
Panel Mounting: Drill two 5/8 dia. holes at 4.5
apart for 65mm models and 8.812 apart for 150
mm models (center to center).
Add suffix M for metric scale.
* Denotes glass float.
Metric models use ccm as unit of measure.
APPLICATIONS
Glass flowmeters are suitable for metering gases or liquids for film processing, paper
manufacturing, chemical processing, semiconductor industry, water and air pollution
analysis equipment, metals processing, industrial fuel and energy conservation, cylinder
gas metering, and general laboratory and industrial applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids.
Wetting Materials:
Flowtube: Borosilicate glass;
Float: 316 SS (black glass as indicated);
Float stops: PTFE;
End fittings: Anodized aluminum or 316 SS;
O rings: Buna N on aluminum models and fluoroelastomer on stainless steel
models.
Temperature Limit: 250F (121C).
Pressure Limit: 250 psig (17 bar).
Accuracy: 5% FS @ 70F (21.1C) and 14.7 psia (1 atm absolute).
Repeatability: 0.25% of scale reading.
Scales: Direct reading 65 mm or 150 mm scales for air or water.
Turn-down Ratio: 10:1.
Connection: 1/8 female NPT.
Mounting: Vertical.
Valve: 6 turn needle (standard on models with valve).
Flow Rate (Air)
scfh (sccm)
0.24 (130

)
0.65 (300

)
1.1 (500

)
2.2 (1000

)
scfh (LPM)
5.6 (2.1)
11 (5)
20 (9.5)
55 (24)
100 (50)
Flow Rate (H2O)
gph (sccm)
0.02 (1.5)
0.1 (6.5)
0.13 (8)
0.36 (24)
0.9 (55)
2.2 (140)
4.4 (280)
10 (600)
24 (1500)
Flow Rate (Air)
scfh (sccm)
0.33 (160)
0.54 (270)
2 (840)
scfh (LPM)
3.8 (1.8)
10 (4.8)
16 (7.5)
35 (16)
90 (44)
Flow Rate (H2O)
gph (sccm)
0.05 (3.2)
0.075 (4.6)
0.34 (21)
0.75 (46)
2.2 (140)
3.6 (230)
7.5 (480)
21 (1300)
Model (65 mm scale)
Without Valve
Aluminum
DR10010*
DR10022
DR10030*
DR10042
DR10062
DR10070*
DR10082
DR10090*
DR100102
DR100120*
DR100132
DR100140*
DR100152
DR100172
DR100180*
DR100192
DR100200*
DR100212
SS
DR12010*
DR12022
DR12030*
DR12042
DR12062
DR12070*
DR12082
DR12090*
DR120102
DR120120*
DR120132
DR120140*
DR120152
DR120172
DR120180*
DR120192
DR120200*
DR120212
With Valve
Aluminum
DR10410*
DR10422
DR10430*
DR10442
DR10462
DR10470*
DR10482
DR10490*
DR104102
DR104120*
DR104132
DR104140*
DR104152
DR104172
DR104180*
DR104192
DR104200*
DR104212
SS
DR12410*
DR12422
DR12430*
DR12442
DR12462
DR12470*
DR12482
DR12490*
DR124102
DR124120*
DR124132
DR124140*
DR124152
DR124172
DR124180*
DR124192
DR124200*
DR124212
Model (150 mm scale)
Without Valve
Aluminum
DR20032
DR20082
DR200132
DR200182
DR200232
DR200282
DR200332
DR200382
DR200432
DR200482
DR200532
DR200582
DR200632
DR200682
DR200732
DR200782
SS
DR22032
DR22082
DR220132
DR220182
DR220232
DR220282
DR220332
DR220382
DR220432
DR220482
DR220532
DR220582
DR220632
DR220682
DR220732
DR220782
With Valve
Aluminum
DR20432
DR20482
DR204132
DR204182
DR204232
DR204282
DR204332
DR204382
DR204432
DR204482
DR204532
DR204582
DR204632
DR204682
DR204732
DR204782
SS
DR22432
DR22482
DR224132
DR224182
DR224232
DR224282
DR224332
DR224382
DR224432
DR224482
DR224532
DR224582
DR224632
DR224682
DR224732
DR224782

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
172
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

V
a
r
a
b
e

A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Series
DR4
High Flow Glass Flowmeters
Direct Reading, 127 mm Scale, 10% FS Accuracy, Interchangeable Flowtubes
10-3/8
[264]
9
[229]
1-1/2
[38.1]
127 MM
SCALE
LENGTH
1-1/2
[38.1]
11/16
[17.5]
3/4
[19] 1-3/8
[35]
1-1/2 [38.1]
VALVE OPEN
3/8
NPT
FEMALE
22/32
[17.46]
7/8
HEX
1/4 HEX NUT
5/8 [15.88]
VALVE CLOSED
Panel Mounting:
Drill two 7/8 dia.
holes at 9 apart.
Series DR4 Glass Flowmeters offer a simplified solution to the problem of fluid flow
indication at higher capacity levels. Flowmeters have a direct reading scale for air or water
and are designed to withstand even the harshest industrial applications. Permanently fused
ceramic scale has integral float guides for optimum float performance. Reflective plastic
background and 1.5 X magnification lens reduces eye fatigue and allows for more accurate
readings. Units include a safety blow-out back panel for additional protection.
Series
IF
Industrial Direct Reading Flowmeter
Air/Water Direct Reading Scale, 304 SS Protective Shield, 3% Accuracy
Add suffix M for metric scale.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Flowtube: Borosilicate glass;
Float: 316 SS;
Float stops: PTFE;
End fittings: Brass or 316 SS;
O rings: Buna N on brass models
and fluoroelastomer on SS
models.
Temperature Limits: 250F (121C).
Pressure Limits: 200 psig (13.8 bar).
Accuracy: 10% FS @ 70F (21.1C)
and 14.7 psia (1 atm absolute).
Repeatability: 0.25% of scale reading.
Scale: Direct reading 127 mm scales
for air or water.
Turn-down Ratio: 10:1.
Connection: 3/8 female NPT.
Mounting: Vertical.
Valve: 6 turn needle (standard on
models with valve).
Ideal for industrial applications, the Series IF Industrial Direct Reading Flowmeters
are fully enclosed in a brushed stainless steel case. The flowmeters can directly measure
flow rates up to 116 GPM (439 lpm) for water and 250 SCFM (7080 lpm) for air service. The
detachable, clear 3/16 thick polycarbonate front shield provides protection at maximum
rated temperature and pressure. Each unit is designed with female NPT end fittings for
easy in-line installation.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquids or gases.
Wetted Materials:
Flowtube: Borosilicate glass; float,
guide rods, float stops, end;
Fittings: 316 SS;
O Rings: Fluoroelastomer.
Temperature Limit: 200F (93C).
Pressure Limit: 200 psi (13.8 bar);
125 psi for tube size 5 & 6.
Accuracy: 3% of full scale.
Repeatability: 0.5% of full scale.
Turndown Ratio: 10:1.
Scale: Dual scale GPM and SCFM.
Process Connection: See table.
Mounting: Vertical.
Front Shield: Polycarbonate.
Side Panels: 304 SS.
Dimensions
[B] [D]
[A] [C]
Flow Rate (Air)
scfm (SLPM)
0.2 4 (5 120)
0.5 11 (20 320)
1 16 (20 500)
Flow Rate (H2O)
GPM (LPM)
0.1 2 (0.5 8)
0.2 4 (1 16)
0.5 5 (1 22)
Model
IF2700
IF2701
IF2702
IF2703
IF2704
IF2705
IF2706
IF2707
IF2708
IF2709
IF2710
Maximum Flow Rate
Water
GPM (LPM)
0.25 (0.95)
0.36 (1.3)
0.76 (3.0)
1 (3.7)
1.5 (5.6)
2.2 (8.2)
3.8 (14)
5 (18)
6 (20)
7.4 (27.5)
9.6 (35)
Air
SCFM (LPM)
1.2 (35)
1.7 (50)
3.3 (90)
4.2 (120)
6.5 (180)
8.5 (250)
16 (475)
21.5 (650)
25.5 (725)
30 (900)
40 (1200)
Tube
Size
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
4
Model
IF2711
IF2712
IF2713
IF2714
IF2715
IF2716
IF2717
IF2718
IF2719
IF2720
IF2721
Maximum Flow Rate
Water
GPM (LPM)
11 (40)
14 (50)
20 (75)
22 (83)
26 (98)
41 (155)
44 (167)
60 (227)
61 (231)
86 (326)
116 (439)
Air
SCFM (LPM)
47.5 (1400)
62 (1800)
90 (2600)
90 (2550)
160 (4531)
180 (5098)
245 (6938)
250 (7080)
Tube
Size
4
4
4
5
4
6
5
6
5
6
6
Tube
Size
1 and 2
3 and 4
5 and 6
Female
NPT
1/2
1
2
A
2 [50.8]
3.5 [89]
5 [127]
B
9.54 [242]
13.69 [348]
15.59 [396]
C
2.25 [57.2]
3.75 [95.3]
5.25 [133]
D
8.04 [204]
10.50 [267]
11.55 [293]
Model (127 mm scale)
Without Valve
Brass
DR4101
DR4103
DR4104
DR4106
DR4108
DR4109
SS
DR4201
DR4203
DR4204
DR4206
DR4208
DR4209
With Valve
Brass
DR4141
DR4143
DR4144
DR4146
DR4148
DR4149
SS
DR4241
DR4243
DR4244
DR4246
DR4248
DR4249
Pressure Drop
(in H2O)
2
5
6
10
10
14
5
6
10
Pressure Drop
(in H2O)
13
24
39
16
70
5
30
16
40
25
45

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 173
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

V
a
r
a
b
e

A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Series
RSF
Rotatable Scale Flowmeters
Dual, Rotatable Direct Reading Scales for Air and Water
Series RSF Flowmeters are designed with unique rotatable scales of dual, air-water direct
reading graduations. Flow rate is indicated in SCFM and SLPM for air and GPM and LPM
for water. Graduations are marked on a rotating, polycarbonate tubeshield which also serves
to protect the borosilicate glass flowtube. Flowmeters include a reflective plastic background
and 1.5 X magnification lens to reduce eye fatigue and allow for more accurate readings. A
blow-out back panel provides additional protection in the event of breakage. Series RSF
Flowmeters are available in vertical in-line mounting or panel mounting. Units are shipped
completely assembled and include standard mounting hardware for quick installation.
3/8-18 NPT
TYP 2 PLACES
11-1/8
[282.58]
10-3/8
[263.53]
3/4
[19.05]
2
[50.80]
1-3/4
[44.45]
1-7/8
[47.63]
10-3/8
[263.53]
3/4
[19.05]
2
[50.80]
1-1/2
[38.10]
1-7/8
[47.63]
9-15/32
[240.51]
3/8-18 NPT
TYP 2 PLACES
IN-LINE METER PANEL MOUNT METER
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Flowtube: Borosilicate glass.
Float: Brass/SS models: 316 SS; PTFE models: PTFE.
Tube shield: Polycarbonate
Float stops: Brass/SS models: 316 SS; PTFE models: PTFE.
End fittings: Brass/SS models: Brass or 316 SS; PTFE models: PTFE.
O rings: Brass/SS models: Fluoroelastomer; PTFE models: PTFE.
Temperature Limit: 250F (121C). PTFE models: 150F (65C).
Pressure Limit: 150 psig (10.34 bar) @ 200F (93C). PTFE models: 100 psig
(6.7 bar).
Accuracy: 7% FS.
Repeatability: 0.25% FS.
Scale: Direct Reading 127 mm scales for air and water.
Turn-Down Ratio: 10:1.
Connections: Two 3/8 female NPT.
Mounting: Vertical or panel mount.
Panel Cutout: Drill two 7/8 diameter holes 9.0 (229 mm) apart (for panel mount
meters only).
Valve: 6 turn needle (standard on models indicating with valve).
Agency Approvals: CE.
APPLICATIONS
Flowmeters are suitable for metering air or water for film processing, paper
manufacturing, chemical processing, semiconductor industry, water and air pollution
analysis equipment, metals processing, industrial fuel and energy conservation, air
metering, and general laboratory and industrial applications.
Max. Flow Rate
Air scfm
(SLPM)
5 (140)
10 (280)
15 (425)
20 (575)
30 (900)
Water GPM
(LPM)
1.2 (4)
2 (8)
3 (11.5)
4 (15)
5 (20)
Max. Flow Rate
Air scfm
(SLPM)
5 (140)
10 (280)
15 (425)
20 (575)
30 (900)
Water GPM
(LPM)
1.2 (4)
2 (8)
3 (11.5)
4 (15)
5 (20)
Max. Flow Rate
Air scfm (SLPM)
3.5 (100)
7 (200)
10.5 (300)
14 (400)
17.5 (500)
Water GPM (LPM)
0.8 (3)
1.5 (5.75)
2.2 (8.25)
2.9 (11)
3.5 (13.25)
Max. Flow Rate
Air scfm (SLPM)
3.5 (100)
7 (200)
10.5 (300)
14 (400)
17.5 (500)
Water GPM (LPM)
0.8 (3)
1.5 (5.75)
2.2 (8.25)
2.9 (11)
3.5 (13.25)
Brass & SS Vertical In-Line Meters
Without Valve
Brass
RSF011
RSF012
RSF013
RSF014
RSF015
SS
RSF111
RSF112
RSF113
RSF114
RSF115
With Valve
Brass
RSF011V
RSF012V
RSF013V
RSF014V
RSF015V
SS
RSF111V
RSF112V
RSF113V
RSF114V
RSF115V
Brass & SS Panel Mount Meters
Without Valve
Brass
RSF021
RSF022
RSF023
RSF024
RSF025
SS
RSF121
RSF122
RSF123
RSF124
RSF125
With Valve
Brass
RSF021V
RSF022V
RSF023V
RSF024V
RSF025V
SS
RSF121V
RSF122V
RSF123V
RSF124V
RSF125V
PTFE Vertical In-Line Meters
Without Valve
RSF211
RSF212
RSF213
RSF214
RSF215
With Valve
RSF211V
RSF212V
RSF213V
RSF214V
RSF215V
PTFE Panel Mount Meters
Without Valve
RSF221
RSF222
RSF223
RSF224
RSF225
With Valve
RSF221V
RSF222V
RSF223V
RSF224V
RSF225V

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
174
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

V
a
r
a
b
e

A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Series
MTF
Multitube Flow Systems
Customize to Fit Application, 65 mm or 150 mm Variable Area Flow Tubes
Customize flow systems to meet application requirements. Systems can be configured
with up to six different flow tubes with various flow capacities and flow patterns. The
Series MTF Multitube Flow Systems are ideal for multichannel metering, mixing, or
monitoring applications.
To customize your flow system:
1) Determine the flow pattern required for the application (see below).
2) Select a 65 mm or 150 mm frame (next page), along with the appropriate number
of tubes required, flow pattern, and wetted parts. Choose a 150 mm Gas
Proportioner Frame (Series MTP) to blend 2 or 3 gases at required concentrations.
Gas proportioner frames are typically used at 50 psi.
3) Choose the appropriate 65 mm or 150 mm correlated flow tubes (next page), for
air or water.
4) Select a valve cartridge if desired that matches the range of the flow tube (next
page).
SPECIFICATIONS
Scales: Universal 65 mm or 150 mm scales with correlation charts.
Accuracy: 2% FS @ 70F (21.1C) and 14.7 psia (1 atm absolute).
Repeatability: 0.25% of scale reading.
Turn-down Ratio: 10:1, 20:1 with combinations of two floats installed in meter.
Maximum Operating Pressure: 200 psig (13.8 bar).
Maximum Operating Temperature: 250F (121C).
Mounting: Vertical.
Connection: 1/8 female NPT.
Flowtube: Borosilicate glass.
Float: 316 SS or black glass as indicated.
Float Stops: PTFE.
End Fittings: Anodized aluminum or 316 SS.
Front Shield: Polycarbonate.
Side Panels: Black, anodized aluminum.
O-rings: Buna N on aluminum models and fluoroelastomer on stainless steel models.
[H] [A]
[W]
1/2
[12.70]
[O]
1/8 FEMALE NPT

9/16-18
[14.29]
35/64
[13.97]
1-27/32
[46.99]
OPEN
1-1/8
[28.70]
Dimensions
Isolated parallel channels
Common exhaust with
parallel inlets
Common inlet with
parallel exhausts
DIM A
Scale
Length
65 mm
150 mm
DIM H
5 1/2
[139.70]
9 13/16
[249.25]
DIM O
4 1/2
[114.30]
8 13/16
[223.85]
1 tube
1 1/4
[31.75]
1 1/4
[31.75]
2 tubes
2 1/4
[57.15]
2 1/4
[57.15]
3 tubes
3 1/4
[82.55]
3 1/4
[82.55]
4 tubes
4 1/4
[107.95]
4 1/4
[107.95]
5 tubes
5 1/4
[133.35]
5 1/4
[133.35]
6 tubes
6 1/4
[158.75]
6 1/4
[158.75]
DIM W

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 175
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

V
a
r
a
b
e

A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Valve Cartridges
For metering or mixing applications, complete your multitube flow system by
selecting a valve cartridge suitable for the flow range. Choose a standard 6 turn
valve or high precision 16 turn valve.
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Parts 6-turn Valves: For Aluminum frames: Aluminum body, 316 SS
spindle, Acetal orifice, Buna N O rings; for 316 SS frames: 316 SS body, 316
SS spindle, PCTFE orifice, Fluoroelastomer O rings.
Wetted Parts 16-turn Valves: For Aluminum frames: Brass body, 316 SS
spindle, PCTFE orifice, Buna N O rings; for 316 SS frames: 316 SS body, 316
SS spindle, PCTFE orifice, Fluoroelastomer O rings.
Flow Rate (Air)
mL/min
0 to 5000
5001 to 10000
10001 and above
Flow Rate (H2O)
mL/min
0 to 125
126 to 325
326 and above
Flow Rate (Air)
mL/min
0 to 200
201 to 400
401 to 1000
1001 to 2500
2501 to 6200
6201 and above
Flow Rate (H2O)
mL/min
0 to 6
7 to 12
13 to 26
27 to 80
81 to 200
201 and above
Model
MTF-1621
MTF-2621
MTF-1622
MTF-2622
MTF-1631
MTF-2631
MTF-1632
MTF-2632
MTF-1641
MTF-2641
MTF-1642
MTF-2642
MTF-1651
MTF-2651
MTF-1652
MTF-2652
MTF-1661
MTF-2661
MTF-1662
MTF-2662
Pattern
Isolated
Isolated
Common
Common
Isolated
Isolated
Common
Common
Isolated
Isolated
Common
Common
Isolated
Isolated
Common
Common
Isolated
Isolated
Common
Common
Tube Capacity
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
65 mm Frames
*Flow rates are given for standard pressure and
temperature 70F (21C) @ 760 mm Hg.
Model
FT-741
FT-743
FT-746
FT-748
FT-750
FT-752
FT-753
FT-754
Max. Flow Rate Air
.60 SCFM
2.2 SCFH
6.0 SCFH
10.0 SCFH
18.0 SCFH
25.0 SCFH
50.0 SCFH
90.0 SCFH
65 mm Direct Reading Flow Tubes
Model
FT-61
FT-62
FT-63
FT-64
FT-67
FT-68
FT-611
FT-612
FT-613
FT-614
FT-617
FT-618
FT-621
FT-622
Max. Flow Rate (mL/min)*
Air
6
17
49
145
202
522
1249
2520
2040
3990
6318
12058
23169
42094
65 mm Correlated Flow Tubes
Water
0.07
0.28
0.55
2.38
2.60
12.0
27
71
40
108
147
364
522
1261
Model
MTF-1121
MTF-2121
MTF-1122
MTF-2122
MTF-1131
MTF-2131
MTF-1132
MTF-2132
MTF-1141
MTF-2141
MTF-1142
MTF-2142
MTF-1151
MTF-2151
MTF-1152
MTF-2152
MTF-1161
MTF-2161
MTF-1162
MTF-2162
Pattern
Isolated
Isolated
Common
Common
Isolated
Isolated
Common
Common
Isolated
Isolated
Common
Common
Isolated
Isolated
Common
Common
Isolated
Isolated
Common
Common
Tube Capacity
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
150 mm Frames
Model
MTP-112
MTP-212
MTP-113
MTP-213
Tube Capacity
2
2
3
3
150 mm Gas Proportioner Frames
Model
FT-242
FT-244
FT-245
FT-247
FT-248
FT-249
FT-251
FT-253
FT-254
FT-255
Max. Flow Rate Air
1.50 SCFM
2.50 SCFH
5.00 SCFH
8.25 SCFH
10.0 SCFH
16.5 SCFH
23.0 SCFH
50.0 SCFH
90.0 SCFH
94.0 SCFH
150 mm Direct Reading Flow Tubes
Model
FT-123
FT-124
FT-125
FT-126
FT-127
FT-128
FT-129
FT-130
FT-133
FT-134
FT-137
FT-138
FT-139
Max. Flow Rate (mL/min)*
Air
19
61
49
137
92
264
374
814
2313
4562
8678
16737
22536
150 mm Correlated Flow Tubes
Water
0.19
0.94
0.53
2.45
0.90
4.70
5.50
20.4
54
130
210
506
541
Model Standard Valve 6-turn
Aluminum
FV-11
FV-12
FV-13
SS
FV-21
FV-22
FV-23
Model High Precision Valve 16-turn
Aluminum
FVH-11
FVH-12
FVH-13
FVH-14
FVH-15
FVH-16
SS
VA81
VA82
VA83
VA84
VA85
VA86
Wetted Parts
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Float
Carboloy
Glass
Glass
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
Float
Glass
316 SS
Glass
316 SS
Glass
316 SS
Glass
316 SS
Glass
316 SS
Glass
316 SS
Glass
316 SS
Wetted Parts
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Wetted Parts
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Float
316 SS
Carboloy
Glass
Glass
316 SS
316 SS
Carboloy
Glass
316 SS
316 SS
Float
Glass
316 SS
Glass
316 SS
Glass
316 SS
Glass
316 SS
Glass
316 SS
Glass
316 SS
Glass

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
176
F
l
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

I
n
-
L
i
n
e
F
L
O
W
Series RMV Rate-Master

rr Flowmeters measure higher water flow rates with 2% of full


scale accuracy at affordable prices. Rugged forged brass housing is standard on all models for
great compatibility and the strength to withstand system pressures to 1000 psig (68.9 bar).
Unlike glass tube rotameters, these units wont shatter and they work fine with even dark
and/or opaque liquids. Stocked models are fitted with 1 female NPT inlet and outlet; 3/4 and
1/2 sizes are also available. Install in line, supported by piping or flush panel mount with
complete hardware package included.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass, copper, 302 SS, sintered barium ferrite.
Temperature Limits: 20 to 200F (-6.7 to 93C).
Pressure Limit: 1000 psig (68.9 bar).
Pressure Drop: 0-5 GPM: 3.2 psid; 0-10 GPM: 5.3 psid; 0-20 GPM: 10.4 psid.
Accuracy: 2% of full scale.
Size: Diameter dial face 4 (101.6 mm).
Process Connections: See chart.
Maximum Flow: 1.5 x full scale reading.
Weight: 9 Ib (4.08 kg).
APPLICATIONS
Monitor coolant flow through ingot heaters, high-amp switchgear, resistance welders,
heat exchangers, compressors, scrubbers; monitor water consumption to different
processes and operations for more efficient operation; calculate required fill or drain
times for tanks, water towers.
Rate-Master

Dial-Type Flowmeters
Brass Body; Three Ranges to 20 GPM Water
Model
RMV-1-3
RMV-2-3
RMV-3-3
RMV-1-2
RMV-2-2
RMV-3-2
RMV-1-1
RMV-2-1
RMV-3-1
Range, GPM Water g ,
0-5
0-10
0-20
0-5
0-10
0-20
0-5
0-10
0-20
Connection Size
1 female NPT
1 female NPT
1 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
1/2 female NPT
1/2 female NPT
1/2 female NPT
Series
RMV
Series RMV II Rate-Master

rr Flowmeters employ a tar get-type design combined with a


damage resistant magnetic linkage to drive a pointer over an easy-to-read litho scale. This
unique con struc tion fully isolates flowing media from gage front for leakproof operation at
pressures to 3000 psig (206.7 bar) with 5% of full scale accuracy. Solid machined brass
meter body is ideally suited for water flows. Body design fits standard 4 1/2 mounting hole
lay outs per ANSI B40.1. Inlet and outlet threads are standard 3/4 female NPT.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases & liquids & oils.
Wetted Materials: Brass, 302 SS, sintered barium ferrite, polyacetyl.
Temperature Limit: 200F (93C).
Pressure Limit: 3000 psig (206 bar).
Pressure Drop: 0-5 GPM: 3.2 psid; 0-10 GPM: 5.3 psid; 0-20 GPM: 10.4 psid.
Accuracy: 5% of full scale.
Size: Diameter dial face 4.5 (114.3 mm).
Process Connections: 3/4 female NPT.
Weight: 2 lb, 14 oz (1.3 kg).
Series
RMV II
Rate-Master

Dial-Type Flowmeter
For Panel Mounting, Three Ranges to 10 GPM Water
5-7/8 DIA.
[149.2]
120
TYP.
(3) 7/32 DIA. (5.556)
HOLES ON 5-3/8 DIA.
(136.5) BOLT CIRCLE
4.440
[112.8]
3/4 NPT
1.250
[31.75]
1.0
[25.4]
.350
[8.890]
4.645
[118.0]
1.300
[33.02]
*FITS IN ANSI STANDARD 4.940 [125.5] PANEL CUTOUT.
Model
RMVII-1
RMVII-3
RMVII-6
RMVII-10
Range
GPM Water
0-3
0-5
0-10

Range
SCFM

0-10
Range
LPMAir

0-280
Model
RMVII-12
RMVII-14
RMVII-20
RMVII-21
RMVII-22
Range
GPM Oil

0-2.2
0-4.0
0-18.5
Range
SCFM
0-30
0-50

Range
LPMAir
0-850
0-1400

Range
LPM Oil

0-8
0-15
0-32
176.P.N:Layout 2 2/17/11 10:30 AM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 177
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

I
n
-
L
n
e
F
L
O
W
Series
HFPC
&
HFPS
Plastic Flowmeters
5% FS Accuracy, Mount in any Position
The New HFPC & HFPS Series Flowmeters are made of injection molded, polycarbonate
and polysulfone bodies. Series HFPC and HFPS flowmeters have dual scales measuring in
both GPM and LPM with 5% full scale accuracy. Models are available with 1/2, 3/4 or 1
male or female NPT connections. Female 1/2, 3/4 and 1 BSPP connections are also
available. Rugged construction allows these meters to handle maximum pressures of 325
psig and 200F. Units can be mounted in any position, even applications with downward
flow.
CAUTION: Series HFPC & HFPS Flowmeters are for indoor use only or areas
without direct sunlight. Polycarbonate & polysulfone are adversely affected by
ultraviolet light.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: HFPC: Polycarbonate body, Buna N seals, stainless steel
spring, Polysulfone connections; HFPS: Polysulfone body, Buna N seals, stainless
steel spring, polysulfone connections.
Maximum Pressure: 325 psig (22.4 bar).
Maximum Temperature: HFPC: 200F (93C); HFPS: 250F (121C).
Accuracy: 5% FS.
Repeatability: 1% FS.
Pressure Loss: See chart.
Weight: Standard models 1 lb (453.6 g). Models with optional brass connections
2 lb (907 g).
FLOW RATE: GPM
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E

D
I
F
F
E
R
E
N
T
I
A
L
:

P
S
I
D
TYPICAL PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL
2-7/16
[61.91]
L
Meter Size
1/2 male
1/2 female
3/4 male
3/4 female
1 male
1 female
DIM L
7 11/16 [195.26]
7 5/32 [181.76]
8 1/32 [204.00]
7 9/16 [192.09]
8 3/32 [205.58]
7 9/16 [192.09]
Series
Wetted Parts
Connection
Range
Option
HF
PC
PS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
BC
Series HF Plastic Flow Meters
Polycarbonate Body, Polysulfone Connections
Polysulfone Body, Polysulfone Connections
1/2 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
1 female NPT
1/2 male NPT Brass Connections Only
3/4 male NPT Brass Connections Only
1 male NPT Brass Connections Only
1/2 female BSPP
3/4 female BSPP
1 female BSPP
.5 5 GPM (1 19 LPM)
1 10 GPM (3.8 38 LPM)
2 15 GPM (7.5 55 LPM)
3 30 GPM (11 113 LPM)
Brass Connections

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
178
F
l
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

I
n
-
L
i
n
e
F
L
O
W
Low cost, Series HF In-Line Flow Monitors have a design based on a
floating sharp-edged orifice disk and variable area flow measurement to yield
accuracy of 2.5% over center one-third of scale. This unique design allows
accurate performance with fluid viscosities up to 500 SSU. All internal wetted
parts are contained inside a sealed metal tubular casing assuring a virtually
maintenance-free unit. Flowing media forces linear motion of a spring loaded,
sharp edge orifice disk and ring shaped transfer magnet which both ride on a
tapered center shaft. The transfer magnet drives a clearly visible magnet
follower located outside the flow tube, protected under the clear polycarbonate
tube. A ring on the magnet follower indicates flow rate on the direct reading
scale. Rubber bumpers are provided for external impact resistance.
Designed for single-direction flow, Series HF Monitors are recommended for use
with system filtration of at least 74 microns or a 200 mesh screen. Some
applications may also require magnetic filtration. These flowmeters do not require
inlet or outlet straight plumbing and can be mounted horizontally, vertically, or
inverted.
APPLICATIONS
HF Flow Monitors can be used to set flow rates, fluid motor and cylinder
speeds. Check pump high pressure performance, pressure relief valve
settings, fluid handling systems in agricultural, construction or industrial
machinery, power tools and equipment. Monitor petrochemical operations
with brass or stainless steel models. Industrial pneumatic systems air flow
can be monitored with the HFA models which are calibrated at 100 psig inlet
pressure.
Connection
Size
1/4 to 1/2 NPT
3/4 to 1 NPT
1-1/2 NPT
2 NPT
A
Reference
1-7/8 (48 mm)
2-3/8 (60 mm)
3-1/2 (89 mm)
3-1/2 (89 mm)
B
Wrench Flats
1-1/4 (32 mm)
1-3/4 (45 mm)
2-5/8 (67 mm)
2-5/8 (67 mm)
C
Reference
6-9/16 (167 mm)
7-1/8 (181 mm)
10-1/8 (257 mm)
12-5/8 (321 mm)
Series
HF
In-Line Flow Monitors
For Air, Water or Caustic Fluids, 2.5% Accuracy, Unrestricted Mounting
[A]
[C]
[B]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids.
Wetted Materials: HFA: Aluminum casing, Buna-N seals, PTFE coated
Alnico magnet, stainless steel disk; HFB: Brass casing, Buna-N seals,
PTFE coated Alnico magnet, stainless steel disk; HFS: 303 stainless
steel casing, FKM seals with PTFE backup, PTFE coated Alnico
magnet, stainless steel disk; HFH: Brass casing, FKM seals with PTFE
backup, PTFE coated Alnico magnet, stainless steel disk.
Maximum Viscosity: 500 SSU.
Temperature Limits: HFA, HFL, HFB and HFS models: 240F (116 C);
HFH models: 400F (204C).
Pressure Limits: HFA models: 600 psig (41 bar); HFL, HFB and HFH
models: 3500 psig (240 bar); HFS: 1000 psig (70 bar) for air and gas,
6000 psig (413 bar) for liquids.
Accuracy: 4% FS over entire range; 2.5% over center third of the
measuring range.
Repeatability: 1% of full scale.
Shipping Weight: 1/4 to 1/2 female NPT models; 2 lb (0.9 kg); 3/4 to
1 female NPT models: 3.5 lb (1.59 kg); 1-1/2 female NPT models: 11 lb
(5 kg); 2 female NPT models: 13.5 lb (6.12 kg).
178.P.N:Layout 2 2/16/11 11:08 AM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 179
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

I
n
-
L
n
e
F
L
O
W
Connection (NPT female, dry seal)
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
1
1
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 1/2
Range scfm (lps)
1.5 12 (0.5 5.5)
4 23 (2 10)
5 50 (2.5 25)
10 100 (5 45)
1.5 12 (.5 5.5)
4 23 (2 10)
5 50 (2.5 25)
10 100 (5 45)
1.5 12 (.5 5.5)
4 23 (2 10)
5 50 (2.5 25)
10 100 (5 45)
5 50 (3 23)
10 100 (4 48)
15 150 (8 56)
30 330 (20 150)
5 50 (3 23)
10 100 (4 48)
15 150 (8 56)
30 330 (20 150)
30 470 (15 220)
150 900 (75 425)
30 470 (15 220)
150 900 (75 425)
Aluminum, Brass, and Stainless Steel for air and other non-corrosive gases:
Brass body for water based fluids (non-steam): Aluminum body for oil based fluids:
Model
HFB-2-05
HFB-3-15
HFB-3-20
HFB-4-35
HFB-5-50
HFB-5-100
HFB-6-75
HFB-6-150
Connection
Size
1/2 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
1 female NPT
1 1/2 female NPT
1 1/2 female NPT
2 female NPT
2 female NPT
Model
HFL-2-05
HFL-4-25
Connection
Size
1/2 female NPT
1 female NPT
304 SS body for high-pressure fluids:
Model
HFS-2-02
HFS-2-10
Connection
Size
1/2 female NPT
1/2 female NPT
Brass body high temperature 400F for water based fluids:
Model
HFH-2-05
HFH-2-10
HFH-4-35
Connection
Size
1/2 female NPT
1/2 female NPT
1 female NPT
Range, Water
GPM (LPM)
0.5 5.0 (1 19)
2 15 (7.5 55)
2 20 (7.5 75)
5 35 (19 130)
5 50 (19 189)
10 100 (38 379)
8 75 (31 284)
20 150 (76 568)
Range, GPM
(LPM) Oil
0.5 5.0 (1 19)
2 25 (7.5 95)
Range, Water
GPM (LPM)
0.2 2.0 (0.75 7.5)
0.5 10 (1.9 38)
Range, Water
GPM (LPM)
0.5 5.0 (1 19)
1 10 (3.8 38)
5 35 (19 130)
Aluminum
HFA-1-001
HFA-1-002
HFA-1-003
HFA-1-004
HFA-8-001
HFA-8-002
HFA-8-003
HFA-8-004
HFA-2-001
HFA-2-002
HFA-2-003
HFA-2-004
HFA-3-003
HFA-3-004
HFA-3-005
HFA-3-006
HFA-4-003
HFA-4-004
HFA-4-005
HFA-4-006
HFA-9-007
HFA-9-008
HFA-5-007
HFA-5-008
Brass
HFB-1-001
HFB-1-002
HFB-1-003
HFB-1-004
HFB-8-001
HFB-8-002
HFB-8-003
HFB-8-004
HFB-2-001
HFB-2-002
HFB-2-003
HFB-2-004
HFB-3-003
HFB-3-004
HFB-3-005
HFB-3-006
HFB-4-003
HFB-4-004
HFB-4-005
HFB-4-006
HFB-9-007
HFB-9-008
HFB-5-007
HFB-5-008
Stainless Steel
HFS-1-001
HFS-1-002
HFS-1-003
HFS-1-004
HFS-8-001
HFS-8-002
HFS-8-003
HFS-8-004
HFS-2-001
HFS-2-002
HFS-2-003
HFS-2-004
HFS-3-003
HFS-3-004
HFS-3-005
HFS-3-006
HFS-4-003
HFS-4-004
HFS-4-005
HFS-4-006
HFS-9-007
HFS-9-008
HFS-5-007
HFS-5-008

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
180
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

I
n
-
L
n
e
F
L
O
W
Range
0.2 5.4 GPM Water (0.75 21 LPM)
0.2 10 GPM Water (1 35 LPM)
0.5 23 GPM Water (0.5 90 LPM)
0.5 35 GPM Water (2 130 LPM)
1 50 GPM Water (8 200 LPM)
2 70 GPM Water (2 265 LPM)
4 120 GPM Water (15 450 LPM)
2 50 SCFM Air (4 85 M
3
/HR)
6 125 SCFM Air (10 210 M
3
/HR)
4 260 SCFM Air (10 440 M
3
/HR)
2 310 SCFM Air (10 530 M
3
/HR)
10 515 SCFM Air (20 880 M
3
/HR)
35 750 SCFM Air (40 1300 M
3
/HR)
20 1000 SCFM Air (40 1700 M
3
/HR)
Max. Pressure
Loss (in w.c.)
17.2
22.0
75.0
18.5
26.0
80.0
130.0
4.5
11.8
93.0
12.0
40.0
70.0
90.0
Connection
3/4
3/4
3/4
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
Series
SSM
&
SSB
All Metal Flowmeter
Available in Brass or Stainless Steel for Industrial Environment
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids and gases.
Wetted Material: T316 SS or brass body depending on series, Alnico
magnet, FKM O ring.
Temperature Limits: 300F (149C).
Pressure Limits: 3/4 models: 1000 psig (68.9 bar) @ 250F (121C),
1 1/2 models: 800 psig (55 bar) @ 250F (121C).
Accuracy: 2% full scale.
Repeatability: 0.5% of indicated flow rate.
Process Connections: 3/4 or 1 1/2 female NPT.
Scale Length: 3/4 models: 3.2 (8 cm); 1 1/2 models: 5.2 (13 cm).
Weight: 3/4 models: 5 lb (2.3 kg); 1 1/2 models: 13 lb (5.9 kg).
Series SSM 316 & SSB All Metal Flowmeters are ideal for dirty or opaque
fluids, high temperature and high pressure service and harsh environments. The
direct reading scale provides 2% accuracy on approximate 25 to 1 ranges, which
are wider than typical variable area ball float flow meters. The internal magnet
carries the external flow indicator in a non-wetted enclosure. Flowmeters can
quickly be disassembled without removing the body from the pipeline for easy
cleaning. Pipe adaptors may be used to adapt to alternate size liner without
altering accuracy.
10.780
[273]
2.810
[71.4]
2.680
[68]
4.026
[102]
3/4 NPT
1.350 [34.3]
2.754
[70]
15.640
[397]
4.503
[114]
3.710
[94]
5.695
[145]
2.480
[63]
4.010
[101.8]
1-1/2 NPT
124072
3/4 Models 1-1/2 Models
316 SS
Body
SSM-00
SSM-01
SSM-02
SSM-03
SSM-04
SSM-05
SSM-06
SSM-07
SSM-08
SSM-09
SSM-10
SSM-11
SSM-12
SSM-13
Brass
Body
SSB-00
SSB-01
SSB-02
SSB-03
SSB-04
SSB-05
SSB-06
SSB-07
SSB-08
SSB-09
SSB-10
SSB-11
SSB-12
SSB-13

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 181
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

I
n
-
L
n
e
F
L
O
W
Stainless Steel Flowmeters
Ideal for Steam Applications
Series
STFLO
The STFLO Series Stainless Steel Flowmeters are ideal for high temperature and
high pressure applications such as steam. The direct reading scale provides 2% accuracy.
These flowmeters can be quickly disassembled without removing the body from the pipeline
for easy cleaning.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible with liquids and gases.
Wetted Material: T316 SS, Alnico magnet, geothermal EPR O ring.
Temperature Limits: See chart.
Pressure Limits: See chart.
Accuracy: 2% full scale.
Repeatability: 0.5% of indicated flow rate.
Process Connections: 3/4 or 1 1/2 female NPT, optional flange connections.
Scale Length: 3/4 models: 3.2 (8 cm); 1 1/2 models: 5.2 (13 cm).
Weight: 3/4 NPT models: 5.75 lb (2.6 kg); 1 1/2 NPT models: 14 lb (6.4 kg). 3/4
Flange: 9.75 lb (4.4 kg); 1 1/2 Flange: 22 lb (10 kg).
Meter Size
& Material
(3/4 NPT)
(1 1/2 NPT)
0F
(-18C)
1000 (68.9)
800 (55)
70F
(21C)
1000 (68.9)
800 (55)
300F
(148C)
1000 (68.9)
800 (55)
350F
(176C)
990 (68.2)
790 (54.4)
400F
(204C)
970 (66.8)
780 (53.7)
450F
(232C)
950 (65.5)
770 (53)
500F
(260C)
930 (64.1)
760 (52.4)
600F
(315C)
900 (62)
750 (51.7)
MAXIMUM NON-SHOCK WORKING PRESSURE, psig (bar)
4-1/32
[102.25]
2-11/16
[68.07]
IN
10-21/32
[270.78]
OUT
2-13/16
[71.37]
2-3/4
[69.95]
1-11/32
[34.29]
3/4 NPT
15-21/32
[397.28]
IN
OUT
4-1/2
[114.38]
3-23/32
[94.23]
5-11/16
[144.65]
1-1/2 NPT
2-15/32
[62.99]
4
[101.85]
3
[76.20]
5
[127.00]
4-31/32
[125.98]
5
[127.00]
6-13/16
[172.97]
3-1/2
[88.91]
3-7/8
[98.55]
2-3/4
[69.85]
2-1/8
[53.59]
3
[76.20]
4-1/2
[114.30]
3-11/16
[93.73]
3-9/16
[90.43]
3-7/8
[98.55]
Range
2.3 50 lb/Hr. Steam
5 100 lb/Hr. Steam
5 150 lb/Hr. Steam
9.5 240 lb/Hr. Steam
14 335 lb/Hr. Steam
18.5 405 lb/Hr. Steam
28.5 770 lb/Hr. Steam
28.5 1230 lb/Hr. Steam
7 100 lb/Hr. Steam
7 150 lb/Hr. Steam
14.5 335 lb/Hr. Steam
24 800 lb/Hr. Steam
28.5 1200 lb/Hr. Steam
14.5 1480 lb/Hr. Steam
35 1825 lb/Hr. Steam
125 3550 lb/Hr. Steam
150 4750 lb/Hr. Steam
Model
STFLO-00
STFLO-01
STFLO-02
STFLO-03
STFLO-04
STFLO-05
STFLO-06
STFLO-07
STFLO-08
STFLO-09
STFLO-10
STFLO-11
STFLO-12
STFLO-13
STFLO-14
STFLO-15
STFLO-16
3/4 NPT CONNECTION 1-1/2 NPT CONNECTION
3/4 FLANGE CONNECTION 1-1/2 FLANGE CONNECTION
Note: For ranges calibrated for water or air contact the factory.
OPTIONS
If you wish to change 3/4 NPT to 3/4 Flanged Connection, add F1 to the end of the
model number. If you wish to change 1 1/2 NPT to 1 1/2 Flanged Connection, add
F2 to the end of the model number.
F1, 3/4 150 lb ANSI flange connection
F2, 1 1/2 150 lb ANSI flange connection
Connection
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
182
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

I
n
-
L
n
e
F
L
O
W
Total View Industrial Flowmeter
View Flow Rate from 360 Water or Air Ranges
The Series TVF Total View Industrial Flowmeters are economically priced, tough,
simple and accurate meters for water, oils, coolants, compressed gases and other industrial
applications. The flowmeters have a full-scale accuracy of 2% and can be disassembled
quickly without the meter being removed from the pipeline for easy cleaning. The TVFB is
constructed of brass and the TVFS is constructed of T-316 stainless steel, and both feature
polysulphone sight tubes. The Series Total View Industrial Flowmeters are available with
standard 3/4 and 1-1/2 female NPT connections. The easy to read flowmeters provide
360 rotation of scale on plastic sight tube models.
Series
TVF
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids.
Wetted Materials: Body: TVFB: Brass; TVFS: Stainless steel; O rings: Buna N;
Sight tube: Polysulfone.
Temperature Limits: see Operating Limits table.
Pressure Limits: see Operating Limits table.
Accuracy: 2% of full scale.
Repeatability: 1/4% of indicated flow rate.
Process Connections: 3/4 and 1 1/2 female NPT.
Scale Length: 3.2 (8 cm) for 3/4 NPT connection, 5.2 (13 cm) for
1 1/2 NPT connection.
Weight: 4 lbs (1.8 kg) for 3/4, and 12 lbs (5.5 kg) for 1 1/2.
TVFB TVFS
Maximum Non-Shock Working Pressure psig @ F (bar @ C)
Operating Limits
Connection
3/4
1 1/2
200F (93C)
300 (20.6)
180 (12.4)
250F (121C)
250 (17.2)
145 (10.0)
300F (148C)
115 (7.9)
70 (4.8)
Range
Code
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Range
0.025 0.545 GPM Water
0.04 0.80 GPM Water
0.06 1.20 GPM Water
0.08 1.64 GPM Water
0.10 2.60 GPM Water
0.15 3.80 GPM Water
0.20 5.40 GPM Water
0.20 7.00 GPM Water
0.20 10.0 GPM Water
0.60 14.00 GPM Water
0.50 23.00 GPM Water
0.50 11.0 GPM Water
0.70 15.0 GPM Water
1.00 21.0 GPM Water
0.50 35.0 GPM Water
1.00 50.0 GPM Water
2.00 70.0 GPM Water
3.00 90.0 GPM Water
4.00 120.0 GPM Water
Connection
(female NPT)
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
Range
Code
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Range
0.16 3.20 SCFM Air
0.50 5.00 SCFM Air
0.30 7.40 SCFM Air
0.50 10.2 SCFM Air
0.60 14.0 SCFM Air
1.00 20.0 SCFM Air
1.00 26.0 SCFM Air
1.00 35.0 SCFM Air
2.00 50.0 SCFM Air
3.00 70.0 SCFM Air
4.00 85.0 SCFM Air
6.00 125.0 SCFM Air
6.0 160.0 SCFM Air
4.00 260.0 SCFM Air
Connection
(female NPT)
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
Range
Code
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
Range
1.50 25.0 SCFM Air
1.00 31.0 SCFM Air
2.00 40.0 SCFM Air
3.0 70.0 SCFM Air
4.0 100.0 SCFM Air
5.0 140.0 SCFM Air
5.0 175.0 SCFM Air
6.00 250.0 SCFM Air
2.00 310.0 SCFM Air
7.50 390.0 SCFM Air
10.0 510.0 SCFM Air
35.0 750.0 SCFM Air
20.0 1000.0 SCFM Air
Connection
(female NPT)
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
Available Ranges
*Contact factory for optional metric scales (liters/minute).
REMOVAL
CLEARANCE
G
IN
OUT
A
B
D
C
CONNECTIONS
E
F
A
9.36
9.36
15.00
15.22
B
2.81
2.81
4.32
4.53
C
2.68
2.68
3.37
3.71
D
4.00
4.00
5.36
5.70
E
1.50
1.35
2.55
2.48
F
2.72
2.72
3.95
3.95
G
3.00
3.00
5.00
5.00
Female NPT
3/4
3/4
1 1/2
1 1/2
Material
Brass
SS
Brass
SS
Brass
T 316 Stainless Steel
See Range/ Connection Chart
(add Range code to Series
designator for model number)
Series
Range
Code
TVFB
TVFS
XX

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 183
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

I
n
-
L
n
e
F
L
O
W
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: CIFN: Nickel plated steel body, 18 8 stainless steel,
Buna N O rings, polysulfone sight tube; CIFS: 18 8 stainless steel,
Buna N O rings, 18 8 stainless steel sight tube.
Temperature Limits: 600F (315C).
Pressure Limits: 150 psig (10 bar).
Maximum Pressure Drop: 2 w.c. (500 Pa).
Accuracy: 2% of reading for dry air at 14.7 psig (1 bar), 70F (21C).
Repeatability: 1/4% of indicated flow rate.
Process Connections: 3/4 and 2 female NPT, optional 3 and 4
female NPT.
Weight: 8 lbs (6.4 kg) for 3/4 and 25 lbs (11.4 kg) for 2.
Combustion Flowmeter
For Low Pressure Gas Flow
Series
CIF
The Series CIF Combustion Flowmeters are tough, simple and accurate
meters for low pressure, low-density gas measurement. They have a verifiable
accuracy of 2% for combustion gases, annealing atmospheres, vacuum flows,
digesters and gas mixing. They can be disassembled quickly without the meter
being removed from the pipeline for easy cleaning. Series CIF Combustion
Flowmeters are extremely robust constructed of nickel plated steel or optional
stainless steel with maximum pressure ratings of 150 psig (10.34 bar) and
temperature ratings of 600F (315C).
Range Code
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
Range
0.8 20.0 SCFH Air
1.0 30.0 SCFH Air
2.0 50.0 SCFH Air
3.0 75.0 SCFH Air
4.0 100 SCFH Air
6.0 150 SCFH Air
10 250 SCFH Air
10 350 SCFH Air
20 500 SCFH Air
30 750 SCFH Air
40 1000 SCFH Air
Connection (NPT)
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
Available Ranges
Range Code
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Range
20 500 SCFH Air
30 750 SCFH Air
40 1000 SCFH Air
50 1200 SCFH Air
60 1500 SCFH Air
80 2000 SCFH Air
100 2500 SCFH Air
120 3000 SCFH Air
160 4000 SCFH Air
200 5000 SCFH Air
Connection (NPT)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
FNPT
3/4
2
3
4
A1
18 29/32
[480.22]
26 31/32
[685]
32 13/64
[817.96]
34 37/64
[878.29]
B
7 57/64
[200.42]
12 41/64
[321.07]
14 41/64
[371.87]
16 9/64
[409.97]
C
2 13/64
[55.96]
3 13/32
[86.52]
4 57/64
[124.22]
6
[152.4]
D
2 1/2
[63.5]
3 1/2
[88.9]
4 3/4
[120.65]
6
[152.4]
E
1 29/64
[36.91]
2 3/4
[69.85]
4
[101.6]
5
[127]
A
CIFN SERIES
D
C
B
E
CIFS SERIES
A1
A
18 5/32
[461.17]
26 3/8
[699.93]
31 13/64
[792.56]
33 37/64
[852.89]
CIFN CIFS
* For optional 3 and 4 connections ranging up to 30,000 SCFH, flange
connections, and metric scales (liters/minute), contact the factory.
Ni Plated Steel Body
All Stainless Steel
See Range/ Connection Chart
(add Range code to Series
designator for model number)
XX
CIFN
CIFS
Series
Range
Code

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
184
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

I
n
-
L
n
e
F
L
O
W
PVC and CPVC Flowmeters
Perfect for Compatible Acids, Caustics and D.I. Water
Series
PVF
&
CPF
NPT
HEX
CONNECTION
B
E
F
FEMALE NPT
G
REMOVAL CLEARANCE
NPT
C
D
OUT
IN
J
I
H
L
K
FLANGE VERSION
A
Range
00/10
29/40
11/17
41/51
18/22
52/56
23/28
57/62
H
12 1/4
[311.65]
18 5/8
[473.19]
22 35/64
[572.64]
26 3/8
[669.86]
I
4 5/8
[117.6]
5 15/16
[151.13]
6 7/64
[155.18]
7 1/2
[190.5]
J
4 1/16
[103.38]
5 11/16
[144.78]
6 7/64
[155.18]
7 1/2
[190.5]
K
2 3/4
[69.85]
3 7/8
[98.55]
6
[152.4]
7 1/2
[190.5]
L
3 7/8
[98.55]
5
[127]
7 1/2
[190.5]
9
[228.6]
Option
F1
F2
F3
F4
Flange
3/4
1 1/2
3
4
# of Bolt
Holes
4
4
4
8
Flange Opening
Diameter
(1 1/8)
(2)
(3 1/2)
(4 1/2)
Optional Flange
Range
00/10
29/40
11/17
41/51
18/22
52/56
23/28
57/62
NPT
3/4
1 1/2
3
4
A
11 1/32
[280.19]
16 15/16
[430.21]
24 11/32
[618.27]
26 43/64
[728.20]
B
3 25/64
[86.12]
4 1/4
[107.95]
7 29/32
[200.66]
9 13/16
[248.66]
C
2 53/64
[71.83]
4
[101.6]
7 29/32
[200.66]
9 13/16
[248.66]
D
4 43/64
[118.67]
6 29/64
[163.91]
11 19/32
[294.63]
14 9/32
[362.96]
E
3 39/64
[91.68]
5 1/32
[127.79]
5 1/32
[127.79]
5 7/16
[138.17]
F
2 35/64
[64.69]
3 29/64
[87.71]
4 5/16
[109.22]
5 7/16
[138.17]
G
3
[76.2]
5
[127]
5
[127]
5
[127]
Standard (NPT)
FEMALE NPT FLANGE VERSION
A
NPT
F
E
B HEX
CONNEC-
TION
2-1/2
[63.5]
5-23/32
[145.26]
G
REMOVAL CLEARANCE
NPT
C
D
K
L
IN
OUT
J
I
5-23/32
[145.26]
2-1/2
[63.5]
H
PVF
CPF

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 185
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

I
n
-
L
n
e
F
L
O
W
Water Service Air Service
Note: For optional flange connections contact the factory.
Range
(GPM Water)
0.025 0.54
0.04 0.80
0.06 1.20
0.08 1.64
0.10 2.60
0.15 3.80
0.20 5.40
0.20 7.00
0.20 10.00
0.60 15.00
0.50 20.0
0.50 11.0
0.70 15.0
1.00 25.0
0.50 35.0
1.00 50.0
2.00 70.0
4.00 120
2.00 50.0
4.00 100
7.00 150
10.0 200
15.0 300
4.00 100
7.00 150
10.0 200
15.0 300
15.0 400
20.0 500
Range
(SCFM Air)
0.30 7.40
0.50 10.2
0.70 14.0
1.00 20.0
1.00 26.0
1.00 35.0
2.00 50.0
3.00 70.0
4.00 85.0
6.00 125
6.00 160
4.00 260
2.0 40.0
3.00 70.0
4.00 100
5.00 140
5.00 175
6.00 250
2.0 310
7.50 390
10.0 510
35.0 750
20.0 1000
30.0 600
40.0 1000
70.0 1750
100.0 2300
150.0 3500
40.0 1000
70.0 1750
100.0 2300
150.0 3500
150.0 4000
200.0 5000
Body Size and Description
3/4 PVC-NPT connection
1-1/2 PVC-NPT connection
3 and 4 PVC-NPT connection
3/4 PVC-Flange connection
1-1/2 PVC-Flange connection
3 and 4 PVC-Flange connection
70F (21C)
250 (17)
170 (11)
160 (11)
150 (10)
150 (10)
150 (10)
80F (26C)
255 (15)
150 (10)
150 (10)
150 (10)
150 (10)
150 (10)
100F (37C)
150 (10)
105 (7)
105 (7)
150 (10)
105 (7)
105 (7)
120F (48C)
90 (6)
65 (4)
65 (4)
65 (4)
65 (4)
65 (4)
140F (60C)
50 (3)
40 (2)
40 (2)
50 (3)
40 (2)
40 (2)
Operating Limits For Series PVF Flowmeters
Maximum Non-Shock Working Pressure, psig @ F (bar @ C)
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids.
Wetted Materials: PVF: PVC, fluoroelastomer O rings; CPF: CPVC,
Buna N O rings.
Temperature Limits: See operating limits chart.
Pressure Limits: See operating limits chart.
Accuracy: 2% of full scale.
Repeatability: 1/2% of indicated flow rate.
Process Connections: 3/4, 1 1/2, 3, and 4 female NPT.
Weight: 3 lb (1.4 kg) for 3/4, 9 lb (4.1 kg) for 1 1/2, 14 lb (6.4 kg) for
3, and 18 lb (8.2) for 4.
The Series PVF & CPF Flowmeters are heavy bodied meters for corrosives
and high purity fluids. They are economically priced meters ideal for acids or de-
ionized water making them suited for water & wastewater treatment facilities.
The flowmeters are comprised of all plastic wetted components for maximum
corrosion resistance. They have a full-scale accuracy of 2% and can be
disassembled quickly without the meter being removed from the pipeline for
easy cleaning. The flowmeters are available with 3/4, 1-1/2, 3, and 4 female
NPT connections. Optional flange connections are also available.
Body Size and Description
3/4 CPVC-NPT connection
1-1/2 CPVC-NPT connection
3 and 4 CPVC-NPT connection
3/4 CPVC-Flange connection
1-1/2 CPVC-Flange connection
3 and 4 CPVC-Flange connection
70F (21C)
270 (19)
180 (12)
160 (11)
150 (10)
150 (10)
150 (10)
80F (26C)
270 (19)
180 (12)
160 (11)
150 (10)
150 (10)
150 (10)
100F (37C)
250 (17)
170 (11)
140 (10)
150 (10)
150 (10)
150 (10)
120F (48C)
200 (10)
145 (10)
125 (9)
135 (9)
135 (9)
135 (9)
140F (60C)
150 (10)
115 (8)
105 (7)
110 (8)
110 (8)
110 (8)
160F (71C)
130 (9)
85 (6)
75 (5)
90 (6)
90 (6)
90 (6)
180F (82C)
80 (6)
50 (3)
50 (3)
70 (5)
70 (5)
70 (5)
210F (98C)
50 (3)
30 (2)
30 (2)
40 (2)
40 (2)
40 (2)
Operating Limits For Series CPF Flowmeters
Maximum Non-Shock Working Pressure, psig @ F (bar @ C)
Connection
(female NPT)
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
Connection
(female NPT)
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
Model
PVF-29
PVF-30
PVF-31
PVF-32
PVF-33
PVF-34
PVF-35
PVF-36
PVF-37
PVF-38
PVF-39
PVF-40
PVF-41
PVF-42
PVF-43
PVF-44
PVF-45
PVF-46
PVF-47
PVF-48
PVF-49
PVF-50
PVF-51
PVF-52
PVF-53
PVF-54
PVF-55
PVF-56
PVF-57
PVF-58
PVF-59
PVF-60
PVF-61
PVF-62
Model
PVF-00
PVF-01
PVF-02
PVF-03
PVF-04
PVF-05
PVF-06
PVF-07
PVF-08
PVF-09
PVF-10
PVF-11
PVF-12
PVF-13
PVF-14
PVF-15
PVF-16
PVF-17
PVF-18
PVF-19
PVF-20
PVF-21
PVF-22
PVF-23
PVF-24
PVF-25
PVF-26
PVF-27
PVF-28
Model
CPF-29
CPF-30
CPF-31
CPF-32
CPF-33
CPF-34
CPF-35
CPF-36
CPF-37
CPF-38
CPF-39
CPF-40
CPF-41
CPF-42
CPF-43
CPF-44
CPF-45
CPF-46
CPF-47
CPF-48
CPF-49
CPF-50
CPF-51
CPF-52
CPF-53
CPF-54
CPF-55
CPF-56
CPF-57
CPF-58
CPF-59
CPF-60
CPF-61
CPF-62
Model
CPF-00
CPF-01
CPF-02
CPF-03
CPF-04
CPF-05
CPF-06
CPF-07
CPF-08
CPF-09
CPF-10
CPF-11
CPF-12
CPF-13
CPF-14
CPF-15
CPF-16
CPF-17
CPF-18
CPF-19
CPF-20
CPF-21
CPF-22
CPF-23
CPF-24
CPF-25
CPF-26
CPF-27
CPF-28

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
186
F
o
w

S
e
n
s
o
r
s
,

I
n
-
L
n
e
F
L
O
W
In-Line Flow Sensors
Use with the Dwyer

Differential Pressure Gages or Transmitters


In-Line Flow Sensors are averaging Pitot tubes that provide accurate and
convenient flow rate sensing for schedule 40 pipe. When purchased with a
Dwyer

Capsuhelic

differential pressure gage of appropriate range, the result


is a flow indicating system delivered off the shelf at an economical price.
Pitot tubes have been used in flow measurement for years. Conventional pitot
tubes sense velocity pressure at only one point in the flowing stream. Therefore,
a series of measurements must be taken across the stream to obtain a
meaningful average flow rate. The Dwyer

flow sensor eliminates the need for


traversing the flowing stream because of its multiple sensing points and built-
in averaging capability.
The Series DS-300 flow sensors are designed to be inserted in the pipeline
through a compression fitting. They are furnished with instrument shut-off
valves on both pressure connections. Valves are fitted with 1/8 female NPT
connections. Accessories include adapters with 1/4 SAE 45 flared ends
compatible with hoses supplied with the Model A-471 Portable Capsuhelic

gage
kit. Standard valves are rated at 200 psig (13.7 bar) and 200F (93.3C). Where
valves are not required, they can be omitted at reduced cost. Series DS-300 flow
sensors are available for pipe sizes from 1 to 10.
DS-400 Averaging Flow Sensors are quality constructed from extra strong
3/4 dia. stainless steel to resist increased forces encountered at higher flow
rates with both air and water. This extra strength also allows them to be made
in longer insertion lengths up to 24 inches (61 cm). All models include
convenient and quick-acting quarter-turn ball valves to isolate the sensor for
zeroing. Process connections to the valve assembly are 1/8 female NPT. A pair
of 1/8 NPT X 1/4 SAE 45 flared adapters are included, compatible with
hoses used in the Model A-471 Portable Capsuhelic

Gage Kit. Supplied solid


brass mounting adapter has a 3/4 dia. compression fitting to lock in required
insertion length and a 3/4 male NPT thread for mounting in a Threaded
Branch Connection.
Valves Standard, brass with TFE
seat and Buna N O ring
Nameplate
Stainless steel
permanently attached
with split ring. Includes
complete size and
model information.
Head Machined stainless steel.
Packing gland Parker CPI brass
compression fitting.
Sensor tube 304 SS.
Sensing ports Multiple upstream and
downstream ports sized and positioned
to provide effective accurate pressure
averaging, even at lower velocities.
Series
DS
1-11/16 [42.86] APPROX
1-3/4 [44.45]
1-7/16 [36.53] 1/4 NPT
5/16 [7.94]
1/16 [1.59] CLEARANCE
1-15/16 [49.21]
1-5/8 [41.28]
Model DS-300
Select model with suffix which matches pipe size
Model DS-300-1
Model DS-300-1-1/4
Model DS-300-1-1/2
Model DS-300-2
Model DS-300-2-1/2
Model DS-300-3
Model DS-300-4
Model DS-300-6
Model DS-300-8
Model DS-300-10
Model DS-400-6
Model DS-400-8
Model DS-400-10
Model DS-400-12
Model DS-400-14
Model DS-400-16
Model DS-400-18
Model DS-400-20
Model DS-400-24
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES
A-160, Threaded Branch Connection, 3/8 NPT, forged steel, 3000 psi
A-161, Brass Bushing, 1/4 x 3/8
DS 300 or DS 400 Less Valves. To order, add suffix -LV

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 187
F
o
w

S
e
n
s
o
r
s
,

I
n
-
L
n
e
F
L
O
W
How To Order
Merely determine the pipe size into which the flow sensor will be mounted
and designate the size as a suffix to Model DS 300. For example, a flow
sensor to be mounted in a 2 pipe would be a Model No. DS 300 2.
For non critical water and air flow monitoring applications, the chart below
can be utilized for ordering a stock Capsuhelic

differential pressure gage


for use with the DS 300 flow sensor. Simply locate the maximum flow rate
for the media being measured under the appropriate pipe size and read
the Capsuhelic

gage range in inches of water column to the left. The DS


300 sensor is supplied with installation and operating instructions, Bulletin
F 50. It also includes complete flow conversion information for the three
media conditions shown in the chart below. This information enables the
user to create a complete differential pressure to flow rate conversion table
for the sensor and differential pressure gage employed. Both the Dwyer

Capsuhelic

gage and flow sensor feature excellent repeatability so, once


the desired flow rate is determined, deviation from that flow in quantitative
measure can be easily determined. You may wish to order the adjustable
signal flag option for the Capsuhelic

gage to provide an easily identified


reference point for the proper flow.
Capsuhelic

gages with special ranges and/or direct reading scales in


appropriate flow units are available on special order for more critical
applications. Customer supplied data for the full scale flow (quantity and
units) is required along with the differential pressure reading at that full
flow figure. Prior to ordering a special Capsuhelic

differential pressure
gage for flow read out, we recommend you request Bulletin F 50 to obtain
complete data on converting flow rates of various media to the sensor
differential pressure output. With this bulletin and after making a few
simple calculations, the exact range gage required can easily be
determined.
Model A-471 Portable Kit
The Dwyer

Series 4000 Capsuhelic

differential pressure gage is ideally


suited for use as a read-out device with the DS-300 Flow Sensors. The gage
may be used on system pressures of up to 500 psig even when the flow sensor
differential pressure to be read is less than 0.5 w.c. With accuracy of 3% of
full scale, the Capsuhelic

gage can be used in ambient temperatures from 32


to 200F (0 to 93.3C). Zero and range adjustments are made from outside the
gage. The standard gage with a die cast aluminum housing can be used with
the flow sensor for air or oil applications. For water flow measurements, the
optional forged brass housing should be specified. The Capsuhelic

gage may
be panel or surface mounted and permanently plumbed to the flow sensor
if desired. The optional A-610 pipe mounting bracket allows the gage to be
easily attached to any 1-1/4- 2 horizontal or vertical pipe.
Capsuhelic

Gage Shown
Instaled In A-471 Portable Kit
LP
HP
1/16 [1.60]
GAP UP TO 12 PIPE
1/8 [3.175]
GAP 14 PIPE AND UP
3/4 [19.05]
DIA.
3-5/8 [92.08] APPROX.
2-1/8 [53.98]
1-5/8 [41.28] TYP.
2-1/16
[52.40]
72 700416 00
Large 3/4 Inch Diameter for Extra Strength
in Lengths to 24 Inches
DS-400
Gage Range
(in w.c.)
2
5
10
25
50
100
Media
@ 70F
Water (GPM)
Air @ 14.7 PSIA (SCFM)
Air @ 100 PSIG (SCFM)
Water (GPM)
Air @ 14.7 PSIA (SCFM)
Air @ 100 PSIG (SCFM)
Water (GPM)
Air @ 14.7 PSIA (SCFM)
Air @ 100 PSIG (SCFM)
Water (GPM)
Air @ 14.7 PSIA (SCFM)
Air @ 100 PSIG (SCFM)
Water (GPM)
Air @ 14.7 PSIA (SCFM)
Air @ 100 PSIG (SCFM)
Water (GPM)
Air @ 14.7 PSIA (SCFM)
Air @ 100 PSIG (SCFM)
1
4.8
19.0
50.0
7.7
30.0
83.0
11.0
41.0
120.0
18.0
63.0
185.0
25.0
90.0
260.0
36.5
135.0
370.0
1-1/4
8.3
33.0
90.5
14.0
51.0
142.0
19.0
72.0
205.0
32.0
112.0
325.0
44.0
161.0
460.0
62.0
230.0
660.0
1-1/2
11.5
42.0
120.0
18.0
66.0
190.0
25.5
93.0
275.0
40.5
155.0
430.0
57.5
205.0
620.0
82.0
300.0
870.0
2
20.5
65.0
210.0
34.0
118.0
340.0
45.5
163.0
470.0
72.0
255.0
760.0
100.0
360.0
1050.0
142.0
505.0
1500.0
2-1/2
30
113
325
47
178
610
67
250
740
108
390
1200
152
560
1700
220
800
2300
3
49
183
510
78
289
820
110
410
1100
173
640
1800
247
900
2600
350
1290
3600
4
86
330
920
138
510
1600
195
725
2000
310
1130
3300
435
1600
4600
620
2290
6500
6
205
760
2050
320
1200
3300
450
1690
4600
720
2630
7200
1000
3700
10000
1500
5000
15000
8
350
1340
3600
560
2150
5700
800
3040
8100
1250
4860
13000
1800
6400
18500
10
560
2130
6000
890
3400
10000
1260
4860
15000
2000
7700
22000
Full Range Flows by Pipe Size (Approximate)
For portable operation, the A
471 Capsuhelic

Portable
Gage Kit is available complete
with tough polypropylene
carrying case, mounting
bracket, 3 way manifold valve,
two 10' high pressure hoses,
and all necessary fittings.
See pages 10 and 11 for
complete information on the
Capsuhelic

gage

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
188
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

O
r
f
c
e

P
a
t
e
F
L
O
W
Orifice Plate Flowmeter
Stainless Steel for Use with Liquids and Gases
Series
OP
The Series OP Orifice Plate Flow Meter is a complete orifice plate
flow metering package. It incorporates a stainless steel orifice plate with
a unique holder or carrier ring containing metering taps and integral
gaskets. It was designed for use wherever there is an application for a
conventional flow orifice plate. It can also be used in place of other
primary differential producers for efficiency and cost effectiveness.
Installation is accomplished simply by slipping the unit between standard
flanges (orifice flanges are not required). The Series OP is available in
line sizes from 1/2 to 24 and can be used with compatible liquids and
gases.
FEATURES
Mounted with standard flanges
Corner type metering taps
Corrosion free material
Simplified installation
Stainless steel wetted parts
Proven through a wide range of applications for energy
efficiency
Assures long term reliability and accuracy
APPLICATION
Fluid flow rates in building water lines.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: For metering compatible liquids and gases.
Wetted Material: 304 SS, Buna-N gaskets.
Accuracy: 0.6% of full scale flow. (Beta = .2-.6) 0.7% for Beta
greater than .6.
Temperature: -50 to 200F (-45 to 93C).
Pressure: Limited only by pipe and flange rating restrictions.
Head Loss: 1-Beta ratio
2
eg: 1-0.7
2
= 1-0.49 = 51% of the d.p.
Line Sizes: 1/2 to 24.
Process Connection: 1/4 female NPT.
Installation: Standard flange, any rating (orifice flanges not
required).
Pipe Requirements: General requirements 10 diameter upstream
and 5 diameter downstream of orifice plate.
Weight: Varies with line size. See chart.
INCLUDES RING GASKET
ADHERED TO FACES
1-1/4
[31.75]
BODY
(CARRIER RING)
ORIFICE PLATE
1/8 [3.18]
THICK TYPICAL
1/4 NPT PRESSURE FITTING
FLOW
HI
PRESSURE
LOW
PRESSURE
4-1/2
[114.3]
A
A
C
L
C
L
OD ID

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 189
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

O
r
f
c
e

P
a
t
e
F
L
O
W
Inch d.p.
W/C
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
at 14.7 psia
(0 psig)
2.35
12.21
32.77
3.65
20.21
59.92
5.24
34.2
91.28
9.31
62.09
180
14.57
80.82
212.18
20.92
125.74
372.09
32.71
197.54
543.99
49.17
282.9
816.7
83.58
503.76
1380.03
130.48
786.23
2152.83
187.86
1331.63
3097.20
333.87
2014.95
5532.00
521.58
3145.50
8626.42
750.9
4530
12430.00
927.14
6477.67
15251.50
1172.63
7264.58
20179.85
1565.79
9302.08
25299.92
1935.37
11588.20
32115.34
2838.14
17229.62
46810.53
at 20 psig
3.63
19.58
56.15
5.66
32.44
102.91
8.11
54.92
156.51
14.41
99.75
309.97
22.55
129.68
363.93
32.38
202.03
639.87
50.64
317.58
936.56
76.13
454.77
1404.95
129.44
810.06
2373.02
202.11
1264.42
3701.57
291
1820.05
5325.20
517.25
3241.45
9525.43
808
5060.38
14846.80
1163.44
7288.16
21397.00
1436.59
8812.87
28262.66
1817.05
11688.26
34749.32
2426.34
14966.93
43535.32
2999.11
18645.74
55303.34
4398.25
27726.33
80610.19
Model
OP-A-1
OP-A-2
OP-A-3
OP-B-1
OP-B-2
OP-B-3
OP-C-1
OP-C-2
OP-C-3
OP-D-1
OP-D-2
OP-D-3
OP-E-1
OP-E-2
OP-E-3
OP-F-1
OP-F-2
OP-F-3
OP-G-1
OP-G-2
OP-G-3
OP-H-1
OP-H-2
OP-H-3
OP-J-1
OP-J-2
OP-J-3
OP-K-1
OP-K-2
OP-K-3
OP-L-1
OP-L-2
OP-L-3
OP-M-1
OP-M-2
OP-M-3
OP-N-1
OP-N-2
OP-N-3
OP-O-1
OP-O-2
OP-O-3
OP-P-1
OP-P-2
OP-P-3
OP-Q-1
OP-Q-2
OP-Q-3
OP-R-1
OP-R-2
OP-R-3
OP-S-1
OP-S-2
OP-S-3
OP-T-1
OP-T-2
OP-T-3
Line
Size
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
1
1
1
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
14
14
14
16
16
16
18
18
18
20
20
20
24
24
24
Bore
0.200
0.310
0.430
0.250
0.400
0.580
0.300
0.520
0.720
0.400
0.700
1.00
0.500
0.800
1.100
0.600
1.000
1.450
0.750
1.250
1.750
0.920
1.500
2.150
1.200
2.000
2.800
1.500
2.500
3.500
1.800
3.000
4.200
2.400
4.000
5.600
3.000
5.000
7.000
3.600
6.000
8.400
4.000
6.600
9.300
4.500
7.600
10.700
5.200
8.600
12.000
5.780
9.600
13.500
7.000
11.700
16.300
Beta
0.32
0.50
0.69
0.30
0.49
0.70
0.29
0.49
0.69
0.29
0.51
0.72
0.31
0.50
0.68
0.29
0.48
0.70
0.30
0.50
0.70
0.30
0.49
0.70
0.30
0.50
0.70
0.30
0.50
0.69
0.30
0.49
0.69
0.30
0.50
0.70
0.30
0.50
0.70
0.30
0.50
0.70
0.30
0.50
0.70
0.30
0.50
0.70
0.30
0.50
0.70
0.30
0.50
0.70
0.30
0.50
0.70
Inch d.p.
W/C
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
Flow in
GPM
0.62
3.44
13.00
0.97
5.69
23.82
1.38
9.63
36.15
2.46
17.48
71.77
3.85
22.73
83.95
5.52
35.34
147.74
8.63
55.54
216.30
12.97
79.94
324.16
22.03
141.51
547.11
34.39
220.80
853.09
49.46
317.74
1226.98
87.95
565.77
2195.86
137.35
883.04
3421.26
197.73
1271.62
4930.86
244.14
1537.49
6052.57
308.76
2038.95
8007.74
412.26
2610.71
10027.37
509.55
3252.22
12742.82
747.18
4835.93
18572.50
Weight
(lb)
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
14.00
14.00
14.00
20.00
20.00
20.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
40.00
40.00
40.00
48.00
48.00
48.00
56.00
56.00
56.00
64.00
64.00
64.00
78.00
78.00
78.00
Series OP Orifice Plate Flowmeter
Material 304/304 L dual certified Gaskets Buna N
Based on 70F, 14.7 psia (Base Conditions)
Beta Value Based on Std Sch pipe I.D.
1.25 overall thickness
Orifice plate thickness is 0.125
Water Capacity
Note: Differential pressure values should be less than 50% of the inlet absolute pressure.
at 100 psig
6.61
36.37
107.47
10.3
60.26
197.2
14.8
102.09
300
26.3
185.5
595.2
41.16
241.5
697.39
59.13
375.8
1227.63
92.48
590.91
1798.86
139.06
846.21
2696.28
236.48
1507.64
4553.68
369.29
2353.51
7103.22
531.75
3387.93
10219.28
945.28
6034.85
18290.00
1476.77
9421.74
28506.17
2126.47
13570.33
41089.02
2625.81
16409.42
50427.78
3321.32
21764.08
66737.64
4435.12
27869.85
83587.01
5482.22
34720.84
106215.88
8038.99
51633.81
154823.78
Air Capacity - Flow in SCFM

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
190
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

O
r
f
c
e

P
a
t
e
F
L
O
W
Orifice Plate Flowmeter
PVC or PTFE Orifice Plates
Series
PE
&
TE
The Series PE Orifice Plate Flow Meter offers one-piece PVC construction incorporating
a unique holder or carrier ring containing metering taps and integral gaskets. Unlike a
standard orifice plate, the Series PE is a true primary element including the various
components for differential pressure measurement. It was designed for use wherever there
is an application for a conventional flow orifice plate. It can also be used in place of other
primary differential producers for efficiency and cost effectiveness. The Series PE is available
in line sizes from 1/2 to 24 and used for air and most gases. It meets or exceeds ASME,
AGA & ISO standards.
SERIES PE FEATURES
Mounted with standard flanges
Standard corner tap configuration
Corrosion free material
Simplified installation
Built in metering taps (1/4 female NPT STD)
Proven through a wide range of applications for accuracy and energy efficiency
Assures long term reliability and accuracy
The Series TE Orifice Plate Flowmeter offers one-piece PTFE construction similar to
the OP and PE Series orifice plates, which incorporate a unique holder or carrier ring
containing metering taps and integral gaskets. Available for line sizes from 1/2 to 24, the
Series TE orifice plate can be used with gases, liquids, corrosive, and high temperature
fluids. The Series TE can be easily installed by slipping the unit between standard flanges
(orifice flanges are not required). The Series TE was designed for use anywhere there is
an application for a conventional flow orifice plate. It can also be used in place of other
primary differential producers for efficiency and cost effectiveness.
SERIES TE FEATURES
Excellent chemical resistance
Weather resistant
Flame retardant (without factory gaskets)
Low friction (minimum wear)
Orifice plate thickness 1/4 offering greater stability
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: PE: Clean air and compatible gases; TE: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Material: Monolithic (single piece) constructed entirely of gray PVC for PE
or white PTPE for TE, Buna N gaskets.
Accuracy: 0.6% full scale flow. (Beta = .2 .6) 0.7% for Beta greater than .6.
Temperature: PE: 140F max (60C max); TE: 40 to 200F ( 40 to 93.3C).
Pressure: 150 psi (10 bar) max.
Head Loss: 1 Beta ratio
2
eg: 1 0.7
2
= 1 0.49 = 51% of the d.p.
Line Sizes: 1/2 to 24.
Process Connections: 1/4 female NPT.
Installation: Standard flange 125#/150# rating.
Pipe Requirements: General requirements 10 diameter upstream and 5 diameter
downstream.
Weight: Varies with line size. See chart.
INCLUDES RING GASKET
ADHERED TO FACES
1-1/4
[31.75]
BODY
(CARRIER RING)
ORIFICE PLATE
1/8 [3.18]
THICK TYPICAL
1/4 NPT PRESSURE FITTING
FLOW
HI
PRESSURE
LOW
PRESSURE
4-1/2
[114.3]
A
A
C
L
C
L
OD ID
PE
TE

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 191
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

O
r
f
c
e

P
a
t
e
F
L
O
W
Line
Size
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
1
1
1
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
14
14
14
16
16
16
18
18
18
20
20
20
24
24
24
PE
Model
PE-A-1
PE-A-2
PE-A-3
PE-B-1
PE-B-2
PE-B-3
PE-C-1
PE-C-2
PE-C-3
PE-D-1
PE-D-2
PE-D-3
PE-E-1
PE-E-2
PE-E-3
PE-F-1
PE-F-2
PE-F-3
PE-G-1
PE-G-2
PE-G-3
PE-H-1
PE-H-2
PE-H-3
PE-J-1
PE-J-2
PE-J-3
PE-K-1
PE-K-2
PE-K-3
PE-L-1
PE-L-2
PE-L-3
PE-M-1
PE-M-2
PE-M-3
PE-N-1
PE-N-2
PE-N-3
PE-O-1
PE-O-2
PE-O-3
PE-P-1
PE-P-2
PE-P-3
PE-Q-1
PE-Q-2
PE-Q-3
PE-R-1
PE-R-2
PE-R-3
PE-S-1
PE-S-2
PE-S-3
PE-T-1
PE-T-2
PE-T-3
Bore
0.200
0.310
0.430
0.250
0.400
0.580
0.300
0.520
0.720
0.400
0.700
1.00
0.500
0.800
1.100
0.600
1.000
1.450
0.750
1.250
1.750
0.920
1.500
2.150
1.200
2.000
2.800
1.500
2.500
3.500
1.800
3.000
4.200
2.400
4.000
5.600
3.000
5.000
7.000
3.600
6.000
8.400
4.000
6.600
9.300
4.500
7.600
10.700
5.200
8.600
12.000
5.780
9.600
13.500
7.000
11.700
16.300
Beta
0.3
0.5
0.69
0.3
0.49
0.7
0.29
0.49
0.69
0.29
0.51
0.72
0.31
0.5
0.68
0.29
0.48
0.7
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.3
0.49
0.7
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.3
0.5
0.69
0.3
0.49
0.69
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.3
0.5
0.7
Inch d/p
W/C
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
Series PE Orifice Plate Flowmeter Air Capacity Structure
Material PVC Gaskets Buna N
Based on 70F, 14.7 psia (Base Conditions)
Beta Value Based on Std Sch pipe I.D.
1.25 overall thickness
Orifice plate thickness is 0.125
at 14.7 psia
(0 psig)
2.35
12.21
32.77
3.65
20.21
59.92
5.24
34.2
91.28
9.31
62.09
180
14.57
80.82
212.18
20.92
125.74
372.09
32.71
197.54
543.99
49.17
282.9
816.7
83.58
503.76
1380.03
130.48
786.23
2152.83
187.86
1331.63
3097.20
333.87
2014.95
5532.00
521.58
3145.50
8626.42
750.9
4530
12430.00
927.14
5477.67
15251.50
1172.63
7264.58
20179.85
1565.79
9302.08
25299.92
1935.37
11588.20
32115.34
2838.14
17229.62
46810.53
PE
Weight
(lb)
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
12.00
12.00
12.00
14.00
14.00
14.00
16.00
16.00
16.00
Note: Differential pressure values should be less than 50% of the inlet absolute pressure.
Air Capacity - Flow in SCFM
TE
Model
TE-A-1
TE-A-2
TE-A-3
TE-B-1
TE-B-2
TE-B-3
TE-C-1
TE-C-2
TE-C-3
TE-D-1
TE-D-2
TE-D-3
TE-E-1
TE-E-2
TE-E-3
TE-F-1
TE-F-2
TE-F-3
TE-G-1
TE-G-2
TE-G-3
TE-H-1
TE-H-2
TE-H-3
TE-J-1
TE-J-2
TE-J-3
TE-K-1
TE-K-2
TE-K-3
TE-L-1
TE-L-2
TE-L-3
TE-M-1
TE-M-2
TE-M-3
TE-N-1
TE-N-2
TE-N-3
TE-O-1
TE-O-2
TE-O-3
TE-P-1
TE-P-2
TE-P-3
TE-Q-1
TE-Q-2
TE-Q-3
TE-R-1
TE-R-2
TE-R-3
TE-S-1
TE-S-2
TE-S-3
TE-T-1
TE-T-2
TE-T-3
Series TE Orifice Plate Flowmeter Capacity Structure
Material PTFE Gaskets Buna N
Based on 70F, 14.7 psia (base conditions)
Beta value based on Std Sch pipe I.D.
1.25 overall thickness
Orifice plate thickness is 0.250
TE
Weight
(lb)
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
18.00
18.00
18.00
22.00
22.00
22.00
29.00
29.00
29.00
32.00
32.00
32.00
Inch d.p.
W/C
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
Inch Flow
GPM
0.62
3.44
13.00
0.97
5.69
23.82
1.38
9.63
36.15
2.46
17.48
71.77
3.85
22.73
83.95
5.52
35.34
147.74
8.63
55.54
216.30
12.97
79.94
324.16
22.03
141.51
547.11
34.39
220.80
853.09
49.46
317.74
1226.98
87.95
565.77
2195.86
137.35
883.04
3421.26
197.73
1271.62
4930.86
244.14
1537.49
6052.57
308.76
2038.95
8007.74
412.26
2610.71
10027.37
509.55
3252.22
12742.82
747.18
4835.93
18572.50
Water Capacity (TE)
at 20 psig
3.63
19.58
56.15
5.66
32.44
102.91
8.11
54.92
156.51
14.41
99.75
309.97
22.55
129.68
363.93
32.38
202.03
639.87
50.64
317.58
936.56
78.13
454.77
1404.95
129.44
810.06
2373.02
202.11
1264.42
3701.57
291
1820.05
5325.20
517.25
3241.45
9525.43
808
5060.38
14846.80
1163.44
7288.16
21397.00
1436.59
8812.87
28262.66
1817.05
11688.26
34749.32
2426.34
14966.93
43535.32
2999.11
18645.74
55303.34
4398.25
27726.33
80610.19
at 100 psig
6.61
36.37
107.47
10.3
60.26
197.2
14.8
102.09
300
26.3
185.5
595.2
41.16
241.5
697.39
59.13
375.8
1227.63
92.48
590.91
1798.86
139.06
846.21
2696.28
236.48
1507.64
4553.68
369.29
2353.51
7103.22
531.75
3387.93
10219.28
945.28
6034.85
18290.00
1476.77
9421.74
28506.17
2126.47
13570.33
41089.02
2625.81
16409.42
50437.78
3321.32
21764.08
66737.64
4435.12
27869.85
83587.01
5482.22
34720.84
106215.88
8038.99
51633.81
154823.78

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
192
S
g
h
t

F
o
w

I
n
d
c
a
t
o
r
s
F
L
O
WMidwest Sight Flow Indicators are manufactured of quality materials and safety tested to
assure long, dependable service at economical prices. Available in window viewing style in the
100 and 300 Series and tube viewing style in the 400 and 700 Series with connection choices
of female NPT, BSPP, or BSPT threaded and flanged. Series 700 has impeller and internal
wipers for cleaning sight tube, which is perfect for fluids with suspended solids. Just rotate the
glass tube and restore full 360 visibility without disrupting the flow.
MIDWEST Sight Flow Indicators
Inexpensive Protection for Expensive Equipment and Systems
Model 100, 100MP
Model 400
Model 700
Model 300, 300MP Model 360F
Models
100 Single window with impeller
300 Double window with impeller
350 Double window with no indicator
360 Double window with flapper
400 Tube type with no indicator
700 Tube type with impeller and internal wipers to clean glass tube
Series
SFI-100, SFI-300,
SFI-350, SFI-360,
SFI-400, SFI-700
Dimensions are in inches (mm)
Model
100
Series
300
Series
700
Series
400
Series
400F
Series
300F
Series
Body
Size
1/4, 3/8
1/2, 3/4
1, 1 1/4
1 1/2, 2
1/4, 3/8
1/2, 3/4
1, 1 1/4
1 1/2, 2
1/4, 3/8
1/2, 3/4
1, 1 1/4,
1 1/2
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
1 1/2
2
3
4
6
Length
3.000 (76)
4.000 (102)
4.375 (111)
5.688 (144)
3.063 (78)
4.063 (103)
4.375 (111)
5.500 (140)
2.750 (70)
3.688 (94)
4.875 (124)
4.500 (144)
5.125 (130)
5.625 (143)
5.750 (146)
5.875 (149)
6.125 (156)
6.250 (159)
6.250 (159)
5.000 (127)
5.125 (130)
5.250 (133)
5.370 (137)
5.750 (146)
5.750 (146)
6.375 (162)
6.500 (165)
8.875 (225)
10.250 (260)
12.500 (318)
Depth
1.813 (46)
2.250 (57)
2.563 (65)
3.250 (830)
2.250 (57)
2.750 (70)
3.125 (79)
3.688 (93)
Height
2.125 (54)
2.563 (65)
2.625 (67)
3.625 (83)
2.125 (54)
2.563 (65)
2.563 (65)
4.063 (103)
1.500 (38)
2.250 (57)
2.750 (70)
(across flats)
Flange
Diameter
3.500 (89)
3.875 (98)
4.250 (108)
4.625 (117)
5.000 (127)
6.000 (152)
7.500 (191)
9.00 (229)
4.250 (108)
4.625 (117)
5.000 (127)
6.000 (152)
7.500 (191)
9.000 (229)
5.000 (127)
6.000 (152)
7.500 (191)
9.000 (229)
11.000 (279)
Viewing
Area
Diameter
1.500 (38)
1.750 (44)
2.000 (51 )
2.000 (51)
2.500 (64)
3.000 (76)
4.000 (102)
5.000 (127)
2.000 (51)
2.000 (51)
2.500 (64)
3.000 (76)
4.000 (102)
5.000 (127)
2.313 (58)
2.313 (58)
3.000 (76)
4.000 (102)
6.000 (152)
Weight
lb (kg)
1.1 (0.5)
1.5 (0.7)
2.7 (1.2)
5.5 (2.5)
1.7 (0.8)
2.6 (1.2)
3.0 (1.4)
7.0 (3.2)
0.9 (0.4)
2.4 (1.1)
5.1 (2.3)
3.8 (1.7)
4.8 (2.2)
6.2 (2.8)
7.6 (3.5)
8.7 (4.0)
13 (6.0)
17 (7.7)
25 (11.0)
7 (3.2)
8 (3.6)
12 (5.5)
14 (6.4)
23 (10.4)
31 (14.1)
12 (5.5)
16 (7.5)
38 (17)
56 (25)
120 (55)
Sight Flow Indicator Dimensions and Weight

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 193
S
g
h
t

F
o
w

I
n
d
c
a
t
o
r
s
F
L
O
W
(Maximum flow on impeller models: 5FPS with liquids, 5000 FPM with gases)
Example
Model
Designator
Body
Style
Body
Options
Body
Size
Options
SFI-100 & SFI-300 SERIES
Window Style with Threaded Connections
SFI-300SS-2-G2 Sight Flow Indicator; double window,
temper glass, Fluoroelastomer gaskets, 316SS body,
ABS impeller, 2 inch female NPT connections.
Sight flow indicator, tempered glass standard, Buna-N
gaskets standard, female NPT connections standard.
Single window, bronze body, ABS Impeller
Double window, bronze body, ABS Impeller
Double window, bronze body, no moving indicator
Double window, bronze body, 304SS flapper
316SS body option for 300, 350, 360
150 psig maximum pressure option, includes
Fluoroelastomer gaskets
1/4 inch connection size
3/8 inch connection size
1/2 inch connection size
3/4 inch connection size
1 inch connection size
1-1/4 inch connection size
1-1/2 inch connection size
2 inch connection size
Plexiglass window
PTFE gasket
Fluoroelastomer gasket
316SS Shaft (Not on 350 Model)
Monel Shaft (Not on 350 Model)
ABS impeller with bronze bushing (Not on 350, 360)
316SS impeller (Not on 350, 360)
No impeller (100 only)
316SS Flapper (360 only)
BSPT threads
BSPP threads
Example
Model
Designator
Body
Style
Body
Size
Options
SFI
SFI
700SS
700
700SS
1-1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
SFI-700 SERIES
Tube Style with Threaded Connections
SFI-700SS-1-1/2 Sight Flow Indicator; tube type with 8
blade Acetal impeller and integral wipers to clean tube
interior, tempered borosilicate tube, Fluoroelastomer
gaskets, 316SS body, 1-1/2 inch female NPT
connections
Sight flow indicator, tube type with 8 blade Acetal
impeller and integral wipers to clean tube interior,
tempered borosilicate tube, Fluoroelastomer gaskets
Brass body
316SS body
1/4 inch female NPT connection size
3/8 inch female NPT connection size
1/2 inch female NPT connection size
3/4 inch female NPT connection size
1 inch female NPT connection size
1-1/4 inch female NPT connection size
1-1/2 inch female NPT connection size
BSPT threads
BSPP threads
Example
Model
Designator
Body
Style
Body
Size
Options
SFI
SFI
360FSS
350FCS
350FSS
360FCS
360FSS
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
3
4
6
G1
G1
G2
SFI-300F SERIES
Window Style with Flanged Connections
SFI-360FSS-1-1/2-G1 Sight Flow Indicator; double
window, tempered glass, PTFE gasket, 316SS body,
304SS flapper, 1-1/2 inch raised face flange connections
Sight flow indicator, double window, tempered glass,
Buna-N gaskets standard, raised face flange connections
Carbon steel body, no moving indicator
316SS body, no moving 316SS indicator
Carbon steel body, 316SS flapper
316SS body, 316SS flapper
1-1/2 inch raised face flange connection size
2 inch raised face flange connection size
3 inch raised face flange connection size
4 inch raised face flange connection size
6 inch raised face flange connection size
PTFE gasket
Fluoroelastomer gasket
Example
Model
Designator
Body
Style
Body
Size
SFI
SFI
400
400CI
400SS
400F
1-1/2
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
3
4
SFI-400 SERIES
Tube Style with Threaded or Flanged Connections
SFI-400SS-1-1/2 Sight Flow Indicator; tube type,
borosilicate tube, PTFE gaskets, 316SS body, 1-1/2
inch female NPT connections
Sight flow indicator, tube type, borosilicate tube,
PTFE gaskets
Female NPT connections, cast iron body (only for 1
through 2 inch sizes)
Female NPT connections, 316SS body
Raised face flange connection, 316SS body (only for
1 inch and up sizes)
1/2 inch connection size
3/4 inch connection size
1 inch connection size
1-1/4 inch connection size
1-1/2 inch connection size
2 inch connection size
3 inch connection size
4 inch connection size
(Best for use in vertical pipelines where there are no mechanical strains)
BSPT
BSPP
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Window: Tempered glass; Body: Bronze or 316 SS; Gasket:
Buna N, fluoroelastomer or PTFE; Indicator: ABS or 316 SS impeller (100 and
300), 304 SS or 316 SS flapper (360).
Temperature Limit: 200F (93C).
Pressure Limit: 125 psig (8.62 bar), 150 psig (10.34 bar) on MP models.
Connections: Threaded.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Tube: Tempered borosilicate; Body: Brass or 316 SS; Gasket:
Fluoroelastomer; Indicator: Acetal.
Temperature Limit: 212F (100C).
Pressure Limit: 230 psig (15.86 bar).
Connections: Threaded.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Window: Tempered glass; Body: Carbon steel or 316 SS;
Gasket: Buna N, fluoroelastomer or PTFE; Indicator: 316 SS flapper (360).
Temperature Limit: 200F (93C).
Pressure Limit: 150 psig (10.34 bar).
Connections: Flanged.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Tube: Borosilicate; Body: Cast iron or 316 SS; Gasket: PTFE.
Temperature Limit: 200F (93C).
Pressure Limit: 50 psig (3.45 bar).
Connections: Threaded or flanged.
SFI
SFI
300
100
300
350
360
SS
SS
MP
2
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
G2
W2
G1
G2
S2
S3
I1
I2
I3
F1
BSPT
BSPP

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
194
S
g
h
t

F
o
w

I
n
d
c
a
t
o
r
s
F
L
O
W
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Window: Glass;
Body: Plated steel.
Temperature Limit: 200F (93C).
Pressure Limit: 125 psig (8.6 bar).
Connections: 1/4 to 2 male NPT.
Sight Window
Shows Level or Contents of Tanks, Pipelines; Fused Glass and Steel Construction
Fused glass style sight windows feature glass to metal bond for utmost
reliability. Plated steel bodies have convenient hex wrench surfaces.
Connections are standard NPT in sizes from 1/4 to 2. Windows are clear,
ripple free, and flush with the front face, having no recess on which dirt might
collect.
APPLICATIONS
Hydraulic tanks
Pressure vessels
Coolant tanks
Hydraulic lines
Oil reservoirs
APPLICATIONS
Hydraulic tanks
Pressure vessels
Coolant tanks
Hydraulic lines
Oil reservoirs
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Window: Tempered glass;
Body: Brass, carbon steel, or 316 SS;
Gasket: Buna N on brass and carbon steel body, PTFE on 316 SS
body.
Temperature Limit: 200F (93C).
Pressure Limit: 125 psig (8.6 bar).
Connections: 3/4 to 2 male NPT.
Series
550
Tough, tempered glass window resists chemical attack and abrasion.
Seamless gasket assures perfect seal and is easily field replaceable. In addition
to the standard brass body, Model 500 Sight Windows are also available in
carbon steel or 316 SS to suit a wide range of chemical compatibility.
Sight Window
Shows Level or Contents of Tanks, Pipelines; Tempered, Replaceable Glass Window
Series
500
Model
SFI-500-3/4
SFI-500-1
SFI-500-1-1/4
SFI-500-1-1/2
SFI-500-2
A
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
B
3/4(19)
15/16 (24)
1 1/4 (32)
1 27/64(37)
1 1/4 (32)
C
1 3/8(35)
1 3/8(35)
2 1/8 (54)
2 1/8 (54)
2 1/2 (64)
E
1 3/8(35)
1 3/8 (35)
1 9/16 (40)
1 9/16 (40)
1 21/32(42)
D
45/64(18)
45/64(18)
27/32(22)
27/32(22)
15/32(12)
Dimensions Inches (mm)
Model
SFI-550-1/4
SFI-550-3/8
SFI-550-1/2
SFI-550-3/4
SFI-550-1
SFI-550-1-1/4
SFI-550-1-1/2
SFI-550-2
A
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
B
11/32(9)
7/16 (11)
9/16 (14)
3/4(19)
15/16 (24)
1 3/16 (30)
1 7/16 (37)
1 7/8 (48)
C
5/8(16)
3/4(19)
15/16 (24)
1 1/16 (27)
1 3/8 (35)
1 3/4 (45)
2 (51)
2 1/2 (64)
E
5/8(16)
23/32 (18)
25/32 (19)
15/16 (24)
1 1/16 (27)
1 7/32 (31)
1 7/32 (31)
1 9/32 (33)
D
3/16(5)
7/32(6)
7/32(6)
5/16(8)
5/16(8)
13/32(10)
13/32(10)
13/32(10)
Dimensions Inches (mm)
Model
Carbon Steel
SFI-500CS-3/4
SFI-500CS-1
SFI-500CS-1-1/4
SFI-500CS-1-1/2
SFI-500CS-2
Model
SFI-550-1
SFI-550-1-1/4
SFI-550-1-1/2
SFI-550-2
Model
316 SS
SFI-500SS-3/4
SFI-500SS-1
SFI-500SS-1-1/4
SFI-500SS-1-1/2
SFI-500SS-2
Model
Brass
SFI-500B-3/4
SFI-500B-1
SFI-500B-1-1/4
SFI-500B-1-1/2
SFI-500B-2
Model
SFI-550-1/4
SFI-550-3/8
SFI-550-1/2
SFI-550-3/4

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 195
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s

w
t
h

S
w
t
c
h
F
L
O
W
The Series HFO Flow Alarm provides continuous monitoring and control of
flow rate levels. The flow alarm can be configured to open or close a contact for
an increasing or decreasing set point. The unit includes two 10A SPDT limit
switches with field adjustable alarm settings. Integral direct reading scale
provides local indication of flow rate. The flow alarm is designed to mount in any
orientation and does not require inlet or outlet straight plumbing. The Series
HFO is constructed with a rugged cast aluminum NEMA 4X (IP65) enclosure
for installations outdoors or in harsh environments.
APPLICATIONS
Monitoring flow in chemical processing, waste water processing,
lubrication systems, process control, solar systems, drain lines and pump
testing.
Series
HFO
In-Line Flow Alarms
Latching Alarm Capabilities, For Air, Water or Caustic Fluids, Unrestricted Mounting
Pressure Differential VS. Flow Rate
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Body: Aluminum, brass or 304 SS;
Seals: Buna N or fluoroelastomer;
Magnet: PTFE coated Alnico;
Other internal parts: 304 SS.
Viscosity: 500 SSU.
Temperature Limits: 240F (116C).
Pressure Limits: See chart.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65).
Accuracy: Measuring 4% FS over entire range; 2.5% over center
third of the measuring range.
Repeatability: 1% of full scale.
Switch Type: SPDT, 10A @ 250 VAC; 0.5A @ 125 VDC, (resistive).
Shipping Weight: 1/4 to 1/2 female NPT models: 3 lb (1.4 kg); 3/4 to 1
female NPT models: 4.5 lb (2.0 kg); 1 1/2 female NPT models: 12 lb
(5.4 kg).
1/4 Female NPT 1/2 Female NPT 3/4, 1 & 1-1/2 Female NPT
Aluminum body for air or other non-corrosive gases:
600 psig (41 bar)
Wetted Parts: Aluminum, PTFE coated Alnico, 304 SS and Buna N
304 SS body for high-pressure fluids:
6000 psig (413 bar)
Wetted Parts: 304 SS, Fluoroelastomer and PTFE
Brass body for water based fluids (non-steam):
3500 psig (240 bar)
Wetted Parts: Brass, PTFE coated Alnico, 304 SS and Buna N
HFO-21123
HFO-21112
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0
0 5 10 15 20 25
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l

P
S
I
D
Flow Rate: SCFM @ 100 PSIG
10
8
6
4
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l

P
S
I
D
Flow Rate: GPM
2
HFO-23210
HFO-23202
HFO-22205
10
8
6
4
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l

P
S
I
D
Flow Rate: GPM
2
HFO-22315
HFO-22320
HF0-22440
12
HFO-22550
7-1/8
[180.98]
4-1/2
[114.3]
Model
HFO-21112
HFO-21123
Connection Size
1/4 female NPT
1/4 female NPT
Model
HFO-22205
HFO-22315
HFO-22320
HFO-22440
HFO-22550
Connection Size
1/2 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
1 female NPT
1 1/2 female NPT
Model
HFO-23202
HFO-23210
Connection Size
1/2 female NPT
1/2 female NPT
Range, Air SCFM
1.5 12
4 23
Range, Water
GPM (LPM)
0.5 5.0 (1 19)
1 15 (3.8 55)
2 20 (7.5 75)
4 40 (15 151)
5 50 (19 189)
Range, Water
GPM (LPM)
0.2 2.0 (0.75 7.5)
1 10 (3.8 38)

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
196
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s

w
t
h

S
w
t
c
h
F
L
O
W
Direct-Reading Series FS Flowmeters offer visual flow rate indication in GPM or
LPM units. Models include an adjustable, latching flow alarm to open or close AC electrical
circuits, trigger warning lights, or activate other process control equipment. Spring-
retained moveable piston design allows installation in any position.
Flowmeter with Flow Limit Switch
Latching Relay, Adjustable, Dual Scale, Mount in any Position
Series
FS
2468
5









3/4 NPT BRASS INLET
1-1/2 HEX
BOTH ENDS
1-5/16
[33.65]
3/4 NPT BRASS OUTLET 1-3/8
[35.0]
5-1/4 [133.35]
POLYSULFONE BODY
8-1/4
[209.55]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: Polysulfone body,
barium ferrite, stainless steel spring
and retaining rings.
Temperature Limits: 158F (70C).
Pressure Limits: 325 psi (22.4 bar).
Accuracy: 5% full scale.
Repeatability: 1.0%.
Set Point: Adjustable 0 to 100% FS.
Relay Load: 1 A @ 30 VDC; 0.5 A @
125 VAC (resistive).
Supply Voltage: 115 VAC, 10%.
Current Consumption: 25 mA max.
Process Connections: 1 male NPT
polysulfone or 3/4 male NPT brass.
Flow Scale: Calibrated at 1.0 specific
gravity @ 70F (21C).
Weight: 1 male NPT polysulfone; 0.55
lb (0.25 kg); 3/4 male NPT brass: 0.90
lb (0.41 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
APPLICATIONS
Monitoring flow in chemical processing,
waste water processing, process control,
lubrication systems, solar systems, drain
lines and pump testing.
1-47/64
[43.94]
1-7/8
[47.63]
Switch Module
Model
FS10410
FS11610
FS12810
FS20400
FS20700
Range, GPM (LPM)
0.5 to 4.0 (1.9 to 15)
1.0 to 16 (5 to 60)
4.0 to 28 (20 to 100)
0.5 to 4.0 (1.9 to 15)
1.0 to 7.0 (4 to 26)
Series
VASP
Visi-Float

Flowmeter Flowswitch/
Power Converter Pak
Designed for Use with the Dwyer

VFA Visi-Float

Flowmeter
The new VASP Visi-Float

Flowmeter Flowswitch/Power Converter Pak utilizes


infrared technology as an adjustable set point monitor used in conjunction with the Dwyer

VFA Flowmeters. The VASP consists of a sensing unit and a power converter unit allowing
remote mounting over long distances. Designed to mount onto any existing VFA Flowmeter,
the switching setpoint can be easily adjusted by a single adjustment screw. It contains a set
of SPDT relay contacts for indication of flow above or below a preset level. The units
incorporate indicating LEDs for power and status. Also, a latching and power failure circuit
is also included for more versatility.
SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limit: 0 to 140F ( 18 to 60C).
Switch Type: SPDT relay.
Electrical Rating: See chart.
Electrical Connections: Screw type terminal block.
Power Requirements: User selectable: 24 VDC or 24/120/240 VAC @ 50/60 Hz.
Current Consumption: 105 mA max. (DC), 230 mA max. (AC).
Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal.
Set Point Adjustment: Single adjustment screw.
Weight: 20 oz (.57 kg).
3/16 DIA. TYP
2 11/32
4 39/64
1 3/16
5/8 DIA. X THRU
3 1/2 4 23/32
5 49/64
5 1/4
[146.45]
[133.35]
[89.00] [19.85]
[59.53]
[119.23]
[30.16]
1 13/32 TYP
[4.75]
2 PLCS [15.88]
[35.72]
1-1/64
[25.80]
13/16
[20.64]
1-1/16
[27.00]
1/4
[6.35]
2-13/32
[61.12]
1-19/64
[32.94]
7/8
[22.23]
Model
VASP-1
VASP-5
VASP-10
Connections
1 male NPT (polysulfone)
1 male NPT (polysulfone)
1 male NPT (polysulfone)
3/4 male NPT (brass)
3/4 male NPT (brass)
Output Range
.5A @ 120/240 VAC, 1A @ 30 VDC
5A @ 120/240 VAC, 5A @ 30 VDC
10A @ 120/240 VAC, 5A @ 30 VDC

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879-8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494-461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 197
F
l
o
w

S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
,

P
a
d
d
l
e
F
L
O
W
Designed to provide an inexpensive, reliable unit to monitor the presence or
absence of flow in a system. The V10 flow switch is used to monitor unattended equipment
and protect it from costly damage. The V10 flow switch utilizes a rugged, hermetically
sealed reed switch which is encapsulated in a polypropylene switch housing that fits into a
standard heavy duty leak proof brass body or optional 303 SS body. The switch adjustment
allows the user to change the switch to Normally Open (NO) or Normally Closed (NC) in the
field merely by loosening two screws. The switch housing is located outside the process
media, making switch change-over or maintenance easy without interruption of process
flow.
A full size, trimmable stainless steel vane is provided with a removable laminated template.
This template is calibrated for brass or ductile iron reducing tees and forged steel straight
tee/bushing combinations. Allows for field installation in pipelines from 1/2 to 2 diameter.
A table with approximate actuation and deactivation values is provided below.
Mini-Size Flow Switch
Proof of Flow or No Flow in 1/2 to 2 Pipe,
Low Cost, Leak Proof Body, Weatherproof
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Vane: 301 SS;
Body: Brass or 303 SS;
Pin and spring: 301 SS, 302 SS, and 316 SS;
Magnet: Ceramic 8.
Temperature Limit: 200F (93C).
Pressure Limit: Brass body: 1000 psig (69 bar); 303 SS body: 2000 psig (138 bar).
Switch Type: SPST hermetically sealed reed switch. Field adjustable for normally
open or normally closed.
Electrical Rating: 0.5A @ 30 VAC; 1.5A @ 24 VDC.
Electrical Connections: 18 AWG, 18 (460 mm) long, PVC jacket. Rated 221F
(105C).
Process Connection: 1/2 male NPT standard. Contact factory for other options.
Mounting Orientation: Switch can be installed in any position but the
actuation/deactuation flow rates are based on horizontal pipe runs and are nominal
values.
Set Point Adjustment: Vane is trimmable.
Weight: 4.5 oz (0.13 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL and CSA.
Switch Enclosure: Polypropylene.
Cold Water Flow Rates
Approximate actuation/deactuation
GPM upper, LPM lower
Pipe
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
Air Flow Rates
Approximate actuation/deactuation
SCFM upper, LPM lower
Series
V10
Model
V10
V10SS
Body Material
Brass
303SS
Trim
L
J
H
E
C
Full
N.O.
2.6/2.3
9.8/8.7
3.1/2.7
11.7/10.2
4.8/4.5
18.2/17
6.2/5.6
23.5/21.2
8.2/7.7
31/29.1
9.5/9.1
36/34.4
N.C.
2.6/2.5
9.8/9.5
3.1/2.8
11.7/10.6
4.8/4.4
18.2/16.7
6.1/5.6
23.1/21.2
8.2/7.7
31/29.1
9.5/9
36/34.1
Pipe
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
Trim
L
J
H
E
C
Full
N.O.
10.3/8.8
291.7/250
13/11.6
368.3/328
19.2/17.6
543.3/498
24.8/22.2
701.7/628
33.4/31.2
946.7/883
50.2/48.4
1422/1370
N.C.
10.2/9.2
288/260
12.9/11.6
365/328
18.9/17.6
535/498
24.5/22.5
693/637
33/30.6
935/867
50.2/47.7
1422/1352
NORMALLY OPEN POSITION
4 [101.6]
2-7/8 [73.07]
1 [25.40]
18 AWG LEADWIRES
19 [482.6] LONG
2-7/8
[73.07]
1/4 [6.35] TRAVEL
TO NORMALLY
CLOSED POSITION
LOWER BODY
7/8 HEX
1/2 MALE NPT
VANE 2-3/8
[61.11]
NORMALLY CLOSED POSITION
Switch Configuration
Normally Open or Closed
Normally Open or Closed
197.P.N:Layout 2 2/16/11 11:34 AM Page 1
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
198
F
o
w

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,

P
a
d
d
e
F
L
O
W
Rugged and reliable the Series V4 Flotect

flow switch operates automatically to


protect equipment and pipeline systems against damage from reduction or loss of flow.
The V4 is time tested being installed in thousands of pipelines and processing plants around
the world. A unique magnetically actuated switching design gives superior performance.
There are no bellows, springs, or seals to fail. Instead, a free-swinging vane attracts a
magnet within the solid metal switch body, actuating a snap switch by means of a simple
lever arm.
FEATURES
Leak proof body machined from bar stock
Choice of custom vane calibrated for your application, Model V4, or field adjustable
multilayer vane, Model V4 2 U (see set point chart)
Weatherproof, designed to meet NEMA 4
Explosion proof (listing included in specifications)
Installs directly and easily into pipeline with a thredolet, tee, or flange (see
application drawings)
Can be used in pipes 1 1/2 and up
Electrical assembly can be easily replaced without removing the unit from
installation so that the process does not have to be shut down
High pressure rating of 1000 psig (69 bar) with the brass body and 2000 psig
(138 bar) with the 316 SS body
APPLICATIONS
Protects pumps, motors and other equipment against low or no flow
Controls sequential operation of pumps
Automatically starts auxiliary pumps and engines
Stops liquid cooled engines, machines and processing when coolant flow is
interrupted
Shuts down burner when air flow through heating coil fails
Controls dampers according to flow
Vane Operated Flow Switch
Field Adjustable Dependable Protection Against Flow
Variation or Stopping in Pipelines for Fluids, Gases and
Flowing Solids
Series
V4
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Gases or liquids compatible
with wetted materials.
Wetted Materials:
Vane: 316 SS;
Body: Brass or 316 SS standard;
Magnet Keeper: 430 SS standard,
316 SS optional;
Options: Other materials also
available, consult factory (e.g. PVC,
Hastelloy, nickel, Monel, titanium).
Temperature Limit: 4 to 275F ( 20 to
135C) standard, MT high temperature
option 400F (205C) [MT option not
UL, CSA, ATEX, or SAA].
Pressure Limit: Brass body 1000 psig
(69 bar), 316 SS body 2000 psig (138
bar), optional 5000 psig (345 bar)
available with 316 SS body and SPDT
switch only.
Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof
(meets NEMA 4 (IP65)) and explosion
proof. Listed with UL and CSA for
Class I, Groups C and D; Class II,
Groups E, F, and G. ATEX 0344
II 2 G EEx d IIB T6 20CTamb75C;
EC Type Certificate No.: KEMA
03ATEX 2383; SAA: Exd II C T6 (T
amb=60C). Zone I. Also FM approved.
Switch Type: SPDT snap switch
standard, DPDT snap switch optional.
Electrical Rating: UL, FM, ATEX and
SAA models 10A @ 125/250 VAC (V~).
CSA models: 5A @ 125/250 VAC (V~);
5A res., 3A ind. @ 30 VDC (V ). MV
option: 1A @125 VAC (V~); 1A res.,
.5A ind. @ 30 VDC (V ). MT option:
5A @ 125/250 VAC (V~). [MT and MV
option not UL, CSA, FM, ATEX or
SAA].
Electrical Connections: UL and CSA
models: 16 AWG, 6 (152 mm) long.
ATEX and SAA unit: Terminal block.
Conduit Connection: 3/4 female
NPT.
Process Connection: 1 1/2 male
NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Within 5 of
vertical for proper operation. Units for
horizontal installation (vertical pipe with
up flow) available.
Set Point Adjustment: For universal
vane: five vane combinations.
Weight: 4 lb 8 oz (1.9 kg).
Agency Approvals: UL, CSA, CE, FM,
SAA, and ATEX.
3-11/32
[84.93]
2-23/32
[69.06]
UL AND CSA TYPE
INCLUDES 16 GA LEADS,
6 [152.4] LONG.
ATEX VERSION INCLUDES
TERMINAL BLOCK
1-5/8 [41.28]
CLEARANCE FOR
COVER REMOVAL
8
[203.20]
6-3/4
[171.45]
4-11/16
[119.06]
1
[25.40]
EXPLOSION-PROOF HOUSING
WITH 3/4 FEMALE NPT
CONDUIT CONNECTION
SWITCH BODY, SAE 72 BRASS
OR 316 STAINLESS STEEL
1-1/2 MALE NPT
PROCESS CONNECTION
MAGNET KEEPER,
430 STAINLESS STEEL
VANE BLOCK,
316 STAINLESS STEEL
FIVE LAYER VANE 316
STAINLESS STEEL DESIGNED
FOR 1-1/2 TO 8 PIPES
USABLE IN LARGER PIPE
SIZES.
Model
V4-2-U
V4-SS-2-U
V4
V4-SS
Consult factory for price and availability of fittings for V4 installation. Thredolets,
bushings, and tees are available in a variety of sizes and materials.
For custom vane models, please supply factory with following information: pipe size,
flow direction (horizontal, up), mounting, pressure, temperature, specific gravity, flow
rates (maximum normal, actuation/deactuation*), etc.
*When both values are supplied, note which is critical.
*316SS body with 430SS magnet keeper.

Aust alian
Standa d
C
ertfed
P
o
d
u
ct
OPTIONS (add as a suffix to the model number):
-D, DPDT contacts
-MV, Gold Plated Contacts, options for dry circuits
(see electrical rating in specification, no listings or approvals)
-MT, High Temperature, option rated 400F (204C)
(see electrical rating in specifications, no listings or approvals)
-TRI (increasing flow), -TRD (decreasing flow), Time Delay Relay,
option with 2 SPDT contacts, adjustable from 0 1 to 0 31 minutes.
(no listings or approvals)
-316, 316 SS Magnet Keeper, option to replace standard 430 SS
-SAA, SAA listed construction
-V, Vertical Up Flow, option for upward flow in vertical pipe
-AT, ATEX listed construction
Description
Brass body, universal vane
316SS* body, universal vane
Brass body, custom vane
316SS* body, custom vane

CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 199
F
o
w

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,

P
a
d
d
e
F
L
O
W
Actuation rates are based on cold water at a specific gravity of 1.0.
For fluids of different specific gravity, actuation rates may be approximated by dividing the rate shown by the square root of the specific gravity.
Actuation rates are based on air at standard conditions. For gases at other pressures, temperatures, or specific gravities, consult factory for equivalent
flow approximations.
Vane
Layers
1
1&2
1,2,&3
1,2,3,&4
1,2,3,4,&5
1.5 Pipe
7 3
26.67 11.67
2 Pipe
15 8
56.7 30
7 4
26.7 15
3 Pipe
45 22
167 83.3
23 14
86.7 53.3
11 7
41.7 26.7
4 Pipe
95 40
367 150
50 35
190 132
27 19
102 71.7
17 12
65 45
6 Pipe
210 120
800 450
130 90
500 333
80 60
300 233
60 45
233 167
40 30
152 113
8 Pipe
375 175
1417 667
230 150
867 567
160 115
600 433
120 90
450 333
80 65
300 250
10 Pipe
600 300
2267 1133
450 250
1700 950
300 180
1133 683
230 150
867 567
135 100
517 383
12 Pipe
900 450
3400 1700
650 350
2467 1317
450 275
1700 1033
310 200
1167 750
200 140
750 533
20 Pipe
2400 1200
9083 4550
1800 1000
6817 3783
1200 700
4550 2650
850 550
3217 2083
575 400
2183 1517
18 Pipe
2000 1000
7567 3783
1450 800
5483 3033
1000 600
3783 2267
700 450
2650 1700
460 325
1733 1233
16 Pipe
1400 800
5300 3033
1200 650
4550 2467
750 450
2750 2083
550 360
2083 1367
360 250
1367 950
14 Pipe
1200 600
4550 2267
900 500
3400 1900
600 350
2267 1317
430 280
1633 1067
290 200
1100 750
Approximate Actuation/Deactuation Flow Rates for Cold Water.
Upper Figures in GPM. Lower Figures in LPM.
Application Drawings
For Flotect

Automatic Flow Switches


Vane
Layers
1
1&2
1,2,&3
1,2,3,&4
1,2,3,4,&5
1.5 Pipe
32 17
15 8
2 Pipe
65 32
30 20
23 13
10 6
3 Pipe
210 105
100 50
120 70
60 30
60 48
30 20
4 Pipe
400 200
190 90
195 140
90 70
135 100
60 50
65 50
30 20
6 Pipe
950 475
450 220
550 375
260 180
375 265
180 130
260 200
120 90
130 100
60 50
8 Pipe
1550 850
730 400
1100 700
520 330
725 500
340 240
500 400
240 190
310 250
150 120
10 Pipe
2400 1300
1100 600
1850 1200
870 570
1200 850
570 400
875 700
410 330
650 525
310 250
12 Pipe
3450 1900
1600 900
2700 1750
1300 800
1850 1300
870 610
1250 1000
590 470
1000 800
470 380
20 Pipe
10000 5500
4700 2600
7400 4800
3500 2300
5300 3700
2500 1700
3900 3100
1800 1500
3550 2850
1700 1300
18 Pipe
8000 4400
3800 2100
6000 3900
2800 1800
4300 3000
2000 1400
3100 2500
1500 1200
2800 2250
1300 1100
16 Pipe
6400 3500
3000 1700
4800 3100
2300 1500
3350 2350
1600 1100
2500 2000
1200 900
2200 1750
1040 830
14 Pipe
4700 2600
2200 1200
3400 2200
1600 1000
2600 1800
1200 800
1900 1500
900 710
1600 1250
760 590
Approximate Actuation/Deactuation Flow Rates for Cold Air.
Upper Figures in SCFM. Lower Figures in LPS.
FLOW
REQUIRED FLOW HOLDS
SWITCH OPEN WHEN FLOW
SLOWS, VANE DROPS,
ACTUATION SWITCH
ALUMINUM ENCLOSURE
FOR ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS
SWITCH BODY MACHINED
FROM BAR OF BRASS OR
STAINLESS STEEL
THREADED COVER IS
EASILY REMOVED FOR
ACCESS TO SWITCH
3/4 NPT FOR CONDUIT
1-1/2 THREADED BRANCH
CONNECTION
CUT 1-15/16 MIN.
HOLE IN PIPE
Values shown in both charts are nominal. If normal flows exceed actuation rates by less than 10%, custom vanes are recommended.
Figures are based on standard vertical installation in a 1 1/2" Threaded Branch Connection in a horizontal run of pipe.
V4 Universal Vane Flow Charts
1 1/2
THREADED
BRANCH
CONNECTION
CUT HOLE
IN PIPE
1 15/16 (49 2)
DIA MINIMUM
A
3/4 N PT
ANSI RF
THREADED
REDUC NG
FLANGE
ANSI RF
WELD NG
NECK
FLANGE
3/4 N PT
1 1/2 3000 L B
COUPLING
2 1/16
(52 4)
BORE I D
1 (25 4)
FLANGE FACE TO P PE
O D SPEC FIED CUSTOMER
NORMALLY SHOULD NOT EXCEED 5 (172)
Threaded Branch Connection Installation.
May also be installed using tee, flange or coupling.
2-1/2 Threaded
Branch
Connection
2 1/2
THREADED
BRANCH
CONNECTION
2 1/2 x 1 1/2
FACE OR HEX
BRUSHING
CUT HOLE IN
PIPE 2 7/8
(73 0) DIA
MINIMUM
1-1/2 x 1-1/2
x 1-1/2
Tee Installation
Standard
Installation
Flange
Installation
2 x 2 x 2
Tee
Installation
Not Recommended,
Unless Coupling is
Bored Out to 2-1/16
(52.4) As Shown

VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
200
F
o
w

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,

P
a
d
d
e
F
L
O
W
Mini-Size Flow Switches
Monitor flow in 1/2 to 2 pipe, Explosion-proof
Series
V6
Surprisingly compact, the Series V6 Flotect

Flow Switch is engineered to


specifically monitor liquid, gas, or airflows. Operation is simple and dependable with no
mechanical linkage as the flow switch is magnetically actuated. The lower body holds the
flow vane and one magnet, which controls the switch actuating magnet in the separate
upper housing. In most applications the switch is normally off with the pipeline flow forcing
the vane against the vane spring. As the flow decreases the vane spring pushes back the
vane, actuating the switch to signal an alarm or shutdown. Tees are available for installation
in pipelines from 1/2 to 2, with bushings added the unit is easily adapted to 1/4 and 3/8
piping.
FEATURES
Leak proof lower body machined from bar stock
Choice of models in a tee with calibrated vane or field adjustable trimmable vane
Weatherproof
Explosion proof (listing included in specifications)
Electrical assembly can be easily replaced without removing the unit from the
installation so that the process does not have to be shut down
High pressure rating of 1000 psig (69 bar) with brass body and 2000 psig (138
bar) on the 316 SS body (see specifications)
Low flow model offers field adjustable set point
Easy installation, simply insert the tee in the pipline and complete electrical
connections
APPLICATIONS
Protects pumps, motors and other equipment against low or no flow
Controls sequential operation of pumps
Automatically starts auxillary pumps and engines
Shuts down burner when air flow through heating coil fails
Controls dampers according to flow
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Gases or liquids compatible with wetted materials.
Wetted Materials: Standard V6 models: Vane: 301 SS; Lower Body: Brass or 303
SS; Magnet: Ceramic; Other: 301, 302 SS; Tee: Brass, iron, forged steel, or 304 SS.
V6 low flow models: Lower body: Brass or 303 SS; Tee: Brass or 304 SS; Magnet:
Ceramic; O ring: Buna N standard, fluoroelastomer optional; Other: 301, 302 SS.
Temperature Limits: 4 to 220F ( 20 to 105C) standard, MT high temperature
option 400F (205C) (MT not UL, CSA or ATEX). ATEX compliant AT option ambient
temperature 4 to 167F ( 20 to 75C), process temperature: 4 to 220F ( 20 to
105C).
Pressure Limit: Brass lower body with no tee models: 1000 psig (69 bar); 303 SS
lower body with no tee models: 2000 psig (138 bar); Brass tee models: 250 psi (17.2
bar); Iron tee models: 1000 psi (69 bar); Forged and stainless steel tee models: 2000
psi (138 bar); Low flow models: 1450 psi (100 bar).
Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof and explosion proof. Listed with UL and CSA for
Class I, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II, Groups E, F, and G. (Group A on stainless
steel body models only).
ATEX 0344 II 2 G EEx d IIC T6 Process Temp75C.
EC type Certificate No.: KEMA 04ATEX2128.
Switch Type: SPDT snap switch standard, DPDT snap switch optional.
Electrical Rating: UL models: 5A @125/250 VAC (V~). CSA and ATEX models: 5A
@ 125/250 VAC (V~); 5A res., 3A ind. @ 30 VDC (V ). MV option: .1A @ 125 VAC
(V~). MT option: 5A @125/250 VAC (V~). [MT option not UL, CSA or ATEX].
Electrical Connections: UL models: 18 AWG, 18 (460 mm) long; ATEX and CSA
models: terminal block.
Upper Body: Brass or 303 SS.
Conduit Connections: 3/4 male NPT standard, 3/4 female NPT on junction box
models.
Process Connection: 1/2 male NPT on models without a tee.
Mounting Orientation: Switch can be installed in any position but the
actuation/deactuation flow rates in the charts are based on horizontal pipe runs and
are nominal values.
Set Point Adjustment: Standard V6 models none. Without tee models vane is
trimmable. Low flow models are field adjustable in the range shown. See set point
charts on opposite page.
Weight: 2 to 6 lb (.9 to 2.7 kg) depending on construction.
Options not Shown: Custom calibration, bushings, PVC tee, reinforced vane.
Agency Approvals: UL, CSA, CE, and ATEX.
LOCKING COLLAR
ASSEMBLY
3/4 NPT
UPPER HOUSING
SWITCH SUPPORTS
SPDT (OR DPDT)
SNAP SWITCH
MAGNET LEVER PIN
MAGNET LEVER
ASSEMBLY
MAGNETS
LOWER HOUSING-BRASS
OR STAINLESS STEEL
VANE SPRING
VANE PIVOT PIN
VANE PIVOT
BRACKET
SNAP RING
1/2 NPT
STAINLESS
STEEL VANE
OVERALL LENGTH WITH
1-1/4 TEE CONNECTION
APPROXIMATELY 8
6-5/16
[160.34]
18 GA. LEADS
18 [457.20] LONG
3/4 NPT
SWITCH HOUSING
300 SERIES STAINLESS
STEEL OR BRASS
CERAMIC MAGNET
PISTON 300
SERIES STAINLESS
STEEL OR BRASS
INLET 1/2 NPT
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
300 SERIES STAINLESS
STEEL OR BRASS
3-5/8
[92.08]
O-RING
BUNA-N
HARDWARE (SCREW, SPRINGS & CHECK
VALVE) STAINLESS STEEL
OUTLET 1/2 NPT
SWITCH BODY
1-1/8 [28.58] SQ
300 SERIES STAINLESS
STEEL OR BRASS
4-3/4
[120.65]
3-3/8
[85.73]
V6 Low Flow
V6 with 1/2 Tee


CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 201
F
o
w

S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,

P
a
d
d
e
F
L
O
W
Pipe
Size
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
Actuate
6.50
180
10.0
300
14.0
420
21.0
600
33.0
960
43.0
1200
Deactuate
5.00
120
8.00
240
12.0
360
18.0
540
30.0
840
36.0
1020
Approximate Actuation-
Deacuation Flow Rates for Air.
Upper figures are SCFM,
Lower figures in LPM
Pipe
Size
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
Actuate
1.50
5.667
2.00
7.5
3.00
11.33
4.00
15.17
6.00
22.67
10.00
37.83
Deactuate
1.00
3.83
1.25
4.67
1.75
6.67
3.00
11.3
5.00
18.9
8.50
32.2
Approximate Actuation-
Deactuation Flow Rates for Cold
Water.
Upper figures are GPM,
Lower figures in LPM
V6 Set Point Charts - Factory Installed Tee
Min-Max Flow Rates in 1/2 Pipe
Media
GPM Water
LPM Water
SCFM Air
LPS Air
Actuate
.04 0.75
.15 2.84
.18 2.70
.09 1.3
Deactuate
.03 0.60
.11 2.27
.15 2.0
.07 .95
Pressure drop (head loss) is a function of both set point and flow rate. Typically,
pressure drop at actuation flow rate listed will be 5 10 psid (.34 .69 bar). Pressure
drops at other flow rates will vary in proportion to the (change in flow).
V6 Low Flow Set Point Chart
Example
Series
Construction
Upper
Body
Lower
Body
Circuit
(Switch)
Tee Connection
Size
Tee
Material
Options
V6
V6
B
B
S
EP
EP
B
B
S
S
S
D
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
LF
B
MI
FS
B
S
0
MT
CSA
AT
MV
MT
VIT
*Options that do not have ATEX.
Model
V6EPB-B-S-1-B
V6EPB-B-S-2-B
V6EPB-B-S-3-B
V6EPB-B-S-4-B
V6EPB-B-S-5-B
V6EPB-B-S-6-B
V6EPB-B-S-1-MI
V6EPB-B-S-2-MI
V6EPB-B-S-3-MI
V6EPB-B-S-4-MI
V6EPB-B-S-5-MI
V6EPB-B-S-6-MI
V6EPB-S-S-1-MI
V6EPB-S-S-2-MI
V6EPB-S-S-3-MI
V6EPB-S-S-4-MI
V6EPB-S-S-5-MI
V6EPB-S-S-6-MI
V6EPB-S-S-1-FS
V6EPB-S-S-2-FS
V6EPB-S-S-3-FS
V6EPB-S-S-4-FS
V6EPB-S-S-5-FS
V6EPB-S-S-6-FS
V6EPB-S-S-1-S
V6EPB-S-S-2-S
V6EPB-S-S-3-S
V6EPB-S-S-4-S
V6EPB-S-S-5-S
V6EPB-S-S-6-S
V6EPB-B-S-6-0
V6EPB-S-S-6-0
V6EPB-B-S-LF
V6EPB-S-S-LF
Size
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
No Tee
No Tee
1/2
1/2
Lower Body
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
Brass
SS
Brass
SS
V6EPB B S 2 B MT flow switch; brass upper housing, brass lower housing, brass tee with 3/4 NPT
connections, SPDT snap switch, and high temperature option
Series V6 flow switch
Explosion proof
Brass
Stainless Steel
Brass
Stainless Steel
SPDT
DPDT
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
1 1/4 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
2 NPT
Low Flow Model (1/2 NPT connections)
Iron
Forged Steel
Brass
Stainless Steel
No tee, field trimmable vane
(For LF Model no tee material chosen, tee material matches lower housing choice)
CSA approved construction with junction box*
ATEX approved const